Quarterlytics / Industrials / Industrial - Machinery / Ballard Power Systems Inc.

Ballard Power Systems Inc.

bldp · NASDAQ Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker bldp
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Industrials
Industry Industrial - Machinery
Employees 887
← All annual reports
FY2015 Annual Report · Ballard Power Systems Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
www.ballard.com

302663_Ballard_AR_R2.indd   1-3

4/22/16   12:43 PM

CONTENTS 

Notice of Annual Meeting ............................................................................................................................ 1 
Management Proxy Circular ......................................................................................................................... 7 
Matters to be Voted Upon ........................................................................................................................... 7 
Voting Information ...................................................................................................................................... 7 
Corporate Governance ............................................................................................................................... 21 
Executive Compensation ............................................................................................................................ 28 
Additional Information............................................................................................................................... 55 
Defined Terms ........................................................................................................................................... 57 
Appendix "A" Board Mandate .................................................................................................................... A1 
Appendix "B" Description of Option Plan .................................................................................................... B1 
Appendix"C" Description of SDP ................................................................................................................. C1 
Financial Information ................................................................................................................................ D1 

ABOUT BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS 
Ballard Power Systems (NASDAQ: BLDP)(TSX: BLD) provides innovative clean energy products and services that 
reduce customer costs and risks, and helps customers solve difficult technical and business challenges in their 
fuel  cell  programs.  Our  business  is  based  on  two  key  growth  platforms:  Power  Products  and  Technology 
Solutions. To learn more about Ballard, please visit www.ballard.com.  

CAUTION REGARDING FORWARD‐LOOKING STATEMENTS 

This  document  contains  forward‐looking  statements  concerning: 
revenue  estimates;  market  growth  projections;  operating 
expenses; cost savings; adjusted EBITDA; product cost reductions 
and  product  shipments.These  forward‐looking  statements  reflect 
Ballard’s current expectations as contemplated under section 27A 
of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Any such forward‐
looking statements are based on Ballard’s assumptions relating to 
its  financial  forecasts  and  expectations  regarding  its  product 
development  efforts,  manufacturing  capacity,  and  market 
demand. 

These  statements  involve  risks  and  uncertainties  that  may  cause 
Ballard's actual results to be materially different, including general 
economic  and  regulatory  changes,  detrimental  reliance  on  third 
parties,  successfully  achieving  our  business  plans  and  achieving 
and sustaining profitability. For a detailed discussion of these and 
other  risk  factors  that  could  affect  Ballard's  future  performance, 
please  refer  to  Ballard's  most  recent  Annual  Information  Form.  
Readers  should  not  place  undue  reliance  on  Ballard's  forward‐
looking  statements  and  Ballard  assumes  no  obligation  to  update 
or  release  any  revisions  to  these  forward‐looking  statements, 
other than as required under applicable legislation. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC. 

9000 Glenlyon Parkway 
Burnaby, British Columbia, Canada V5J 5J8 

NOTICE OF ANNUAL MEETING 

TO OUR SHAREHOLDERS: 

Our  2016  Annual  Meeting  (the  "Meeting")  will  be  held  at  our  corporate  head  office  facilities  at  9000 
Glenlyon Parkway, Burnaby, British Columbia, on Wednesday, June 1, 2016 at 1:00 p.m. (Pacific Daylight 
Time) for the following purposes: 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

To receive our audited financial statements for the financial year ended December 31, 2015 
and the report of our auditors thereon; 

To elect our directors for the ensuing year; 

To appoint our auditors for the ensuing year and to authorize our Audit Committee to fix the 
remuneration of the auditors; 

To  consider  and,  if  thought  appropriate,  to  approve  a  resolution,  on  an  advisory  basis, 
accepting the Corporation’s approach to executive compensation;  

To consider and, if thought appropriate, to approve the continuance of the Corporation from 
the Canada Business Corporations Act to the British Columbia Business Corporations Act 
(the “Continuance Proposal”); and  

To  transact  such  other  business  as  may  properly  be  brought  before  the  Meeting  or  any 
adjournment thereof. 

A  detailed  description  of  the  matters  to  be  dealt  with  at  the  Meeting  and  our  2015  Annual  Report  are 
included with this Notice. 

If you are unable to attend the Meeting in person and wish to ensure that your shares  will be voted at  the 
Meeting, you must complete, date and execute the enclosed form of proxy and deliver it in accordance with 
the  instructions  set  out  in  the  form  of  proxy  and  in  the  Management  Proxy  Circular  accompanying  this 
Notice,  so  that  it  is  received  by  Computershare  Investor  Services  Inc.  no  later  than  1:00  p.m.  (Pacific 
Daylight Time) on Monday, May 30, 2016. 

If you plan to attend the Meeting you must follow the instructions set out in the form of proxy and in the 
Management Proxy Circular to ensure that your shares will be voted at the Meeting. 

DATED at Burnaby, British Columbia, April 15, 2016. 

BY ORDER OF THE BOARD 

"Kerry Hillier" 

Kerry Hillier 
Corporate Secretary 
Ballard Power Systems Inc. 

1 

 
 
 
 
 
Letter from IAN A. BOURNE 
Chair of the Board 

Fellow Shareholders:  

Notwithstanding a mixed macroeconomic environment in 2015, the drivers underpinning Ballard continue to 
strengthen. A landmark climate accord was approved at the United Nations Convention on Climate Change 
in  December  in  Paris.  Similarly,  air  quality  is  increasingly  making  its  way  to  the  top  of  political  agendas, 
punctuated by the air quality “red alerts” in Beijing late last year. 

2015  marked  Randy’s  first  full  year  as  our  CEO.  Under  Randy’s  leadership,  the  Ballard  team  had  an 
important year. Although our financial results were mixed, the Ballard team achieved measured progress in 
many  parts  of  the  business,  including  the  following  milestone  accomplishments  –  closing  an  $80  million 
Technology  Solutions  deal  with  Volkswagen  Group,  acquiring  Protonex,  winning  major  commercial 
contracts  for  the  deployment  of  fuel  cell  buses  in  China,  and  securing  a  strategic  investment  from  our 
longstanding  partner  and  plate  supplier,  Nisshinbo  Holdings.  Of  course  the  year  was  not  without  its 
challenges.  In  particular,  our  Telecom  Backup  Power  business  continued  to  struggle  to  achieve  higher 
volume sales. Starting in late 2015, management initiated strong action to address this part of our business. 

We are pleased with the Company’s position as we start 2016, including improved top-line visibility based 
on a record sales order book. 

In 2015, your board also continued its work on board renewal. During the year Jim Roche and Marty Neese 
joined  the  board  as  independent  directors.  Both  Jim  and  Marty  bring  deep  experience  in  technology  and 
growth companies, operations and product development. At our upcoming shareholders’ meeting in June, Ed 
Kilroy and David Sutcliffe will retire from the board, after having served for 14 and 11 years, respectively. 
We thank Ed and David for their important contributions and sound judgment during a dynamic period. With 
these changes, the board will return to 7 members – with 6 independent directors and our CEO. 

On  behalf  of  my  board  colleagues,  I  extend  our  appreciation  to  all  Ballard  employees  for  their  continued 
integrity,  customer  focus,  innovation  and  commitment  to  doing  the  right  things  in  our  business  every  day. 
We also draw your attention to a subset of employees identified on page 6, who received special recognition 
as 2015 Ballard Impact Award winners. 

On behalf of the board of directors, I would like thank you, our shareholders, for your continued support. 

"Ian A. Bourne" 

IAN A. BOURNE 
Chair of the Board of Directors 

2 

 
 
 
 
Letter from R. RANDALL MACEWEN 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

Dear Shareholders, 

As we start 2016, I am even more excited and more confident in our business than when I joined Ballard less 
than 18 months ago. I am very proud of what the Ballard team accomplished last year and what this means 
for our business in 2016 and future years. 

In 2015, we made important refinements to our strategy. We repositioned our business into two customer-
centric  growth  platforms  –  Power  Products  and  Technology  Solutions.  We  also  determined  to  supplement 
organic growth with a complementary M&A strategy, with clearly-articulated acquisition criteria. 

In  our  Power  Products  business,  we  currently  address  four  markets  –  Heavy-Duty  Motive,  Material 
Handling, Portable Power and Telecom Backup Power. 

Our Heavy-Duty Motive market grew 133% last year, underpinned by our work in China. We developed and 
started implementation of a new China strategy in 2015, premised on a model that includes product supply, 
licensing, technology transfer support and localization. We have achieved impressive, early traction with this 
model. Indeed, over the past year we have signed up close to $50 million of new business in China based on 
this model with ground-breaking bus and tram deals, including contracts to support the deployment of 330 
fuel  cell  buses  in  China.  2016  will  be  an  important  year  in  this  business  as  we  deliver  on  these  contracts, 
support our local partners as they start initial fuel cell bus deployments, and sign up additional business. 

In  Material  Handling,  we  continued  to  be  the  largest  supplier  of  fuel  cell  stacks  to  Plug  Power.  Volumes 
modestly grew in 2015 and we are off to a strong start in 2016 with Plug. We also initiated a diversification 
strategy in our Material Handling market. We are targeting forklift OEMs as long-term partners for purpose-
built forklifts. 

Last  October  we  acquired  Protonex,  with  their  impressive  and  fast-growing  power  manager  business 
targeting the U.S. military complex. We ended 2015 with an important order from the U.S. Army Rangers. 
We expect additional positive developments for this business in 2016. We also view Protonex customers as 
potential long-term customers for fuel cell products, which offer compelling attributes of power density, light 
weight, no noise and no heat signature.  

The Telecom Backup Power market has proven to be very challenging to penetrate in scale. The introduction 
of  disruptive  technology  in  the  form  of  capital  equipment  based  on  a  lifecycle  value  proposition  in  the 
slowing and consolidating telecom industry has been challenging for the fuel cell industry players, including 
Ballard.  While  we  made  outstanding  progress  in  2015  on  foundational  work,  we  nonetheless  had  a  very 
disappointing  year  in  terms  of  commercial  orders.  We  continue  to  explore  strategic  alternatives  for  our 
Telecom Backup Power business and expect to provide an update in Q2 2016. 

In our Technology Solutions business, we now offer a unique and unmatched bundle of intellectual capital 
and intellectual property to help customers solve their PEM fuel cell challenges. Our $80 million deal with 
the Volkswagen Group and our development programs for fuel cell trams in China are impressive examples 

3 

 
 
 
of the muscle presented by this offering. We delivered another extraordinary year of performance under our 
key  Technology  Solutions  contracts,  including  with  VW.  We  believe  the  Ballard  team  has  produced  the 
world’s leading automotive fuel cell stack and has also developed new proprietary technology that positions 
Ballard very strongly with the automotive industry. 

In  2016,  we  expect  to  grow  revenue,  improve  gross  margin  and  rationalize  certain  operating  costs.  On 
revenue scaling, our order book at the beginning of 2016 was $58 million – the largest in Ballard’s history 
and exceeding last year’s revenue. We expect to see growth in our Heavy Duty Motive business as well as a 
full-year  contribution  from  our  Portable  Power  (Protonex)  business.  On  operating  costs,  we  have 
implemented  a  cost  reduction  plan,  including  reductions  in  our  Telecom  Backup  Power  costs  and  our 
executive  costs.  We  expect  this  cost  reduction  initiative  to  yield  annualized  cost  savings  in  excess  of  $4 
million, lowering breakeven revenue by more than $20 million. 

I  strongly  believe  in  our  business,  including  the  merits  of  our  customer-focused  strategy,  the  strength  and 
depth of our talent, our market and technology leadership, and the enduring power of the Ballard brand. We 
are  taking  the  right  steps  to  continue  to  win  in  selected  markets  and  position  your  company  for  future 
profitability. 

On behalf of the executive team, we express our sincere gratitude and appreciation to our valued customers 
and partners for your business and your trust. We also thank our extraordinary team at Ballard, who do great 
work every day. The commitment, ingenuity and uncompromising professionalism of our team continue to 
inspire me every day. 

As shareholders, your continued support of Ballard is greatly appreciated. Our intention is to continue to earn 
your  confidence  and  to  reward  your  trust  as  we  drive  toward  an  exciting  and  profitable  future.  We  look 
forward to reporting our progress over the coming year.   

"R. Randall MacEwen" 

R. RANDALL MACEWEN 
President & CEO 

Ballard Power Systems Inc. 

4 

 
 
 
Sustainability Report

2015

COM MERCIALIZA TION  OF O UR  CLEAN  ENERGY  FUEL  CELL PRODUCTS  is where Ballard can 
make the biggest positive impact on the environment. Ballard’s vision of a clean energy future is what continues
to drive our passionate employees who have dedicated their careers to providing customers with the positive
economic and environmental benefits of the unique products and services that we provide.

Ballard’s GREEN INITIATIVE is focused on three pillars:

2015  ACHIE VEMENTS

OUR  PRODUCTS
We will maximize the
environmental benefits 
of our products compared 
to incumbent
technologies.

PRODU CTS

In 2015 the next-generation clean energy Heavy Duty Motive fuel cell 
module –FCveloCity HD–was launched in several power configurations 

OPERATIONS

P E OP L E

OUR OPERATIONS

Reduce, reuse, recycle.

We will
improve the
way we
operate our
business to
minimize
environmental
impact.

We share access to information 
about green choices.

OUR  PEOPLE
We will promote
participation in
relevant events,
and provide
information about
green choices for
our daily lives.

Corporate  - Ballard used paper products in 2015 
comprised of at least 80% post-consumer waste 
and processed chlorine free … an effective reduction 
in CO2 emissions equivalent to planting 465 new trees

Five-Year View – During the 2011-15 period Ballard 
products in the field reduced greenhouse gas emissions 
the equivalent of driving 2.6 million fewer kilometers

Deployed Products – 2015 product shipments will 
reduce greenhouse gas emissions the equivalent of 
driving 670,000 fewer kilometers each year 
going forward

Cleaner Air in China – In 2015 Ballard received orders 
for fuel cell products to power over 350 fuel cell buses 
in China – more than 2x the number of fuel cell buses 
historically deployed around the globe

OUR PRODUCTS IN ACTION

One of eight fuel cell buses currently in service with Transport for London (TfL)

Ballard fuel cell modules are powering buses in 
London, U.K. to support the city’s goal of reducing 
CO2 emissions by 60% from the 1990 level by 2025.

Currently 20% of London’s carbon dioxide emissions are 
generated by transportation, making it an ideal industry of 
focus for reductions. Transport for London (TfL), the city’s transit 
agency, is actively working to cut energy use from transit, using 
new alternatives to diesel buses and thereby reducing emissions.

TfL currently operates eight (8) fuel cell buses – all powered by 
Ballard FCveloCity® power modules – as part of the CHIC or 
‘Clean Hydrogen in European Cities’ project, which is an essential 
next step leading to the full market commercialization of fuel cell 
hydrogen powered buses. CHIC involves integrating twenty-six 
(26) buses in daily public transport operations and bus routes in 
five (5) locations across Europe.

The TfL fuel cell buses have been running on route RV1 between 
Covent Garden and Tower Gateway since 2011. The bus fleet has 
logged more than 107,000 hours of service, covered over 
690,000 kilometers (400,000 miles) and required more than 
5,600 hydrogen fillings using over 96,000 kilograms of hydrogen.

A single FCveloCity® power module in the TfL fleet recently set an 
important milestone of 20,000 hours of continuous operation  

without replacement or repairs. This demonstrates the viability of
fuel cell systems as a strong competitor to diesel buses in terms of 
fuel efficiency and reliability, with the added benefit of reduced 
greenhouse gas emissions. On average, CHIC program buses 
consume approximately nine (9) kilograms of hydrogen 
per 100 kilometers, which is more energy efficient than diesel buses. 

 
 
 
2015 Ballard Impact Awards 
Recipients

Innovation Award  
Nisshinbo Catalyst Development Team  
Dustin Banham, Siyu Ye, Chris Ekholm, Kyoung Bai, Yingjie Zhou, Lijun Yang, Emil Marquez 

Safety Award 
Lifetime Achievement for Product Safety 
Jake Devaal  

Listen & Deliver Award 
HyMotion Stack Design Development  
Andrew Desouza, Brian Dickson, Ian Stewart, Julie Bellerive, Tommy Cheng 

Quality. Always Award 
Reliability & Quality Dashboard and Metric Development 
Alma Ramirez, Tim Lennox, Grace Valle, Milena Cabral, Wade Popham,  
Mark Mellinger 

Inspire Excellence Award 
Excellence in Cathode Catalyst technology leadership 
Siyu Ye  

Own it Award 
Owning the Coop on‐boarding process 
Erin Rogers 

Row Together Award 
Audi/VW IP Deal Team 
Kerry Hillier, Kevin Colbow, Chris Ekholm, Julie Bellerive, Sybel Chor 

THE POWER OF FUEL CELLS, SIMPLY DELIVERED 

6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT PROXY CIRCULAR 
dated as of April 15, 2016 

MATTERS TO BE VOTED UPON 

Registered Shareholders or their duly appointed proxyholders will be voting on: 

 

 

the election of directors to our Board;  

the  re-appointment  of  our  auditors  and  authorization  for  our  Audit  Committee  to  fix  the 
remuneration of the auditors;  

  on an advisory basis, the Corporation’s approach to executive compensation;  

 

the continuance of the Corporation from the Canada Business Corporations Act to the British 
Columbia Business Corporations Act (the “Continuance Proposal”); and 

 

to transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting. 

As of the date of this Management Proxy Circular, we know of no amendment, variation or other matter 
that may come before the Meeting other than the matters referred to in the Notice of Annual Meeting.  If 
any other matter is properly brought before the Meeting, it is the intention of the persons named in the 
enclosed proxy to vote the proxy on that matter in accordance with their best judgment.  

VOTING INFORMATION 

SOLICITATION OF PROXIES 

This  Management  Proxy  Circular  is  furnished  in  connection  with  the  solicitation  of  proxies  by  our 
management in connection with the Meeting to be held on Wednesday, June 1, 2016 at 1:00 p.m. Pacific 
Daylight Time in Burnaby, British Columbia, Canada, or the date and place of any adjournment thereof.  
We are soliciting proxies primarily by mail, but our directors, officers and employees may solicit proxies 
personally, by telephone, by facsimile transmission or by other means of electronic communication.  The 
cost  of  the  solicitation  will  be  borne  by  us.    The  approximate  date  on  which  this  Management  Proxy 
Circular and the related materials are first being sent to Registered Shareholders is May 2, 2016. 

HOW TO VOTE 

Only Registered Shareholders or their duly appointed proxyholders are permitted to vote at the Meeting.  
Beneficial  Shareholders  are  not  permitted  to  vote  at  the  Meeting  as  only  proxies  from  Registered 
Shareholders can be recognized and voted at the Meeting.  You may vote as follows: 

Registered Shareholders:  If  you  are  a  Registered  Shareholder  you  may  vote  by  attending the 
Meeting  in  person,  or  if  you  do  not  plan  to  attend  the  Meeting,  by  completing  the  proxy  and 
delivering it according to the instructions contained in the form of proxy and this Management 
Proxy Circular. 

Beneficial Shareholders:  If you are a Beneficial Shareholder you may only vote by carefully 
following the instructions on the voting instruction form or proxy form provided to you by your 
stockbroker or financial intermediary.  If you do not follow the special procedures described by 
your stockbroker or financial intermediary, you will not be entitled to vote. 

EXECUTION AND REVOCATION OF PROXIES 

A  Registered  Shareholder or  the  Registered  Shareholder’s  attorney  authorized in  writing or,  where  the 
Registered  Shareholder  is  a  company,  a  duly  authorized  officer  or  attorney  of  that  company,  must 
execute  the  proxy.    In  order  to  be  effective,  completed  proxies  must  be  deposited  at  the  office  of  the 
registrar  and 
Inc. 
("Computershare"), Proxy Dept., 100 University Avenue, 9th Floor, Toronto Ontario, M5J 2Y1 (Fax: 
within North America: 1-866-249-7775; outside North America: 1-416-263-9524), not less than 48 hours 
(excluding  Saturdays  and  holidays)  before  the  time  of  the  Meeting.  The  individuals  named  as 
7 

the  Shares,  being  Computershare 

Investor  Services 

transfer  agent 

for 

 
 
proxyholders  in  the  accompanying  form  of  proxy  are  directors  and  officers  of  Ballard.  A  Registered 
Shareholder desiring to appoint a person or company (who need not be a shareholder) to represent 
him or her at the Meeting, other than the persons or companies named in the enclosed proxy, may 
do so by inserting the name of such other person or company in the blank space provided in the 
proxy. 

A  proxy  may  be  revoked  by  written  notice  executed  by  the  Registered  Shareholder  or  by  his  or  her 
attorney authorized in writing or, where the Registered Shareholder is a company, by a duly authorized 
officer or attorney of that company, and delivered to: 

  Computershare, at the address or fax number set out above, at any time up to and including the 

last business day preceding the day of the Meeting; 

 

 

the registered office of the Corporation at any time up to and including the last business day 
preceding the day of the Meeting; or 

the chair of the Meeting on the day of the Meeting and before any vote in respect of which the 
proxy is to be used is taken.  

A proxy may also be revoked in any other manner provided by law.  Any revocation of a proxy will not 
affect a matter on which a vote is taken before such revocation. 

VOTING OF SHARES AND EXERCISE OF DISCRETION BY PROXIES 

If you complete and deposit your proxy properly, then the proxyholder named in the accompanying form 
of proxy will vote or withhold from voting the Shares represented by the proxy in accordance with your 
instructions.  If you do not specify a choice on any given matter to be voted upon, your Shares will 
be  voted  in  favour  of  such  matter.    The  proxy  grants  the  proxyholder  the  discretion  to  vote  on 
amendments  to  or  variations  of  matters  identified  in  the  Notice  of  Annual  Meeting  and  with 
respect to other matters that may properly come before the Meeting. 

VOTING SHARES AND PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS 

As  of  the  Record  Date  of  April  15,  2016,  we  had  156,890,067  Shares  issued  and  outstanding,  each 
carrying  the  right  to  one  vote.    On  a  show  of  hands,  every  individual  who  is  present  as  a  Registered 
Shareholder or as a representative of one or more corporate Registered Shareholders, or who is holding a 
proxy on behalf of a Registered Shareholder who is not present at the Meeting, will have one vote, and 
on a poll, every Registered Shareholder present in person or represented by proxy and every person who 
is a representative of one or more corporate Registered Shareholders, will have one vote for each Share 
recorded  in  the  Registered  Shareholder’s  name  on  the  register  of  shareholders,  which  is  available  for 
inspection during normal business hours at Computershare and will be available at the Meeting. 

As of the Record Date, to the knowledge of our directors and executive officers, no person beneficially 
owns,  controls  or  directs,  directly  or  indirectly,  Shares  carrying  more  than  10%  of  the  voting  rights 
attached to all issued and outstanding Shares carrying the right to vote in all circumstances.  

INTEREST OF CERTAIN PERSONS OR COMPANIES IN MATTERS TO BE ACTED UPON 

No  one  who  has  been  a  director,  director  nominee  or  executive  officer  of  ours  at  any  time  since 
January 1, 2015, or any of his or her associates or affiliates, has any material interest, direct or indirect, 
by way of beneficial ownership of Shares or otherwise, in any matter to be acted on at the Meeting other 
than the election of directors.  

8 

 
 
 
 
ELECTION OF DIRECTORS 

At the Meeting you will be asked to elect seven directors.  All of our nominees are currently members of 
the Board.  Each elected director will hold office until the end of our next annual shareholders’ meeting 
(or if no director is then elected, until a successor is elected) unless the director resigns or is otherwise 
removed from office earlier. If any nominee for election as a director advises us that he or she is unable 
to serve as a director, the persons named in the enclosed proxy will vote to elect a substitute director at 
their discretion.  

The  following  information  pertains  to  our  nominees  for  election  as  directors  at  the  Meeting,  as  of 
April 15, 2016.   

The number of Shares shown as being held by each nominee constitute the number beneficially owned, 
or controlled or directed, directly or indirectly, by that nominee and such information has been provided 
to us by that nominee. 

Mr. Bourne’s principal occupation is corporate director, and he has been the Chair of the Board of Ballard since May 2006.  Mr. 
Bourne was also our lead director from October 2005 to February 2006.  Mr. Bourne was interim CEO of SNC-Lavalin Group 
Inc. (engineering services) in 2012.  Previously, Mr. Bourne was the Executive Vice President and the Chief Financial Officer of 
TransAlta Corporation (electricity generation and marketing) from 1998 to 2006 and from 1998 to 2005, respectively.  He has 
completed the Directors Education Program of the Institute of Corporate Directors and has received his ICD.D designation.  Mr. 
Bourne was recognized as a Fellow of the ICD in 2011. 

Board and Committee 
Membership(1) 

Board (Chair) 
Audit  
Corporate Governance & 
Compensation 

Attendance 

Other Public Board Memberships 

12 
5 
5 

100% 
100% 
100% 

Current: Wajax Corporation;; Hydro One Inc. 
Previous: SNC-Lavalin Group Inc.; Canadian Oil Sands 
Limited; TransAlta Power LP; TransAlta CoGen LP 

Securities Held(2) 

Year 
2016 
2015 

Shares 

DSUs 

Total of Shares and DSUs 

26,824 

245,297 

26,824 

209,215 

272,121 

236,039 

Total Value of Shares and 
DSUs (CDN$)(3) 

$478,933 

$679,792 

Mr. Hayhurst’s principal occupation is corporate director.  Previously, Mr. Hayhurstwas an executive with IBM Canada Business 
Consulting  Services  (consulting  services)  and  a  partner  with  PricewaterhouseCoopers  Management  Consultants  (consulting 
services).  Prior to that, Mr. Hayhurst held various senior executive management roles with Pricewaterhouse including National 
Deputy  Managing  Partner  (Toronto)  and  Managing  Partner  for  British  Columbia  (Vancouver).    Mr.  Hayhurst  received  a 
Fellowship  (FCA)  from  the  Institutes  of  Chartered  Accountants  of  British  Columbia  and  of  Ontario.    He  has  completed  the 
Directors Education Program of the Institute of Corporate Directors and has received his ICD.D designation. 

Board and Committee 
Membership 

Board 
Audit  
Corporate Governance & 
Compensation 

Attendance 

Other Public Board Memberships 

11 
5 
5 

92% 
100% 
100% 

Current: Accend Capital Corporation; Canexus 
Corporation;  
Previous: Catalyst Paper Corporation(5); Northgate 
Minerals Corporation 

Securities Held(2) 

Year 
2016 
2015 

Shares 
5,000 
5,000 

DSUs 

129,343 

93,026 

Total of Shares and DSUs 
134,343 
98,026 

Total Value of Shares and  
DSUs (CDN$) (3) 

$236,444 

$282,315 

Ian A. Bourne 

Age: 68 

Alberta, Canada 

Director since: 2003 

Independent 

Douglas P. Hayhurst 

Age: 69 

B.C., Canada 

Director since: 2012 

Independent 

9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mr. MacEwen is President and Chief Executive Officer of Ballard, a position he has held since October 2014.  Previously, Mr. 
MacEwen was the founder and Managing Partner at NextCleanTech LLC (consulting services) from 2010 to 2014; and President 
& CEO and Executive Vice President, Corporate Development at Solar Integrated Technologies, Inc. (solar) from 2006 to 2009 
and  2005  to  2006,  respectively.    Prior  to  that,  Mr.  MacEwen  was  Executive  Vice  President,  Corporate  Development  at  Stuart 
Energy Systems Corporation (onsite hydrogen generation systems) from 2001 to 2005; and an associate at Torys LLP (law firm) 
from 1997 to 2001. 

Board and Committee 
Membership 

Attendance 

Other Public Board Memberships 

R. Randall MacEwen 

Board  

12 

100% 

Current: none 
Previous: none 

Age:  47 

B.C., Canada 

Director since: 2014 

Non-Independent 

Marty Neese 

Age: 53 

California, USA 

Director since: 2015 

Independent 

James Roche 

Age: 53 

Ontario, Canada 

Director since: 2015 

Independent 

Securities Held(2) 

Year 
2016 
2015 

Shares 
30,312 
0 

DSUs 
116,667 
0 

Total of Shares and DSUs 
146,979 
0 

Total Value of Shares and 
DSUs (CDN$) (3) 

$258,683 

$0 

Mr.  Neese  is  Chief  Operating  Officer  of  SunPower  Corporation  (solar  power  equipment  and  services),  a  position  he  has  held 
since  2008.  Prior  to  that,  Mr.  Neese  was  responsible  for  Global  Operations  at  Flextronics  (electronics  manufacturing  services) 
from  2007  to  2008  following  its  acquisition  of  Solectron  Corporation  (electronics  manufacturing  services)  where  he  was 
Executive Vice President from 2004 to 2007. 

Board and Committee 
Membership 

Board  
Audit 
Corporate Governance & 
Compensation 

Attendance(4) 

Other Public Board Memberships 

1 
- 
- 

100% 
n/a 
n/a 

Current: none 
Previous: none 

Securities Held(2) 

Year 
2016 
2015 

Shares 

DSUs 

Total of Shares and DSUs 

Total Value of Shares and  
DSUs (CDN$) (3) 

0 

- 

8,035 
- 

8,035 
- 

$14,142 

- 

Mr.  Roche  is  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  Stratford  Managers  Corporation  (management  consulting  services),  a 
position he has held since 2008. Prior to that, Mr. Roche was President and Chief Executive Officer of Tundra Semiconductor 
(semiconductor component manufacturer)  from  1995  to  2006  and Founding  member  and  executive  at  Newbridge  Networks 
Corporation (communications equipment manufacturer) from 1986 to 1995. 

Board and Committee 
Membership 

Board  
Audit 
Corporate Governance & 
Compensation 

Attendance 

Other Public Board Memberships 

12 
4 
5 

100% 
80% 
100% 

Current: none   
Previous: Wi-LAN Inc.; Tundra Semiconductor 
Corporation; Aztech Innovations Inc.. 

Securities Held(2) 

Year 
2016 
2015 

Shares 

DSUs 

Total of Shares and DSUs 

Total Value of Shares and  
DSUs (CDN$) (3) 

0 

0 

18,330 
0 

18,330 
0 

$32,261 

$0 

10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ms.  Stephenson’s  principal  occupation  is  corporate  director.    Previously,  she  was  the  Dean  of  the  Richard  Ivey  School  of 
Business at the University of Western Ontario from 2003 until 2013. Prior to that, she served as President and Chief Executive 
Officer of Lucent Technologies Canada from 1999 to 2003.  Ms. Stephenson was invested as an Officer into the Order of Canada 
in 2010. 

Board and Committee 
Membership 

Board  
Audit 
Corporate Governance & 
Compensation (Chair) 

Attendance 

Other Public Board Memberships 

12 
4 
5 

100% 
80% 
100% 

Current: General Motors Company; Intact Financial 
Services Corporation (formerly ING Canada); Manitoba 
Telecom Services Inc.  

Previous: Union Energy Waterheater Income Fund;  

Securities Held(2) 

Year 
2016 
2015 

Shares 

3,550 

3,550 

DSUs 
133,790 
108,166 

Total of Shares and DSUs 
137,340 
111,716 

Total Value of Shares and  
DSUs (CDN$) (3) 

$241,718 

$321,743 

Mr. Sutcliffe’s principal occupation is corporate director.  Mr. Sutcliffe has been a partner at Sutcliffe & Associates Management 
Consultants (management consulting services) since June 1985.  Previously, Mr. Sutcliffe was co-CEO of PHeMI, Inc. (medical 
software and IT infrastructure) form July 2010 to November 2012; CEO, Chairman and independent director of BluePoint Data 
(IT services) from Sept 2001 to June 2011; and Vice Chair and CEO of BCS Global (video conferencing services) from January 
2003 to March 2004. Mr. Sutcliffe was President of Mediconsult.com  (public internet health services) from June 1995 to June 
1999 and President and CEO from 1999 to 2001. Prior to that, Mr. Sutcliffe was with Coopers & Lybrand (chartered accounting 
and consultancy firm) in Vancouver and London, England from June 1979 to June 1985. 

Board and Committee 
Membership 

Board 
Audit  
Corporate Governance & 
Compensation 

Attendance 

Other Public Board Memberships 

12 
5 
5 

100% 
100% 
100% 

Current: none 
Previous: BluePoint Data Inc.(5) 

Securities Held(2) 

Year 
2016 
2015 

Shares 

DSUs 

Total of Shares and DSUs 

10,000 

47,762 

10,000 

26,848 

57,762 

36,848 

Total Value of Shares and 
DSUs (CDN$) (3) 

$101,661 

$106,123 

Carol M. Stephenson 

Age: 65 

Ontario, Canada 

Director since: 2012 

Independent 

Ian Sutcliffe 

Age: 63 

Ontario, Canada 

 Director since: 2013 

Independent 

(1)  Mr. Bourne is an ex officio member of each of the committees. 
(2)  As of April 15, 2016 and April 10, 2015, respectively. 
(3)  Based on a CDN$1.76 and CDN$2.88 closing Share price on the TSX as of April 15, 2016 and April 10, 2015, respectively.   
(4)  Mr. Neese was appointed to the board as of December 4, 2015 and has attended all board and committee meetings from that date. 
(5)  Canadian securities legislation requires disclosure of any company that  becomes insolvent while a director is a  member of its board, or 
within one year from ceasing to act as a director. In this regard, Mr. Hayhurst was a director of Catalyst Paper Corporation, which sought 
an Initial Order under the Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act on January 31, 2012.  Mr. Ian Sutcliffe was a director of BluePoint Data 
Inc. on May 12, 2012 when the British Columbia Securities Commission issued a cease trade order against it for failure to file its financial 
statements and management’s discussion and analysis related thereto for the year ended December 31, 2011. Mr. Sutcliffe resigned as a 
director on June 27, 2012, subsequent to which BluePoint sold its business and distributed the proceeds to its shareholders. 

APPOINTMENT OF AUDITORS 

Our  Audit  Committee  has  recommended  that  KPMG  LLP,  Chartered  Accountants,  of  777  Dunsmuir 
Street,  Vancouver,  British  Columbia,  be  nominated  at  the  Meeting  for  re-appointment  as  our  external 
auditors.  Our Audit Committee will fix the remuneration of our external auditors if authorized to do so 
by Shareholders at the Meeting.  It is expected that representatives of KPMG LLP will be present at the 
Meeting.  KPMG LLP were appointed as our external auditors in 1999. Total fees paid to KPMG in 2015 
and 2014 are set forth in the table below. We comply with the requirement regarding the rotation of our 
audit engagement partner  every five years.  The current audit engagement partner at KPMG LLP  may 
continue in his role until the end of 2016. 

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table shows the fees we incurred with KPMG LLP in 2015 and 2014: 

Type of Audit Fees 

Audit Fees 

Audit-Related Fees 

Tax Fees(1) 

All Other Fees 

2015 
(CDN$) 

$534,000 

$7,500 

Nil 

Nil 

2014 
(CDN$) 

$438,362 

$7,350 

$3,467 

Nil  

(1)  The Tax Fees related to tax advisory and transfer pricing services. 

For a more detailed description of the Audit Committee or to see the Audit Committee’s mandate, a copy 
of  which  is  posted  on  our  website  (www.ballard.com),  see  the  section  entitled  "Audit  Committee 
Matters"  in  our  Annual  Information  Form  dated  February  25,  2016,  which  section  is  incorporated  by 
reference into this Management Proxy Circular. 

ADVISORY VOTE ON APPROACH TO EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

The Corporate Governance & Compensation Committee ("CGCC") monitors developments and trends 
relating  to  best  practices  on  corporate  governance  and  executive  compensation,  including  relating  to 
“say-on-pay” in Canada and in the United States.  In the United States, the SEC has established “say-on-
pay” advisory shareholder vote requirements for certain issuers.  Although the Corporation’s shares are 
traded on NASDAQ, Ballard is a “foreign private issuer” under applicable SEC rules and, accordingly, 
these requirements do not apply to the Corporation.  Although “say-on-pay” shareholder votes have yet 
to  be  mandated  in  Canada,  a  number  of  larger  issuers  in  Canada  have  voluntarily  implemented  such 
advisory votes.  Ballard has also voluntarily implemented “say on pay” advisory votes.  At the request of 
the Board, our Shareholders have passed resolutions, on an advisory basis, accepting the Corporation’s 
approach to executive compensation since 2011. 

The CGCC recommended to the Board that Ballard Shareholders again be provided the opportunity, on 
an  advisory  basis,  to  vote  at  the  Meeting  in  respect  of  the  Corporation’s  approach  to  executive 
compensation.    The  CGCC  also  recommended  that  adoption  by  the  Board  of  a  formal  “say-on-pay” 
policy should continue to be deferred until applicable Canadian securities regulatory authorities have set 
out the regulatory requirements applicable to the Corporation. 

Accordingly,  the  Shareholders  of  the  Corporation  are  able  to  vote  at  this  Meeting,  on  an  advisory  and 
non-binding  basis,  “FOR”  or  “AGAINST” 
to  executive 
compensation through the following resolution: 

the  Corporation’s  current  approach 

“RESOLVED, on an advisory basis and not to diminish the role and responsibilities of the Board 
of  Directors  of  the  Corporation,  that  the  Shareholders  accept  the  approach  to  executive 
compensation disclosed in the Corporation’s management proxy circular delivered in advance of 
the Corporation’s 2016 annual meeting of Shareholders.” 

The Board believes that Shareholders should be well informed about and fully understand the objectives, 
philosophy and principles that it has used to make executive compensation decisions.  For information 
regarding Ballard’s approach to executive compensation, Shareholders should review the section entitled 
"Executive  Compensation  –  Compensation  Discussion  and  Analysis"  appearing  below  in  this 
Management Proxy Circular. 

Approval of the above resolution will require an affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast on the 
matter at the Meeting.  Abstentions will have no effect and will not be counted as votes cast on the 
resolution.  As the vote on this resolution is advisory, the results will not be binding on the Board or the 
CGCC.  However, the Board and the CGCC will take the results of the advisory vote into account, as 
appropriate, as part of their ongoing review of the Corporation’s executive compensation objectives, 
philosophy, principles, policies and programs.   

12 

 
 
CONTINUANCE OF THE CORPORATION UNDER THE BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT 
(BRITISH COLUMBIA) 

Background 

The Corporation is currently incorporated under the CBCA. Subject to shareholder approval, the Board 
proposes to continue the Corporation into British Columbia under the BCA (the “Continuance”). At the 
Meeting,  shareholders  will  be  asked  to  consider  and,  if  thought  advisable,  approve,  with  or  without 
variation, the Continuance Proposal to approve the Continuance. 

The BCA is a more recent statute than the CBCA and provides more flexibility than the CBCA in certain 
respects. In particular, the BCA, unlike the CBCA, allows companies to offer shareholders the option to 
receive certain shareholders’ meeting materials and continuous disclosure information using the Internet 
(“Notice  and  Access”).  The  Board  believes  there  would  be  financial  and  environmental  benefits  to 
adopting  the  Continuance  and  implementing  Notice  and  Access.    As  required  under  the  CBCA,  we 
currently mail out paper copies of our Management Proxy Circular to all Shareholders and expect to mail 
over  30,000  copies  this  year.    We  believe  that  many  Shareholders  would  prefer  to  receive  our 
Management Proxy Circular using the Internet if we offered Notice and Access, as is permitted under the 
BCA.  This would significantly reduce the Corporation’s annual printing and postage expenses for the 
delivery of management proxy circulars, which we currently estimate to be over US$100,000 annually.  
There  will  also  be  an  environmental  benefit  from  the  use  of  Notice  and  Access  as  we  expect  to  print 
fewer  management  proxy  circulars  and  save  paper  that  would  likely  need  to  be  recycled  or  go  into 
landfills, and carbon emissions will be reduced as physical delivery of documents declines. Continuance 
under the BCA will also provide some added flexibility with respect to certain corporate transactions as 
further described below. 

Continuance Process 

In order to carry out the Continuance: 

a)  The Corporation must obtain the approval of its shareholders to the Continuance by way of 
the Continuance Proposal, being a special resolution to be passed by not less than two-thirds 
of the votes cast at the Meeting in person or by proxy (“Special Resolution”); 

b)  The  Corporation  must  make  a  written  application  to  the  Director  under  the  CBCA  for 
consent to continue under the BCA, such written application to establish to the satisfaction 
of  the  Director  that  the  proposed  Continuance  will  not  adversely  affect  the  Corporation’s 
creditors or shareholders; 

c)  Once  the  Continuance  Proposal  is  passed  and  the  Corporation  has  obtained  the  consent  of 
the Director under the CBCA, the Corporation must file a Continuation Application and the 
consent of the Director under the CBCA, along with prescribed documents under the BCA, 
with the Registrar of Companies under the BCA to obtain a Certificate of Continuation; 

d)  On  the  date  shown  on  the  Certificate  of  Continuation  issued  by  the  British  Columbia 
Registrar of Companies, the Corporation will become a company registered under the laws 
of  the  Province  of  British  Columbia  as  if  it  had  been  incorporated  under  the  laws  of  the 
Province of British Columbia; and 

e)  The Corporation must then file a copy of the  Certificate of Continuation with the Director 

under the CBCA and receive a Certificate of Discontinuance under the CBCA. 

Effect of Continuance 

Upon  the  Continuance,  the  CBCA  will  cease  to  apply  to  the  Corporation  and  the  Corporation  will 
become subject to the BCA, as if it had been originally incorporated as a British Columbia company. The 
Continuance  will  not  create  a  new  legal  entity,  affect  the  continuity  of  the  Corporation  or  result  in  a 
change in its business. The persons elected as directors by the shareholders at the Meeting will continue 
to constitute the Board upon the Continuance becoming effective. 

13 

 
 
The  Continuance  will  not  will  affect  the  Corporation’s  status  as  a  listed  company  on  the  TSX  and 
NASDAQ,  as  a  reporting  issuer  under  the  securities  legislation  of  any  jurisdiction  in  Canada  or  as  a 
registrant under the securities legislation in the United States, and the Corporation will remain subject to 
the requirements of such legislation. 

As  of  the  effective  date  of  the  Continuation,  the  Corporation’s  current  constating  documents  —  its 
Articles and By-laws under the CBCA — will be replaced with a Notice of Articles and Articles under 
the  BCA,  the  legal  domicile  of  the  Corporation  will  be  the  Province  of  British  Columbia  and  the 
Corporation will no longer be subject to the provisions of the CBCA. 

A copy of the proposed Articles under the BCA is attached to this Proxy Statement as Appendix “D”. 

Comparison of the CBCA and BCA 

Upon  the  Continuance,  the  Corporation  would  be  governed  by  the  BCA.  Although  the  rights  and 
privileges of shareholders under the CBCA are in many instances comparable to those under the BCA, 
there are several notable differences and shareholders are advised to review the information contained in 
this Proxy Statement and to consult with their professional advisors. 

In  general  terms,  the  BCA  provides  to  shareholders  substantively  the  same  rights  as  are  available  to 
shareholders  under  the  CBCA,  including  rights  of  dissent  and  appraisal  and  rights  to  bring  derivative 
actions and oppression actions. There are, however, important differences concerning the qualifications 
of  directors,  location  of  shareholder  meetings  and  certain  shareholder  remedies.  The  following  is  a 
summary  comparison  of  certain  provisions  of  the  BCA  and  the  CBCA.  This  summary  is  not 
intended  to  be  exhaustive  and  is  qualified  in  its  entirety  by  the  full  provisions  of  the  CBCA  and 
BCA, as applicable. 

Shareholder Communications 

The  CBCA  has  specific  shareholder  communication  requirements  that  result  in  CBCA 
companies being unable to take practical advantage of the Notice and Access regime available 
under  securities  legislation.  The  BCA  does  not  have  any  similar  shareholder  communication 
requirements,  allowing  BC  companies  to  take  advantage  of  the  new  regime  under  securities 
legislation. 

Board of Directors 

The BCA provides that a reporting company must have a minimum of three directors but does 
not impose any residency requirements on the directors. Under the CBCA, at least one-quarter of 
the directors must be resident Canadians. However, if a corporation has less than four directors, 
at  least  one  director  must  be  a  resident  Canadian.  Subject  to  certain  exceptions,  generally  an 
individual has to be ordinarily resident in Canada to be considered a resident Canadian under the 
CBCA. 

Under  the  BCA,  a  director  may  be  removed  by  shareholders  by  Special  Resolution  unless  the 
articles provide for a lower approval level, while under the CBCA directors may be removed by 
an ordinary resolution of shareholders. In accordance with the CBCA, under the Corporation’s 
current By-laws, directors of the Corporation may be removed by an ordinary resolution of the 
shareholders at a special meeting of the shareholders. Under the proposed Articles, the removal 
of directors by the shareholders will require a Special Resolution, not an ordinary resolution. 

Flexibility in Structuring Transactions 

The  BCA  provides  greater  flexibility  to  implement  certain  transactions  than  the  CBCA  does. 
Unlike  the  CBCA,  the  BCA  permits  a  subsidiary  to  hold  shares  of  its  parent.  The  BCA  also 
permits a corporate group to implement horizontal short-form amalgamations even though all the 
shares of the amalgamating companies are not held by the same company within the group and 
permits  a  company  to  amalgamate  with  a  foreign  corporation  to  form  a  British  Columbia 
company, if permitted by the foreign jurisdiction. 

14 

 
 
 
Charter Documents 

The  form  of  the  charter  documents  for  a  BCA  company  is  quite  different  from  the  form  for  a 
CBCA corporation. 

Under  the  CBCA,  the  charter  documents  consist  of:  (i)  articles,  which  set  forth,  among  other 
things, the name of the corporation, the province in which the corporation’s registered office is 
to  be  located,  the  authorized  share  capital  including  any  rights,  privileges,  restrictions  and 
conditions thereon, whether there are any restrictions on the transfer of shares of the corporation, 
the number of directors (or the minimum and maximum number of directors), any restrictions on 
the  business  that  the  corporation  may  carry  on  and  other  provisions  such  as  the  ability  of  the 
directors  to  appoint  additional  directors  between  annual  meetings,  and  (ii)  the  by-laws,  which 
govern the management of the corporation. The articles are filed with Corporations Canada and 
the by-laws are filed only at the registered office. 

Under the BCA, the charter documents consist of (i) a “notice of articles”, which sets forth the 
name of the company, the company’s registered and records office, the names and addresses of 
the directors  of the company and the amount and type of authorized capital, and (ii) “articles” 
which  govern  the  management  of  a  company  and  set  out  any  special  rights  or  restrictions 
attached to shares. The notice of articles is filed with the Registrar of Companies and the articles 
are filed only with a company’s registered and records office. 

A copy of the proposed Articles under the BCA is attached to this Proxy Statement as Appendix 
“D”. A brief description of the material differences between the Corporation’s current By-laws 
and  the  proposed  Articles  is  set  out  under  “Comparison  of  New  Articles  to  Current  By-Laws” 
below. 

Changes to Charter Documents 

The  CBCA  requires  shareholder  approval  by  Special  Resolution  to  change  the  name  of  the 
corporation, whereas under the BCA the board of directors may approve a change of name. The 
BCA  permits  changes  to  be  made  to  the  constating  documents  with  shareholder  approval  by 
ordinary resolution, unless a higher threshold is specified in the articles. The proposed Articles 
of the Corporation generally do not specify a higher threshold. Under the CBCA, changes to the 
articles  generally  require  approval by  shareholders  by  Special  Resolution  while  changes  to  the 
by-laws  require  shareholder  approval  by  ordinary  resolution,  unless  a  higher  threshold  is 
specified in the by-laws. However, the BCA is slightly less flexible with respect to the timing for 
adopting  changes  to  the  constating  documents.  Changes  to  the  articles  of  a  BCA  company 
require approval by shareholders in order to become effective. The board of directors of a CBCA 
corporation, however, may amend the by-laws of the corporation with immediate effect, subject 
to  the  amendment  ceasing  to  have  effect  if  it  is  not  approved  by  shareholders  at  the  next 
shareholder meeting. 

Shareholder Proposals and Shareholder Requisitions 

Both  statutes  provide  for  shareholder  proposals.  Under  the  CBCA,  a  record  or  non-record 
shareholder may submit a proposal, although the record or non-record shareholder must either: 
(i) have owned for six months not less than 1% of the total number of voting shares or voting 
shares with a fair market value of at least CDN$2,000, or (ii) have the support of persons who, in 
the aggregate, have owned for six months not less than 1% of the total number of voting shares 
or voting shares with a fair market value of at least CDN$2,000.  

Under  the  BCA,  in  order  for  one  or  more  record  or  non-record  shareholders  to  be  entitled  to 
submit a proposal, they must have held voting shares for an uninterrupted period of at least two 
years before the date the proposal is signed by the shareholders and must own not less than 1% 
of  the  total  number  of  voting  shares  or  voting  shares  with  a  fair  market  value  in  excess  of 
CDN$2,000. 

Both  statutes  provide  that  one  or  more  record  shareholders  holding  more  than  5%  of  the 
outstanding  voting  equity  may  requisition  a  meeting  of  shareholders,  and  permit  the 

15 

 
 
requisitioning record shareholder to call the meeting where the board of directors of the company 
does not do so within the 21 days following the company’s receipt of the shareholder meeting 
requisition.  However,  the  BCA,  unlike  the  CBCA,  specifies  that  the  requisitioned  shareholder 
meeting must be held within not more than four months after the date the company received the 
requisition. The CBCA does not specify such an outside limit. 

Comparison of Rights of Dissent and Appraisal 

The  BCA  provides  that  shareholders  who  dissent  to  certain  actions  being  taken  by  a  company 
may  exercise  a  right  of  dissent  and  require  the  company  to  purchase  the  shares  held  by  such 
shareholder at the fair value of such shares. The dissent right is available to shareholders where 
the company proposes: 

a) 

to alter the articles to alter restrictions on the powers of the company or on the business it is 
permitted to carry on; 

b)  to adopt an amalgamation agreement; 

c) 

to approve an amalgamation into a foreign jurisdiction; 

d)  to approve an arrangement, the terms of which arrangement permit dissent or where the right 

of dissent is given pursuant to a court order; 

e) 

to  authorize  or  ratify  the  sale,  lease  or  other  disposition  of  all  or  substantially  all  of  the 
company’s undertaking; 

f) 

to authorize the continuation of the company into a jurisdiction other than British Columbia; 

g)  to approve any other resolution, if dissent is authorized by the resolution; or 

h)  a matter to which dissent rights are permitted by court order. 

The  CBCA  contains  a  similar  dissent  remedy.  However,  the  procedure  for  exercising  this 
remedy under the CBCA is different than that contained in the BCA. The dissent provisions of 
the CBCA are described in section “Rights of Dissenting Shareholders”, below, and set forth in 
Appendix “E” to this Proxy Statement. Under the BCA the dissenting shareholder must generally 
send notice of dissent prior to the resolution being passed. 

Oppression Remedies 

Under the BCA, a shareholder of a company has the right to apply to court on the grounds that: 

a) 

the  affairs  of  the  company  are  being  or  have  been  conducted,  or  that  the  powers  of  the 
directors  are  being  or  have  been  exercised,  in  a  manner  oppressive  to  one  or  more  of  the 
shareholders, including the applicant; or 

b)  some  act  of  the  company  has  been  done  or  is  threatened,  or  that  some  resolution  of  the 
shareholders  or  of  the  shareholders  holding  shares  of  a  class  or  series  of  shares  has  been 
passed  or  is  proposed,  that  is  unfairly  prejudicial  to  one  or  more  of  the  shareholders, 
including the applicant. 

On  such  an  application,  the  court  can  grant  a  variety  of  remedies,  ranging  from  an  order 
restraining  the  conduct  complained  of  to  an  order  requiring  the  company  to  repurchase  the 
shareholder’s shares or an order liquidating the company. 

The CBCA also includes an oppression remedy which is very similar. However, the CBCA will 
only allow a court to grant relief if the effect actually exists, while the BCA will allow a court to 
grant relief where a prejudicial effect to the shareholder is merely threatened. In addition, under 
the BCA non-shareholders require the leave of a court in order to bring an oppression claim. 

Shareholder Derivative Actions 

Under  the  BCA,  a  record  shareholder,  non-record  shareholder  or  director  of  a  company  may, 
with judicial leave, bring an action in the name and on behalf of the company to enforce a right, 
duty or obligation owed to the company that could be enforced by the company itself or to obtain 

16 

 
 
damages for any breach of such right, duty or obligation. There is a similar right of a shareholder 
or director, with leave of the court, and in the name and on behalf of the company, to defend an 
action brought against the company. The court will grant leave under the BCA for an application 
to commence a derivative action if 

a) 

the  complainant  has  made  reasonable  efforts  to  cause  the  directors  of  the  company  to 
prosecute or defend the legal proceeding; 

b)  notice of the application for leave has been given to the company and to any other person the 

court may order; 

c) 

the complainant is acting in good faith; and 

d)  it appears to the court that it is in the best interests of the company for the legal proceeding 

to be prosecuted or defended. 

The CBCA extends the right to a broader group of complainants as it affords the right to a record 
shareholder, former record shareholder, non-record shareholder, former non-record shareholder, 
director, former director, officer and a former officer of a corporation or any of its affiliates, and 
any person who, in the discretion of the court, is a proper person to make an application to court 
to bring a derivative action. In addition, the CBCA permits derivative actions to be commenced 
in the name and on behalf of not only the corporation, but also any of its subsidiaries. No leave 
may be granted under the CBCA unless the court is satisfied that: 

(i)  the complainant has given at least fourteen days’ notice to the directors of the corporation or 
its  subsidiary  of  the  complainant’s  intention  to  apply  to  the  court  if  the  directors  of  the 
corporation  or  its  subsidiary  do  not  bring,  diligently  prosecute,  defend  or  discontinue  the 
action; 

(ii)  the complainant is acting in good faith; and 

(iii) it appears to be in the interests of the corporation or its subsidiary that the action be brought, 

prosecuted, defended or discontinued. 

Constitutional Jurisdiction 

Other  significant  differences  in  the  statutes  arise  from  the  differences  in  the  constitutional 
jurisdiction of the federal and provincial governments. For example, a CBCA corporation has the 
capacity  to  carry  on  business  throughout  Canada  as  of  right.  Similarly,  under  the  BCA  the 
registered office must be situated in British Columbia, whereas under the CBCA, the registered 
office  of  the  corporation  must  be  situated  in  the  province  specified  in  its  articles.  A  BCA 
company  is  only  allowed  to  carry  on  business  in  another  province  where  that  other  province 
allows  it  to  register  to  do  so.  A  CBCA  corporation  is  subject  to  provincial  laws  of  general 
application,  but  a  province  cannot  pass  laws  directed  specifically  at  restricting  a  CBCA 
corporation’s  ability  to  carry  on  business  in  that  province.  If  another  province  so  chooses, 
however, it can restrict a BCA company’s ability to carry on business within that province. Also, 
a  CBCA  corporation  will  not  have  to change  its  name  if  it  wants  to  do  business  in  a  province 
where there is already a corporation with a similar name, whereas a BCA company may not be 
allowed to use its name in that other province.  

The  Corporation  does  not  expect  that  the  Continuance  will  affect  the  continuity  of  the 
Corporation or result in a change in its business. 

Comparison of New Articles to Current By-Laws 

Upon the Continuance, the Corporation’s By-laws will be repealed and new Articles in the form set forth 
in Appendix “D” to this Proxy Statement will be adopted. There are many differences between the form 
of  the  current  By-laws  and  the  proposed  Articles.  A  number  of  these  changes  reflect  the  increased 
flexibility  afforded  to  companies  under  the  BCA  as  compared  with  those  governed  by  the  CBCA.  In 
certain cases, provisions contained in the Corporation’s current By-laws which deal with matters which 
will, following the Continuance, be dealt with in the BCA or applicable securities legislation, rules and 

17 

 
 
policies,  will  not  be  contained  in  the  new  Articles.  As  well,  certain  provisions  in  the  Corporation’s 
current By-laws that reflect the provisions of the CBCA will be retained in the new Articles but will be 
altered as required to reflect the provisions of the BCA.  

The following is a summary comparison of certain provisions of the Corporation’s current By-laws and 
the  proposed  new  Articles.  This  summary  is  not  intended  to  be  exhaustive  and  is  qualified  in  its 
entirety by the full provisions of the current By-laws and proposed new Articles, as applicable. 

Advance notice of nomination of Directors 

The Corporation proposes to adopt advance notice provisions for director nominations that are 
substantially the same as those currently in By-Law No. 2. There are slight changes to conform 
to the terms and numbering used in the proposed Articles.  In additions, provisions relating to a 
maximum  notice  period  for  shareholder  notices  of  nomination  of  directors  and  restricting  the 
notice period to the originally scheduled meeting date have been removed. 

Directors’ authority to set auditor’s remuneration 

Under  the  CBCA,  remuneration  payable  to  the  auditors  is  fixed  by  the  board,  unless  fixed  by 
shareholders by ordinary resolution. The Corporation’s practice has been for the Board to fix the 
remuneration  payable  to  the  auditors.  In  order  to  continue  that  practice  under  the  BCA,  the 
Articles  need  to  specify  that  the  directors  are  authorized  to  set  the  remuneration  paid  to  the 
auditors of the Corporation. 

Shareholder meeting matters 

The  Articles  allow  the  board  to  call  a  meeting  of  shareholders  either  in  or  outside  British 
Columbia,  as  they  may  determine.    Under  the  current  By-Laws,  the  quorum  for  transacting 
business at a meeting of shareholders is at least two persons holding or representing by proxy the 
holder  or  holders  of  not  less  than  5%  of  the  shares  entitled  to  vote  at  the  meeting.    Under  the 
proposed Articles, quorum is established if shareholders who, in the aggregate, hold at least 25% 
of the issued shares entitled to be voted at the meeting, are present in person or represented by 
proxy. 

Requirements for Special Resolutions 

The  CBCA  requires  that  certain  matters  be  approved  by  shareholders  by  Special  Resolution. 
Under  the  BCA,  there  is  flexibility  to  provide  for  different  approval  requirements  for  some 
matters in the articles. The Corporation proposes to adopt the more flexible approach under the 
BCA in order to be able to react and adapt to changing business conditions. 

As  a  result,  as  allowed  under  the  BCA,  management  and  the  Board  are  proposing  that  the 
Articles provide for the following matters (which  currently require a Special Resolution of the 
shareholders)  to  require  a  directors’  resolution  only, and  not  require  a  shareholders’  resolution 
(recognizing that regulatory authorities may require shareholder approval in certain cases in any 
event): 

(a) a subdivision of all or any of the unissued, or fully paid issued, shares; 

(b) a consolidation of all or any of the unissued, or fully paid issued, shares; and 

(c) a change of name of the Corporation. 

Other capital and share structure changes will continue to require shareholder approval; however 
the Articles would provide that unless otherwise specified in the Articles or the BCA, alterations 
to  the  Articles  or  Notices  of  Articles  will  require  shareholder  approval  only  by  ordinary 
resolution.  The  creation,  variation  or  elimination  of  special  rights  or  restrictions  attached  to 
issued shares will nevertheless continue to require shareholder approval by Special Resolution. 

Continuance Resolution 

Shareholders  will  be  asked  at  the  Meeting  to  consider  and,  if  deemed  appropriate,  to  approve  the 
following Continuance Proposal resolution. 

18 

 
 
"BE IT RESOLVED AS A SPECIAL RESOLUTION THAT: 

1. 

The Corporation: 

(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

apply to the Director (the “Director”) under the Canada Business Corporations 
Act (the “CBCA”) for a Letter of Satisfaction pursuant to Section 188(1) of the 
CBCA; 

apply to the Registrar of Companies of British Columbia to continue as a British 
Columbia  company  pursuant  to  Section  302  of  the  British  Columbia  Business 
Corporations Act (the “BCA”) in accordance with the Continuation Application 
attached  to  the  Management  Proxy  Circular  and  Proxy  Statement  (the  “Proxy 
Statement”)  prepared  in  connection  with  the  Meeting  at  which  this  resolution 
was passed, and such Continuation Application is hereby approved; and 

deliver a copy of the Certificate of Continuation to the Director and request that 
the  Director  issue  a  Certificate  of  Discontinuance  under  Section  188(7)  of  the 
CBCA; 

subject  to  the  issuance  of  such  Certificate  of  Continuation  and  without  affecting  the 
validity of the Corporation and the existence of the Corporation by or under its existing 
Articles  and  By-laws  and  any  act  done  thereunder,  effective  upon  issuance  of  the 
Certificate of Continuation, the Corporation adopt the Notice of Articles set forth in the 
Continuation  Application  and  the  Articles  attached  to  the  Proxy  Statement,  in 
substitution  for  the  Corporation’s  existing  Articles  and  By-laws,  and  such  Notice  of 
Articles and Articles are hereby approved and adopted; 

notwithstanding that this special resolution has been duly passed by the shareholders of 
the  Corporation,  the  directors  of  the  Corporation  are  hereby  authorized,  at  their 
discretion, to determine, at any time, to proceed or not to proceed with the continuance 
and to abandon this resolution at any time prior to the implementation of the continuance 
without further approval of the shareholders and in such case, this resolution approving 
the continuance shall be deemed to have been rescinded; and 

any  one  director  or  any  one  officer  of  the  Corporation  hereby  authorized  and 
empowered, acting for, in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, to execute or to 
cause to be executed, under the seal of the Corporation or otherwise, and to deliver and 
file  or  to  cause  to  be  delivered  and  filed,  the  Continuation  Application  and  such  other 
documents and instruments, and to do or to cause to be done, such other acts and things 
as  in  the  opinion  of  such  director  or  officer  of  the  Corporation  may  be  necessary  or 
desirable in order to carry out the intent of this resolution.” 

2. 

3. 

4. 

In order for this ordinary resolution to be passed, it requires the positive approval of two-thirds (66⅔%) 
of the votes cast thereon at the Meeting. Abstentions will have no effect and will not be counted as votes 
cast on the Continuance Proposal. 

The  Board  recommends  that  Shareholders  vote  “FOR”  the  foregoing  resolutions.    The 
representatives  of  management  named  in  the  enclosed  form  of  proxy,  if  named  as  proxyholders, 
intend to vote for the resolution, unless the Shareholder has specified in the form of proxy that his 
or her shares are to be voted against the resolution. 

Rights of Dissent in Respect of the Continuance Proposal 

Record  shareholders  who  wish  to  dissent  should  take  note  that  strict  compliance  with  the  dissent 
procedures is required. 

The following description of rights of shareholders to dissent is not a comprehensive statement of the 
procedures  to  be  followed  by  a  dissenting  shareholder  who  seeks  payment  of  the  fair  value  of  its 
Shares  and  is  qualified  in  its  entirety  by  the  reference  to  the  full  text  of  Section  190  of  the  CBCA 

19 

 
 
 
which is attached to this Proxy Statement as Appendix “E”. A dissenting shareholder who intends to 
exercise the right of dissent should carefully consider and comply with the provisions of Section 190 
of the CBCA and should seek independent legal advice. Failure to comply strictly with the provisions 
of the CBCA and to adhere to the procedures established therein may result in the loss of all rights 
thereunder. 

Pursuant to Section 190 of the CBCA, a record shareholder is entitled, in addition to any other right that 
the  shareholder  may  have,  to  dissent  and  to  be  paid  by  the  Corporation  the  fair  value  of  the  shares  in 
respect of which that shareholder dissents. “Fair value” is determined as of the close of business on the 
last  business  day  before  the  day  on  which  the  Continuance  Proposal  is  adopted.  A  shareholder  may 
dissent only with respect to all of the shareholder’s Shares or shares held by the shareholder on behalf of 
any one non-record holder. Further, a shareholder may only dissent in respect of shares registered in the 
dissenting shareholder’s name. 

Persons  who  are  non-record  shareholders  who  wish  to  dissent  with  respect  to  their  Shares  should  be 
aware  that  only  record  shareholders  are  entitled  to  dissent  with  respect  to  them.  A  record  shareholder 
such  as  an  intermediary  who  holds  Shares  as  nominee  for  non-record  shareholders,  must  exercise  the 
right of dissent on behalf of non-record shareholders with respect to the Shares held for such non-record 
shareholders.  In  such  case,  the  Notice  of  Objection  (as  defined  below)  should  set  forth  the  number  of 
Shares it covers. 

A  record  shareholder  who  wishes  to  dissent  must  send  a  written  objection  notice  (the  “Notice  of 
Objection”)  objecting  to  the  Continuance  Proposal  to  the  Corporation,  9000  Glenlyon  Parkway, 
BC, Canada, fax number 604-412-4700, Attention: Corporate Secretary, at or prior to the time of 
the Meeting or any adjournment thereof in order to be effective. 

The  delivery  of  a  Notice  of  Objection  does  not  deprive  a  record  shareholder  of  its  right  to  vote  at  the 
Meeting,  however,  a  vote  in  favor  of  the  Continuance  Proposal  will  result  in  a  loss  of  its  rights  under 
Section 190 of the CBCA. A vote against the Continuance Proposal, whether in person or by proxy, does 
not constitute a Notice of Objection, but a shareholder need not vote its Shares against the Continuance 
Proposal in order to object. Similarly, the revocation of a proxy conferring authority on the proxy holder 
to vote in favor of the Continuance Proposal does not constitute a Notice of Objection in respect of the 
Continuance  Proposal,  but  any  such  proxy  granted  by  a  shareholder  who  intends  to  dissent  should  be 
validly revoked (please see “Execution and Revocation of Proxies”) in order to prevent the proxy holder 
from voting such Shares in favor of the Continuance Proposal. 

If the Continuance Proposal is approved at the Meeting or at an adjournment or postponement thereof, 
the Corporation is required to deliver to each shareholder who has filed a Notice of Objection and has not 
voted  for  the  Continuation  Proposal  or  not  withdrawn  that  shareholder’s  Notice  of  Objection  (each,  a 
“Dissenting  Shareholder”),  within  10  days  after  the  approval  of  the  Continuance  Proposal,  a  notice 
stating  that  the  Continuance  Proposal  has  been  adopted  (the  “Notice  of  Resolution”).  A  Dissenting 
Shareholder then has 20 days after receipt of the Notice of Resolution or, if the Dissenting Shareholder 
does not receive a Notice of Resolution, within 20 days after learning that the Continuance Proposal has 
been  adopted,  to  send  to  the  Corporation  a  written  notice  (a  “Demand  for  Payment”)  containing  the 
Dissenting Shareholder’s name and address, the number of Shares in respect of when it dissents and a 
demand for payment of the fair value of such Shares. A Dissenting Shareholder must within 30 days after 
sending the Demand for Payment, send the certificates representing the Shares in respect of which it is 
dissenting  to  the  Corporation  or  its  transfer  agent,  Computershare.  The  Corporation  or  Computershare 
must endorse the certificates with a notice that the holder is a Dissenting Shareholder under Section 190 
of  the  CBCA  and  forthwith  return  the  certificates  to  the  Dissenting  Shareholder.  A  Dissenting 
Shareholder  who  does  not  send  the  certificates  within  the  30  day  period  has  no  right  to  make  a  claim 
under Section 190 of the CBCA. 

A Dissenting Shareholder ceases to have any rights as a holder of Shares, other than the right to be paid 
their fair value, unless: (i) the Demand for Payment is withdrawn before the Corporation makes an Offer 
to  Pay  (as  defined  below);  (ii)  the  Corporation  fails  to  make  a  timely  Offer  to  Pay  to  the  Dissenting 
Shareholder  and  the  Dissenting  Shareholder  withdraws  the  Demand  for  Payment;  or  (iii)  the 
Continuation is not proceeded with. 

20 

 
 
Not later than seven days after the later of the date shown on the Certificate of Continuation is issued by 
the  British  Columbia  Registrar  of  Companies  and  the  day  the  Corporation  receives  the  Demand  for 
Payment, the Corporation must send a written offer to pay (“Offer to Pay”) in the amount considered by 
the Board to be the fair value of the Shares in respect of which the Dissenting Shareholder has dissented. 
The  Offer  to  Pay  must  be  accompanied  by  a  statement  showing  how  the  fair  value  was  determined. 
Every  Offer  to  Pay  made  to  Dissenting  Shareholders  must  be  on  the  same  terms,  and  lapses  if  not 
accepted within 30 days after being made. 

If the Offer to Pay is accepted, payment must be made within 10 days of acceptance. 

If the Corporation does not make an Offer to Pay or if a Dissenting Shareholder fails to accept an Offer 
to Pay, the Corporation may, within 50 days after the date shown on the Certificate of Continuation is 
issued  by  the  British  Columbia  Registrar  of  Companies  or  within  such  further  period  as  a  court  of 
competent  jurisdiction  may  allow,  apply  to  the  court  to  fix  a  fair  value  for  the  securities  of  any 
Dissenting Shareholder. If the Corporation fails to so apply to the court, a Dissenting Shareholder may 
do  so  for  the  same  purpose  within  a  further  period  of  20  days  or  such  other  period  as  the  court  may 
allow. A Dissenting Shareholder is not required to give security for costs in any application to the court. 
Applications referred to in this paragraph may be made to a court of competent jurisdiction in the place 
where  the  Corporation  has  its  registered  office  or  in  the  province  where  the  Dissenting  Shareholder 
resides if the Corporation carries on business in that province. 

If  the  Corporation  makes  an  application  to  the  court,  it  must  give  notice  of  the  date,  place  and 
consequences of the application and of the Dissenting Shareholder’s right to appear and be heard to each 
Dissenting  Shareholder  who  has  sent  the  Corporation  a  Demand  for  Payment  and  has  not  accepted  an 
Offer  to  Pay.  All  Dissenting  Shareholders  whose  shares  have  not  been  purchased  by  the  Corporation 
must  be  made  parties  to  the  application  and  are  bound  by  the  decision  of  the  court.  The  court  is 
authorized to determine whether any other person is a Dissenting Shareholder who should be joined as a 
party to such application. 

The  court  must  fix  a  fair  value  for  the  shares  of  all  Dissenting  Shareholders  and  may  in  its  discretion 
allow  a  reasonable  rate  of  interest  on  the  amount  payable  to  each  Dissenting  Shareholder  from  the 
effective date of the Continuation until the date of payment of the amount so fixed. The final order of the 
court in the proceedings commenced by an application by the Corporation or a Dissenting Shareholder 
must be rendered against the Corporation and in favor of each Dissenting Shareholder. 

The above is only a summary of the dissenting shareholder provisions of the CBCA. A shareholder 
of  the  Corporation  wishing  to  exercise  a  right  to  dissent  should  seek  independent  legal  advice. 
Failure to comply strictly with the provisions of the statute may prejudice the right of dissent. 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

Our Board and senior management consider good corporate governance to be central to our effective and 
efficient  operation.    We  monitor  corporate  governance  initiatives  as  they  develop  and  benchmark 
industry practices to ensure that we are in compliance with corporate governance rules. 

Our  corporate  governance  practices  are  reflected  in  our  Corporate  Governance  Policy,  which  provides 
for  board  composition  and  director  qualification  standards,  tenure  and  term  limits,  director 
responsibilities,  the  form  and  amount  of  director  compensation,  director  orientation  and  continuing 
education,  management  succession  planning  and  performance  evaluation  of  the  Board.    A  copy  of  the 
Corporate Governance Policy can be found on our website at www.ballard.com.  We have also reviewed 
our  internal  control  and  disclosure  procedures,  and  are  satisfied  that  they  are  sufficient  to  enable  our 
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer to certify our interim and annual financial reports 
filed with Canadian securities regulatory authorities, and to certify our annual financial reports filed with 
or submitted to the SEC. 

In addition, we have set up a process for Shareholders to communicate to the Board, the details of which 
can be found on our website.  A summary of shareholder feedback is provided to the Board through a 
semi-annual report. 

21 

 
 
 
We  believe  that  we  comply  with  all  applicable  Canadian  securities  administrators  (“CSA”)  and 
NASDAQ corporate governance rules and guidelines.  The CSA requires that listed corporations subject 
to National Instrument 58-101 - Disclosure of Corporate Governance Practices ("NI 58-101") disclose 
their  policies  respecting  corporate  governance.    We  comply  with  NI  58-101,  which  addresses  matters 
such as the constitution and independence of corporate boards, the functions to be performed by boards 
and their committees, and the effectiveness and education of board members.  We are exempt from the 
NASDAQ  corporate  governance  rule  requiring  that  each  NASDAQ  quoted  company  has  in  place  a 
minimum  quorum  requirement  for  shareholder  meetings  of  33  1/3%  of  the  outstanding  shares  of  the 
company’s voting common stock.  Our by-laws currently provide that a quorum is met if holders of at 
least five percent of the votes eligible to be cast at a Shareholders’ meeting are present or represented by 
proxy at the meeting. 

BOARD COMPOSITION AND NOMINATION PROCESS 

All  of  our  directors  are  independent  except  for  Randall  MacEwen,  our  President  and  Chief  Executive 
Officer.    "Independence"  is  judged  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  the  United  States  Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002 ("Sarbanes-Oxley"), and as determined by the CSA and the NASDAQ.  We conduct 
an  annual  review  of  the  other  corporate  boards  on  which  our  directors  sit,  and  have  determined  that 
currently there are no board interlocks with respect to our directors.  The Board has also established a 
guideline for the maximum number of corporate boards on which a director should sit.  This guideline 
has been set at five corporate boards (not including non-profit boards) for independent directors and one 
corporate board for the CEO.  Currently all of our board members comply with this guideline. 

The Board believes that its membership should be composed of highly qualified directors with diverse 
backgrounds,  skills  sets  and  experience  bases  and  who  demonstrate  integrity  and  suitability  for 
overseeing management.  The CGCC and the Board have determined that the criteria to be considered 
when selecting directors and recommending their election by the Shareholders include the following: 

a)  Direct experience in leading a business as a CEO or other senior executive 

b)  Strategy development experience 

c)  Sales/Marketing experience 

d)  Finance/Accounting experience & education 

e)  Product development experience 

f)  Corporate governance experience & education 

g)  Early-Stage business commercialization experience 

h)  CleanTech sector knowledge 

i)  Asian market experience 

In  addition  to  these  criteria,  we  also  take  into  consideration  other  industry  and  business  factors  in 
determining the composition of our Board. 

Our CGCC conducts an annual process under which an assessment is made of the skills, expertise and 
competencies of the directors and is compared to our needs and the needs of the Board.  This process 
culminates in a recommendation to the Board of individual nominee directors for election at our annual 
Shareholders’  meeting.  To  this  end,  the  CGCC  will,  when  identifying  candidates  to  recommend  for 
appointment or election to the Board: 

a)  consider  only  candidates  who  are  highly  qualified  based  on  their  relevant  experience, 

expertise, perspectives, and personal skills and qualities, and cultural fit; 

b)  consider diversity criteria including gender, age, ethnicity and geographic background; and 

c) 

in addition to its own search, as and when appropriate from time to time, engage qualified 
independent  external  advisors  to  conduct  a  search  for  candidates  who  meet  the  Board’s 
expertise, skills and diversity criteria. 

22 

 
 
Currently, we have one woman serving on our board, a representation of 14%.  As part of its approach to 
Board diversity, the Board has not established specific targets for any diversity criteria at this time. The 
CGCC will assess the effectiveness of this approach annually and recommend amendments to the Board, 
including the possible adoption of measurable objectives for achieving Board diversity, as appropriate.   

The  following  table  identifies  some  of  the  current  skills  and  other  factors  considered  as  part  of  the 
competency  matrix  developed  by  the  CGCC.  Each  director  was  asked  to  indicate  the  top  three 
competencies which he/she believes they possess. 

Ian A. 
Bourne 

Douglas P. 
Hayhurst 

R. Randall 
MacEwen 

Marty 
Neese 

James 
Roche 

Carol M. 
Stephenson 

Ian Sutcliffe 

President/CEO 
Experience 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Strategy 

Sales/ Marketing 

Finance/ 
Accounting 

Product 
Development 

Corporate 
Governance 

Early Stage 
Business 
Commercialization 

Clean Technology 

Asian Markets 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MAJORITY VOTING POLICY 

At any meeting of Ballard’s Shareholders where directors are to be elected, Shareholders will be able to 
either:  (a)  vote  in  favor;  or  (b)  withhold  their  Shares  from  being  voted  in  respect  of  each  nominee 
separately.    If,  with  respect  to  any  nominee,  the  total  number  of  Shares  withheld  exceeds  the  total 
number of Shares voted in favor, then the nominee will immediately submit his or her resignation to the 
Board  to  take  effect  immediately  upon  acceptance  by  the  Board.    Upon  receipt  of  such  conditional 
resignation, the CGCC will consider the matter and, as soon as possible, make a recommendation to the 
full  Board  regarding  whether  or  not  such  resignation  should  be  accepted.  After  considering  the 
recommendation of the CGCC, the Board will decide whether or not to accept the tendered resignation 
and will, not later than 90 days after the annual Shareholders’ meeting, issue a press release which either 
confirms that it has accepted the resignation or provides an explanation for why it has refused to accept 
the resignation.  The director tendering his or her resignation will not participate in any meeting of the 
Board or the CGCC at which the resignation is considered. Subject to any restrictions or requirements 
contained  in  applicable  corporate  law  or  Ballard’s  constating  documents,  the  Board  may:  (a)  leave  a 
resulting  vacancy  unfilled  until  the  next  annual  Shareholders’  meeting;  (b)  appoint  a  replacement 
director  whom  the  Board  considers  merits  the  confidence  of  the  Shareholders;  or  (c)  call  a  special 
meeting of Shareholders to elect a replacement director who may be a person nominated by management. 
The policy does not apply in respect of any contested Shareholders’ meeting, which is any meeting of 
Shareholders  where  the  number  of  nominees  for  director  is  greater  than  the  number  of  directors  to  be 
elected.  

TENURE AND TERM LIMITS 

Directors  are  elected  yearly  at  our  annual  Shareholders’  meeting  and  serve  on  the  Board  until  the 
following  annual  Shareholders’  meeting,  at  which  time  they  either  stand  for  re-election  or  leave  the 

23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Board.    If  no  meeting  is  held,  each  director  serves  until  his  or  her  successor  is  elected  or  appointed, 
unless the director resigns earlier.  

Independent  directors  are  expected  to  serve  on  at  least  one  Committee  of  the  Board.  The  CGCC  and 
Audit Committee are tasked with ensuring a rotation of Committee members and Chairs to broaden the 
experience  and  skills  of  each  member  of  the  Board,  and  ensure  an  appropriate  mix  of  experience  and 
expertise in respect of the various roles of the Board and its committees.  Currently, each independent 
director serves as a member of the Audit Committee and the CGCC.  A director may only serve on the 
Board for a maximum of 15 consecutive years.  These provisions do not apply to the President & Chief 
Executive Officer in his/her role as a Board member. 

In addition to the majority voting policy, the Board has established additional guidelines that set out the 
circumstances under which a director would be compelled to submit a resignation or be asked to resign. 

DIRECTOR SHARE OWNERSHIP GUIDELINES 

We have minimum share ownership guidelines that apply to our independent directors.  The guidelines 
were revised by the Board effective October 27, 2015. 

All  independent  directors  are  required  to  hold  at  least  the  number  of  Ballard  Shares  that  has  a  value 
equivalent to three times the director’s annual retainer.  Directors have six years from the date that they 
are  first  elected  to  the  Board  to  comply  with  this  minimum  share  ownership  guideline.  In  determining 
whether  a  director  is  in  compliance  with  the  minimum  share  ownership  guidelines,  any  DSUs  that  a 
director receives as payment for all or part of their annual retainer will be credited towards calculating 
achievement of the minimum share ownership requirements. 
The value of Shares held by directors will be measured on or about December 31st of each year based on 
the purchase price actually paid by the director for such Shares, or the value of DSUs or Shares received 
by the director when issued to him or her by the Corporation, as applicable. 

Any director who fails to comply with the share ownership guideline will not be eligible to stand for re-
election.  Currently, all of our directors have met or are on track to achieve these guidelines. 

BOARD MEETINGS 

The  Board  meets  on  a  regularly  scheduled  basis  and  directors  are  kept  informed  of  our  operations  at 
meetings of the Board and its committees, and through reports by and discussions with management.  In 
2015,  in camera sessions, chaired by the Chair of the Board, were held after each regularly scheduled 
Board  meeting  involving  all  of  the  independent  directors  without  the  presence  of  management.    In 
addition, communications between the directors and management occur apart from regularly scheduled 
Board  and  committee  meetings.    The  Board  has  set  a  minimum  meeting  attendance  guideline  of  70%.  
Non-compliance with this guideline by a director is one of the factors considered in his or her individual 
performance evaluation at the end of the year. 

ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES 

The Board operates under a formal mandate (a copy of which is attached as Appendix "A" and is posted 
on our website at www.ballard.com), which sets out its duties and responsibilities, including matters such 
as  corporate  strategy,  fiscal  management  and  reporting,  selection  of  management,  legal  and  regulatory 
compliance,  risk  management,  external  communications  and  performance  evaluation.    The  Board  has 
also established terms of reference and corporate governance guidelines for individual directors (copies 
of  which  are  also  posted  on  our  website),  which  set  out  the  directors’  individual  responsibilities  and 
duties.    Terms  of  reference  are  also  established  for  the  Board  Chair  and  the  CEO.    These  terms  of 
reference and guidelines serve as a code of conduct with which each director is expected to comply, and 
address  matters  such  as  conflicts  of  interest,  the  duties  and  standard  of  care  of  directors,  the  level  of 
availability expected of directors, requirements for maximizing the effectiveness of Board and committee 
meetings, and considerations that directors are to keep in mind in order to make effective and informed 
decisions. 

24 

 
 
In addition, we have a Board-approved "Code of Ethics", which applies to all members of the Board, as 
well  as  our  officers  and  employees.    A  copy  of  the  Code  of  Ethics  can  be  found  on  our  website 
(www.ballard.com).    This  document  is  reviewed  annually  and  updated  or  revised  as  necessary.  
Annually,  all  employees  in  Sales  &  Marketing,  Finance  &  Administration,  Supply  Chain,  Customer 
Service and Quality, and all management employees and officers, are required to formally acknowledge 
they have read, reviewed and comply with the Code of Ethics.  A compliance report is then presented to 
the Audit Committee and Board.  

The  Chair  of  the  Board  is  responsible  for  ensuring  the  appropriate  organization,  content  and  flow  of 
information to the Board  and that all concerns of the directors  are addressed.   The Chair of the Board 
reviews  and  sets  the  agenda  for  each  Board  meeting.    The  Chair  of  the  Board  is  also  responsible  for 
organizing and setting the frequency of Board meetings and ensuring that Board meetings are conducted 
efficiently.  The Chair of the Board is an independent director. 

Each  year,  the  Board  identifies  a  list  of  focus  priorities  for  the  Board  during  the  year.    The  CGCC 
regularly monitors the Board’s progress against these priorities throughout the year. 

BOARD ORIENTATION AND EDUCATION 

We  have  established  a  formal  director  orientation  and  ongoing  education  program.    Upon  joining  our 
Board, each director receives an orientation regarding our business.  Such orientation includes site visits 
to  our  manufacturing  facilities,  presentations  regarding  our  business,  technology  and  products,  and  a 
manual that contains various reference documents and information.  Continuing education is offered by 
way of ongoing circulation of informative  materials aimed at topical subject  matters,  material industry 
developments,  and  management  presentations  at  Board  meetings,  as  well  as  guest  speakers  who  are 
invited to speak to our Board on various topics.  In the past, we have invited guest speakers to speak to 
our Board about the fuel cell industry, government regulation, capital markets, corporate governance and 
risk  management,  and  internal  management  representatives  to  speak  about  various  issues,  including 
relating to our industry, business, strategy, markets, customers, projects, technology, products, services, 
operations,  employee  relations,  investor  relations  and  risks.    The  orientation  and  ongoing  educational 
presentations that are made by internal management provide an opportunity for Board members to meet 
and interact with members of our management team. 

SHAREHOLDER FEEDBACK AND COMMUNICATION 

We have an  e-mail process for Shareholders to communicate with the Board, through the Chair of the 
Board.  Shareholders who wish to send a message to the Chair of the Board can find the details of this 
process  on  our  website  at  www.ballard.com.    In  addition,  a  summary  of  shareholder  feedback  that  is 
received by us is provided to the Board through a semi-annual report. 

BOARD AND DIRECTOR PERFORMANCE EVALUATIONS 

Each year, the Board conducts an evaluation and review of its performance during the past year.  The 
evaluation  is  conducted  through  a  process  determined  from  time  to  time  by  the  CGCC  which  elicits 
responses  from  individual  directors  on  a  confidential  basis  regarding  performance  of  the  Board  and 
individual directors.  The process may include the completion of a questionnaire by all of the directors as 
well  as  individual  director  self-evaluations  and  peer  evaluations.    The  CGCC  presents  the  summary 
results  to  the  full  Board,  which  then,  based  on  the  results  of  the  evaluation,  determines  appropriate 
actions and changes to improve Board effectiveness. 

COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD 

The  Board  has  established  two  standing  committees:  (1)  the  Audit  Committee;  and  (2)  the  Corporate 
Governance & Compensation Committee (“CGCC”).   

Each  committee  has  been  delegated  certain  responsibilities,  performs  certain  advisory  functions  and 
either makes certain decisions or makes recommendations to the Board.  Each committee chair reports on 
the activities of the committee to the Board following each committee meeting.  The members of these 
committees are all independent.  Given a number of considerations, including the past and planned size 

25 

 
 
of the Board, the composition of the Board, considerations relating to the efficiency and effectiveness of 
the Board and these two committees, and the flat retainer fee structure used for compensating the Board, 
these two committees are represented by all directors other than the CEO. 

The following chart sets out current members of our standing committees: 

Ian A. Bourne 

Audit Committee 

1 

Douglas P. Hayhurst 

 (Chair Designate) 

Marty Neese 

James Roche 

Carol M. Stephenson 

Ian Sutcliffe 

 

 

 

 

Corporate Governance 
& Compensation 
Committee 

1 

 

 

 

 (Chair) 

 

1 Chair of the Board and designated financial expert.  Mr. Bourne is an ex officio member of each of the committees. 

After the Meeting, we will reconstitute all of the standing committees to reflect the newly elected Board. 

In  addition  to  the  standing  committees  of  the  Board,  the  Director  Search  Committee,  an  ad  hoc 
committee first established in 2014, met in 2015. 

Audit Committee 

The Audit Committee met five (5) times during 2015.  The Audit Committee is constituted in accordance 
with  SEC  rules,  applicable  Canadian  securities  laws  and  applicable  NASDAQ  rules,  and  assists  the 
Board  in  fulfilling  its  responsibilities  by  reviewing  financial  information,  the  systems  of  corporate 
controls and the audit process.   

The Audit Committee is responsible for overseeing the audit process and the preparation of our financial 
statements,  ensuring  that  our  financial  statements  are  fairly  presented  in  accordance  with  International 
Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), approving our quarterly financial statements, and reviewing and 
recommending to the Board our year-end financial statements and all financial  disclosure contained in 
our  public  documents.    The  Audit  Committee  meets  with  our  financial  officers  and  our  internal  and 
external  auditors  to  review  matters  affecting  financial  reporting,  the  system  of  internal  accounting  and 
financial  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  and  the  audit  procedures  and  audit  plans.    The  Audit 
Committee reviews our significant financial risks and the appointment of senior financial executives, and 
annually reviews our insurance coverage, tax loss carry forwards, pension and health care liabilities, and 
off-balance  sheet  transactions.    The  Audit  Committee  has  at  least  two  members,  Ian  A.  Bourne  and 
Douglas  P.  Hayhurst,  who  qualify  as  audit  committee  financial  experts  under  applicable  securities 
regulations.  All of the members of the Audit Committee are independent directors in accordance with 
the applicable Canadian and United States securities laws and exchange requirements and are financially 
literate.   

The  Audit  Committee  is  responsible  for  recommending  the  appointment  of  our  external  auditors  (for 
Shareholder approval at our annual general meeting), monitoring the external auditors’ qualifications and 
independence,  and  determining  the  appropriate  level  of  remuneration  for  the  external  auditors.    The 
external  auditors  report  directly  to  the  Audit  Committee.    The  Audit  Committee  also  approves  in 
advance, on a case-by-case basis, any services to be provided by the external auditors that are not related 
to the audit.  The Audit Committee is also responsible for the appointment of our internal auditors (or 
persons responsible for the function), and directing, monitoring and providing guidance to the internal 
audit function and review the performance of the internal auditor at least annually. 

In  addition,  the  Audit  Committee  is  mandated  to  review  all  financial  disclosure  contained  in 
prospectuses,  annual  reports,  annual  information  forms,  management  proxy  circulars  and  other  similar 
documents.    The  Audit  Committee  is  also  responsible  for  ensuring  that  the  internal  audit  function  is 

26 

 
 
 
being  effectively  carried  out.    The  Audit  Committee  reviews  and  approves,  in  advance,  related  party 
transactions  (including  transactions  and  agreements  in  respect  of  which  a  director  or  executive  officer 
has a material interest) on a case-by-case basis. 

For a more detailed description of the Audit Committee or to see the Audit Committee’s mandate, a copy 
of  which  is  posted  on  our  website,  see  the  section  entitled  "Audit  Committee  Matters"  in  our  Annual 
Information  Form  dated  February  25,  2016,  which  section  is  incorporated  by  reference  into  this 
Management Proxy Circular. 

Corporate Governance & Compensation Committee 

The  CGCC  met  five  (5)  times  during  2015.    Collectively,  the  CCGC  members  have  extensive 
compensation-related  experience  as  senior  executives  (past  and  present)  and  members  of  the  board  of 
directors and committees of other public and private corporations. The Board is confident that the CCGC 
collectively  has  the  knowledge,  experience  and  background  to  carry  out  the  Committee’s  mandate 
effectively and to make executive compensation decisions in the best interests of the Corporation and its 
Shareholders. 

The CGCC is responsible for the following: 

  recommending the size of the Board and the formation and membership of committees of the 

Board; 

  review and approval of all director nominations to the Board; 

  determining director compensation;     

  maintaining an ongoing education program for Board members; 

  ensuring a formal process exists to evaluate the performance of the Board, Board committees, 
individual  directors,  and  the  Chair  of  the  Board,  and  ensuring  that  appropriate  actions  are 
taken, based on the results of the evaluation, to improve the effectiveness of the Board; 

  conducting succession planning for the Chair of the Board; and 

  monitoring corporate governance and making recommendations to enable the Board to comply 

with best corporate governance practices in Canada and the United States; 

The CGCC is also responsible for: 

  considering and authorizing the terms of employment and compensation of executive officers 
and  providing  advice  on  organizational  and  compensation  structures  in  the  various 
jurisdictions in which we operate; 

  reviewing and setting the minimum share ownership requirement for executive officers; 

  reviewing  all  distributions  under  our  equity-based  compensation  plans,  and  reviewing  and 

approving the design and structure of, and any amendments to, those plans; 

  ensuring  appropriate  CEO  and  senior  management  succession  planning,  recruitment, 

development, training and evaluation; and 

  annually  reviewing  the  performance  objectives  of  our  CEO  and  conducting  his  annual 

performance evaluation.   

Any compensation consultants engaged by us, at the direction of the CGCC, report directly to the CGCC, 
which has the authority to appoint such consultants, determine their level of remuneration, and oversee 
and terminate their services. 

The  CGCC  does  not  have  a  written  policy  regarding  succession  planning  or  recruitment  of  executive 
officers.    However,  the  CGCC  takes  the  same  approach  when  identifying  candidates  for  executive 
officers  that  it  takes  in  respect  of  director  candidates.    The  CGCC  will,  when  identifying  executive 
officer candidates: 

27 

 
 
a)  consider only candidates who are highly qualified based on their experience, expertise, 
perspectives, and personal skills and qualities; and 

b)  consider diversity criteria including gender, age, ethnicity and geographic background. 

The CGCC has not established targets for any diversity criteria for executive officers at this time.  The 
CGCC  and  Board  annually  review  executive  succession  plans  and  emerging  leadership  candidates, 
including  a  review  of  demographic  information  to  ensure  the  correct  focus  on  diversity.  Individual 
development  plans  are  established  by  management,  including  those  for  female  leaders,  and  the 
Corporation has sponsored and supported participation in activities including the Minerva “Women in” 
annual luncheon series and Board-led career discussions.  As of the Record Date, there are no women 
executive officers of the Corporation. 

A copy of the CGCC’s mandate is posted on our website (www.ballard.com).  The mandate is reviewed 
annually and the CGCC’s performance is assessed annually through a process overseen by the Board. 

Director Search Committee 

The Director Search Committee is a temporary sub-committee of the CGCC established in 2014 for the 
purpose  of  establishing  and  leading  a  search  and  selection  process  of  potential  director  nominees  for 
consideration by the Board. 

The Director Search Committee met twice during 2015.  The members are Carol M. Stephenson (Chair), 
Ian  A.  Bourne  and  David  B.  Sutcliffe.    The  committee  engaged  Spencer  Stuart  to  provide  services  in 
support of the director nominee candidate selection and interview process. 

During 2015, there were two new directors – James Roche and Marty Neese – that joined the Board as a 
result of the work of the Director Search Committee. 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

This section discusses the elements of compensation earned by our "Named Executive Officers" as of 
December 31, 2015:  

Randall MacEwen 

Tony Guglielmin 

Christopher J. Guzy 

Paul Cass 

Steven Karaffa 

President and Chief 
Executive Officer 

Vice President and 
Chief Financial 
Officer 

Vice President and 
Chief Technical 
Officer 

Vice President and 
Chief Operations 
Officer 

Vice President and 
Chief Commercial 
Officer 

INTRODUCTION 

Setting executive compensation in an early-stage high technology business – such as our hydrogen fuel 
cell enterprise – in a way that balances ‘motivation and incentive’ with ‘creation of shareholder value’ is 
a challenging task.  As a result, the Company puts a considerable amount of effort into the development, 
and  ongoing  monitoring  and  management  of  our  executive  compensation  plan.  This  includes  the 
involvement of expert third parties to provide independent advice, monitoring of industry best-practices, 
and benchmarking against relevant comparators inside and outside the fuel cell industry sector. 

Executive Compensation Program Highlights 

Ballard’s executive compensation program is designed to attract the skillsets and experience needed to 
lead the development and execution of the Company’s strategy and to reward executives appropriately 
for high performance.  Our executive compensation program is comprised of the following elements:    

  Annual  Base  Salary  –  set  to  reflect  the  size  and  scope  of  the  role,  as  well  as  individual 

experience and performance, and market competitiveness; 

28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Annual  Performance  Bonus  –  expressed  as  a  percentage  of  annual  base  salary  and  typically 
paid  in  cash,  annual  performance  bonus  is  determined  based  on  achievement  levels  against  a 
weighted  mix  of  annual  corporate  performance  goals  and  individual  performance  goals  that 
support the overall corporate goals, both quantitative and qualitative – at the Board’s discretion;   

  Long-Term Incentive  

o  Performance Share Units (PSUs) – performance-based PSUs are awarded annually as 
a  percentage  of  annual  base  salary  and  typically  vest  over  three  years,  subject  to  the 
achievement  of  corporate  performance  objectives;  PSUs  are  aligned  with  shareholder 
interests  as  vesting  is  dependent  on  corporate  performance  and  the  realizable  value  of 
PSUs partly depends on our share price after vesting. In 2015, we determined that going 
forward new PSU grants will vest after three years (see below for more details); 

o  Stock Options – stock options are awarded annually, vest over three years and have a 
seven year term; stock options are aligned with shareholder interests as their realizable 
value depends on growth in our share price; 

o  Restricted Stock Units (RSUs) – stock RSUs are only issued for limited purposes, such 
as  at  the  time  of  hire,  and  typically  vest  over  three  years;  RSUs  are  aligned  with 
shareholder interests as the realizable value depends on our share price after vesting.   

With these compensation elements, a significant proportion of compensation is put “at risk” (for NEOs, 
from  55%  to  67%  of  total  compensation),  since  it  depends  on  successful  performance  and  growth  in 
Ballard’s  share  price  –  both  of  which  effectively  align  executive  compensation  with  shareholder 
interests.  

To  further  align  with  the  shareholder  experience,  our  executive  officers  are  required  to  hold  between 
1.0X to 3.0X of their individual salary in Common Shares or Deferred Share Units, depending on their 
level within the Company. They have 5 years in which to meet this requirement. 

In setting, monitoring and managing executive compensation the Company ensures careful consideration 
of the relevant factors impacting each element of the plan through a rigorous process, with appropriate 
oversight designed to pay appropriate short- and long-term incentive amounts that are strongly aligned 
with the creation of long-term value for shareholders. 

In  recruiting  our  new  CEO  in  October  2014,  we  were  mindful  to  adopt  best  practices,  including 
clawbacks, and state-of-the-art provisions dealing with termination and change of control, as well as to 
align  the  total  compensation  package  at  a  level  appropriate  for  the  Corporation’s  size  and  stage  of 
development 

Significant Program Changes Planned in 2016 

Commitment to improve ‘Advisory Say on Pay’ approval 

  We solicit investor feedback on our executive compensation approach by providing an advisory 

“Say on Pay” vote, which we introduced in 2011. 

  The CGCC has committed to better understand the relatively modest ‘For’ vote on Say on Pay 

(80.2% of votes “for”), analyze this information and engage where possible with shareholders on 
Executive Pay issues.  The Chair of the CGCC attended the Company’s annual meeting of 
Shareholders held in June 2015 and the Company’s investor and analyst day held in October 
2015 to directly meet and solicit feedback from Shareholders.  The re-shaping of this CD&A into 
a clearer, more communicative format is one example of our commitment to improve our 
compensation disclosure for Shareholders and re-designed the LTIP program to more closely 
align with shareholder expectations (discussed in more detail below). 

Monitoring SEC Executive ClawBack Provision proposals 

  The CGCC is actively monitoring the upcoming final guidelines from the SEC related to 

Executive Clawback provisions.  Clawback provisions were proactively included in the new 

29 

 
 
 
CEO employment agreement in 2014 and revised employment agreements with certain senior 
management in early 2016.   

  The CGCC expects to include clawback  provisions for all relevant members of the executive 
team in 2016.  The CGCC also expects the clawback provisions in executive employment 
agreements will be updated from time to time to reflect future changes to SEC guidelines and 
any applicable guidelines from Canadian securities regulatory authorities. 

Oversaw  the  Executive  Team  succession  planning  process,  resulting  in  a  rationalized  and 
renewed executive team for 2016 

  The Committee works actively with management and, where appropriate, independent expert 

advisors, to ensure appropriate succession plans are in place for the CEO and senior Executives.  
In late 2015 and early 2016, the Committee oversaw the development and execution by the CEO 
of a rationalization and renewal plan relating to the executive team, including related succession 
planning.   

 

In early 2016, we restructured the organization with the departure of Paul Cass, Chief Operating 
Officer; Dr. Chris Guzy, Chief Technology Officer; and Steve Karaffa, Chief Commercial 
Officer.  Responsibilities of the departed executives were assumed by internal personnel:   

o  David Whyte was promoted from Director, Operations to VP, Operations, flattening and 

eliminating duplication in the Operations reporting structure.   

o  Dr. Kevin Colbow was appointed VP, Technology and Product Development, 
consolidating with his existing responsibilities as VP, Technology Solutions.   

o  Karim Kassam was appointed VP, Commercial, consolidating with his existing 

responsibilities as VP, Business and Corporate Development.   

  These organizational changes eliminated three C-level positions through rationalization and 

consolidation, while providing opportunity for fresh approaches in these important roles, without 
compromising customer deliverables and competencies.   

  Each of Mr. Cass, Dr. Guzy and Mr. Karaffa served with the Company through March 31, 2016 
after supporting an effective transition of responsibilities to Mr. Whyte, Dr. Colbow and Mr. 
Kassam, respectively. 

Enhancements  to  our  Executive  LTIP  program  –  specifically  re-visiting  and  revising  the 
Performance Share Unit Program to better align to market trends and best practice 

  During 2015 the CGCC engaged with Towers Watson and management to re-evaluate and 
update our overall LTI approach for executives, including to ensure that our compensation 
principles and program is closely aligned with our corporate strategy and long-term shareholder 
interests.  The re-evaluation: 

o  Confirmed the importance of stock options in allowing us to compete for talent in our high 
technology  industry  while  aligning  executives  with  the  interests  of  Shareholders  over  the 
longer-term, and 

o  Re-designed the PSU element of Executive Compensation to: 

1.  Introduce  clearly  measurable  performance  metrics  that  are  closely  aligned  with  our 

corporate strategy and achieving long-term success; and 

2.  Continue  to  measure  performance  and  determine  vesting  for  a  third  of  the  award 
annually,  but  pay  out  the  vested  portion  of  the  award  at  the  end  of  the  three  year 
performance  period  (rather  than  paying  the  vested  portion  annually  during  the  3-year 
period)  so  that  executives  continue  to  be  aligned  with  shareholder  experience  through 
the entire three-year term of PSUs. 

30 

 
 
 
 
 
This  new  approach  became  effective  January  1,  2016.    The  first  PSU  grants  were  awarded  in 
February 2016 to executives, with vesting of a third of the award subject to the achievement each 
year of revenue and gross margin performance targets consistent with our longer term strategic 
plan. 

Context of Our Executive Compensation Practices 

There are a number of industry and business factors that present challenges to creating and implementing 
an effective executive compensation program, including the following: 

  Despite  our  lengthy  history,  we  are  a  pre-profit,  publicly-listed  company  developing  and 
commercializing new technology, products and services that are highly disruptive in our markets 
and disruptive to incumbent markets. 

  Our business is complex and volatile: 

o  We  have  a  relatively  complex  business  model  for  a  company  with  our  revenue  base.  
Our business activities include technology and product development, commercialization 
of new products in global markets, manufacturing operations, engineering services, sales 
and marketing for various market applications, and after-sales service support.  We have 
operations  and  offices  in  Canada,  the  United  States,  Mexico  and  Denmark,  with  an 
international  sales  and  service  team.  Many  of  our  customers  and  markets  are  outside 
North  America  creating  a  degree  of  complexity,  and  requiring  us  to  recruit  executives 
with wider skills and international experience than may be the case for many companies 
our size 

o  Setting  longer-term  performance  targets  in  an  early-stage  business  with  significant 
volatility and market risks is particularly challenging; the CGCC seeks to balance setting 
concrete,  challenging  performance  targets  that  reflect  genuine  progress  in  the  business 
consistent  with  our  strategy,  which  are  also  reasonably  achievable  and  capable  of 
dealing with the volatility of our business. 

  While we may be considered an industrial products company, we also compete for talent in the 
technology industry, where there is a higher emphasis on equity to compensate staff than general 
industry.  

  We use equity incentives as a way to compete for talent with larger companies while conserving 

our shareholders’ cash for investment in our business.  

  Many  of  our  competitors  are  headquartered  in  the  United  States  and  are  subject  to  different 
market  conditions  relating  to  executive  compensation  than  typical  Canadian-headquartered 
companies. 

The CGCC seeks to balance these factors, the expectations of our shareholders and the highest standards 
of  governance.    As  our  business  becomes  more  robust  and  predictable  through  the  execution  of  our 
strategy,  the  CGCC  intends  to  continue  to  align  compensation  more  predictably  to  performance,  for 
example, through the use of performance metrics that demonstrate and measure our performance relative 
to peer group companies. 

It is important to note our compensation has been aligned with our performance.  Against a background 
of  challenging  market  conditions  and  weaker  financial  and  operational  performance  in  recent  years, 
actual values received by executives by way of bonuses and long-term incentive payouts have reflected 
our  performance  and  have  been  significantly  below  the  values  we  targeted  to  pay  executives  that  are 
disclosed  in  our  summary  compensation  tables.    This  means  that  where  performance  has  not  been 
achieved  against  objectives,  executive  compensation  has  been  directly  impacted  with  lower  bonus 
payments, underwater share options and zero vesting of performance-based long-term incentives.   

31 

 
 
Highlights of our Executive Compensation Philosophy  

Our compensation philosophy focuses on creating shareholder value, paying for performance and effective 
risk management; our objective is to pay competitively in the markets in which we compete for talent, while 
also aligning compensation with value created for shareholders 
We target our compensation at the 50th percentile of the market, with actual compensation varying above and 
below based on performance.  

Objectives 

How We Achieve It 

Attract and retain 

  Paying compensation, including salaries, which are competitive in 

the markets in which we compete for executive talent 

Motivate  

Align 

  Directly linking bonuses to annual performance measures that are 
tied to our corporate strategy to motivate short term performance 

  Delivering  a  majority  of  long-term  incentives  contingent  on 
achieving  sustained  performance  consistent  with  our  corporate 
strategy 

  Delivering  a  significant  portion  of  total  compensation  in  long-
term incentives that are tied to our creation of shareholder value, 
including share price performance  

  Requiring  executive  officers  to  maintain  a  meaningful  equity 

ownership in Ballard 

The Use of Benchmarking 
Our  overall  compensation  objective  is  to  pay  executives,  on  average,  around  the  50th  percentile  of  our 
comparator group for achieving performance goals at the levels targeted by the Board.  Over-achievement or 
under-achievement will result in actual payments for performance-based compensation being over or under 
the targeted amounts. 

Benchmarking  for  a  company  of  Ballard’s  size  and  stage  of  business  is  particularly  challenging  as  our 
industry is nascent and there are few direct comparables.  Many of the direct competitors in our industry are 
smaller, niche fuel cell companies.  By contrast, companies in broader comparator groups, such as industrials 
and  technology  companies,  are  often  significantly  larger  companies  that  provide  similarly  inappropriate 
benchmarks.  In determining the appropriate comparator group, the CGCC considers several factors detailed 
below, including the labor markets in which we compete for executive talent. 

In  2011,  the  CGCC,  working  with  Towers  Watson,  updated  the  comparator  companies  comprising  the 
Corporation’s  compensation  comparator  group  to  better  reflect  the  Corporation’s  current  business  size  and 
market  focus.    A  revised  list  of  comparator  companies  was  reviewed  and  accepted  by  the  CGCC,  which 
selected  the  group  of  comparators  ensuring  a  suitable  mix  of  Canadian  and  United  States  companies 
exhibiting a growth oriented mix of revenues, employee base, asset base, market capitalization and market 
focus.    This  comparator  group  provides  the  primary  source  of  compensation  data  used  to  review  the 
competitiveness  of  our  executive  compensation.    The  CGCC  reviews  and  updates  the  composition  of  the 
comparator group annually.   

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our current comparator group is: 

Canada (5) 

EXFO Inc.  

United States (6) 

AeroVironment Inc. 

Hydrogenics Corp. 

Allied Motion Technologies Inc. 

New Flyer Industries Inc. 

American Superconductor Corporation 

Sierra Wireless Inc.  

Fuel Cell Energy Inc. 

Westport Innovations Inc. 

GrafTech International Ltd. 

Plug Power Inc. 

The  CGCC  compares  each  executive  officer’s  annual  salary,  target  annual  incentive  bonus  and  long-term 
incentive compensation value, both separately and in the aggregate, to amounts paid for similar positions at 
comparator group companies.  

Compensation Framework for 2015 

The compensation program for our executive officers has five primary components that deliver pay over the 
short- and long-term: 

Element 

Features 

Performance Measures 

Base Salary 

  Set to reflect market conditions and the size 

N/A 

Annual Bonus  

and scope of the role, as well as individual 
experience and performance 

  Paid annually in cash or DSUs 
  Each executive has a specified target bonus 
expressed as a percentage of his or her base 
salary 

  Actual bonuses based on Corporate and 
Individual performance multipliers that 
range from 0% - 150% of target based on 
Corporate and Individual performance 
  Outcomes are formula-driven subject to the 

Board’s overarching discretion 

Corporate  
Quantitative (60%) 
  Gross margin 
  Revenue 
  Cash flow from 
operations 

Qualitative (40%) 
  Quality initiatives 
  Building a sustainable 
business platform 
  Executing a significant 

licensing deal 

33 

 
 
 
 
Element 

Features 

Performance Measures 

Long-Term 
Incentive: 
Performance Share 
Units (PSUs) 

  Gross margin 
  Revenue 
  Cashflow from 
operations 

  Each executive has a specified target long-

term incentive expressed as a percentage of 
base salary 

  75% of each executive’s target long-term 
incentive is awarded in the form of PSUs 

  Annual grants with three year term 
  Awards vest over three years based on 

annual achievement of Corporate objectives 
  Payout can range from 0% - 100% of target 

award 

Long-Term 
Incentive: Stock 
Options 

  Annual grants 
  Exercise price equal to market price at grant 
  Awards vest in equal amounts annually over 

  Option value 

contingent on share 
price growth 

three years 
  Seven-year term 

Long-Term 
Incentive: 
Restricted Share 
Units (RSUs) 

  For special purposes (e.g. on-hire award) 
  Typically vests in equal thirds over three 

  Value based on share 

price at time of vesting 

year period 

Executive Pay Mix and the Emphasis on "At Risk" Pay 

We  emphasise  performance  by  linking  a  significant  proportion  of  our  executive  officers’  total  annual 
compensation to corporate and individual performance.  For 2015, an average  of 57% of the target annual 
compensation earned by each of our Named Executive Officers was "at risk", in the form of variable and / or 
performance-related compensation as shown below (including annual bonus, stock options and PSUs).  As 
such,  executives  will  only  receive  value  from  those  elements  to  the  extent  that  the  relevant  performance 
conditions are met, with long-term incentive values also tied to share price performance.  

Total Target Direct 
Compensation Mix - CEO

Long-
term 
Incentiv
es
41%

Base 
Salary
33%

Annual 
Bonus
26%

Total Target Direct 
Compensation Mix - Other 
Executives

Base 
Salary
45%

Long-
term 
Incentiv
es
28%

Annual 
Bonus
27%

Pay for Performance and Incentive Awards aligned with Shareholders Interests  

The  alignment  between  pay  for  performance  for  Executive  Officers  and  Shareholder  interests  is  clearly 
demonstrated as follows: 

34 

 
 
 
               
 
 
Annual  Bonus  Plan  –  Performance  measures  are  substantially  and  directly  linked  to  the  Annual 
Operating Plan and achievement against those measures determines the size of the annual executive 
bonus award.  When corporate performance is below the minimum level expected by the Board this 
amount  could  be  zero.  Equally,  over  achievement  against  the  measures  may  result  in  payment  of 
bonus greater than the targeted amount, up to a capped amount. 

Long  Term  Incentive  Plan  –  Stock  Options  align  pay  with  share  price  performance  as  the 
compensation realised is based solely on share price appreciation.  PSUs deliver compensation value 
to executives by tying the vesting of PSUs (i.e. ability to receive value from units) to the extent that 
performance measures related to key business objectives are met, while the value of each vested unit 
changes in line with movements in the Corporation’s share price. 

How Executive Compensation is Determined 

The CGCC reviews and approves executive officers’ benefit policies and compensation plans, including our 
annual bonus plan and our long-term equity-based compensation plans.  As part of its mandate, the CGCC: 

  Approves and recommends to the Board the appointment of our executive officers; 

  Reviews and approves the amount and form of their compensation, their development and succession 

plans, and any significant organizational or executive management changes; 

  Retains independent compensation consultants for professional advice and as a source of competitive 
market information.  In 2015, the CGCC continued to retain Towers Watson to provide independent 
advice related to various executive compensation matters; 

  Determines  the  annual  compensation,  sets  the  performance  conditions  relating  to  the  annual  bonus 
and long-term incentives, and determines the actual bonus payments in relation to our President and 
CEO.  The President and CEO is not a member of the CGCC and does not participate in the portions 
of the CGCC discussions that relate directly to his personal compensation;  

  Seeks the advice and recommendations of our President and CEO with respect to the compensation 
of  our  other  executive  officers  including  setting  annual  compensation,  approving  performance 
conditions and targets for short- and long-term incentive awards, and proposed long-term incentive 
awards and actual bonus payments; and   

  Ensures 100% of CGCC (Corporate Governance & Compensation Committee) meetings include an 

in-camera session, and our CGCC is advised by independent compensation counsel.	

Annual Salary 

The CGCC approves the annual salary of our executive officers.  Salary guidelines and adjustments for our 
executive officers are considered with reference to: 

(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

(d) 

compensation benchmarking as set out above;  

the experience and qualifications of each executive officer; 

the individual performance of each executive officer; and 

the scope of responsibilities of each executive officer. 

In 2015, there was no annual salary increase for the President and CEO, or other Named Executive Officers.  

Annual Bonus for Executive Officers 

In 2015, the annual target bonus for was set at 80% of base salary for Mr. MacEwen and 60% of salary for 
each of Mr. Guglielmin, Mr. Guzy, Mr. Cass and Mr. Karaffa. The targets were initially established in 2012 
based on benchmarking of our compensation arrangements as described above.   

Payments  relative  to  the  annual  bonus  target  are  determined  by  performance  against  Corporate  Scorecard 
goals  and  the  achievement  of  individual  objectives.    The  Corporate  Scorecard  typically  includes  financial 

35 

 
 
objectives  which  contain  a  ‘”stretch”  achievement  component  whereby  100%  achievement  of  annual  plan 
goals equates to 50% payout of Corporate Scorecard goals.  This means that in order to achieve 100% payout 
against the financial targets, performance needs to be higher than the annual operating plan. 

For a full discussion of annual incentive compensation for our President and CEO, see the section entitled 
"CEO Compensation".  

Methodology for Determining Annual Incentives 

The actual annual bonus for each executive officer is determined by the CGCC on the basis of the following 
formula: 

                   =                             x                      x         x     x                             x      x         x 

Actual 
Bonus 

Annual 
Base Salary 

Target Bonus 
Percentage

Corporate 
Scorecard 
Multiplier 

Individual 
Performance 
Multiplier 

Corporate Scorecard Multiplier 

The  corporate  scorecard  multiplier  is  determined  on  completion  of  each  fiscal  year  by  the  CGCC  and 
approved  by  the  Board  with  reference  to  achievement  against  the  corporate  goals  set  out  in  a  Corporate 
Performance  Scorecard  approved  by  the  CGCC  and  the  Board  at  the  commencement  of  the  year.    Each 
corporate  performance  goal  on  the  scorecard  is  assigned  a  relative  weighting  in  terms  of  importance  to 
annual  performance  of  the  Corporation.    The  corporate  scorecard  typically  includes  a  mix  of  quantitative 
financial metrics and qualitative goals.  The quantitative financial metrics typically include a threshold level 
of  performance  below  which  the  contribution  of  that  goal  to  the  overall  corporate  scorecard  multiplier  is 
zero, and a maximum beyond which no further contribution to the corporate scorecard multiplier accrues.  

For 2015, the Corporate Performance Scorecard reflected a balance of Quantitative annual goals focussed on 
delivery of the 2015 operating plan (60% of the scorecard) and Qualitative goals focussed on key strategic 
outcomes to be achieved during 2015 to better position the Corporation for longer term success (40% of the 
scorecard). 

Component 
Weight 

Quantitative 
(60%) 

Qualitative 
(40%) 

Performance Areas 

Performance Highlights 

Annual gross margin 
dollar contribution 

Not achieved – Below minimum threshold 

Annual revenue 

Not achieved – Below minimum threshold 

Annual cash flow from 
operations 

Partially achieved 

Quality initiatives 

Substantially achieved 

Building a sustainable 
business platform 

Executing a significant 
licensing deal 

Partially achieved 

Over achieved 

In aggregate, the Corporate Scorecard Multiplier achievement for 2015 was 42%. 

Individual Performance Multiplier 

The  individual  performance  multiplier  is  determined  with  reference  to  achievement  against  the  individual 
goals set for each executive officer.  Individual goals are set for individual executive officers by the CEO and 
reviewed by the CGCC, and are based on agreed, objective and identifiable measures related to their roles, 
and  aligned  to  the  corporate  performance  goals.    An  individual  performance  multiplier  greater  than  100% 

36 

 
                         
 
 
may be awarded for superior performance against these goals, with an individual performance multiplier of 
less than 100% being awarded for performance that does not achieve the goals. 

In  2015,  individual  multipliers  for  each  Executive  Officer  ranged  from  50%  to  130%.    Our  Executive 
Officers  elected  to  receive  their  2015  bonus  is  DSUs  rather  than  in  cash.    A  summary  of  the  Executive 
Officers’ annual bonus payments for 2015 is as follows:  

Name 

CEO 

Other NEOs 

Target Bonus 
(% of salary) 

Corporate 
Score/Multiplier 

Individual 
Score/Multiplier 

Actual as a % of 
Target 

80% 

60% 

42% 

42% 

125% 

52.5% 

50% to 130% 

21% to 55% 

Long Term Incentives  

We provide our Executive Officers with equity-based long-term incentives through the Consolidated Share 
Option Plan, Market Purchase RSU Plan and the SDP (Consolidated Share Distribution Plan).  Our equity-
based long-term incentives typically take the form of Stock Options or PSUs (that vest after a specified time 
but normally only in the event that performance conditions are satisfied).  These plans are designed to align 
Executive Officer remuneration with performance and long-term shareholder value.  They serve a vital role 
in retaining executives as value under the plans is only received over time.   

The target value of long-term incentives granted to Named Executive Officers in 2015, and the composition 
of long-term incentives is set out in the table below. 

Total LTI Mix (%) 

Name 

Target LTI 
($) 

PSUs2 

Stock 
Options1 

Mr. MacEwen 

625,000 

Mr. Guglielmin 

192,000 

Mr. Guzy 

Mr. Cass 

192,000 

192,000 

Mr. Karaffa 

192,000 

75% 

75% 

75% 

75% 

75% 

25% 

25% 

25% 

25% 

25% 

1  Converted  to  a number  of  options  by  dividing  the  dollar  value  by  the  Black-Scholes  value  of  the option  on  the  award 
date.  The exercise price of these options was determined based on the closing Share price on the day prior to the award 
date. . 

2 Converted to a number of PSUs dividing the dollar value by the closing Share price on either the TSX or NASDAQ on 
the award date. 

This  element  of  compensation  supports  the  Corporation’s  overall  compensation  objectives  by  linking  our 
Shareholders’  interests  with  those  of  our  Executive  Officers,  by  providing  our  Executive  Officers  with 
compensation that is driven by the experience of our Shareholders in terms of our share price performance, 
and in the case of PSUs is further tied to the achievement of performance measures.  In addition, we require 
our Executive Officers to comply with minimum share ownership guidelines that further align them with the 
Shareholders’ experience. 

37 

 
 
 
 
 
For 2015 the awards to our Named Executive Officers were as follows: 

Number Granted 

Name 

Total LTI Granted ($) 

PSUs 

Stock 
Options 

RSUs 

Mr. MacEwen 

1,459,000 

157,299 

293,563 

167,785 

Mr. Guglielmin 

192,000 

48,322 

28,743 

Mr. Guzy 

Mr. Cass 

Mr. Karaffa 

192,000 

192,000 

222,000 

48,322 

28,743 

48,322 

28,743 

48,322 

28,743 

10,067 

0 

0 

0 

Mr. MacEwen was subject to a trading blackout at the time of his hire in October 2014 and therefore his new 
hire long term incentive equity awards were not issued until February 26, 2015.  

Performance Share Units 

Performance Share Units (PSUs) comprise the other 75% of the long-term incentive compensation provided 
to  an  executive.    The  PSUs  provide  for  vesting  of  one  third  of  the  grant  each  year  over  a  period  of  three 
years, subject to achievement of certain performance criteria in each year.  The number of PSUs awarded to 
each Executive Officer is typically determined in the first quarter of each financial year, in conjunction with 
the determination of that executive officer’s annual bonus for the prior financial year.  Vesting of PSUs may 
be satisfied either with Shares bought under the Market Purchase RSU Plan or by treasury shares reserved 
under the SDP. 

In 2015, the performance criteria for PSUs were based on a tiered approach to vesting related to the three key 
annual  financial  metrics  contained  in  the  Corporate  Performance  Scorecard,  which  were  (1)  Gross  Margin 
dollar  contribution,  (2)  Annual  Revenue,  and  (3)  Cashflow  from  Operations,  which  collectively  formed  a 
PSU Scorecard. Each element was equally weighted. 

PSU Scorecard 

PSU Vesting 

< 50% 

≥50% and <75%  

≥75% 

0% 

50% 

100% 

Stock Options 

Stock options are an integral part of each executive’s annual compensation package and are granted annually 
in respect of approximately 25% of the long-term incentive compensation to be provided to an executive.  

Under our Option Plan: 

(a) 

the  exercise  price  of  each  option  is  determined  by  the  Board,  but  must  not  be  less 
than  the  closing  price  per  Share  on  the  TSX  or  NASDAQ  on  the  last  trading  day 
before the date the option is granted; and 

38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b) 

each  option  may  be  exercised  by  the  holder  in  respect  of  up  to  one-third  of  the 
Shares subject to the option on or after the first, second and third anniversary of the 
effective date of the option on a cumulative basis. 

Vested stock options may normally be exercised for a period of seven years from the grant date (the option 
“term”). 

Units Granted  

On February 26, 2015, 350,587 PSUs were issued to the Named Executive Officers, including the President 
and CEO using the methodology described above.  In February 2016, the Board determined, after setting the 
PSU  Scorecard  multiplier  to  6%  (with  only  the  Annual  Cashflow  from  Operations  target  having  been 
partially achieved) for the purpose of determining PSU Vesting, that 0% of this year’s PSUs vested, per the 
terms of the PSU awards.   

Vesting Awards  

There was no vesting of PSUs to Shares for the Named Executive Officers, based on zero vesting of annual 
awards granted in 2013, 2014 and 2015, given that performance goals were not met.  

Grant Year 

2013 

2014 

2015 

Total 
Number 
Granted 

137,295 

59,652 

116,861 

Total 
Number 
Vested 

Number 
Vested as a 
% of Granted 

0 

0 

0 

0% 

0% 

0% 

Restricted Share Units 

The Corporation also operates a Restricted Share Unit (RSU) Plan which is ordinarily used to provide new 
employees  and  executive  officers  with  one-time  RSU  awards,  for  example,  as  new  hire  awards.    RSUs 
provide  for vesting  over  periods  of  up to  three years.    Vesting  of  these  share  units  may  be  satisfied  either 
with  Shares  bought  under  the  Market  Purchase  RSU  Plan  or  by  treasury  based  shares  reserved  under  the 
SDP.   

Units Granted  

Mr. MacEwen received a new hire grant of RSUs upon his appointment in October 2014. However due to a 
trading blackout at the time of this award the RSUs were not issued until February 26, 2015.  On February 
26,  2015,  Mr.  MacEwen  received  the  new  hire  grant  of  167,785  RSUs,  which  are  subject  to  time  vesting 
commencing annually from his appointment in October 2014 over 3 years.  

Mr. Karaffa was granted RSUs in September 2014 to assist with one-time cost differentials associated with 
his transition from U.S. to Canada. However, due to a trading blackout at the time of this award the RSUs 
were not issued until February 26, 2015.  On February 26, 2015, Mr. Karaffa received the grant of 10,067 
RSUs, which are subject to time vesting annually over 3 years. 

CEO Compensation  

Mr. MacEwen was appointed President & CEO on October 6, 2014 with a base salary set at CDN$500,000 
per year.   

Mr. MacEwen’s target bonus for 2015 was CDN$400,000 based on an amount equal to 80% of his annual 
base salary.  His actual bonus for 2015 was determined by the CGCC on the basis of corporate financial and 
operational performance reflected in the Corporate Performance Scorecard rating, plus performance relative 
to his individual goals for 2015, as approved by the Board. 

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual Bonus 
Performance 
Areas 

Corporate 

Outcome 

Specific corporate quantitative and qualitative results are described in detail under 
“Corporate Scorecard Multiplier” 

In 2015, the corporate score was 42% of target 

Individual 

Mr. MacEwen’s individual objectives for 2015 were based on: 

  Building a sustainable Business Platform – Partially Achieved 

  Strategic M&A – Achieved 

  Cash Balance - Achieved 

  Customer Engagement – Achieved 

  Employee Engagement – Achieved  

In  2015,  Mr.  MacEwen’s  individual  performance  multiplier  was  125%  of 
target. 

Mr. MacEwen’s annual bonus award was CDN$210,000 representing 52.5% of his 
target bonus, based on a corporate multiplier of 42% and an individual performance 
multiplier  of  125%.    Mr.  MacEwen  elected  to  receive  his  2015  bonus  is  DSUs 
rather than in cash. 

Type 

Value 

Features 

Overall 
Outcome 

Long-term 
Incentives 

Annual Award 

Stock Option 

$156,250 

($625,000) 

7-year  term,  with  one-third  of  the 
options vesting at the end of each of the 
first three years 

PSU 

$468,750 

3-year vesting with performance criteria  

New Hire Award 

Stock Option 

$334,000 

($834,000) 

RSU 

$500,000 

7-year  term,  with  one-third  of  the 
options vesting at the end of each of the 
first three years 

3-year  vesting,  one-third  on  each 
anniversary  of  start  date.  Time-Based 
only 

For the CEO, 67% of his target compensation is ‘at-risk’ (via the annual bonus plan and long term incentive 
awards).  57% of his target compensation is linked directly to performance goals (via annual bonus plan and 
PSUs).    41%  of  his  target  compensation  is  linked  to  the  performance  of  the  Ballard  common  shares  (via 
PSUs and Stock Option grants). 

40 

 
 
 
 
Total Target Direct 
Compensation Mix - CEO

2015 Actual Direct 
Compensation Elements - CEO

Long-
term 
Incentiv
es
41%

Base 
Salary
33%

Annual 
Bonus
26%

Base 
Salary
23%

Options
22%

RSUs
23%

PSUs
22%

Annual 
Bonus
10%

Note:    The  CEO’s  2015  actual  direct  compensation  mix  pie  chart  includes  the  one-time  new  hire  award 
(RSUs and Options). 

CEO Realized Pay 

In 2015, actual CEO realized pay, as defined by the sum of base salary earned, annual bonus achieved plus 
the value of vested equity during the year equalled CDN$710,000 in total. 

Perquisites 

In  addition  to  cash  and  equity  compensation,  the  Corporation  provides  Named  Executive  Officers  with 
certain  personal  benefits,  consistent  with  similar  benefits  coverage  within  the  comparator  group.  These 
benefits  include  a  car  allowance,  medical  benefits  program,  long  and  short-term  disability  coverage,  life 
insurance, an annual medical and a financial planning allowance. 

Retirement Benefits 

Executives are eligible to receive a matching contribution by the Corporation to their RRSP, up to 50% of the 
maximum amount allowable under the Income Tax Act (Canada). 

In  2015,  Mr.  MacEwen,  Mr.  Guglielmin,  Mr.  Guzy,  Mr.  Karaffa  and  Mr.  Cass  each  received  an  RRSP 
contribution from the Corporation, equal to 50% of the maximum amount allowable under the Income Tax 
Act (Canada), as each of them made an equivalent personal matching contribution.   

None of the Named Executive Officers currently participates in any Corporation-sponsored Defined Benefits 
Plan,  Defined  Contribution  Plan,  or  Supplemental  Executive  Retirement  Plan,  nor  do  they  receive 
contributions to any such plan on their behalf from the Corporation.   

Share Ownership Guidelines and Share Trading Policy 

Our  Executive  Officer  minimum  share  ownership  guidelines  oblige  each  executive  officer  to  own  a 
minimum number of our Shares expressed as a multiple of Base Salary as set out below. 

Position 

Multiple of Base Salary 

President and CEO 

Other Executives 

3.0x 

1.0x 

For the purposes of this section, the "fair market value" is defined as the closing price of our Shares as listed 
on the TSX on the date that the Executive Officer acquired the Common Shares, or DSUs were allocated to 
them. All executive officers have met or are on track to meet the applicable guidelines.   Executives have 5 
years in which to meet these requirements. 

41 

 
 
 
Executives and directors are not permitted to hedge the market value of the Corporation securities granted to 
them as compensation or otherwise held, directly or indirectly, by them. 

Compensation Risk Considerations  

The  CGCC  and  Board  believe  that  the  risk  associated  with  our  compensation  practices  is  relatively 
low.   Given  the  increased  emphasis  placed  on  ensuring  that  compensation  practices  do  not  encourage 
behaviours that expose the corporation to greater risk, the CGCC and Board continue to monitor this issue 
closely. 

The  CGCC  and  Board  consider  the  risks  associated  with  the  Corporation’s  compensation  policies  and 
practices are mitigated by: 

 

its evaluation of the impact of each compensation component on management behaviour: 

o 

total  compensation  levels  are  set  relative  to  median  of  a  peer  group  of  companies  that  are 
broadly comparable to the Corporation 

o  base  salary  is  set  relative  to  median  and  at  levels  which  the  CGCC  considers  unlikely  to 

create inappropriate risks; 

o 

o 

o 

for  short  term  cash  incentives,  the  potential  risks  are  evaluated  as  low  as  the  plan  uses 
multiple  metrics  in  the  Corporate  Multiplier,  both  quantitative  and  qualitative  (described 
above) and  maximum earnings available under each component of the plan are capped; 

the use of long-term incentives themselves minimizes short-term or inappropriate risk-taking 
by linking value to long-term share price performance, and 

the long-term equity-based incentive programs are evaluated as low risk in structure, in part 
due to the mix of PSU and Option awards with overlapping terms and vesting / performance 
periods,  and  /  or  performance  based  vesting  conditions  that  are  generally  consistent  with 
public company risks; 

 

ensuring the CGCC and Board mandates reflect appropriate accountabilities, oversight and controls 
on  the  Corporation’s  compensation  policies  and  practices,  especially  as  they  relate  to  executive 
compensation; and 

  working with management and/or external consultants to stress test each compensation component, 
to ensure boundary conditions are reasonable and do not produce unexpected or unintended financial 
windfalls. 

The CGCC and Board have not identified any risks arising from the compensation policies and practices that 
are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Corporation. 

Advisors to the Corporate Governance & Compensation Committee 

Towers  Watson  has  been  retained  by  the  CGCC  since  2008  to  provide  executive  compensation 
benchmarking and general executive compensation, equity plan and Board compensation advisory services. 
In 2015, Towers Watson provided significant input into the review of the new LTI approach, including the 
new PSU principles outlined earlier. 

The following table sets out the fees paid to Towers Watson during each of the two most recently completed 
financial years:  

Compensation-Related 
Fees 

All Other Fees 

2015 

2014 

$56,062 

$10,194 

42 

Nil 

Nil 

 
 
 
Performance Graph 

The following graph compares the total cumulative return to a Shareholder who invested $100 in our Shares 
on December 31, 2010, assuming reinvestment of dividends, with the total cumulative return of $100 on the 
NASDAQ  Composite  Index  for  the  last  five  years.  NASDAQ  data  was  selected  because  the  majority  of 
trading of Ballard’s shares (typically >75%) occurs on this exchange. 

(Dec 31) 

Ballard 

NASDAQ 
Composite Index 

2010 
($) 

100 

100 

2011 
($) 

72 

98 

2012 
($) 

41 

114 

2013 
($) 

101 

157 

2014 
($) 

132 

179 

2015 
($) 

104 

189 

Cumulative Value of a $100 Investment

$200
$180
$160
$140
$120
$100
$80
$60
$40
$20
$0

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

Ballard (BLDP on Nasdaq)

NASDAQ Composite Index

The  trend  shown  by  this  graph  does  not  reflect  the  trend  in  the  Corporation’s  compensation  to  its  Named 
Executive Officers. 

43 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Executive Compensation Tables 

The  following  table  summarizes  the  compensation  paid  for  the  fiscal  years  ended  on  December  31,  2013, 
December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015 to our Named Executive Officers.  

Summary Compensation Table 

Name and Principal 
Position 

Year 

Salary(2) 
(CDN$) 

Bonus(3)(4) 
(CDN$) 

Long-Tern Incentives 

Share-Based 
Awards(5) 
(CDN$) 

Option-
Based 
Awards(6) 
(CDN$) 

All Other 
Compensation(7) 
(CDN$) 

Total 
Compensation
(CDN$) 

R. Randall MacEwen(1) 
President and Chief 
Executive Officer  

Tony Guglielmin 

Vice President and Chief 
Financial Officer 

Paul Cass 

Vice President and Chief 
Operations Officer 

Christopher J. Guzy 

Vice President and Chief 
Technical Officer 

Steven Karaffa 

Vice President and Chief 
Commercial Officer 

2015 

2014 

2013 

2015 

2014 

2013 

2015 

2014 

2013 

2015 

2014 

2013 

2015 

2014 

2013 

500,000 

117,808 

0 

318,000 

316,663 

310,000 

292,000 

287,488 

265,000 

318,000 

316,663 

310,000 

318,000 

327,580 

0 

210,000 

968,750 

490,250 

0 

0 

104,177 

43,909 

157,635 

51,509 

25,469 

89,835 

84,143 

35,127 

136,617 

40,068 

23,532 

0 

0 

0 

144,000 

222,500 

167,500 

144,000 

222,500 

167,500 

144,000 

222,500 

167,500 

174,000 

193,760 

0 

0 

0 

48,000 

57,500 

48,750 

48,000 

57,500 

48,750 

48,000 

57,500 

48,750 

48,000 

336,000 

0 

98,069 

108,958 

0 

33,326 

36,010 

31,533 

30,188 

29,625 

29,959 

36,297 

39,344 

43,443 

41,600 

28,638 

0 

2,267,069 

226,766 

0 

647,503 

676,582 

715,418 

565,697 

622,582 

601,044 

630,440 

671,134 

706,310 

621,668 

909,510 

0 

(1)  Mr. MacEwen was appointed President and Chief Executive Officer as of October 6, 2014.  He is also a director, but receives no compensation 

for his service as a director. 

(2) 

(3) 

Salary  of  each  of  the  Named  Executive  Officers  was  paid  in  Canadian  dollars,  with  the  exception  of  Mr.  Karaffa’s  compensation  for  2014, 
which was paid in part in United States dollars. The portion paid in United States dollars was converted into Canadian dollars using the Bank of 
Canada noon rate of exchange on December 31, 2015. The United States dollar amounts for 2015 were US$361,272, US $229,769, US$210,983, 
US$229,769, and US$229,769 for Messrs. MacEwen, Guglielmin, Cass, Guzy, and Karaffa, respectively.  The United States dollar amounts for 
2014 were US$85,121, US$228,803, US$207,723, US$228,803, and US$236,690 for Messrs. MacEwen, Guglielmin, Cass, Guzy, and Karaffa, 
respectively.  The United States dollar amounts for 2013 were US$0, US$223,988, US$191,474, US$223,988, and US$0 for Messrs. MacEwen, 
Guglielmin, Cass, Guzy, and Karaffa, respectively.  The Canadian dollar amounts were converted into United States dollars for the purpose of 
this disclosure using the Bank of Canada noon rate of exchange on December 31, 2015. 

In 2015 and 2013, the bonus for Messrs. MacEwen, Guglielmin, Cass, Guzy, and Karaffa was issued as DSUs, while in 2014, the bonus was 
paid in cash (see footnote 4 below).  The DSU amount is based on the grant date fair market value of the award, which equals the closing price 
of the Shares on the TSX on the date of issuance of the award.  The number of DSUs awarded is equal to the dollar amount of the award divided 
by the fair market value of the Shares at the time of issuance (based on the closing price of the Shares on the TSX on the date of issuance). The 
number of DSUs issued to Messrs. MacEwen, Guglielmin, Cass, Guzy, and Karaffa in respect of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2015 and 
2013 is as follows: 

Named Executive Officer 

Year 

R. Randall MacEwen 

Tony Guglielmin 

Paul Cass 

Christopher J. Guzy 

Steven Karaffa 

2015 

2013 

2015 

2013 

2015 

2013 

2015 

2013 

2015 

2013 

Bonus 

DSUs  
(#) 

116,667 

0 

57,876 

42,261 

28,616 

24,084 

46,746 

36,627 

22,260 

0 

Fair Market Value 
of a Share 
(CDN$)(A) 

1.80 

0 

1.80 

3.73 

1.80 

3.73 

1.80 

3.73 

1.80 

0 

Total 
(CDN$)(B) 

210,000 

0 

104,177 

157,635 

51,509 

89,835 

84,143 

136,617 

40,068 

0 

(A)  The fair market value of a Share has been calculated using the Canadian dollar closing price of the Shares underlying the DSUs 

on the TSX on the date of issuance. 

44 

 
(B)  The United States dollar amounts for 2015 were US$151,734, US$75,272, US$37,217, US$60,797, and US$28,951 for Messrs. 
MacEwen,  Guglielmin,  Cass,  Guzy,  and  Karaffa,  respectively.  The  United  States  dollar  amounts  for  2013  were  US$0, 
US$113,898,  US$64,910,  US$98,712,  and  US$0  for  Messrs.  MacEwen,  Guglielmin,  Cass,  Guzy,  and  Karaffa,  respectively. 
The  Canadian  dollar  amounts  were  converted  into  United  States dollars  for  the  purpose  of  this  disclosure  using  the  Bank  of 
Canada noon rate of exchange on December 31, 2015. 

(4) 

In 2014, the bonus of each of the Named Executive Officers was paid in Canadian dollars.  The corresponding United States dollar amounts for 
2014  were  US$0,  US$31,726,  US$18,402,  US$25,381,  and  US$17,003  for  Messrs.  MacEwen,  Guglielmin,  Cass,  Guzy  and  Karaffa, 
respectively.    The  Canadian  dollar  amounts  were  converted  into  United  States  dollars  for  the  purpose  of  this  disclosure  using  the  Bank  of 
Canada noon rate of exchange on December 31, 2015. 

(5)  Represents  the  total  fair  market  value  of  PSUs/RSUs  issued  to  each  Named  Executive  Officer  during  the  2015,  2014,  and  2013  fiscal  years.  
This amount is based on the grant date fair market value of the award, which equals the closing price of the Shares on the TSX and NASDAQ on 
the  date  of  issuance  of  the  award.    Fair  value  is  determined  in  accordance  with  IFRS  2  of  the  International  Financial  Reporting  Standards 
(accounting fair value) is recorded as compensation expense in the statement of operations over vesting periods of one to three years.  There is 
no difference in Canadian dollars between the grant date fair market value of the award and the accounting fair value. 

As  noted  above,  a  dollar  value  is  approved  for  the  long  term  incentive  awarded  to  each  executive  and  approximately  75%  of  this  amount  is 
awarded in the form of PSUs with the remaining 25% being awarded in the form of stock options in 2015.   In 2014, approximately 50-80% of 
this amount is awarded in the form of PSUs with the remaining 20-50% being awarded in the form of stock options.  In 2013, approximately 75-
90% of this amount is awarded in the form of PSUs with the remaining 10-25% being awarded in the form of stock options.  The number of 
PSUs awarded is equal to the dollar amount of the award divided by the fair market value of the Shares at the time of issuance (based on the 
closing price of the Shares on the TSX and NASDAQ on the date of issuance).  The number of PSUs/RSUs issued to each Named Executive 
Officer in respect of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2015, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 is as follows: 

Share-Based Awards 

Named Executive 
Officer 

R. Randall MacEwen 

Tony Guglielmin 

Paul Cass 

Christopher J. Guzy 

Steven Karaffa 

Year 

2015(A) 
2014 

2013 

2015 

2014 

2013 

2015 

2014 

2013 

2015 

2014 

2013 

2015(B) 
2014 

2013 

PSUs/RSUs  
(#) 

325,084 

0 

0 

48,322 

59,651 

137,295 

48,322 

59,651 

137,295 

48,322 

59,651 

137,295 

58,389 

41,791 

0 

Fair Market Value 
of a Share 
(CDN$)(C) 

2.98 

0 

0 

2.98 

3.73 

1.22 

2.98 

3.73 

1.22 

2.98 

3.73 

1.22 

2.98 

4.64 

0 

Total 
(CDN$)(D) 

968,750 

0 

0 

144,000 

222,500 

167,500 

144,000 

222,500 

167,500 

144,000 

222,500 

167,500 

174,000 

193,760 

0 

(A) 

(B) 

Included in the PSUs/RSUs issued to Mr. MacEwen in 2015 was a $500,000 grant of 167,785 RSUs (time vested only), which 
represented a new hire grant upon his appointment in October 2014.  Mr. MacEwen was subject to a trading blackout at the 
time of this award and therefore the RSUs were not issued until February 26, 2015.   

Included in the PSUs/RSUs issued to Mr. Karaffa in 2015 was a $30,000 grant of 10,067 RSUs (time vested only) to assist with 
one-time cost differentials associated with his transition from U.S. to Canada in September 2014.  Mr. Karaffa was subject to a 
trading blackout at the time of this award and therefore the RSUs were not issued until February 26, 2015.   

(C)  The  fair  market  value  of  a  Share  has  been  calculated  using  the  Canadian  dollar  closing  price  of  the  Shares  underlying  the 
PSUs/RSUs on the TSX on the date of issuance with the exception of RSUs issued to Mr. Karaffa in 2014, which have been 
calculated  using  the  United  States  dollar  closing  price  of  the  Shares  underlying  the  RSUs  on  the  NASDAQ  on  the  date  of 
issuance  (US$3.35).    The  United  States  dollar  amount  was  converted  to  Canadian  dollars  for  the  purpose  of  this  disclosure 
using the Bank of Canada noon rate of exchange on December 31, 2015.   

(D)  The  United  States  dollar  amounts  for  2015  were  US$699,964, US$104,046,  US$104,046,  US$104,046,  and  US$125,723  for 
Messrs. MacEwen, Guglielmin, Cass, Guzy, and Karaffa, respectively.  The United States dollar amounts for 2014 were US$0, 
US$160,766,  US$160,766,  US$160,766,  and  US$140,000  for  Messrs.  MacEwen,  Guglielmin,  Cass,  Guzy,  and  Karaffa, 
respectively.  The  United States dollar amounts for 2013 were US$0, US$121,026, US$121,026, US$121,026, and US$0 for 
Messrs.  MacEwen,  Guglielmin,  Cass,  Guzy,  and  Karaffa,  respectively.    The  Canadian  dollar  amounts  were  converted  into 
United States dollars for the purpose of this disclosure using the Bank of Canada noon rate of exchange on December 31, 2015. 

 (6)  Represents the total of the fair market value of options to purchase our Shares issued under the Option Plan granted to each Named Executive 
Officer  during  each  fiscal  year.    This  amount  is  based  on  the  grant  date  fair  market  value  of  the  award  determined  using  the  Black-Scholes 
valuation model using the following key assumptions: expected life of 4 years, expected volatility of 77% and risk free interest rate of 1% for 
2015;  expected  life  of  4  years,  expected  volatility  of  68%  and  risk  free  interest  rate  of  1%  for  2014;  and  expected  life  of  5  years,  expected 
volatility  of  63%  and  risk  free  interest  rate  of  1%  for  2013.    Accounting  fair  value  is  recorded  as  compensation  expense  in  the  statement  of 

45 

 
 
operations over the vesting period.  There is no difference in Canadian dollars between the grant date fair market value of the award determined 
using  the  Black-Scholes  valuation  model  and  accounting  fair  value  determined  in  accordance  with  IFRS  2  of  the  International  Financial 
Reporting Standards (accounting fair value).   

As  noted  above,  a  dollar  value  is  approved  for  the  long  term  incentive  awarded  to  each  executive  and  approximately  75%  of  this  amount  is 
awarded in the form of PSUs with the remaining 25% being awarded in the form of stock options in 2015. In 2014, approximately 50-80% of 
this amount is awarded in the form of PSUs with the remaining 20-50% being awarded in the form of stock options.  In 2013, approximately 75-
90% of this amount is awarded in the form of PSUs with the remaining 10-25% being awarded in the form of stock options. The number of 
stock options awarded is equal to the dollar amount of the award divided by the fair market value of the Shares at the time of issuance (based on 
the closing trading price of the Shares on the TSX on the day prior to issuance).  The number of stock options issued to each Named Executive 
Officer in respect of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2015, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 is as follows: 

Named Executive Officer 

Year 

Option-Based Awards 

Shares Under  
Options 
(#) 

Black-Scholes Value of 
Shares Underlying Options 
on Date of Grant  
(CDN$/Share)(B) 

Fair Market Value 
(CDN$))(C) 

R. Randall MacEwen 

2015(A) 

293,563 

Tony Guglielmin 

Paul Cass 

Christopher J. Guzy 

Steven Karaffa 

2014 

2013 

2015 

2014 

2013 

2015 

2014 

2013 

2015 

2014 

2013 

2015 

2014 

2013 

0 

0 

28,743 

29,947 

75,000 

28,743 

29,947 

75,000 

28,743 

29,947 

75,000 

28,743 

175,000 

0 

1.67 

0 

0 

1.67 

1.92 

0.65 

1.67 

1.92 

0.65 

1.67 

1.92 

0.65 

1.67 

1.92 

0 

490,250 

0 

0 

48,000 

57,500 

48,750 

48,000 

57,500 

48,750 

48,000 

57,500 

48,750 

48,000 

336,000 

0 

(A) 

Included in the stock options issued to Mr. MacEwen in 2015 was a grant of 200,000 stock options, which represented a new hire 
grant upon his appointment in October 2014.  Mr. MacEwen was subject to a trading blackout at the time of this award and therefore 
the stock options were not issued until February 27, 2015. 

(B)  The fair market value of a Share has been calculated based on the Black-Scholes valuation model using the Canadian dollar closing 

price of the Shares underlying the options on the TSX on the date of issuance. 

(C)  The  United  States  dollar  amounts  for  2015  were  US$354,227,  US$34,683,  US$34,683,  US$34,683,  and  US$34,683  for  Messrs. 
MacEwen, Guglielmin, Cass, Guzy, and Karaffa, respectively.  The United States dollar amounts for 2014 were US$0, US$41,545, 
US$41,545,  US$41,545,  and  US$242,775  for  Messrs.  MacEwen,  Guglielmin,  Cass,  Guzy,  and  Karaffa,  respectively.    The  United 
States dollar amounts for 2013 were US$0, US$35,224, US$35,224, US$35,224, and US$0 for Messrs. MacEwen, Guglielmin, Cass, 
Guzy,  and  Karaffa,  respectively.    The  Canadian  dollar  amounts  were  converted  into  United  States  dollars  for  the  purpose  of  this 
disclosure using the Bank of Canada noon rate of exchange on December 31, 2015. 

 (7)  All Other Compensation was paid in Canadian dollars.  The United States dollar amounts for 2015 were US$70,858, US$24,079, US$21,812, 
US$26,226, and US$30,057 for Messrs. MacEwen, Guglielmin, Cass, Guzy, and Karaffa, respectively.  The United States dollar amounts for 
2014  were  US$78,727,  US$26,019,  US$21,405,  US$28,428,  and  US$20,693  for  Messrs.  MacEwen,  Guglielmin,  Cass,  Guzy,  and  Karaffa, 
respectively.    The  United  States  dollar  amounts  for  2013  were US$0,  US$22,784,  US$21,647,  US$31,389,  and  US$0 for  Messrs.  MacEwen, 
Guglielmin, Cass, Guzy, and Karaffa, respectively.  The Canadian dollar amounts were converted into United States dollars for the purpose of 
the table above using the Bank of Canada noon rate of exchange on December 31, 2015. 

The value of the items included in this amount was based on the aggregate incremental cash cost to the Corporation.  All Other Compensation, 
including  the  type  and  amount  of  each  perquisite,  the  value  of  which  exceeds  25%  of  the  total  value  of  perquisites  reported  for  a  Named 
Executive Officer, includes: 

46 

 
 
Named Executive 
Officer 

R. Randall MacEwen 

Tony Guglielmin 

Paul Cass 

Christopher J. Guzy 

Steven Karaffa 

Year 

2015 
2014 
2013 

2015 
2014 
2013 

2015 
2014 
2013 

2015 
2014 
2013 

2015 
2014 
2013 

All Other Compensation 

Retirement Benefits 
(RRSP / 401k / 
Defined Benefits) 
(CDN$) 

Insurance Premiums 
(CDN$) 

12,465 
5,354 
0 

12,465 
12,135 
11,910 

12,465 
12,135 
11,910

12,465 
12,135 
11,910 

12,465 
13,112 
0 

1,188 
198 
0 

1,077 
1,059 
1,075 

1,284 
1,023 
1,075

1,077 
914 
1,075 

1,077 
326 
0 

Other(A) 
(CDN$) 

84,416 
103,406 
0 

19,784 
22,816 
18,548 

16,439 
16,467 
16,974

22,755 
26,295 
30,458 

28,058 
15,200 
0 

Total 
(CDN$) 

98,069 
108,958 
0 

33,326 
36,010 
31,533 

30,188 
29,625 
29,959 
36,297 
39,344 
43,443 

41,600 
28,638 
0 

(A) 

Includes  automobile  allowances,  temporary  living  and  travel  allowances,  financial  planning  services  and  medical  and  health 
benefits.  For Mr. MacEwen, other compensation in 2014 also includes a $100,000 payment in lieu of bonus. 

INCENTIVE PLAN AWARDS 

The  following  table  sets  forth  all  option-based  and  share-based  awards  granted  to  our  Named  Executive 
Officers that are outstanding as of December 31, 2015.  

Outstanding Share-Based Awards and Option-Based Awards 
(as of December 31, 2015) 

Option-Based Awards 

Share-Based Awards 

Number of Securities 
Underlying 
Unexercised Options  
(#) 

Option 
Exercise 
Price(1) 
(CDN$) 

Option 
Expiration Date 

Value of 
Unexercised In-
The-Money 
Options(2) 
(CDN$) 

Number of 
PSUs/RSUs That 
Have Not Vested 
(#) 

Market or Payout 
Value of PSUs/RSUs 
That Have Not 
Vested(3) 
(CDN$) 

200,000(5) 
93,563(4) 

103,448 
60,674 
75,000(6) 
29,947(7) 
28,743(4) 

103,448 
60,674 
75,000(6) 
29,947(7) 
28,743(4) 

20,225 
50,000(8) 
29,947(7) 
28,743(4) 

175,000(9) 
28,743(4) 

2.98 
2.98 

2.10 
1.69 
1.22 
3.73 
2.98 

2.10       
1.69 
1.22 
3.73 
2.98 

1.69 
1.22 
3.73 
2.98 

4.64 
2.98 

Feb. 27, 2022 
Feb. 27, 2022 

Mar. 9, 2018  
Feb. 24, 2019 
Mar. 8, 2020 
Feb. 27, 2021 
Feb. 27, 2022 

Mar. 9, 2018  
Feb. 24, 2019 
Mar. 8, 2020 
Feb. 27, 2021 
Feb. 27, 2022 

Feb. 24, 2019 
Mar. 8, 2020 
Feb. 27, 2021 
Feb. 27, 2022 

Feb. 27, 2021 
Feb. 27, 2022 

0 
0 

5,172 
27,910 
46,500 
0 
0 

5,172 
27,910 
46,500 
0 
0 

9,304 
23,250 
0 
0 

0 
0 

269,156 

578,685 

133,855 

287,788 

133,855 

287,788 

133,855 

287,788 

86,250 

185,690 

Named  Executive 
Officer 

R. Randall 
MacEwen 

Tony Guglielmin 

Paul Cass 

Christopher J. Guzy 

Steven Karaffa 

(1)  All figures are in Canadian dollars.   
(2) 

This amount is based on the difference between the closing price of the Shares underlying the options on the TSX or NASDAQ as at December 
31, 2015, and the exercise price of the option.  Where the difference is a negative number, the value is deemed to be 0.   

(3) 

This  amount  is  calculated  by  multiplying  the  number  of  PSUs/RSUs  that  have  not  vested  by  the  closing  price  of  the  Shares  underlying  the 
PSUs/RSUs on the TSX or NASDAQ as at December 31, 2015. 

Such amounts may not represent the actual value of the PSUs/RSUs which ultimately vest, as the value of the Shares underlying the PSUs/RSUs 
may be of greater or lesser value and/or the exchange rate may be higher or lower on vesting.  However, given that it would be not be feasible 
for the Corporation to estimate, with any certainty, the market value of its Shares or the exchange rate on vesting, the Corporation has used the 
market value and exchange rate at the end of the most recently completed financial year for the purpose of calculating the amount disclosed. 

(4)  Unvested options. 
(5)  Comprising 66,666 vested and 133,334 unvested options. 

47 

 
 
 
(6)  Comprising 50,000 vested and 25,000 unvested options. 
(7)  Comprising 9,982 vested and 19,965 unvested options. 
(8)  Comprising 25,000 vested and 25,000 unvested options. 
(9)  Comprising 58,333 vested and 116,667 unvested options. 

The following table sets forth the value of the incentive plan awards vested or earned during the year ended 
December 31, 2015 by our Named Executive Officers.  

Incentive Plan Awards – Value Vested or Earned During the Year 
(2015) 

Named Executive Officer 

R. Randall MacEwen 

Tony Guglielmin 

Paul Cass 

Christopher J. Guzy 

Steven Karaffa 

Option-Based Awards – 
Value Vested During the 
Year(1) 
(CDN$) 

Share-Based Awards – Value 
Vested During the Year(2) 
(CDN$) 

Non-equity incentive plan 
compensation – Value earned 
during the year 
(CDN$) 

0 

76,383 

76,383 

76,383 

0 

110,178 

0 

0 

0 

45,499 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

(1) 

(2) 

This  value  was determined  by  calculating the difference  between  the  market  price  of  the  underlying  Shares  on  the  TSX  or  NASDAQ  on  the 
vesting date and the exercise price of the options on the vesting date. 
This value was determined by calculating the dollar value realized by multiplying the number of Shares by the market value of the underlying 
Shares on the TSX or NASDAQ on the vesting date. 

The number of options vesting to Named Executive Officers under the Option Plan during the most recently 
completed financial year is 290,620.  
Summaries of the Corporations’ Option Plan and SDP are provided in Appendix “B” and “C”, respectively. 
As noted in the Outstanding Share-Based Awards and Option-Based Awards table, as at December 31, 2015, 
there  were  756,971  PSUs/RSUs  awarded  to  Named  Executive  Officers  that  were  still  unvested.    The 
performance  criteria  for  each  of  these  RSUs  will  be  determined  by  the  Board  at  the  appropriate  time,  and 
they are set to vest (subject to the terms of the Consolidated Share Distribution Plan or Market Purchase RSU 
Plan) as follows: 

Named Executive Officer 

Number of PSUs/RSUs That Have Not Vested 

Vesting Date 

R. Randall MacEwen 

Tony Guglielmin 

Paul Cass 

Christopher J. Guzy 

Steven Karaffa 

52,433 
55,929 
52,433 
55,928 
52,433 

35,991 
45,765 
19,884 
16,107 
16,108 

35,991 
45,765 
19,884 
16,107 
16,108 

35,991 
45,765 
19,884 
16,107 
16,108 

33,393 
13,931 
19,463 
19,463 

48 

February 26, 2016 
October 6, 2016 
February 26, 2017 
October 5, 2017 
February 25, 2018 

February 26, 2016 
March 6, 2016 
February 25, 2017 
February 26, 2017 
February 25, 2018 

February 26, 2016 
March 6, 2016 
February 25, 2017 
February 26, 2017 
February 25, 2018 

February 26, 2016 
March 6, 2016 
February 25, 2017 
February 26, 2017 
February 25, 2018 

February 26, 2016 
February 25, 2017 
February 26, 2017 
February 25, 2018 

 
 
PENSION PLAN BENEFITS 

None  of  the  Named  Executive  Officers  participate  in  a  Corporation-sponsored  Defined  Benefits  Plan  or 
Defined  Contribution  Plan,  nor  do  they  receive  contributions  to  any  such  plan  on  their  behalf  from  the 
Corporation.   

TERMINATION AND CHANGE OF CONTROL BENEFITS 

Employment Contracts 

Ballard  employs  a  standard-form  executive  employment  agreement  which  all  of  our  Named  Executive 
Officers  have  executed.    These  agreements  have  indefinite  terms,  provide  for  payments  to  be  made  on 
termination  and  otherwise  include  standard  industry  terms  and  conditions,  including  intellectual  property, 
confidentiality, and non-competition and non-solicitation provisions in favour of Ballard. 

The  annual  salary  paid  to  each  of  our  Named  Executive  Officers  under  their  employment  agreements  for 
2015  was  as  follows:  Mr.  MacEwen  received  CDN$500,000  Mr.  Guglielmin  received  CDN$318,000;  Mr. 
Cass received CDN$292,000; Mr. Guzy received CDN$318,000; and Mr. Karaffa received CDN$318,000.  

Pursuant  to  these  employment  agreements,  a  Named  Executive  Officer’s  employment  terminates 
immediately, without any required period of notice or payment in lieu thereof, for just cause, upon the death 
of the executive, or if the executive does not renew any required work permits.  In every other circumstance 
for Mr. MacEwen, Mr. Guglielmin, Dr. Guzy, Mr. Cass and Mr. Karaffa, other than one following a change 
of  control,  we  are  required  to  provide  notice  of  12  months  plus  one  month  for  every  year  of  employment 
completed with us, to a maximum of 24 months, or payment in lieu of such notice, consisting of the salary, 
target bonus and other benefits that would have been earned during such notice period.   

All of the employment contracts for the Named Executive Officers include a "double-trigger" in relation to a 
change of control – if the executive’s employment is terminated (including a constructive dismissal) within 
two  years  following  the  date  of  a  change  of  control,  the  executive  is  entitled  to  a  payment  equivalent  to 
payment  in  lieu  of  a  24  month  notice  period.    For  these  purposes,  a  "change  of  control"  under  the 
employment agreements is defined as occurring when: 

(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

(d) 

a person or persons acting in concert acquires at least one-half of Ballard’s shares; 

the persons who comprise the Board of Ballard do not consist of a majority of persons who 
were  previously  directors  of  Ballard,  or  who  were  recommended  to  the  Shareholders  for 
election to the Board by a majority of the Directors; 

there  is  a  disposition  of  all  or  substantially  all  of  Ballard’s  assets  to  an  entity  in  which 
Ballard does not have a majority interest; or 

Ballard  is  involved  in  any  business  combination  that  results  in  Ballard’s  Shareholders 
owning less than one-half of the voting shares of the combined entity. 

In  addition,  Mr.  MacEwen’s  contract  includes  a  clawback  provision  allowing  the  Corporation  to  recover 
incentive payments made in the event of the Corporation’s financial statements being materially restated as a 
result of wilful misconduct or fraud.  In 2016, the Corporation intends to revise the employment agreements 
for its executive officers to include similar clawback provision. 

Equity-Based Compensation Plans 

The Option Plan provides that, if a participant ceases to be an employee of Ballard or its subsidiaries (other 
than  by  reason  of  death/disability  or  being  retired),  he  or  she  will  have  up  to  90  days,  in  the  event  of 
termination other than for just cause, or 30 days, in the event of voluntary resignation, in which to exercise 
his or her vested options (in each case subject to extension if the option would otherwise expire during, or 
within 9 business days after the end of, a blackout period).  In the event of termination other than for just 

49 

 
 
cause, the CEO has the discretion to extend the exercise period to up to one year after the optionee ceases to 
work for Ballard and to accelerate the vesting of unvested options that would have otherwise vested during 
that period in the next year (in effect, enabling the continuance of the options during a notice period). 

All Ballard PSUs/RSUs awarded under either the SDP or the Market Purchase RSU Plan expire on the last 
day  on  which  the  participant  works  for  Ballard  or  any  of  its  subsidiaries  (other  than  by  reason  of 
death/disability or being retired). 

DSUs will be redeemed for Shares under the SDP by no later than December 31 of the first calendar year 
commencing after the holder’s employment with Ballard and its subsidiaries is terminated, except in the case 
of  US  holders,  whose  DSUs  will  be  redeemed  for  Shares  approximately  6  months  after  termination  of 
employment. 

The Option Plan provides for the accelerated vesting of options upon a change of control, which is defined 
as: 

(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

(d) 

a person making a take-over bid that could result in that person or persons acting in concert 
acquiring at least two-thirds of Ballard’s shares and in respect of which the Board approves 
the acceleration of options; 

any  person  or  persons  acting  in  concert  acquiring  at  least  two-thirds  of  the  outstanding 
Shares; 

there  is  a  disposition  of  all  or  substantially  all  of  Ballard’s  assets  to  an  entity  in  which 
Ballard does not have a majority interest; 

Ballard joins in any business combination that results in Ballard’s Shareholders owning one-
third  or  less  of  the  voting  shares  of  the  combined  entity  and  Ballard  is  privatized  (or  the 
parties  to  the  business  combination  have  publicly  expressed  an  intention  to  privatize 
Ballard); or 

(e) 

any other transaction, a consequence of which is to privatize Ballard is approved by Ballard 
security holders or, if such approval is not required, is approved by Ballard. 
If an accelerated vesting event occurs, any outstanding option may be exercised at any time before the 60th 
day after such event. 

Under the SDP and the Market Purchase RSU Plan, the occurrence of any of the accelerated vesting events 
described  above  triggers  (subject  to  Board  approval  in  the  case  of  a  take-over  bid)  the  termination  of  the 
restriction  period  applicable  to  PSUs/RSUs  such  that  holders  will  become  immediately  entitled  to  receive 
Shares in respect of their PSUs/RSUs (subject to satisfaction of any performance criteria or other conditions 
specified in the award). 

The  following  table  shows,  for  each  Named  Executive  Officer,  the  amount  such  person  would  have  been 
entitled to receive if on December 31, 2015: their employment was terminated without just cause; a change 
of control occurred; or, their employment was terminated without just cause  and that termination occurred 
following a change in control.  

50 

 
Named Executive Officer 

Termination of Employment (2)
(CDN$)(1) 

Change of Control (3) 
(CDN$)(1) 

Termination of Employment 
following Change of Control 
(CDN$)(1) 

Triggering Event (as of December 31, 2015) 

R. Randall MacEwen 

Severance 

Other benefits 

Accelerated vesting 

Total 

Tony Guglielmin 

Severance 

Other benefits 

Accelerated vesting 

Total 

Christopher J. Guzy 

Severance 

Other benefits 

Accelerated vesting 

Total 

Paul Cass 

Severance 

Other benefits 

Accelerated vesting 

Total 

Steven Karaffa 

Severance 

Other benefits 

Accelerated vesting 

Total 

$975,000 

$40,535 

$0 

$1,015,535 

$720,800 

$47,212 

$0 

$768,012 

$932,800 

$66,471 

$0 

$999,271 

$661,867 

$42,766 

$0 

$704,633 

$551,200 

$45,023 

$0 

$596,223 

$0 

$0 

$578,683 

$578,683 

$0 

$0 

$390,621 

$390,621 

$0 

$0 

$334,288 

$334,288 

$0 

$0 

$390,621 

$390,621 

$0 

$0 

$185,438 

$185,438 

$1,800,000 

$99,834 

$0 

$1,899,834 

$1,017,600 

$91,652 

$0 

$1,109,252 

$1,017,600 

$97,514 

$0 

$1,115,114 

$934,400 

$85,376 

$0 

$1,019776 

$1,017,600 

$90,047 

$0 

$1,107,647 

(1)  All values are in Canadian dollars. 
(2)  Based on accrued service to December 31, 2015.  
(3)  All  options  and  PSUs/RSUs  vest  immediately  upon  a  change  of  control.    Value  shown  equals,  in  the  case  of  PSUs/RSUs,  the  price  of  the 
underlying  Shares  on  December  31,  2015  multiplied  by  the  number  of  PSUs/RSUs.  Value  shown  in  the  case  of  Options  is  the  difference 
between  the  market  price  on  December  31,  2015  and  the  exercise  price  for  options,  for  those  options  where  the  market  price  on  that  date  is 
greater than the exercise price. 

51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our CGCC is responsible for determining compensation for our Directors.  

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION 

We  remunerate  directors  who  are  not  executive  officers  for  services  to  the  Board,  committee  participation 
and special assignments.  The following table describes the compensation of independent directors in 2015: 

2015 Compensation Elements 

Annual Retainer  (Non-Executive Chair of the Board)  

Annual Retainer  (Director) 

Annual Retainer  (Committee Chairs)  

Board or Committee Meeting Attendance Fee (per meeting) 

CDN$ 

$140,000 

$65,000 

$10,000 

$1,500 

At  the  discretion  of  the  Chair,  a  meeting  fee  may  be  paid  to  independent  directors  for  meetings  that  the 
director is requested or required to attend that are not official meetings of the Board or committees. 

Directors are also reimbursed for travel and other reasonable expenses incurred in connection with fulfilling 
their duties.  If a meeting or group of meetings is held on a continent other than the continent on which an 
independent director is resident, that director will receive an additional fee of CDN$2,250, in recognition of 
the additional time required to travel to and from the meeting or meetings. 

In 2015, the following compensation was paid to the directors:  

Compensation 

Board Retainer
(CDN$) 

Committee 
Retainer 
(CDN$) 

Board and 
Committee 
Attendance Fees  
(CDN$) 

Total 
Compensation 
(CDN$) (1) 

140,000 

65,000 

65,000 

5,417 

48,750 

65,000 

65,000 

65,000 

N/A 

0 

10,000 

0 

0 

10,000 

0 

0 

N/A 

30,000 

30,000 

1,500 

22,500 

33,000 

34,500 

31,500 

140,000 

95,000 

105,000 

6,917 

71,250 

108,000 

99,500 

96,500 

Director 

Ian A. Bourne 

Douglas P. Hayhurst 

Edwin J. Kilroy 

Marty Neese (1)  

Jim Roche (2) 

Carol M. Stephenson 

David B. Sutcliffe 

Ian Sutcliffe 

1.  Mr.	Neese	joined	the	board	effective	December	4,	2015	
2.  Mr.	Roche	joined	the	board	effective	April	1,	2015	

The  Chair  received  his  annual  retainer  50%  in  cash  and  50%  in  DSUs,  with  the  other  directors  receiving 
Committee Chair fees 100% in DSUs and annual retainer fees approximately 40% in cash and 60% in DSUs 
(with  the  individual  choice  to  elect  to  receive  a  greater  portion  in  DSUs).    Directors  can  elect  to  receive 
100% of their retainer in DSUs annually in support of their share ownership targets. 

Directors  are  entitled  to  participate  in  the  deferred  share  unit  section  for  directors  (the  "DSU  Plan  for 
Directors") in the SDP.  Each DSU is convertible into one Share. The number of DSUs to be credited to a 
Director  is  determined  quarterly  by  dividing  the  amount  of  the  eligible  remuneration  to  be  deferred  into 
DSUs  by  the  fair  market  value  per  Share,  being  a  price  not  less  than  the  closing  sale  price  at  which  the 
Shares are traded on the TSX (in respect of a DSU issued or to be issued to a person who is resident in any 

52 

 
 
 
 
 
 
	
country  other  than  the  U.S.)  or  NASDAQ  (in  respect  of  a  DSU  issued  or  to  be  issued  to  a  person  who  is 
resident in the U.S.) on the trading day before the relevant date.  For the Directors, DSUs are credited to an 
account maintained for each eligible person by Ballard at the time specified by the Board (DSUs are granted 
in equal instalments over the course of a year, at the end of each quarter).  However, a DSU is not redeemed 
until the Director leaves the Board, and its value on redemption will be based on the value of our Shares at 
that time. The SDP or any successor plans will be used to satisfy the redemption of DSUs issued pursuant to 
the DSU Plan for Directors. 

Directors have not been issued any stock options in the last 5 years, and there is no current intention to do so 
in the future. 

2015 Board Compensation Review 

The objective of the CGCC is to ensure that the annual retainer paid to Directors is sufficient to allow the 
Corporation to attract and retain candidates with an appropriate level of skill and expertise as has been the 
case in the past.  As a result, the CGCC seeks to provide compensation for directors at approximately the 50th 
percentile  of  its  comparator  group  of  North  American  companies.    The  committee  retains  independent 
compensation  consultants  (Towers  Watson)  for  professional  advice  and  as  a  source  of  competitive  market 
information.  

New Program for 2016 

During  2015,  the  CGCC  reviewed  the  Director  Compensation  program  from  the  viewpoint  of  best 
governance  trends  and  practices,  the  Board/Committee  model  currently  employed  at  Ballard  and  the 
appropriate  level  of  compensation  for  Directors  as  compared  to  the  comparator  group.    As  a  result  a  new 
structure contemplating an all-in, flat annual retainer was approved, effective January 1, 2016 as follows: 

  Flat Fee Structure for Board Chair.  Level set at CDN$150,000 per annum. 
  Annual Flat Fee Structure for directors.  No additional meeting attendance fees for board or 

committee meetings. 

  Annual flat fee retainer of CDN$90,000 per director. 
  Additional annual retainer fees for committee chairs. Level set at CDN$15,000. 
  All retainer fees are paid in CAD$, regardless of director’s country of residence. 
  Retainers are paid 50% in DSUs and 50% in cash. Directors can elect to take their fees up to 100% in 

the form of DSUs annually in support of their share ownership targets. 

  The period over which share ownership targets must be met (remaining at 3x annual retainer) was 
increased from 5 years to 6 years, recognizing the higher retainer level multiple to be achieved. 

2016 Compensation Elements 

Annual Retainer  (Non-Executive Chair of the Board)  

Annual Retainer  (Director) 

Annual Retainer  (Committee Chairs)  

CDN$ 

$150,000 

$90,000 

$15,000 

53 

 
 
 
INCENTIVE PLAN AWARDS 

The following table sets forth all option-based and share-based awards granted to our non-executive directors 
that are outstanding as of December 31, 2015. 

 In 2003, we ceased the practice of annual grants of share options to our independent Directors.  

Outstanding Share-Based Awards and Option-Based Awards (as of December 31, 2015) 

Name 

Ian A. Bourne 

Doug Hayhurst 

Edwin J. Kilroy 

Marty Neese 

Jim Roche 

Carol Stephenson 

David B. Sutcliffe 

Ian Sutcliffe 

Option-Based Awards 

Number of Securities 
Underlying 
Unexercised Options 

Option Exercise Price(1)
(CDN$) 

Option Expiration 
Date 

Value of Unexercised 
In-The-Money 
Options(2) (CDN$) 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

─ 

─ 

─ 

─ 

─ 

─ 

─ 

─ 

─ 

─

─ 

─ 

─ 

─

─

─

─ 

─

─ 

─ 

─ 

─

─

─

(1)  All figures are in Canadian dollars.   
(2) 

This amount is based on the difference between the closing price of the Shares underlying the options on the TSX as at December 31, 2015, and 
the exercise price of the option.  Where the difference is a negative number the value is deemed to be 0. 

No incentive plan awards vested for, or were earned by, our Directors during the year ended December 31, 
2015.  

Directors are not permitted to hedge the market value of the Corporation securities they hold. 

SECURITIES AUTHORIZED FOR ISSUANCE UNDER EQUITY COMPENSATION PLANS 

The following table sets out, as of December 31, 2015, the number of securities we are authorized to issue 
under our equity-based compensation plans and the relevant exercise prices at which such securities may be 
issued.  

Number of Securities to be 
Issued Upon Exercise of 
Outstanding Options, 
Warrants and Rights (#) 
(a) 

Weighted -Average Exercise 
Price of Outstanding 
Options, Warrants and 
Rights (CDN$) 
(b) 

Number of Securities Remaining 
Available for Future Issuance 
Under Equity Compensation 
Plans excluding securities 
reflected in column (a) 
(c) 

 6,935,424(1) 

Nil 

6,935,424 

2.31 

N/A 

2.31 

8,748,294 

N/A 

8,748,294 

Plan Category 

Equity-based compensation plans 
approved by security holders 

Equity-based compensation plans 
not approved by security holders 

Total 

(1) 

Shares issuable under the DSU Plan for Directors and the DSU Plan for Executive Officers (together, the "DSU Plans") will be satisfied with 
Shares reserved under the SDP or any successor plan.  

For  a  detailed  description  of  our  equity-based  compensation  plans,  see  Appendix  "B"  and  "C"  of  this 
Management Proxy Circular. 

INTEREST OF INFORMED PERSONS IN MATERIAL TRANSACTIONS 

To the best of our knowledge, no informed person, proposed director or person who has been a director or 
executive  officer  of  the  Corporation  (or  any  associate  of  affiliate  of  such  persons)  had  any  interest  in  any 
material transactions during the past year or has any interest in any material transaction to be considered at 
the Meeting, except as disclosed in this Management Proxy Circular.  

54 

 
 
 
INDEBTEDNESS OF DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS 

In  compliance  with  Sarbanes-Oxley,  we  do  not  make  or  arrange  personal  loans  to  directors  or  executive 
officers.  As of April 15, 2016, our current or former directors, officers and employees have no outstanding 
indebtedness  to  the  Corporation,  its  subsidiaries  or  to  any  other  entity  and  which  is  guaranteed  by  the 
Corporation or its subsidiaries.  

DIRECTORS’ AND OFFICERS’ LIABILITY INSURANCE 

We  purchase  and  maintain  insurance  for  the  benefit  of  our  directors  and  officers  for  losses  arising  from 
claims against them for certain actual or alleged wrongful acts they may undertake while performing their 
director  or  officer  function.  The  total  annual  premium  in  respect  of  our  directors’  and  officers’  liability 
insurance  program  was  approximately  US$235,000  for  2015  and  US$226,000  for  2014.  The  aggregate 
maximum coverage provided by the policy for all claims, for both directors and officers, in any single policy 
year is US$30 million. In addition to the payment of the premiums, we are accountable for the payment of 
the  policy  deductible  of  US$0  to  US$200,000  per  claim.  We  have  also  agreed  to  indemnify  each  of  our 
directors and officers against all expenses, liability and loss, reasonably incurred or suffered, arising from the 
performance of his or her duties as an officer or director of Ballard.  

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Additional information relating to us is included in the following public filings, which are incorporated by 
reference  (the  "Incorporated  Documents")  into,  and  form  an  integral  part  of,  this  Management  Proxy 
Circular: 

  Annual Information Form dated February 25, 2016; 

  Audited  Annual  Financial  Statements  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2015  together  with  the 

auditors’ report thereon; and 

  Management's Discussion and Analysis for the year ended December 31, 2015. 

Copies  of  the  Incorporated  Documents  and  all  our  other  public  filings  providing  additional  information 
relating  to  us  may  be  obtained  at  www.sedar.com  or  www.sec.gov,  or  upon  request  and  without  further 
charge from either our Corporate Secretary, at 9000 Glenlyon Parkway, Burnaby, British Columbia, Canada 
V5J 5J8, or by calling our Investor Relations Department at (604) 454-0900. 

PROPOSALS 

Any Shareholder who intends to present a proposal at our 2016 annual Shareholders’ meeting must send the 
proposal  to  our  Corporate  Secretary  at  9000  Glenlyon  Parkway,  Burnaby,  British  Columbia,  Canada  V5J 
5J8.  In order for the proposal to be included in the proxy materials we send to Shareholders for that meeting, 
the proposal:  

  must be received by us no later than January 13, 2017; and 

  must comply with the requirements of section 137 of the Canada Business Corporations Act; or if 
the Continuation Proposal passes, the requirements of section 188 of the Business Corporations Act 
(British Columbia). 

We  are  not  obligated  to  include  any  shareholder  proposal  in  our  proxy  materials  for  the  2016  annual 
Shareholders’ meeting if the proposal is received after the January 13, 2017 deadline. 

55 

 
 
Our Board has approved the contents and the sending of this Management Proxy Circular to the Shareholders 
of the Corporation. 

APPROVAL BY THE BOARD 

BY ORDER OF THE BOARD 

"Kerry Hillier" 

Kerry Hillier 
Corporate Secretary 
Ballard Power Systems Inc. 

Dated: April 15, 2016 

56 

 
 
 
 
 
In this Management Proxy Circular: 

DEFINED TERMS 

"Ballard", "Corporation", "we", "us" and "our" refer to Ballard Power Systems Inc. 

"Beneficial Shareholders" means holders of our Shares that do not hold our Shares in their own name, but 
instead,  whose  Shares  are  held  on  the  Record  Date  by  a  bank,  trust  company,  securities  broker  or  other 
nominee. 

"Board" means the board of directors of Ballard. 

"CDN$" refers to Canadian currency. 

"CBCA" means the Canadian Business Corporations Act. 

"Equity-based Compensation Plans" means the Option Plan and the SDP. 

"DSU" means deferred share unit. 

"$" or "dollars" refer to United States currency unless specifically stated otherwise. 

"Meeting"  means  the  2016  annual  meeting  of  our  Registered  Shareholders  and  includes  any  adjournment 
thereof, unless otherwise indicated. 

"NASDAQ" means the NASDAQ Global Market. 

"Option Plan" means the Corporation’s consolidated share option plan, the principal terms of which are set 
out in Appendix "B". 

"PSU" means restricted share unit subject to time and performance vesting criteria. 

"Record Date" means 5:00 p.m. Pacific Daylight Time on April 15, 2016. 

"Registered Shareholders" means registered holders of our Shares on the Record Date.  

"RSU" means restricted share unit subject to time vesting only. 

"SDP" means the Corporation’s consolidated share distribution plan, the principal terms of which are set out 
in Appendix "C". 

"SEC" means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.  

"Shares" means common shares without par value in the capital of Ballard. 

"TSX" means the Toronto Stock Exchange. 

"US$" refers to United States currency. 

57 

 
APPENDIX "A" 
BOARD MANDATE 

PURPOSE 

The board of directors (the "Board") is responsible for the overall corporate governance of the Corporation.  
It oversees and directs the management of the Corporation’s business and affairs.  In doing so, it must act 
honestly,  in  good  faith,  and  in  the  best  interests  of  the  Corporation.    The  Board  guides  the  Corporation’s 
strategic  direction,  evaluates  the  performance  of  the  Corporation’s  executive  officers,  monitors  the 
Corporation’s financial results, and is ultimately accountable to the Corporation’s shareholders, employees, 
customers,  suppliers,  and  regulators.  Board  members  are  kept  informed  of  the  Corporation’s  operations  at 
meetings  of  the  Board  and  its  committees,  and  through  reports  and  analyses  by,  and  discussions  with, 
management.    The  Board  manages  the  delegation  of  decision-making  authority  to  management  through 
Board resolutions under which management is given authority to transact business, but only within specific 
limits  and  restrictions.    In  this  Mandate,  the  "Corporation"  means  Ballard  Power  Systems  Inc.  and  a 
"director" means a Board member. 

COMPOSITION 

A.  As stated in the Articles of the Corporation, the Board will be composed of no fewer than five and no 

more than fifteen directors. 

B.  The Board will have a majority of independent directors. 

C.  The Board will appoint its own Chair. 

MEETINGS 

D.  Meetings of the Board will be held as required, but at least four times a year. 

E.  The Board will appoint its own Secretary, who need not be a director.  The Secretary, in conjunction 
with  the  Chair  of  the  Board,  will  draw  up  an  agenda,  which  will  be  circulated  in  advance  to  the 
members of the Board along with the materials for the meeting.  The Secretary will be responsible 
for taking and keeping the Board’s meeting minutes. 

F.  As set out in the By-laws of the Corporation, meetings will be chaired by the Chair of the Board, or 

if the Chair is absent, by a member chosen by the Board from among themselves. 

G.  If  all  directors  consent,  and  proper  notice  has  been  given  or  waived,  a  director  or  directors  may 
participate  in  a  meeting  of  the  Board  by  means  of  such  telephonic,  electronic  or  other 
communication  facilities  as  permit  all  persons  participating  in  the  meeting  to  communicate 
adequately  with  each  other,  and  a  director  participating  in  such  a  meeting  by  any  such  means  is 
deemed to be present at that meeting. 

H.  The  Board  will  conduct  an  in-camera  session  excluding  management  at  the  end  of  each  Board 

meeting. 

I.  A majority of directors constitute a quorum. 

J.  All  decisions  made  by  the  Board  may  be  made  at  a  Board  meeting  or  evidenced  in  writing  and 
signed  by  all  Board  members,  which  will  be  fully  effective  as  if  it  had  been  made  or  passed  at  a 
Board meeting. 

A-1 

 
DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES 

K.  Selection of Management 

The  Board  is  responsible  for  appointing  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  ("CEO"),  for  monitoring  and 
evaluating the CEO’s performance, and approving the CEO’s compensation.  Upon recommendation 
of  the  CEO  and  the  Corporate  Governance  &  Compensation  Committee,  the  Board  is  also 
responsible for appointing all officers.   The Board also ensures that adequate plans are in place for 
management development and succession and conducts an annual review of such plans. 

L.  Corporate Strategy 

The Board is responsible for reviewing and approving the Corporation’s corporate mission statement 
and corporate strategy on a yearly basis, as well as determining the goals and objectives to achieve 
and  implement  the  corporate  strategy,  while  taking  into  account,  among  other  things,  the 
opportunities and risks of the business.  Each year, the Board meets for a strategic planning session 
to set the plans for the upcoming year.  In addition to the general management of the business, the 
Board expects management to achieve the corporate goals set by the Board, and the Board monitors 
throughout the year the progress made against these goals. 

In  addition,  the  Board  approves  key  transactions,  which  have  strategic  impact  to  the  Corporation, 
such as acquisitions, key collaborations, key supply arrangements, and strategic alliances. Through 
the delegation of signing authorities, the Board is responsible for setting out the types of transactions 
that require approval of the Board before completion. 

M.  Fiscal Management and Reporting 

The Board monitors the financial performance of the Corporation and must ensure that the financial 
results are reported: (a) to shareholders and regulators on a timely and regular basis; and (b) fairly 
and in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  The Board must also ensure that 
all  material  developments  of  the  Corporation  are  disclosed  to  the  public  on  a  timely  basis  in 
accordance with applicable securities regulations.  In the spring of each year, the Board reviews and 
approves  the  Annual  Report,  which  is  sent  to  shareholders  of  the  Corporation  and  describes  the 
achievements and performance of the Corporation for the preceding year.   

N.  Legal Compliance 

The  Board  is  responsible  for  overseeing  compliance  with  all  relevant  policies  and  procedures  by 
which the Corporation operates and ensuring that the Corporation operates at all times in compliance 
with all applicable laws and regulations, and to the highest ethical and moral standards. 

O.  Statutory Requirements 

The Board is responsible for approving all matters, which require Board approval as prescribed by 
applicable  statutes  and  regulations,  such  as  payment  of  dividends  and  issuances  of  shares.  
Management ensures that such matters are brought to the attention of the Board as they arise. 

P.  Formal Board Evaluation 

The  Board,  through  a  process  led  by  the  Corporate  Governance&  Compensation  Committee, 
conducts an annual evaluation and review of the performance of the Board, Board committees, and 
the Chair of the Board.  The Corporate Governance & Compensation Committee reviews the results 
of  such  evaluation  and  together  with  the  Chair  of  the  Board,  discusses  potential  ways  to  improve 
Board effectiveness.  The Corporate Governance & Compensation Committee discusses the results 
of  the  evaluation  and  the  recommended  improvements  with  the  full  Board.    The  Board  also  sets 
annual effectiveness goals and tracks performance against those goals.  In addition, each individual 
director’s performance is evaluated and reviewed regularly. 

A-2 

 
Q.  Risk Management 

The  Board  is  responsible  for  identifying  the  Corporation’s  principal  risks  and  ensuring  the 
implementation of appropriate systems to manage these risks.  The Board is also responsible for the 
integrity of the Corporation’s internal controls and management information systems. 

R.  External Communications 

The  Board  is  responsible  for  overseeing  the  establishment,  maintenance  and  annual  review  of  the 
Corporation’s  external  communications  policies  which  address  how  the  Corporation  interacts  with 
analysts  and  the  public  and  which  also  contain  measures  for  the  Corporation  to  avoid  selective 
disclosure.  The Board is responsible for establishing a process for receiving shareholder feedback.  
This is achieved through a semi-annual presentation of an investor relations report, which contains a 
summary of the feedback and common enquiries received from shareholders, as well as a Board e-
mail  address,  which  has  been  set  up  for  the  public  to  submit  messages  to  the  Board.

A-3 

 
APPENDIX "B" 
DESCRIPTION OF OPTION PLAN 

All directors, officers and employees of Ballard and its subsidiaries are eligible to participate in the Option 
Plan.   

As  of  April  15,  2016,  the  total  number  of  Shares  issued  and  reserved  and  authorized  for  issue  under  the 
Option Plan was 6,373,486 Shares, representing 4.1% of the issued and outstanding Shares as that date.   

The number of options granted under the Option Plan may adjust if any share reorganization, stock dividend 
or corporate reorganization occurs. 

The  Option  Plan  limits  insider  participation  such  that  the  number  of  Shares  issued  to  insiders,  within  any 
one-year  period,  and  issuable  to  insiders,  at  any  time,  under  the  plan  and  any  other  Ballard  equity-based 
compensation arrangements, cannot exceed 10% of Ballard’s issued and outstanding Shares.  

In any year, a non-executive Director’s participation in all Ballard equity-based compensation arrangements 
is  limited  to  that  number  of  shares  (or  that  number  of  securities  in  respect  of  underlying  shares)  having  a 
value of not more than CDN$100,000 on the date of grant, excluding any securities issued in respect of the 
non-executive Director’s annual retainer. 

Apart  from  the  limits  on  Shares  issued  or  issuable  to  insiders  and  to  non-executive  Directors,  described 
above,  the  Option  Plan  does  not  restrict  the  number  of  Shares  that  can  be  issued  to  any  one  person  or  to 
Directors. 

The exercise price of a Ballard option will be determined by the Board and is to be no less than the closing 
price per Share on the TSX on the last trading day before the date the option is granted. 

Ballard options may have a term of up to 10 years from the date of grant, and unless otherwise determined by 
the Board, will vest in equal amounts on the first, second and third anniversaries of the date of grant. 
If an "accelerated vesting event" occurs, any outstanding option may be exercised at any time before the 60th 
day  after  such  event.    An  accelerated  vesting  event  occurs  when:  (a)  a  person  makes  a  take-over  bid  that 
could result in that person or persons acting in concert acquiring at least two-thirds of Shares; (b) any person 
or  persons  acting  in  concert  acquire  at  least  two-thirds  of  Shares;  (c)  there  is  a  disposition  of  all  or 
substantially  all  of  Ballard’s  assets;  (d)  Ballard  joins  in  any  business  combination  that  results  in  Ballard’s 
shareholders owning one-third or less of the voting shares of the combined entity and Ballard is privatized 
(or the parties to the business combination have publicly expressed an intention to privatize Ballard); or (e) 
any other transaction is approved, a consequence of which is to privatize Ballard.    

The Option Plan also contains a "double trigger" in the event of a take-over.  Accordingly, vesting will only 
be accelerated if the Board approves the acceleration.  In such circumstances, the Board will also have the 
ability to make such changes as it considers fair and  appropriate, including accelerating vesting, otherwise 
modifying  the  terms  of  options  to  assist  the  holder  to  tender  into  the  take-over  bid  or  terminating  options 
which have not been exercised prior to the successful completion of the accelerated vesting event. 

Under the Option Plan each option will expire (or no longer be capable of being exercised) on the earlier of: 

(a) 

(b) 

(i) 

(ii) 

the expiration date as determined by the Board, which date will not be more than 10 years 
from the date of grant; and 

if the optionee is a director, officer or employee, the optionee ceases to hold such position, 
except  that,  an  option  will  be  capable  of  exercise,  if  the  optionee  ceases  to  be  a  director, 
officer or employee: 

because of his or her death, for one year after the optionee dies;  

as a result of voluntary resignation, for 30 days after the last day on which the optionee 
ceases to be a director, or the officer or employee ceases to work for Ballard; or 

B-1 

 
 
(iii) 

other than as a result of voluntary resignation (in the case of a director) or termination 
other than for just cause (in the case of an officer or employee), for 90 days after the last 
day on which the optionee ceases to be a director, or the officer or employee ceases to 
work  for  Ballard  (although  in  these  circumstances,  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  has 
discretion  to  extend  the  exercise  period  to  up  to  one  year  after  the  optionee  ceases  to 
work for Ballard). 

In the event that the optionee dies, all previously unvested options vest and, in the circumstances described in 
(b)(iv)  above,  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  has  discretion  to  accelerate  the  vesting  of  unvested  options  that 
would have otherwise vested in the next year.  In the other circumstances described above, an option is only 
capable  of  being  exercised  in  respect  of  options  that  were  vested  at  the  time  the  optionee  ceased  to  be  a 
director or ceased to work for Ballard. 

In the event that an optionee becomes "totally disabled" (as defined in the Option Plan), his or her options 
will  continue  to  vest  and  be  exercisable  as  they  would  have  had  the  optionee  continued  to  be  a  director, 
officer or employee of Ballard. 

Similarly, if an optionee becomes "retired" (as defined in the Option Plan), his or her options will continue to 
vest and be exercisable as they would have had the optionee continued to be a director, officer or employee 
of Ballard. 

If  an  option  would  otherwise  expire  or  cease  to  be  exercisable  during  a  blackout  period  or  within  nine 
business days after the end of a blackout period (that is, a period during which employees and/or directors 
cannot trade in securities of the Corporation because they may be in possession of insider information), the 
expiry  date  of  the  option  is  extended  to  the  date  which  is  10  business  days  after  the  end  of  the  blackout 
period. 

The  Board  is  entitled  to  make,  at  any  time,  and  from  time  to  time,  and  without  obtaining  shareholder 
approval, any of the following amendments 

(a) 

(b) 

amendments to the definitions and other amendments of a clerical nature; 

amendments to any provisions relating to the granting or exercise of options, including but 
not  limited  to  provisions  relating  to  the  term,  termination,  amount  and  payment  of  the 
subscription  price,  vesting  period,  expiry  or  adjustment  of  options,  provided  that,  without 
shareholder approval, such amendment does not entail: 

(i) 

(ii) 

(iii) 

(iv) 

a change in the number or percentage of Shares reserved for issuance under the plan;  

a reduction in the exercise price of an option or the cancellation and reissuance of 
options; 

an extension of the expiry date of an outstanding option; 

an increase to the maximum number of Shares that may be: 

(A) 

(B) 

issued to insiders within a one-year period; or  

issuable to insiders at any time, 

under all of Ballard’s equity-based compensation arrangements, which could exceed 10% of 
the issued and outstanding Shares at that time; 

(v) 

an  increase  in  the  maximum  number  of  securities  that  can  be  granted  to  directors 
(other  than  directors  who  are  also  officers)  under  all  of  Ballard’s  equity-based 
compensation  arrangements,  which  could  exceed  such  number  of  securities  in 
respect of which the underlying Shares have a Fair Market Value (as defined in the 
plan) on the date of grant of such securities of CDN$100,000; 

(vi) 

permitting  options  to  be  transferable  or  assignable  other  than  for  normal  course 
estate settlement purposes; or 

B-2 

 
(vii) 

a change to the amendment provisions of the plan; 

(c) 

(d) 

(e) 

(f) 

the  addition  or  amendment  of  terms  relating  to  the  provision  of  financial  assistance  to 
optionees or resulting in optionees receiving any Ballard securities, including pursuant to a 
cashless exercise feature; 

any  amendment  in  respect  of  the  persons  eligible  to  participate  in  the  plan,  provided  that, 
without  shareholder  approval,  such  amendment  does  not  permit  non-employee  directors  to 
re-gain participation rights under the plan at the discretion of the Board if their eligibility to 
participate  had  previously  been  removed  or  increase  limits  previously  imposed  on  non-
employee director participation; 

such  amendments  as  are  necessary  for  the  purpose  of  complying  with  any  changes  in  any 
relevant law, rule, regulation, regulatory requirement or requirement of any applicable stock 
exchange or regulatory authority; or 

amendments to correct or rectify any ambiguity, defective provision, error or omission in the 
plan or in any agreement to purchase options. 

Options  are  not  assignable  except  as  permitted  by  applicable  regulatory  authorities  in  connection  with  a 
transfer  to  an  optionee’s  registered  retirement  savings  plan  or  registered  retirement  income  fund  or  to  the 
personal representative of an optionee who has died.   

B-3 

 
The SDP is a single plan divided into the following three principal sections: 

APPENDIX"C" 
DESCRIPTION OF SDP 

1.  A  deferred  share  unit  section  for  senior  executives  (the  "DSU  Plan  for  Executive  Officers").  
Under  the  SDP,  DSUs  are  granted  at  the  election  of  each  executive  officer  of  Ballard  who  is 
eligible (as determined by the Board) in partial or full payment of his or her annual bonus, which 
otherwise is paid in Shares. 

2.  A deferred share unit section for directors (the "DSU Plan for Directors").  Under the DSU Plan 
for Directors, each independent outside director elects annually the proportion (0% to 100%) of 
his or her annual retainer that he or she wishes to receive in DSUs. 

Under the SDP, DSUs are credited to an account maintained for each eligible person by Ballard.  Each DSU 
is convertible into one Share. The number of DSUs to be credited to an eligible person is determined on the 
relevant date by dividing the amount of the eligible remuneration to be deferred into DSUs by the fair market 
value per Share, being a price not less than the closing sale price at which the Shares are traded on the TSX 
(in respect of a DSU issued or to be issued to a person who is resident in any country other than the U.S.) or 
NASDAQ (in respect of a DSU issued or to be issued to a person who is resident in the U.S.) on the trading 
day before the relevant date.  In the case of the executive officers, the relevant date is set by the Board but if 
such date occurs during a trading blackout, the number of DSUs will be determined on the first trading day 
after the day on which the blackout is lifted.  For directors, DSUs are credited at the time specified by the 
Board (currently DSUs are granted in equal instalments over the course of a year, at the end of each quarter).  

On any date on which a dividend is paid on the Shares, an eligible person's account will be credited with the 
number  of  DSUs  calculated  by:  (i)  multiplying  the  amount  of  the  dividend  per  Share  by  the  aggregate 
number of DSUs that were credited to that account as of the record date for payment of the dividend; and (ii) 
dividing the amount obtained in (i) by the fair market value (determined as set out above) of Shares on the 
date on which the dividend is paid.   

A departing director or executive officer may receive Shares in respect of the DSUs credited to that person's 
account (at the ratio of one Share per DSU, subject to the deduction of any applicable withholding tax in the 
case of an eligible person who is a United States citizen or resident for the purpose of United States tax).  A 
DSU, however, cannot be redeemed until such time as the director leaves the Board or the executive officer 
ceases to work for Ballard, and its value on redemption will be based on the value of Shares at that time.  All 
DSUs vest immediately as they are issued in respect of remuneration that would have otherwise been paid in 
Shares or cash.  DSUs do not expire.  Except in the case of death, DSUs can only be assigned with consent.  

3.  A  restricted  share  unit  section  (the  "RSU  Plan").  All  employees  (excluding  non-executive 

directors) are eligible to participate in the RSU Plan. 

The vesting of RSUs issued under the SDP occurs up to three years from the date of issuance, subject to the 
achievement  of  any  performance  criteria  which  may  be  set  by  the  Board  and  to  earlier  vesting  upon  the 
occurrence  of  any  accelerated  vesting  event  (as  defined  in  the  SDP).    Each  RSU  is  convertible  into  one 
Share, which will be issued under the SDP.   

A  "double  trigger"  is  included  in  the  event  of  a  take-over.    Accordingly,  in  the  event  of  a  take-over  the 
accelerated  vesting  of  an  RSU  (technically,  the  shortening  of  the  restriction  period)  will  only  occur  if  the 
Board so determines.  In such circumstances, the Board will also have the ability to make such changes as it 
considers fair and appropriate in the circumstances, including the date on which the restriction period ends or 
otherwise modifying the terms of RSUs to assist the holder to tender into the take-over bid. 

In addition, the Board has the discretion to deem performance criteria or other conditions to have been met 
on the occurrence of an accelerated vesting event. 

If any performance criteria or other conditions specified in an award of RSUs is not met on or before the last 
day of the restriction period applicable to the relevant grant (usually three years less one day from the date of 

C-1 

 
grant),  the  RSUs  will  expire  and  the  participant  will  no  longer  be  entitled  to  receive  any  Shares  upon 
conversion of those RSUs.   

All RSUs awarded to a participant under the SDP will also expire on the last day on which the participant 
works for Ballard or any of its subsidiaries except that, 

(a) 

(b) 

in  the  event  of  the  participant's  death  or  total  disability,  the  performance  criteria  and 
conditions specified in the participant's award of RSUs will, unless otherwise specified in the 
award, be deemed satisfied and the RSUs will be converted into Shares; and 

if  the  participant  is  retired,  the  vesting  of  RSUs  will  continue  on  the  same  terms  as  they 
would have had the participant continued to be an officer or employee of Ballard. 

RSUs cannot be assigned other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. 

Under the SDP, the Board can elect to satisfy the conversion of RSUs through Ballard Shares purchased on 
the open market. 

As of April 15, 2016, the total number of Shares issued and reserved and authorized for issue under the SDP 
was 1,539,591 Shares, representing 1.0% of the issued and outstanding Shares as of April 10, 2015.  

The SDP limits insider participation such that the number of Shares issued to insiders, within any one-year 
period, and issuable to insiders, at any time, under the plan and any other Ballard equity-based compensation 
arrangements, cannot exceed 10% of Ballard’s issued and outstanding Shares. 

Under  the  SDP,  in  any  year,  a  non-executive  Director’s  participation  in  all  Ballard  equity-based 
compensation  arrangements  is  limited  to  that  number  of  shares  (or  that  number  of  securities  in  respect  of 
underlying  shares)  having  a  value  of  not  more  than  CDN$100,000  on  the  date  of  grant,  excluding  any 
securities issued in respect of the non-executive Director’s annual retainer. 

The SDP does not limit the number of DSUs that can be issued to executive officers. 

The SDP does not limit the number of RSUs that can be issued to any one participant. 

Apart from the limits on Shares issued or issuable to insiders and non-executive Directors described above, 
the SDP does not restrict the number of Shares that can be issued to any one person, to executive officers or 
to Directors. 

The  SDP  permits  the  Board,  without  obtaining  shareholder  approval,  to  amend  any  provision  of  the  SDP 
and/or  any  RSU  and/or  DSU  governed  by  it  (whether  outstanding  or  otherwise)  (subject  to  any  stock 
exchange or regulatory requirement at the time of any such amendment) including, without limitation, any of 
the following amendments: 

(c) 

(d) 

amendments to the definitions and other amendments of a clerical nature; 

amendments to any provisions relating to the issuance of Shares, granting or conversion of 
DSUs or RSUs, including but not limited to provisions relating to the term, termination, and 
number of DSUs or RSUs to be awarded, provided that, without shareholder approval, such 
amendment does not entail: 

(i) 

(ii) 

(iii) 

(iv) 

a change in the number or percentage of Shares reserved for issuance under the plan;  

a reduction of the issue price of the Shares issued under the plan or the cancellation 
and reissue of Shares; 

a  reduction  to  the  fair  market  value  used  to  calculate  the  number  of  DSUs  to  be 
awarded; 

an extension of time for redemption of a DSU or an extension beyond the original 
restriction period of a RSU; 

(v) 

an increase to the maximum number of Shares that may be: 

(A) 

issued to insiders within a one-year period; or  

C-2 

 
(B) 

issuable to insiders at any time, 

under all of Ballard’s equity-based compensation arrangements, which could exceed 10% of 
the issued and outstanding Shares at that time; 

(vi) 

an  increase  in  the  maximum  number  of  securities  that  can  be  granted  to  directors 
(other  than  directors  who  are  also  officers)  under  all  of  Ballard’s  equity-based 
compensation  arrangements,  which  could  exceed  such  number  of  securities  in 
respect of which the underlying Shares have a Fair Market Value (as defined in the 
plan) on the date of grant of such securities of CDN$100,000; 

(vii) 

permitting  DSUs  or  RSUs  to  be  transferable  or  assignable  other  than  for  normal 
course estate settlement purposes; or 

(viii) 

a change to the amendment provisions of the plan; 

(e) 

any amendment in respect of the persons eligible to participate in the plan (or any part of it), 
provided that, without shareholder approval, such amendment does not permit non-employee 
directors to: 

(i) 

(ii) 

participate as holders of RSUs at the discretion of the Board; 

re-gain  participation  rights  under  any  section  of  the  plan  at  the  discretion  of  the 
Board if their eligibility (as a class) to participate had previously been removed; or  

(iii) 

increase limits previously imposed on non-employee director participation; 

(f) 

(g) 

such  amendments  as  are  necessary  for  the  purpose  of  complying  with  any  changes  in  any 
relevant law, rule, regulation, regulatory requirement or requirement of any applicable stock 
exchange or regulatory authority; or 

amendments to correct or rectify any ambiguity, defective provision, error or omission in the 
plan or in any option agreement, notice to redeem DSUs or RSU agreement. 

C-3 

 
APPENDIX"D" 
PROPOSED ARTICLES UNDER THE BCA 

Incorporation Number 

ARTICLES 

OF 

BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC. 

PROVINCE OF BRITISH COLUMBIA  

BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT 

D-1 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 

ARTICLE 1 
INTERPRETATION 

Section 1.1 
Section 1.2 

Definitions ....................................................................................................... 8 
BCA and Interpretation Act Definitions Applicable ....................................... 9 

ARTICLE 2 
SHARES AND SHARE CERTIFICATES 

Section 2.1 
Section 2.2 
Section 2.3 
Section 2.4 
Section 2.5 
Section 2.6 
Section 2.7 
Section 2.8 
Section 2.9 
Section 2.10 

Authorized Share Structure ............................................................................. 9 
Form of Share Certificate ................................................................................ 9 
Shareholder Entitled to Certificate or Acknowledgement ............................... 9 
Delivery by Mail ............................................................................................. 9 
Replacement of Worn Out or Defaced Certificate or Acknowledgement ....... 9 
Replacement of Lost, Destroyed or Wrongfully Taken Certificate............... 10 
Recovery of New Share Certificate ............................................................... 10 
Splitting Share Certificates ............................................................................ 10 
Certificate Fee ............................................................................................... 10 
Recognition of Trusts .................................................................................... 10 

ARTICLE 3 
ISSUE OF SHARES 

Section 3.1 
Section 3.2 
Section 3.3 
Section 3.4 
Section 3.5 

Board Authorized .......................................................................................... 10 
Commissions and Discounts ......................................................................... 11 
Brokerage ...................................................................................................... 11 
Conditions of Issue ........................................................................................ 11 
Share Purchase Warrants and Rights ............................................................. 11 

ARTICLE 4 
SHARE REGISTERS 

Section 4.1 
Section 4.2 

Central Securities Register ............................................................................ 11 
Closing Register ............................................................................................ 11 

ARTICLE 5 
SHARE TRANSFERS 

Section 5.1 
Section 5.2 
Section 5.3 
Section 5.4 
Section 5.5 
Section 5.6 
Section 5.7 

Registering Transfers .................................................................................... 11 
Waivers of Requirements for Transfer .......................................................... 12 
Form of Instrument of Transfer ..................................................................... 12 
Transferor Remains Shareholder ................................................................... 12 
Signing of Instrument of Transfer ................................................................. 12 
Enquiry as to Title Not Required .................................................................. 13 
Transfer Fee ................................................................................................... 13 

D-2 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE 6 
TRANSMISSION OF SHARES 

Section 6.1 
Section 6.2 

Legal Personal Representative Recognized on Death ................................... 13 
Rights of Legal Personal Representative ....................................................... 13 

ARTICLE 7 
ACQUISITION OF COMPANY'S SHARES 

Section 7.1 
Section 7.2 
Section 7.3 

Company Authorized to Purchase or Otherwise Acquire Shares .................. 13 
No Purchase, Redemption or Other Acquisition When Insolvent ................. 13 
Sale and Voting of Purchased, Redeemed or Otherwise Acquired Shares ... 13 

ARTICLE 8 
BORROWING POWERS 

Section 8.1 

Borrowing Powers ......................................................................................... 14 

ARTICLE 9 
ALTERATIONS 

Section 9.1 
Section 9.2 
Section 9.3 
Section 9.4 

Alteration of Authorized Share Structure ...................................................... 14 
Special Rights or Restrictions ....................................................................... 15 
Change of Name ............................................................................................ 15 
Other Alterations ........................................................................................... 15 

ARTICLE 10 
MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS 

Section 10.1 
Section 10.2 
Section 10.3 
Section 10.4 
Section 10.5 
Section 10.6 
Section 10.7 
Section 10.8 
Section 10.9 
Section 10.10 

Annual General Meetings .............................................................................. 15 
Resolution Instead of Annual General Meeting ............................................ 15 
Calling of Meetings of Shareholders ............................................................. 15 
Notice for Meetings of Shareholders ............................................................. 15 
Record Date for Notice ................................................................................. 16 
Record Date for Voting ................................................................................. 16 
Failure to Give Notice and Waiver of Notice ................................................ 16 
Notice of Special Business at Meetings of Shareholders .............................. 16 
Notice of Dissent Rights ............................................................................... 17 
Advance Notice Provisions ........................................................................... 17 

ARTICLE 11 
PROCEEDINGS AT MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS 

Section 11.1 
Section 11.2 
Section 11.3 
Section 11.4 
Section 11.5 

Special Business ............................................................................................ 20 
Special Majority ............................................................................................ 20 
Quorum ......................................................................................................... 20 
Persons Entitled to Attend Meeting ............................................................... 21 
Requirement of Quorum ................................................................................ 21 

D-3 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 11.6 
Section 11.7 
Section 11.8 
Section 11.9 
Section 11.10 
Section 11.11 
Section 11.12 
Section 11.13 
Section 11.14 
Section 11.15 
Section 11.16 
Section 11.17 
Section 11.18 
Section 11.19 
Section 11.20 
Section 11.21 
Section 11.22 

Section 12.1 
Section 12.2 
Section 12.3 
Section 12.4 
Section 12.5 
Section 12.6 
Section 12.7 
Section 12.8 
Section 12.9 
Section 12.10 
Section 12.11 
Section 12.12 
Section 12.13 
Section 12.14 
Section 12.15 
Section 12.16 

Lack of Quorum ............................................................................................ 21 
Lack of Quorum at Succeeding Meeting ....................................................... 21 
Chair .............................................................................................................. 21 
Selection of Alternate Chair .......................................................................... 21 
Adjournments ................................................................................................ 21 
Notice of Adjourned Meeting........................................................................ 22 
Decisions by Show of Hands or Poll ............................................................. 22 
Declaration of Result ..................................................................................... 22 
Motion Need Not be Seconded ..................................................................... 22 
Casting Vote .................................................................................................. 22 
Manner of Taking Poll .................................................................................. 22 
Demand for Poll on Adjournment ................................................................. 22 
Chair Must Resolve Dispute.......................................................................... 22 
Casting of Votes ............................................................................................ 23 
No Demand for Poll on Election of Chair ..................................................... 23 
Demand for Poll Not to Prevent Continuance of Meeting ............................ 23 
Retention of Ballots and Proxies ................................................................... 23 

ARTICLE 12 
VOTES OF SHAREHOLDERS 

Number of Votes by Shareholder or by Shares ............................................. 23 
Votes of Persons in Representative Capacity ................................................ 23 
Votes by Joint Holders .................................................................................. 23 
Legal Personal Representatives as Joint Shareholders .................................. 24 
Representative of a Corporate Shareholder ................................................... 24 
When Proxy Holder Need Not Be Shareholder ............................................. 24 
When Proxy Provisions Do Not Apply to the Company ............................... 24 
Appointment of Proxy Holders ..................................................................... 25 
Alternate Proxy Holders ................................................................................ 25 
Deposit of Proxy ............................................................................................ 25 
Validity of Proxy Vote .................................................................................. 25 
Form of Proxy ............................................................................................... 25 
Revocation of Proxy ...................................................................................... 26 
Revocation of Proxy Must Be Signed ........................................................... 26 
Chair May Determine Validity of Proxy. ...................................................... 26 
Production of Evidence of Authority to Vote................................................ 26 

ARTICLE 13 
DIRECTORS 

Section 13.1 
Section 13.2 
Section 13.3 
Section 13.4 
Section 13.5 
Section 13.6 
Section 13.7 
Section 13.8 

Number of Directors ...................................................................................... 26 
Change in Number of Directors .................................................................... 27 
Board's Acts Valid Despite Vacancy............................................................. 27 
Qualifications of Directors ............................................................................ 27 
Remuneration of Directors ............................................................................ 27 
Reimbursement of Expenses of Directors ..................................................... 27 
Special Remuneration for Directors .............................................................. 27 
Gratuity, Pension or Allowance on Retirement of Director .......................... 27 

D-4 

  
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE 14 
ELECTION AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS 

Section 14.1 
Section 14.2 
Section 14.3 
Section 14.4 
Section 14.5 
Section 14.6 
Section 14.7 
Section 14.8 
Section 14.9 
Section 14.10 
Section 14.11 

Election at Annual General Meeting ............................................................. 27 
Consent to be a Director ................................................................................ 28 
Failure to Elect or Appoint Directors ............................................................ 28 
Places of Retiring Directors Not Filled ......................................................... 28 
Board May Fill Casual Vacancies ................................................................. 28 
Remaining Directors' Power to Act ............................................................... 28 
Shareholders May Fill Vacancies .................................................................. 29 
Additional Directors ...................................................................................... 29 
Ceasing to be a Director ................................................................................ 29 
Removal of Director by Shareholders ........................................................... 29 
Removal of Director by Directors ................................................................. 29 

ARTICLE 15 
POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE BOARD 

Section 15.1 
Section 15.2 

Powers of Management ................................................................................. 29 
Appointment of Attorney of Company ......................................................... 30 

ARTICLE 16 
 INTERESTS OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS 

Section 16.1 
Section 16.2 
Section 16.3 
Section 16.4 
Section 16.5 
Section 16.6 
Section 16.7 
Section 16.8 

Obligation to Account for Profits .................................................................. 30 
Restrictions on Voting by Reason of Interest ................................................ 30 
Interested Director Counted in Quorum ........................................................ 30 
Disclosure of Conflict of Interest or Property ............................................... 30 
Director Holding Other Office in the Company ............................................ 30 
No Disqualification ....................................................................................... 30 
Professional Services by Director or Officer ................................................ 31 
Director or Officer in Other Corporations ..................................................... 31 

ARTICLE 17 
PROCEEDINGS OF THE BOARD 

Section 17.1 
Section 17.2 
Section 17.3 
Section 17.4 
Section 17.5 
Section 17.6 
Section 17.7 
Section 17.8 
Section 17.9 
Section 17.10 
Section 17.11 
Section 17.12 

Meetings of the Board ................................................................................... 31 
Voting at Meetings ........................................................................................ 31 
Chair of Meetings .......................................................................................... 31 
Meetings by Telephone or Other Communications Medium ........................ 31 
Calling of Meetings ....................................................................................... 32 
Notice of Meetings ........................................................................................ 32 
When Notice Not Required ........................................................................... 32 
Meeting Valid Despite Failure to Give Notice .............................................. 32 
Waiver of Notice of Meetings ....................................................................... 32 
Quorum ......................................................................................................... 32 
Validity of Acts Where Appointment Defective ........................................... 32 
Consent Resolutions in Writing .................................................................... 32 

D-5 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ARTICLE 18 
EXECUTIVE AND OTHER COMMITTEES 

Section 18.1 
Section 18.2 
Section 18.3 
Section 18.4 
Section 18.5 

Appointment and Powers of Executive Committee ...................................... 33 
Appointment and Powers of Other Committees ............................................ 33 
Obligations of Committees ............................................................................ 34 
Powers of Board ............................................................................................ 34 
Committee Meetings ..................................................................................... 34 

ARTICLE 19 
OFFICERS 

Section 19.1 
Section 19.2 
Section 19.3 
Section 19.4 

Board May Appoint Officers ......................................................................... 34 
Functions, Duties and Powers of Officers ..................................................... 34 
Qualifications ................................................................................................ 35 
Remuneration and Terms of Appointment .................................................... 35 

ARTICLE 20 
INDEMNIFICATION 

Section 20.1 
Section 20.2 
Section 20.3 
Section 20.4 
Section 20.5 

Definitions ..................................................................................................... 35 
Mandatory Indemnification of Directors ....................................................... 35 
Permitted Indemnification ............................................................................. 35 
Non-Compliance with BCA .......................................................................... 35 
Company May Purchase Insurance ............................................................... 36 

ARTICLE 21 
DIVIDENDS 

Section 21.1 
Section 21.2 
Section 21.3 
Section 21.4 
Section 21.5 
Section 21.6 
Section 21.7 
Section 21.8 
Section 21.9 
Section 21.10 
Section 21.11 
Section 21.12 
Section 21.13 

Payment of Dividends Subject to Special Rights .......................................... 36 
Declaration of Dividends .............................................................................. 36 
No Notice Required ....................................................................................... 36 
Record Date ................................................................................................... 36 
Manner of Paying Dividend .......................................................................... 36 
Settlement of Difficulties .............................................................................. 36 
When Dividend Payable ................................................................................ 37 
Dividends to be Paid in Accordance with Number of Shares ....................... 37 
Receipt by Joint Shareholders ....................................................................... 37 
Dividend Bears No Interest ........................................................................... 37 
Fractional Dividends ..................................................................................... 37 
Payment of Dividends ................................................................................... 37 
Capitalization of Retained Earnings or Surplus ............................................ 37 

ARTICLE 22 
ACCOUNTING RECORDS AND AUDITOR 

Section 22.1 
Section 22.2 

Recording of Financial Affairs ...................................................................... 37 
Inspection of Accounting Records ................................................................ 38 

D-6 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 22.3 

Remuneration of Auditor .............................................................................. 38 

ARTICLE 23 
NOTICES 

Section 23.1 
Section 23.2 
Section 23.3 
Section 23.4 
Section 23.5 
Section 23.6 

Method of Giving Notice .............................................................................. 38 
Deemed Receipt ............................................................................................ 38 
Certificate of Sending .................................................................................... 39 
Notice to Joint Shareholders.......................................................................... 39 
Notice to Legal Personal Representatives and Trustees ................................ 39 
Undelivered Notices ...................................................................................... 39 

ARTICLE 24 
SEAL 

Section 24.1 
Section 24.2 
Section 24.3 

Who May Attest Seal .................................................................................... 39 
Sealing Copies ............................................................................................... 40 
Mechanical Reproduction of Seal ................................................................. 40 

ARTICLE 25 
SPECIAL RIGHTS OR RESTRICTIONS 

Section 25.1 
Section 25.2 

Common Shares ............................................................................................ 40 
Preferred Shares ............................................................................................ 41 

D-7 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Incorporation Number 

ARTICLES 

BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC. 

(the "Company") 

ARTICLE 1 
INTERPRETATION 

Section 1.1 

Definitions 

In these Articles, unless the context otherwise requires: 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

(5) 

(6) 

(7) 

(8) 

(9) 

"appropriate person" has the meaning assigned in the Securities Transfer Act; 

"board of directors" and "board" mean the board of directors or sole director of the Company for 
the time being; 

"BCA" means the Business Corporations Act (British Columbia) from time to time in force and all 
amendments thereto and includes all regulations and amendments thereto made pursuant to that Act; 

"director" means a person who is a director of the Company for the time being; 

"directors' resolution" means a resolution of the board of directors passed at a meeting of the board 
or consented to by the directors in accordance with Section 140 of the BCA and Section 17.12; 

"Interpretation Act" means the Interpretation Act (British Columbia) from time to time in force and 
all amendments thereto and includes all regulations and amendments thereto made pursuant to that 
Act; 

"legal personal representative" means the personal or other legal representative of a shareholder or 
other person, as the context requires; 

"protected purchaser" has the meaning assigned in the Securities Transfer Act; 

"registered  address"  of  a  shareholder  means  the  shareholder's  address  as  recorded  in  the  central 
securities register; 

(10) 

"seal" means the seal of the Company, if any; 

(11) 

(12) 

"Securities  Act"  means  the  Securities  Act  (British  Columbia)  from  time  to  time  in  force  and  all 
amendments thereto and includes all regulations and amendments thereto made pursuant to that Act; 

"securities legislation" means statutes concerning the regulation of securities markets and trading in 
securities and the regulations, rules, forms and schedules under those statutes, all as amended from 
time  to  time,  and  the  blanket  rulings  and  orders,  as  amended  from  time  to  time,  issued  by  the 
securities  commissions  or  similar  regulatory  authorities  appointed  under  or  pursuant  to  those 
statutes;  "Canadian  securities  legislation"  means  the  securities  legislation  in  any  province  or 
territory  of  Canada  and  includes  the  Securities  Act;  and  "U.S.  securities  legislation"  means  the 
securities  legislation  in  the  federal  jurisdiction  of  the  United  States  and  in  any  state  of  the  United 
States and includes the Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; 

D-8 

  
 
 
(13) 

"Securities Transfer Act" means the Securities Transfer Act (British Columbia) from time to time in 
force  and  all  amendments  thereto  and  includes  all  regulations  and  amendments  thereto  made 
pursuant to that Act; and 

(14) 

"special business" has the meaning set out in Section 11.1. 

Section 1.2 

BCA and Interpretation Act Definitions Applicable 

The definitions in the BCA and the definitions and rules of construction in the Interpretation Act, with the 
necessary changes, so far as applicable, and unless the context requires otherwise, apply to these Articles as 
if they were an enactment. If there is a conflict between a definition in the BCA and a definition or rule in the 
Interpretation Act relating to a term used in these Articles, the definition in the BCA will prevail in relation to 
the  use  of  the  term  in  these  Articles.  If  there  is  a  conflict  or  inconsistency  between  these  Articles  and  the 
BCA, the BCA will prevail. 

ARTICLE 2 
SHARES AND SHARE CERTIFICATES 

Section 2.1 

Authorized Share Structure 

The authorized share structure of the Company consists of shares of the class or classes and series, if any, 
described in the Notice of Articles of the Company. 

Section 2.2 

Form of Share Certificate 

Each share certificate issued by the Company must comply with, and be signed as required by, the BCA. 

Section 2.3 

Shareholder Entitled to Certificate or Acknowledgement 

Unless  the  shares  of  which  the  shareholder  is  the  registered  owner  are  uncertificated  shares  within  the 
meaning of the BCA, each shareholder is entitled, without charge, to (a) one share certificate representing the 
shares of each class or series of shares registered in the shareholder's name or (b) a non-transferable written 
acknowledgement of the shareholder's right to obtain such a share certificate, provided that in respect of a 
share held jointly by several persons, the Company is not bound to issue more than one share certificate or 
acknowledgement  and  delivery  of  a  share  certificate  or  an  acknowledgement  to  one  of  several  joint 
shareholders or to a duly authorized agent of one of the joint shareholders will be sufficient delivery to all. 

Section 2.4 

Delivery by Mail 

Any share certificate or non-transferable written acknowledgement of a shareholder's right to obtain a share 
certificate  may  be  sent  to  the  shareholder  by  mail  at  the  shareholder's  registered  address  and  neither  the 
Company nor any director, officer or agent of the Company is liable for any loss to the shareholder because 
the share certificate or acknowledgement is lost in the mail or stolen. 

Section 2.5 

Replacement of Worn Out or Defaced Certificate or Acknowledgement 

If  the  board  is  satisfied  that  a  share  certificate  or  a  non-transferable  written  acknowledgement  of  the 
shareholder's right to obtain a share certificate is worn out or defaced, the board must, on production to it of 
the share certificate or acknowledgement, as the case may be, and on such other terms, if any, as it thinks fit: 

(1) 

(2) 

order the share certificate or acknowledgement, as the case may be, to be cancelled; and 

issue a replacement share certificate or acknowledgement, as the case may be. 

D-9 

  
Section 2.6 

Replacement of Lost, Destroyed or Wrongfully Taken Certificate  

If  a  person  entitled  to  a  share  certificate  claims  that  the  share  certificate  has  been  lost,  destroyed  or 
wrongfully taken, the Company must issue a new share certificate, if that person: 

(1) 

(2) 

so requests before the Company has notice that the share certificate has been acquired by a protected 
purchaser; 

provides the Company with an indemnity bond sufficient in the Company's judgement to protect the 
Company from any loss that the Company may suffer by issuing a new certificate; and 

(3) 

satisfies any other reasonable requirements imposed by the board. 

A person entitled to a share certificate may not assert against the Company a claim for a new share certificate 
where a share certificate has been lost, apparently destroyed or wrongfully taken if that person fails to notify 
the Company of that fact within a reasonable time after that person has notice of it and the Company registers 
a  transfer  of  the  shares  represented  by  the  certificate  before  receiving  a  notice  of  the  loss,  apparent 
destruction or wrongful taking of the share certificate. 

Section 2.7 

Recovery of New Share Certificate 

If, after the issue of a new share certificate, a protected purchaser of the original share certificate presents the 
original share certificate for the registration of transfer, then in addition to any rights under any indemnity 
bond, the Company may recover the new share certificate from a person to whom it was issued or any person 
taking under that person other than a protected purchaser. 

Section 2.8 

Splitting Share Certificates 

If a shareholder surrenders a share certificate to the Company with a written request that the Company issue 
in the shareholder's name two or more share certificates, each representing a specified number of shares and 
in  the  aggregate  representing  the  same  number  of  shares  as  represented  by  the  share  certificate  so 
surrendered,  the  Company  must  cancel  the  surrendered  share  certificate  and  issue  replacement  share 
certificates in accordance with that request. 

Section 2.9 

Certificate Fee 

There must be paid to the Company, in relation to the issue of any share certificate under Section 2.5, Section 
2.6,  or  Section  2.8,  the  amount,  if  any  and  which  must  not  exceed  the  amount  prescribed  under  the  BCA, 
determined by the board. 

Section 2.10  Recognition of Trusts 

Except  as  required  by  law  or  statute  or  these  Articles,  no  person  will  be  recognized  by  the  Company  as 
holding any share upon any trust, and the Company is not bound by or compelled in any way to recognize 
(even when having notice thereof) any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any share or fraction 
of a share or (except as required by law or statute  or these Articles or  as ordered by a court of competent 
jurisdiction)  any  other  rights  in  respect  of  any  share  except  an  absolute  right  to  the  entirety  thereof  in  the 
shareholder. 

Section 3.1 

Board Authorized 

ARTICLE 3 
ISSUE OF SHARES 

Subject to the BCA and the rights, if any, of the holders of issued shares of the Company, the Company may 
issue, allot, sell or otherwise dispose of the unissued shares, and issued shares held by the Company, at the 
times, to the persons, including directors, in the manner, on the terms and conditions and for the issue prices 

D-10 

  
(including any premium at which shares with par value may be issued) that the board may determine. The 
issue price for a share with par value must be equal to or greater than the par value of the share. 

Section 3.2 

Commissions and Discounts 

The Company may at any time pay a reasonable commission or allow a reasonable discount to any person in 
consideration of that person purchasing or agreeing to purchase shares of the Company from the Company or 
any other person or procuring or agreeing to procure purchasers for shares of the Company. 

Section 3.3 

Brokerage 

The Company may pay such brokerage fee or other consideration as may be lawful for or in connection with 
the sale or placement of its securities. 

Section 3.4 

Conditions of Issue 

Except as provided for by the BCA, no share may be issued until it is fully paid.  A share is fully paid when: 

(1) 

consideration is provided to the Company for the issue of the share by one or more of the following: 

(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

past services performed for the company; 

property; 

money; and 

(2) 

the value of the consideration received by the Company equals or exceeds the issue price set for the 
share under Section 3.1. 

Section 3.5 

Share Purchase Warrants and Rights 

Subject to the BCA, the Company may issue share purchase warrants, options and rights upon such terms and 
conditions as the board determines, which share purchase warrants, options and rights may be issued alone or 
in conjunction with debentures, debenture stock, bonds, shares or any other securities issued or created by the 
Company from time to time. 

Section 4.1 

Central Securities Register 

ARTICLE 4 
SHARE REGISTERS 

As required by and subject to the BCA, the Company must maintain a central securities register. The board 
may,  subject  to  the  BCA,  appoint  an  agent  to  maintain  the  central  securities  register.  The  board  may  also 
appoint one or more agents, including the agent which keeps the central securities register, as transfer agent 
for its shares or any class or series of its shares, as the case may be, and the same or another agent as registrar 
for  its  shares  or  such  class  or  series  of  its  shares,  as  the  case  may  be.  The  board  may  terminate  such 
appointment of any agent at any time and may appoint another agent in its place. 

Section 4.2 

Closing Register 

The Company must not at any time close its central securities register. 

ARTICLE 5 
SHARE TRANSFERS 

Section 5.1 

Registering Transfers 

The Company must register a transfer of a share of the Company if either:  

D-11 

  
(1) 

the company or the transfer agent or registrar for the class or series of shares to be transferred has 
received: 

(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

in  the  case  where  the  company  has  issued  a  share  certificate  in  respect  of  the  share  to  be 
transferred,  that  share  certificate  and  a  written  instrument  of  transfer  (which  may  be  on  a 
separate  document  or  endorsed  on  the  share  certificate)  made  by  the  shareholder  or  other 
appropriate person or by an agent who has actual authority to act on behalf of that person; 

in the case of a share that is not represented by a share certificate (including an uncertificated 
share within the meaning of the bca and including the case where the company has issued a 
non-transferable  written  acknowledgement  of  the  shareholder's  right  to  obtain  a  share 
certificate in respect of the share to be transferred), a written instrument of transfer, made by 
the shareholder or other appropriate person or by an agent who has actual authority to act on 
behalf of that person; and 

such other evidence, if any, as the company or the transfer agent or registrar for the class or 
series  of  shares  to  be  transferred  may  require  to  prove  the  title  of  the  transferor  or  the 
transferor's right to transfer the share, that the written instrument of transfer is genuine and 
authorized and that the transfer is rightful or to a protected purchaser; or 

(2) 

all the preconditions for a transfer of a share under the securities transfer act have been met and the 
company is required under the securities transfer act to register the transfer. 

Section 5.2  Waivers of Requirements for Transfer 

The  Company  may  waive  any  of  the  requirements  set  out  in  Section  5.1(1)  and  any  of  the  preconditions 
referred to in Section 5.1(2). 

Section 5.3 

Form of Instrument of Transfer 

The instrument of transfer in respect of any share of the Company must be either in the form, if any, on the 
back of the Company's share certificates or in any other form that may be approved by the Company or the 
transfer agent for the class or series of shares to be transferred. 

Section 5.4 

Transferor Remains Shareholder 

Except to the extent that the BCA otherwise provides, the transferor of shares is deemed to remain the holder 
of the shares until the name of the transferee is entered in a securities register of the Company in respect of 
the transfer. 

Section 5.5 

Signing of Instrument of Transfer 

If  a  shareholder  or  other  appropriate  person  or  an  agent  who  has  actual  authority  to  act  on  behalf  of  that 
person,  signs  an  instrument  of  transfer  in  respect  of  shares  registered  in  the  name  of  the  shareholder,  the 
signed instrument of transfer constitutes a complete and sufficient authority to the Company and its directors, 
officers and agents to register the number of shares specified in the instrument of transfer or specified in any 
other manner, or, if no number is specified but share certificates are deposited with the instrument of transfer, 
all the shares represented by such share certificates: 

(1) 

(2) 

in the name of the person named as transferee in that instrument of transfer; or 

if no person is named as transferee in that instrument of transfer, in the name of the person on whose 
behalf the instrument is deposited for the purpose of having the transfer registered. 

D-12 

  
Section 5.6 

Enquiry as to Title Not Required 

Neither the Company nor any director, officer or agent of the Company is bound to inquire into the title of 
the  person  named  in  the  instrument  of  transfer  as  transferee  or,  if  no  person  is  named  as  transferee  in  the 
instrument of transfer, of the person on whose behalf the instrument is deposited for the purpose of having 
the transfer registered or is liable for any claim related to registering the transfer by the shareholder or by any 
intermediate owner or holder of the shares, of any interest in the shares, of any share certificate representing 
such shares or of any written acknowledgement of a right to obtain a share certificate for such shares. 

Section 5.7 

Transfer Fee 

There  must  be  paid  to  the  Company,  in  relation  to  the  registration  of  any  transfer,  the  amount,  if  any, 
determined by the board. 

ARTICLE 6 
TRANSMISSION OF SHARES 

Section 6.1 

Legal Personal Representative Recognized on Death 

In the case of the death of a shareholder, the legal personal representative of the shareholder, or in the case of 
shares  registered  in  the  shareholder's  name  and  the  name  of  another  person  in  joint  tenancy,  the  surviving 
joint  holder,  will  be  the  only  person  recognized  by  the  Company  as  having  any  title  to  the  shareholder's 
interest  in  the  shares.  Before  recognizing  a  person  as  a  legal  personal  representative  of  a  shareholder,  the 
board may require the original grant of probate or letters of administration or a court certified copy of them 
or the original or a court certified or authenticated copy of the grant of representation, will, order or other 
instrument or other evidence of the death under which title to the shares or securities is claimed to vest. 

Section 6.2 

Rights of Legal Personal Representative 

The legal personal representative of a shareholder has the rights, privileges and obligations that attach to the 
shares held by the shareholder, including the right to transfer the shares in accordance with these Articles, if 
appropriate evidence of appointment or  incumbency within the meaning of the  Securities Transfer Act has 
been deposited with the Company.  This Section 6.2 does not apply in the case of the death of a shareholder 
with respect to shares registered in the shareholder's name and the name of another person in joint tenancy. 

ARTICLE 7 
ACQUISITION OF COMPANY'S SHARES 

Section 7.1 

Company Authorized to Purchase or Otherwise Acquire Shares 

Subject to Section 7.2, the special rights or restrictions attached to the shares of any class or series of shares 
and the BCA, the Company may, if authorized by the board, purchase or otherwise acquire any of its shares 
at the price and upon the terms determined by the board. 

Section 7.2 

No Purchase, Redemption or Other Acquisition When Insolvent 

The Company must not make a payment or provide any other consideration to purchase, redeem or otherwise 
acquire any of its shares if there are reasonable grounds for believing that: 

(1) 

(2) 

the Company is insolvent; or 

making the payment or providing the consideration would render the Company insolvent. 

Section 7.3 

Sale and Voting of Purchased, Redeemed or Otherwise Acquired Shares 

If the Company retains a share redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired by it, the Company may sell, gift 
or otherwise dispose of the share, but, while such share is held by the Company, it: 

D-13 

  
(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

is not entitled to vote the share at a meeting of its shareholders; 

must not pay a dividend in respect of the share; and 

must not make any other distribution in respect of the share. 

ARTICLE 8 
BORROWING POWERS 

Section 8.1 

Borrowing Powers 

The Company, if authorized by the board, may: 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

borrow  money  in  the  manner  and  amount,  on  the  security,  from  the  sources  and  on  the  terms  and 
conditions that the board considers appropriate; 

issue bonds, debentures and other debt obligations either outright or as security for any liability or 
obligation of the Company or any other person and at such discounts or premiums and on such other 
terms as the board considers appropriate; 

guarantee the repayment of money by any other person or the performance of any obligation of any 
other person; and 

mortgage, charge, whether by way of specific or floating charge, grant a security interest in, or give 
other  security  on,  the  whole  or  any  part  of  the  present  and  future  assets  and  undertaking  of  the 
Company. 

Section 9.1 

Alteration of Authorized Share Structure 

ARTICLE 9 
ALTERATIONS 

Subject to Section 9.2, the special rights or restrictions attached to the shares of any class or series of shares 
and  the  BCA,  the  Company  may  by  directors'  resolution  or  ordinary  resolution,  unless  an  alteration  to  the 
Company's Notice of Articles would be required, in which case by ordinary resolution: 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

create one or more classes or series of shares or, if none of the shares of a class or series of shares are 
allotted or issued, eliminate that class or series of shares; 

increase, reduce or eliminate the maximum number of shares that the Company is authorized to issue 
out of any class or series of shares or establish a maximum number of shares that the Company is 
authorized to issue out of any class or series of shares for which no maximum is established; 

subdivide or consolidate all or any of its unissued, or fully paid issued, shares; 

if the Company is authorized to issue shares of a class of shares with par value: 

(1) 

(2) 

decrease the par value of those shares; or 

if none of the shares of that class of shares are allotted or issued, increase the par value of 
those shares; 

(5) 

change all or any of its unissued, or fully paid issued, shares with par value into shares without par 
value or any of its unissued shares without par value into shares with par value; 

D-14 

  
(6) 

(7) 

alter the identifying name of any of its shares; or 

otherwise  alter  its  shares  or  authorized  share  structure  when  required  or  permitted  to  do  so  by  the 
BCA; 

and, if applicable, alter its Notice of Articles and, if applicable, its Articles, accordingly. 

Section 9.2 

Special Rights or Restrictions 

Subject to the special rights or restrictions attached to the shares of any class or series of shares and the BCA, 
the Company may by ordinary resolution: 

(1) 

(2) 

create special rights or restrictions for, and attach those special rights or restrictions to, the shares of 
any class or series of shares, whether or not any or all of those shares have been issued; or 

vary or delete any special rights or restrictions attached to the shares of any class or series of shares, 
whether or not any or all of those shares have been issued; 

and alter its Articles and Notice of Articles accordingly. 

Section 9.3 

Change of Name 

The  Company  may  by  directors'  resolution  or  ordinary  resolution  authorize  an  alteration  to  its  Notice  of 
Articles in order to change its name. 

Section 9.4 

Other Alterations 

If  the  BCA  does  not  specify  the  type  of  resolution  and  these  Articles  do  not  specify  another  type  of 
resolution, the Company may by ordinary resolution alter these Articles. 

ARTICLE 10 
MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS 

Section 10.1  Annual General Meetings 

Unless an annual general meeting is deferred or waived in accordance with the BCA, the Company must hold 
its first annual general  meeting within 18 months after the date on which it was incorporated or otherwise 
recognized, and after that must hold an annual general meeting at least once in each calendar year and not 
more than 15 months after the last annual reference date at such time and place, either in or outside British 
Columbia, as may be determined by the board. 

Section 10.2  Resolution Instead of Annual General Meeting 

If  all  the  shareholders  who  are  entitled  to  vote  at  an  annual  general  meeting  consent  by  a  unanimous 
resolution to all of the business that is required to be transacted at that annual general meeting, the annual 
general meeting is deemed to have been held on the date of the unanimous resolution. The shareholders must, 
in any unanimous resolution passed under this Section 10.2, select as the Company's annual reference date a 
date that would be appropriate for the holding of the applicable annual general meeting.  

Section 10.3  Calling of Meetings of Shareholders 

The board may, at any time, call a meeting of shareholders, to be held at such time and at such place, either 
in or outside British Columbia, as may be determined by the board. 

Section 10.4  Notice for Meetings of Shareholders 

The  Company  must  send  notice  of  the  date,  time  and  location  of  any  meeting  of  shareholders  (including, 
without limitation, any notice specifying the intention to propose a resolution as an exceptional resolution, a 

D-15 

  
special resolution or a special separate resolution, and any notice to consider approving an amalgamation into 
a  foreign  jurisdiction,  an  arrangement  or  the  adoption  of  an  amalgamation  agreement,  and  any  notice  of  a 
general meeting, class meeting or series meeting), in the manner provided in these Articles, or in such other 
manner, if any, as may be prescribed by ordinary resolution (whether previous notice of the resolution has 
been given or not), to each shareholder entitled to attend the meeting, to each director and to the auditor of 
the  Company,  unless  these  Articles  otherwise  provide,  at  least  the  following  number  of  days  before  the 
meeting: 

(1) 

(2) 

if and for so long as the Company is a public company, 21 days; 

otherwise, 10 days. 

Section 10.5  Record Date for Notice 

The board may set a date as the record date for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of 
any meeting of shareholders.  The record date must not precede the date on which the meeting is to be held 
by more than two months or, in the case of a general meeting requisitioned by shareholders under the BCA, 
by more than four months. The record date must not precede the date on which the meeting is held by fewer 
than: 

(1) 

(2) 

if and for so long as the Company is a public company, 21 days; 

otherwise, 10 days. 

If no record date is set, the record date is 5 p.m. on the day immediately preceding the first date on which the 
notice is sent or, if no notice is sent, the beginning of the meeting. 

Section 10.6  Record Date for Voting 

The board may set a date as the record date for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to vote at 
any meeting of shareholders. The record date must not precede the date on which the meeting is to be held by 
more than two months or, in the case of a general meeting requisitioned by shareholders under the BCA, by 
more than four months.  If no record date is set, the record date is 5 p.m. on the day immediately preceding 
the first date on which the notice is sent or, if no notice is sent, the beginning of the meeting. 

Section 10.7  Failure to Give Notice and Waiver of Notice 

The accidental omission to send notice of any meeting of shareholders to, or the non-receipt of any notice by, 
any of the persons entitled to notice does not invalidate any proceedings at that meeting. Any person entitled 
to notice of a meeting of shareholders may, in writing or otherwise, waive that entitlement or agree to reduce 
the period of that notice.  Attendance of a person at a meeting of shareholders is a waiver of entitlement to 
notice  of  the  meeting  unless  that  person  attends  the  meeting  for  the  express  purpose  of  objecting  to  the 
transaction of any business on the grounds that the meeting is not lawfully called. 

Section 10.8  Notice of Special Business at Meetings of Shareholders 

If a meeting of shareholders is to consider special business within the meaning of Section 11.1, the notice of 
meeting must: 

(1) 

(2) 

state the general nature of the special business; and 

if  the  special  business  includes  considering,  approving,  ratifying,  adopting  or  authorizing  any 
document  or  the  signing  of  or  giving  of  effect  to  any  document,  have  attached  to  it  a  copy  of  the 
document or state that a copy of the document will be available for inspection by shareholders: 

(a) 

at  the  company's  records  office,  or  at  such  other  reasonably  accessible  location  in  british 
columbia as is specified in the notice; and 

D-16 

  
(b) 

during statutory business hours on any one or more specified days before the day set for the 
holding of the meeting. 

Section 10.9  Notice of Dissent Rights 

The  Company  must  send  to  each  of  its  shareholders,  whether  or  not  their  shares  carry  the  right  to  vote,  a 
notice  of  any  meeting  of  shareholders  at  which  a  resolution  entitling  shareholders  to  dissent  is  to  be 
considered  specifying  the  date  of  the  meeting  and  containing  a  statement  advising  of  the  right  to  send  a 
notice of dissent together with a copy of the proposed resolution at least the following number of days before 
the meeting: 

(1) 

(2) 

if and for so long as the Company is a public company, 21 days; 

otherwise, 10 days. 

Section 10.10 

 Advance Notice Provisions  

(1) 

Nomination of Directors  

Subject only to the BCA and these Articles, only persons who are nominated in accordance with the 

following procedures shall be eligible for election as directors to the board of directors of the Company. 
Nominations of persons for election to the board at an annual meeting of shareholders, or at a special meeting 
of shareholders called for any purpose which includes the election of directors to the board, may only be 
made: 

(a) 

(b) 

by  or  at  the  direction  of  the  board  or  an  authorized  officer  of  the  company,  including 
pursuant to a notice of meeting; 

by or at the direction or request of one or more shareholders pursuant to a proposal made in 
accordance  with  the  provisions  of  the  bca  or  a  requisition  of  shareholders  made  in 
accordance with the provisions of the bca; or 

(c) 

by any person entitled to vote at such meeting (a "Nominating Shareholder"), who: 

(i) 

is, at the close of business on the date of giving notice provided for in this Section 
10.10  and  on  the  record  date  for  notice  of  such  meeting,  either  entered  in  the 
securities  register  of  the  Company  as  a  holder  of  one  or  more  shares  carrying  the 
right to vote at such meeting or who beneficially owns shares that are entitled to be 
voted at such meeting; and  

(ii) 

has given timely notice in proper written form as set forth in this Section 10.10. 

(2) 

Exclusive Means 

For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 10.10 shall be the exclusive means for any person to bring 
nominations for election to the board before any annual or special meeting of shareholders of the Company. 

(3) 

Timely Notice 

For a nomination made by a Nominating Shareholder to be timely notice (a "Timely Notice"), the 

Nominating Shareholder's notice must be received by the corporate secretary of the Company at the principal 
executive offices of the Company: 

(a) 

in the case of an annual meeting of shareholders, not later than 5:00 p.m. (Vancouver time) 
on  the  30th  day  before  the  date  of  the  meeting;  provided,  however,  if  the  first  public 
announcement  made  by  the  company  with  respect  to  the  date  of  the  annual  meeting  (each 

D-17 

  
such date being the "notice date") is less than 50 days prior to the meeting date, not later than 
the close of business on the 10th day following the notice date; and 

(b) 

in the case of a special meeting (which is not also an annual meeting) of shareholders called 
for any purpose which includes the election of directors to the board, not later than the close 
of business on the 15th day following the notice date; 

provided that, in either instance, if notice-and-access (as set out in applicable securities legislation) is used 
for the delivery of proxy related materials in respect of a meeting described in Section 1.1(1)(a) or Section 
1.1(1)(b), and the Notice Date in respect of the meeting is not less than 50 days before the date of the 
applicable meeting, the notice must be received not later than the close of business on the 40th day before the 
date of the applicable meeting. 

(4) 

Proper Form of Notice 

To be in proper written form, a Nominating Shareholder's notice to the corporate secretary must 

comply with all the provisions of this Section 10.10 and: 

(a) 

disclose  or  include,  as  applicable,  as  to  each  person  whom  the  nominating  shareholder 
proposes to nominate for election as a director (a "proposed nominee"): 

(i) 

(ii) 

(iii) 

(iv) 

(v) 

(vi) 

their  name,  age,  business  and  residential  address  and  principal  occupation  and/or 
employment for the past five years; 

their direct or indirect beneficial ownership in, or control or direction over, any class 
or series of securities of the Company, including the number or principal amount; 

any  relationships,  agreements  or  arrangements,  including  financial,  compensation 
and  indemnity  related  relationships,  agreements  or  arrangements,  between  the 
Proposed Nominee or any affiliates or associates of, or any person or entity acting 
jointly or in concert with, the Proposed Nominee and the Nominating Shareholder; 

any other information relating to such Proposed Nominee that would be required to 
be  disclosed  in  a  dissident  proxy  circular  or  other  filings  required  to  be  made  in 
connection  with  the  solicitation  of  proxies  for  election  of  directors  pursuant  to  the 
BCA or applicable securities law;  

a duly completed personal information form in respect of the Proposed Nominee in 
the  form  prescribed  by  the  principal  stock  exchange  on  which  the  Company's 
securities are then listed for trading; and 

a  written  consent  duly  signed  by  each  Proposed  Nominee  to  being  named  as  a 
nominee and certifying that the Proposed Nominee is not disqualified from acting as 
a director under the provisions of subsection 124(2) of the BCA; and  

(b) 

disclose or include, as applicable, as to each nominating shareholder giving the notice, and 
each beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made: 

(i) 

their name, business and residential address, direct or indirect beneficial ownership 
in, or control or direction over, any class or series of securities of the Company, 
including the number or principal amount and the date(s) on which such securities 
were acquired; 

(ii) 

their interests in, or rights or obligations associated with, an agreement, arrangement 
or understanding, the purpose or effect of which is to alter, directly or indirectly, the 

D-18 

  
person's economic interest in a security of the Company or the person's economic 
exposure to the Company; 

(iii)  any relationships, agreements or arrangements, including financial compensation 

and indemnity related relationships, agreements or arrangements, between the 
Nominating Shareholder or any affiliates or associates of, or any person or entity 
acting jointly or in concert with, the Nominating Shareholder and any Proposed 
Nominee; 

(iv)  any proxy, contract, arrangement, agreement or understanding pursuant to which 
such person, or any of its affiliates or associates, or any person acting jointly or in 
concert with such person, has any interests, rights or obligations relating to the 
voting of any securities of the Company or the nomination of directors to the board; 

(v)  a representation that the Nominating Shareholder is a holder of record of securities 
of the Company, or a beneficial owner, entitled to vote at such meeting, and intends 
to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such nomination; 

(vi)  a representation as to whether such person intends to deliver a proxy circular and/or 

form of proxy to any shareholder of the Company in connection with such 
nomination or otherwise solicit proxies or votes from shareholders of the Company 
in support of such nomination; and  

(vii)  any other information relating to such person that would be required to be included 
in a dissident proxy circular or other filings required to be made in connection with 
solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to the BCA or as required 
by applicable securities law.  

(5) 

Delivery of Information 

Despite any other provision of these Articles relating to giving of notice, any notice, or other document or 
information required to be given to the corporate secretary pursuant to this Section 10.10 may only be given 
by personal delivery, facsimile transmission or by email (at such email address as may be stipulated from 
time to time by the corporate secretary for purposes of this notice), and shall be deemed to have been given 
and made only at the time it is served by personal delivery to the corporate secretary at the address of the 
principal executive offices of the Company, email (at the address as aforesaid) or sent by facsimile 
transmission (provided that receipt of confirmation of such transmission has been received); provided that if 
such deliver or electronic communication is made on a day which is not a business day or later than 5:00 
p.m. (Vancouver time) on a day which is a business day, then such delivery or electronic communication 
shall be deemed to have been made on the next following day that is a business day.  

(6) 

Additional Matters 

(a) 

(b) 

The chair of any meeting of shareholders of the Company shall have the power to determine 
whether any proposed nomination is made in accordance with the provisions of this Section 
10.10,  and  if  any  proposed  nomination  is  not  in  compliance  with  such  provisions,  must 
declare  that  such  defective  nomination  shall  not  be  considered  at  any  meeting  of 
shareholders. 

Despite  any  other  provision  of  this  Section  10.10,  if  the  Nominating  Shareholder  (or  a 
qualified  representative  of  the  Nominating  Shareholder)  does  not  appear  at  the  meeting  of 
shareholders  of  the  Company  to  present  the  nomination,  such  nomination  shall  be 
disregarded,  notwithstanding  that  proxies  in  respect  of  such  nomination  may  have  been 
received by the Company. 

D-19 

  
 
(c) 

(d) 

The board may, in its sole discretion, waive any requirement in this Section 10.10. 

For the purposes of this Section 10.10, "public announcement" means disclosure in a press 
release  disseminated  by  the  Company  through  a  national  news  service  in  Canada,  or  in  a 
document  filed  by  the  Company  for  public  access  under  its  profile  on  the  System  of 
Electronic Document Analysis and Retrieval at www.sedar.com.  

(7) 

Annual or Special Meetings of Shareholders 

For business to be properly brought before a meeting by a shareholder of the Company, such shareholder 
must submit a proposal to the Company for inclusion in the Company’s management proxy circular in 
accordance with the requirements of the BCA; provided that any proposal that includes nominations for the 
election of directors shall also comply with the requirements of Section 10.10(1) to Section 10.10(6). 

ARTICLE 11 
PROCEEDINGS AT MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS 

Section 11.1 

Special Business 

At a meeting of shareholders, the following business is special business: 

(1) 

at a  meeting of shareholders that is not an annual general  meeting, all business is special business 
except business relating to the conduct of or voting at the meeting; 

(2) 

at an annual general meeting, all business is special business except for the following: 

(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

(d) 

(e) 

(f) 

(g) 

(h) 

(i) 

business relating to the conduct of or voting at the meeting; 

consideration of any financial statements of the Company presented to the meeting; 

consideration of any reports of the board or auditor; 

the setting or changing of the number of directors; 

the election or appointment of directors; 

the appointment of an auditor; 

the setting of the remuneration of an auditor; 

business arising out of a report of the board not requiring the passing of a special resolution 
or an exceptional resolution; 

any other business which, under these articles or the BCA, may be transacted at a meeting of 
shareholders without prior notice of the business being given to the shareholders. 

Section 11.2 

Special Majority 

The  majority  of  votes  required  for  the  Company  to  pass  a  special  resolution  at  a  general  meeting  of 
shareholders is two-thirds of the votes cast on the resolution. 

Section 11.3  Quorum 

Subject to the special rights or restrictions attached to the shares of any class or series of shares, a quorum for 
the transaction of business at a meeting of shareholders is present if shareholders who, in the aggregate, hold 

D-20 

  
at least 25% of the issued shares entitled to be voted at the meeting are present in person or represented by 
proxy, irrespective of the number of persons actually present at the meeting. 

Section 11.4  Persons Entitled to Attend Meeting 

In  addition  to  those  persons  who  are  entitled  to  vote  at  a  meeting  of  shareholders,  the  only  other  persons 
entitled  to  be  present  at  the  meeting  are  the  directors,  the  president  (if  any),  the  secretary  (if  any),  the 
assistant secretary (if any), any lawyer for the Company, the auditor of the Company, any persons invited to 
be present at the meeting by the board or by the chair of the meeting and any persons entitled or required 
under  the  BCA  or  these  Articles  to  be  present  at  the  meeting;  but  if  any  of  those  persons  does  attend  the 
meeting, that person is not to be counted in the quorum and is not entitled to vote at the meeting unless that 
person is a shareholder or proxy holder entitled to vote at the meeting. 

Section 11.5  Requirement of Quorum 

No business, other than the election of a chair of the meeting and the adjournment of the meeting, may be 
transacted at any meeting of shareholders unless a quorum of shareholders entitled to vote is present at the 
commencement of the meeting, but such quorum need not be present throughout the meeting. 

Section 11.6  Lack of Quorum 

If, within one-half hour from the time set for holding a meeting of shareholders, a quorum is not present: 

(1) 

(2) 

in the case of a general meeting requisitioned by shareholders, the meeting is dissolved, and 

in the case of any other meeting of shareholders, the meeting stands adjourned to the same day in the 
next week at the same time and place. 

Section 11.7  Lack of Quorum at Succeeding Meeting 

If, at the meeting to which the meeting referred to in Section 11.6(2) was adjourned, a quorum is not present 
within one-half hour from the time set for holding the meeting, the person or persons present and being, or 
representing  by  proxy,  one  or  more  shareholders  entitled  to  attend  and  vote  at  the  meeting  constitute  a 
quorum. 

Section 11.8  Chair 

The following individual is entitled to preside as chair at a meeting of shareholders: 

(1) 

(2) 

the chair of the board, if any; or 

if the chair of the board is absent or unwilling to act as chair of the meeting, the president, if any. 

Section 11.9 

Selection of Alternate Chair 

If, at any meeting of shareholders, there is no chair of the board or president present within 15 minutes after 
the time set for holding the meeting, or if the chair of the board and the president are unwilling to act as chair 
of the meeting, or if the chair of the board and the president have advised the secretary, if any, or any director 
present at the meeting, that they will not be present at the meeting, the directors present must choose one of 
their number to be chair of the meeting.  If all of the directors present decline to take the chair or fail to so 
choose or if no director is present, the shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting who are present in person 
or by proxy may choose any person present at the meeting to chair the meeting. 

Section 11.10  Adjournments 

The  chair  of  a  meeting  of  shareholders  may,  and  if  so  directed  by  the  meeting  must,  adjourn  the  meeting 
from time to time and from place to place, but no business may be transacted at any adjourned meeting other 
than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place. 

D-21 

  
Section 11.11  Notice of Adjourned Meeting 

It  is  not  necessary  to  give  any  notice  of  an  adjourned  meeting  of  shareholders  or  of  the  business  to  be 
transacted at an adjourned meeting of shareholders except that, when a meeting is adjourned for 30 days or 
more, notice of the adjourned meeting must be given as in the case of the original meeting. 

Section 11.12  Decisions by Show of Hands or Poll 

Subject to the BCA, every motion put to a vote at a meeting of shareholders will be decided on a show of 
hands unless a poll, before or on the declaration of the result of the vote by show of hands, is directed by the 
chair or demanded by any shareholder entitled to vote who is present in person or by proxy. 

Section 11.13  Declaration of Result 

The  chair  of  a  meeting  of  shareholders  must  declare  to  the  meeting  the  decision  on  every  question  in 
accordance with the result of the show of hands or the poll, as the case may be, and that decision must be 
entered in the minutes of the meeting. A declaration of the chair that a resolution is carried by the necessary 
majority or is defeated is, unless a poll is directed by the chair or demanded under Section 11.12, conclusive 
evidence  without  proof  of  the  number  or  proportion  of  the  votes  recorded  in  favour  of  or  against  the 
resolution. 

Section 11.14  Motion Need Not be Seconded 

No  motion  proposed  at  a  meeting  of  shareholders  need  be  seconded  unless  the  chair  of  the  meeting  rules 
otherwise, and the chair of any meeting of shareholders is entitled to propose or second a motion. 

Section 11.15  Casting Vote 

In the case of an equality of votes, the chair of a meeting of shareholders does not, either on a show of hands 
or on a poll, have a second or casting vote in addition to the vote or votes to which the chair may be entitled 
as a shareholder. 

Section 11.16  Manner of Taking Poll 

Subject to Section 11.17, if a poll is duly demanded at a meeting of shareholders: 

(1) 

the poll must be taken: 

(a) 

at the meeting, or within seven days after the date of the meeting, as the chair of the meeting 
directs; and 

(b) 

in the manner, at the time and at the place that the chair of the meeting directs; 

the result of the poll is deemed to be the decision of the meeting at which the poll is demanded; and 

the demand for the poll may be withdrawn by the person who demanded it. 

(2) 

(3) 

Section 11.17  Demand for Poll on Adjournment 

A poll demanded at a meeting of shareholders on a question of adjournment must be taken immediately at 
the meeting. 

Section 11.18  Chair Must Resolve Dispute 

In the case of any dispute as to the admission or rejection of a vote given on a poll, the chair of the meeting 
must determine the dispute, and his or her determination made in good faith is final and conclusive. 

D-22 

  
Section 11.19  Casting of Votes 

On a poll, a shareholder entitled to more than one vote need not cast all the votes in the same way. 

Section 11.20  No Demand for Poll on Election of Chair 

No poll may be demanded in respect of the vote by which a chair of a meeting of shareholders is elected. 

Section 11.21  Demand for Poll Not to Prevent Continuance of Meeting 

The demand for a poll at a meeting of shareholders does not, unless the chair of the meeting so rules, prevent 
the continuation of the meeting for the transaction of any business other than the question on which a poll has 
been demanded. 

Section 11.22  Retention of Ballots and Proxies 

The Company must, for at least three months after a meeting of shareholders, keep each ballot cast on a poll 
and  each  proxy  voted  at  the  meeting,  and,  during  that  period,  make  them  available  for  inspection  during 
normal business hours by any shareholder or proxyholder entitled to vote at the meeting. At the end of such 
three month period, the Company may destroy such ballots and proxies. 

ARTICLE 12 
VOTES OF SHAREHOLDERS 

Section 12.1  Number of Votes by Shareholder or by Shares 

Subject  to  any  special  rights  or  restrictions  attached  to  any  shares  and  to  the  restrictions  imposed  on  joint 
shareholders under Section 12.3: 

(1) 

(2) 

on a vote by show of hands, every person present who is a shareholder or proxy holder and entitled 
to vote on the matter has one vote; and 

on  a  poll,  every  shareholder  entitled  to  vote  on  the  matter  has  one  vote  in  respect  of  each  share 
entitled to be voted on the matter and held by that shareholder and may exercise that vote either in 
person or by proxy. 

Section 12.2  Votes of Persons in Representative Capacity 

A person who is not a shareholder may vote at a meeting of shareholders, whether on a show of hands or on a 
poll, and may appoint a proxy holder to act at the meeting, if, before doing so, the person satisfies the chair 
of the meeting, or the board, that the person is a legal personal representative or a trustee in bankruptcy for a 
shareholder who is entitled to vote at the meeting. 

Section 12.3  Votes by Joint Holders 

If there are joint shareholders registered in respect of any share: 

(1) 

(2) 

any one of the joint shareholders may vote at any meeting of shareholders, personally or by proxy, in 
respect of the share as if that joint shareholder were solely entitled to it; or 

if more than one of the joint shareholders is present at any meeting of shareholders, personally or by 
proxy,  and  more  than  one  of  them  votes  in  respect  of  that  share,  then  only  the  vote  of  the  joint 
shareholder present whose name stands first on the central securities register in respect of the share 
will be counted. 

D-23 

  
Section 12.4  Legal Personal Representatives as Joint Shareholders 

Two or more legal personal representatives of a shareholder in whose sole name any share is registered are, 
for the purposes of Section 12.3, deemed to be joint shareholders registered in respect of that share. 

Section 12.5  Representative of a Corporate Shareholder 

If  a  corporation  that  is  not  a  subsidiary  of  the  Company  is  a  shareholder,  that  corporation  may  appoint  a 
person to act as its representative at any meeting of shareholders of the Company, and: 

(1) 

for that purpose, the instrument appointing a representative must be received: 

(a) 

(b) 

at the registered office of the Company or at any other place specified, in the notice calling 
the meeting, for the receipt of proxies, at least the number of business days specified in the 
notice  for  the  receipt  of  proxies,  or  if  no  number  of  days  is  specified,  two  business  days 
before the day set for the holding of the meeting or any adjourned meeting; or 

at the meeting or any adjourned meeting, by the chair of the meeting or adjourned meeting or 
by a person designated by the chair of the meeting or adjourned meeting; 

(2) 

if a representative is appointed under this Section 12.5: 

(a) 

(b) 

the representative is entitled to exercise in respect of and at that meeting the same rights on 
behalf of the corporation that the representative represents as that corporation could exercise 
if  it  were  a  shareholder  who  is  an  individual,  including,  without  limitation,  the  right  to 
appoint a proxy holder; and 

the  representative,  if  present  at  the  meeting,  is  to  be  counted  for  the  purpose  of  forming  a 
quorum and is deemed to be a shareholder present in person at the meeting. 

Evidence of the appointment of any such representative may be sent to the Company by written instrument, 
fax or any other method of transmitting legibly recorded messages. 

Section 12.6  When Proxy Holder Need Not Be Shareholder 

A person must not be appointed as a proxy holder unless the person is a shareholder, although a person who 
is not a shareholder may be appointed as a proxy holder if: 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

the person appointing the proxy holder is a corporation or a representative of a corporation appointed 
under Section 12.5; 

the Company has at the time of the meeting for which the proxy holder is to be appointed only one 
shareholder entitled to vote at the meeting;  

the shareholders present in person or by proxy at and entitled to vote at the meeting for which the 
proxy holder is to be appointed, by a resolution on which the proxy holder is not entitled to vote but 
in  respect  of  which  the  proxy  holder  is  to  be  counted  in  the  quorum,  permit  the  proxy  holder  to 
attend and vote at the meeting; or 

(4) 

the Company is a public company. 

Section 12.7  When Proxy Provisions Do Not Apply to the Company 

If and for so long as the Company is a public company, Section 12.8 to Section 12.16 apply only insofar as 
they  are  not  inconsistent  with  any  Canadian  securities  legislation  applicable  to  the  Company,  any  U.S. 

D-24 

  
securities  legislation  applicable  to  the  Company  or  any  rules  of  an  exchange  on  which  securities  of  the 
Company are listed. 

Section 12.8  Appointment of Proxy Holders 

Every shareholder of the Company, including a corporation that is a shareholder but not a subsidiary of the 
Company, entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders may, by proxy, appoint one or more proxy holders to 
attend and act at the meeting in the manner, to the extent and with the powers conferred by the proxy. 

Section 12.9  Alternate Proxy Holders 

A shareholder may appoint one or more alternate proxy holders to act in the place of an absent proxy holder. 

Section 12.10  Deposit of Proxy 

A proxy for a meeting of shareholders must: 

(1) 

(2) 

be  received  at  the  registered  office  of  the  Company  or  at  any  other  place  specified,  in  the  notice 
calling the meeting, for the receipt of proxies, at least the number of business days specified in the 
notice, or if no number of days is specified, two business days before the day set for the holding of 
the meeting or any adjourned meeting; or 

unless the notice provides otherwise, be received, at the meeting or any adjourned meeting, by the 
chair of the meeting or adjourned meeting or by a person designated by the chair of the meeting or 
adjourned meeting. 

A proxy may be sent to the Company by written instrument, fax or any other method of transmitting legibly 
recorded messages. 

Section 12.11  Validity of Proxy Vote 

A vote given in accordance with the terms of a proxy is valid notwithstanding the death or incapacity of the 
shareholder giving the proxy and despite the revocation of the proxy or the revocation of the authority under 
which the proxy is given, unless notice in writing of that death, incapacity or revocation is received: 

(a) 

(b) 

at the registered office of the Company, at any time up to and including the last business day before 
the day set for the holding of the meeting or any adjourned meeting at which the proxy is to be used; 
or 

at the meeting or any adjourned meeting, by the chair of the meeting or adjourned meeting, before 
any vote in respect of which the proxy has been given has been taken. 

Section 12.12  Form of Proxy 

A proxy, whether for a specified meeting or otherwise, must be either in the following form or in any other 
form approved by the board or the chair of the meeting: 

[name of Company] 

(the "Company") 

The  undersigned,  being  a  shareholder  of  the  Company,  hereby  appoints  [name]  or,  failing  that  person, 
[name], as proxy holder for the undersigned to attend, act and vote for and on behalf of the undersigned at 
the meeting of shareholders of the Company to be held on [month, day, year] and at any adjournment of that 
meeting. 

Number of shares in respect of which this proxy is given (if no number is specified, then this proxy is given 
in respect of all shares registered in the name of the undersigned): _________________________________ 

D-25 

  
____________________________ 
Signed [month, day, year] 

____________________________ 
[Signature of shareholder] 

____________________________ 
[Name of shareholder - printed] 

Section 12.13  Revocation of Proxy 

Subject to Section 12.14, every proxy may be revoked by an instrument in writing that is received: 

(1) 

(2) 

at the registered office of the Company at any time up to and including the last business day before 
the day set for the holding of the meeting or any adjourned meeting at which the proxy is to be used; 
or 

at the meeting or any adjourned meeting, by the chair of the meeting or adjourned meeting, before 
any vote in respect of which the proxy has been given has been taken. 

Section 12.14  Revocation of Proxy Must Be Signed 

An instrument referred to in Section 12.13 must be signed as follows: 

(1) 

(2) 

if the shareholder for whom the proxy holder is appointed is an individual, the instrument must be 
signed by the shareholder or his or her legal personal representative or trustee in bankruptcy; or 

if the shareholder for whom the proxy holder is appointed is a corporation, the instrument must be 
signed by the corporation or by a representative appointed for the corporation under Section 12.5. 

Section 12.15  Chair May Determine Validity of Proxy. 

The  chair  of  any  meeting  of  shareholders  may  determine  whether  or  not  a  proxy  deposited  for  use  at  the 
meeting,  which  may  not  strictly  comply  with  the  requirements  of  this  Article 12  as  to  form,  execution, 
accompanying documentation, time of filing or otherwise, shall be valid for use at the meeting, and any such 
determination made in good faith shall be final, conclusive and binding upon the meeting. 

Section 12.16  Production of Evidence of Authority to Vote 

The chair of any meeting of shareholders may, but need not, inquire into the authority of any person to vote 
at the meeting and may, but need not, demand from that person production of evidence as to the existence of 
the authority to vote. 

Section 13.1  Number of Directors 

ARTICLE 13 
DIRECTORS 

(1) 

(2) 

The number of directors is the number determined from time to time by directors' resolution. 

If  the  number  of  directors  has  not  been  determined  as  provided  in  paragraph  (1),  the  number  of 
directors  is  equal  to  the  number  of  directors  holding  office  immediately  following  the  most  recent 
election  or  appointment  of  directors,  whether  at  an  annual  or  special  general  meeting  of  the 
shareholders, by a consent resolution of shareholders, or by the directors pursuant to Section 14.4, 
Section 14.5 or Section 14.8. 

(3) 

Notwithstanding  paragraph  (2),  the  minimum  number  of  directors  is  one  or,  if  the  company  is  a 
public company, three.  

D-26 

  
Section 13.2  Change in Number of Directors 

If the number of directors is set under Section 13.1(1): 

(1) 

(2) 

the  shareholders  may  elect  or  appoint  the  directors  needed  to  fill  any  vacancies  in  the  board  of 
directors up to that number; and 

if the shareholders do not elect or appoint the directors needed to fill any vacancies in the board of 
directors up to that number at the first meeting of shareholders following the setting of that number, 
then  the  board,  subject  to  Section  14.8,  may  appoint,  or  the  shareholders  may  elect  or  appoint, 
directors to fill those vacancies. 

Section 13.3  Board's Acts Valid Despite Vacancy 

An act or proceeding of the board is not invalid merely because fewer than the number of directors set  or 
otherwise required under these Articles is in office. 

Section 13.4  Qualifications of Directors 

A director is not required to hold a share of the Company as qualification for his or her office but must be 
qualified as required by the BCA to become, act or continue to act as a director. 

Section 13.5  Remuneration of Directors 

The directors are entitled to the remuneration for acting as directors, if any, as the board may from time to 
time determine. If the board so decides, the remuneration of the directors, if any, will be determined by the 
shareholders. That remuneration may be in addition to any salary or other remuneration paid to any officer or 
employee of the Company as such, who is also a director.  

Section 13.6  Reimbursement of Expenses of Directors 

The  Company  must  reimburse  each  director  for  the  reasonable  expenses  that  he  or  she  may  incur  in  and 
about the business of the Company.  

Section 13.7 

Special Remuneration for Directors 

If any director performs any professional or other services for the Company that in the opinion of the board 
are outside the ordinary duties of a director, or if any director is otherwise specially occupied in or about the 
Company's business, he or she may be paid remuneration fixed by the board, or, at the option of that director, 
fixed by ordinary resolution, and such remuneration may be either in addition to, or in substitution for, any 
other remuneration that he or she may be entitled to receive.  

Section 13.8  Gratuity, Pension or Allowance on Retirement of Director 

Unless otherwise determined by ordinary resolution, the board on behalf of the Company may pay a gratuity 
or pension or allowance on retirement to any director who has held any salaried office or place of profit with 
the  Company  or  to  his  or  her  spouse  or  dependants  and  may  make  contributions  to  any  fund  and  pay 
premiums for the purchase or provision of any such gratuity, pension or allowance. 

ARTICLE 14 
ELECTION AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS 

Section 14.1  Election at Annual General Meeting 

At every annual general meeting and in every unanimous resolution contemplated by Section 10.2: 

D-27 

  
(1) 

(2) 

the shareholders entitled to vote at the annual general meeting for the election of directors must elect, 
or in the unanimous resolution appoint, a board of directors consisting of the number of directors for 
the time being set under these Articles; and 

all  the  directors  cease  to  hold  office  immediately  before  the  election  or  appointment  of  directors 
under paragraph (1), but are eligible for re-election or re-appointment. 

Section 14.2  Consent to be a Director 

No election, appointment or designation of an individual as a director is valid unless: 

(1) 

(2) 

that individual consents to be a director in the manner provided for in the BCA;  

that  individual  is  elected  or  appointed  at  a  meeting  at  which  the  individual  is  present  and  the 
individual does not refuse, at the meeting, to be a director; or  

(3) 

with respect to first directors, the designation is otherwise valid under the BCA. 

Section 14.3  Failure to Elect or Appoint Directors 

If:  

(1) 

the  Company  fails  to  hold  an  annual  general  meeting,  and  all  the  shareholders  who  are  entitled  to 
vote  at  an  annual  general  meeting  fail  to  pass  the  unanimous  resolution  contemplated  by  Section 
10.2,  on  or  before  the  date  by  which  the  annual  general  meeting  is  required  to  be  held  under  the 
BCA; or  

(2) 

the shareholders fail, at the annual general meeting or in the unanimous resolution contemplated by 
Section 10.2, to elect or appoint any directors; 

then each director then in office continues to hold office until the earlier of: 

(3) 

(4) 

when his or her successor is elected or appointed; and 

when he or she otherwise ceases to hold office under the BCA or these Articles. 

Section 14.4  Places of Retiring Directors Not Filled 

If, at any meeting of shareholders at which there should be an election of directors, the places of any of the 
retiring directors are not filled by that election, those retiring directors who are not re-elected and who are 
asked  by  the  newly  elected  directors  to  continue  in  office  will,  if  willing  to  do  so,  continue  in  office  to 
complete the number of directors for the time being set pursuant to these Articles until further new directors 
are elected at a meeting of shareholders convened for that purpose. 

Section 14.5  Board May Fill Casual Vacancies 

Any casual vacancy occurring in the board of directors may be filled by the remaining directors. 

Section 14.6  Remaining Directors' Power to Act 

The  board  may  act  notwithstanding  any  vacancy  in  the  board  of  directors,  but  if  the  Company  has  fewer 
directors in office than the number set pursuant to these Articles as the quorum of directors, the board may 
only act for the purpose of appointing directors up to that number or of calling a meeting of shareholders for 
the purpose of filling any vacancies on the board of directors or, subject to the BCA, for any other purpose. 

D-28 

  
Section 14.7 

Shareholders May Fill Vacancies 

If the Company has no directors or fewer directors in office than the number set pursuant to these Articles as 
the quorum of directors, the shareholders may elect or appoint directors to fill any vacancies on the board of 
directors. 

Section 14.8  Additional Directors 

Notwithstanding Section 13.1 and Section 13.2, between annual general meetings or unanimous resolutions 
contemplated  by  Section  10.2,  the  board  may  appoint  one  or  more  additional  directors,  but  the  number  of 
additional directors appointed under this Section 14.8 must not at any time exceed: 

(1) 

(2) 

one-third of the number of first directors, if, at the time of the appointments, one or more of the first 
directors have not yet completed their first term of office; or 

in any other case, one-third of the number of the current directors who were elected or appointed as 
directors other than under this Section 14.8.  

Any  director  so  appointed  ceases  to  hold  office  immediately  before  the  next  election  or  appointment  of 
directors under Section 14.1(1), but is eligible for re-election or re-appointment. 

Section 14.9  Ceasing to be a Director 

A director ceases to be a director when: 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

the term of office of the director expires; 

the director dies; 

the director resigns as a director by notice in writing provided to the Company or a lawyer for the 
Company; or 

(4) 

the director is removed from office pursuant to Section 14.10 or Section 14.11. 

Section 14.10  Removal of Director by Shareholders 

The  Company  may  remove  any  director  before  the  expiration  of  his  or  her  term  of  office  by  special 
resolution. In that event, the shareholders may elect, or appoint by ordinary resolution, a director to fill the 
resulting  vacancy.  If  the  shareholders  do  not  elect  or  appoint  a  director  to  fill  the  resulting  vacancy 
contemporaneously with the removal, then the board may appoint or the shareholders may elect, or appoint 
by ordinary resolution, a director to fill that vacancy.  

Section 14.11  Removal of Director by Directors 

The  board  may  remove  any  director  before  the  expiration  of  his  or  her  term  of  office  if  the  director  is 
convicted of an indictable offence, or if the director ceases to be qualified to act as a director of a company 
and does not promptly resign, and the board may appoint a director to fill the resulting vacancy. 

ARTICLE 15 
POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE BOARD 

Section 15.1  Powers of Management 

The board must, subject to the BCA and these Articles, manage or supervise the management of the business 
and affairs of the Company and has the authority to exercise all such powers of the Company as are not, by 
the BCA or by these Articles, required to be exercised by the shareholders of the Company. 

D-29 

  
Section 15.2  Appointment of Attorney of Company 

The board may from time to time, by power of attorney or other instrument, under seal if so required by law, 
appoint any person to be the attorney of the Company for such purposes, and with such powers, authorities 
and  discretions  (not  exceeding  those  vested  in  or  exercisable  by  the  directors  under  these  Articles  and 
excepting  the  power  to  fill  vacancies  in  the  board  of  directors,  to  remove  a  director,  to  change  the 
membership of, or fill vacancies in, any committee of the board, to appoint or remove officers appointed by 
the  board  and  to  declare  dividends)  and  for  such  period,  and  with  such  remuneration  and  subject  to  such 
conditions  as  the  board  may  think  fit.  Any  such  power  of  attorney  may  contain  such  provisions  for  the 
protection or convenience of persons dealing with such attorney as the board thinks fit. Any such attorney 
may be authorized by the board to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions for the 
time being vested in him or her.  

ARTICLE 16 
 INTERESTS OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS 

Section 16.1  Obligation to Account for Profits 

A director or senior officer who holds a disclosable interest (as that term is used in the BCA) in a contract or 
transaction into which the Company has entered or proposes to enter is liable to account to the Company for 
any profit that accrues to the director or senior officer under or as a result of the contract or transaction only 
if and to the extent provided in the BCA. 

Section 16.2  Restrictions on Voting by Reason of Interest 

A director who holds a disclosable interest in a contract or transaction into which the Company has entered 
or proposes to enter is not entitled to vote on any directors' resolution to approve that contract or transaction, 
unless all the directors have a disclosable interest in that contract or transaction, in which case any or all of 
those directors may vote on such resolution.  

Section 16.3 

Interested Director Counted in Quorum 

A director who holds a disclosable interest in a contract or transaction into which the Company has entered 
or proposes to enter and who is present at the meeting  of the board at which the contract or transaction is 
considered for approval may be counted in the quorum at the meeting whether or not the director votes on 
any or all of the resolutions considered at the meeting. 

Section 16.4  Disclosure of Conflict of Interest or Property 

A director or senior officer who holds any office or possesses any property, right or interest that could result, 
directly or indirectly, in the creation of a duty or interest that materially conflicts with that individual's duty 
or interest as a director or senior officer, must disclose the nature and extent of the conflict as required by the 
BCA. 

Section 16.5  Director Holding Other Office in the Company 

A director may hold any office or place of profit with the Company, other than the office of auditor of the 
Company, in addition to his or her office of director for the period and on the terms (as to remuneration or 
otherwise) that the board may determine. 

Section 16.6  No Disqualification 

No director or intended director is disqualified by his or her office from contracting with the Company either 
with regard to the holding of any office or place of profit the director holds with the Company or as vendor, 
purchaser or otherwise, and no contract or transaction entered into by or on behalf of the Company in which 
a director is in any way interested is liable to be voided for that reason. 

D-30 

  
Section 16.7  Professional Services by Director or Officer 

Subject to the BCA, a director or officer, or any person in which a director or officer has an interest, may act 
in a professional capacity for the Company, except as auditor of the Company, and the director or officer or 
such  person  is  entitled  to  remuneration  for  professional  services  as  if  that  director  or  officer  were  not  a 
director or officer. 

Section 16.8  Director or Officer in Other Corporations 

A  director  or  officer  may  be  or  become  a  director,  officer  or  employee  of,  or  otherwise  interested  in,  any 
person in which the Company may be interested as a shareholder or otherwise, and, subject to the BCA, the 
director or officer is not accountable to the Company for any remuneration or other benefits received by him 
or her as director, officer or employee of, or from his or her interest in, such other person. 

ARTICLE 17 
PROCEEDINGS OF THE BOARD 

Section 17.1  Meetings of the Board 

The board may meet for the conduct of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate its meetings as the board 
thinks fit, and meetings of the board held at regular intervals may be held at the place, at the time and on the 
notice, if any, as the board may from time to time determine. 

Section 17.2  Voting at Meetings 

Questions arising at any meeting of the board are to be decided by a majority of votes and, in the case of an 
equality of votes, the chair of the meeting does not have a second or casting vote. 

Section 17.3  Chair of Meetings 

The following individual is entitled to preside as chair at a meeting of the board: 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

the chair of the board, if any; 

in the absence of the chair of the board, the president, if any, if the president is a director; or 

any other director chosen by the directors present if: 

(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

neither the chair of the board nor the president, if a director, is present at the meeting within 
15 minutes after the time set for holding the meeting; 

neither the chair of the board nor the president, if a director, is willing to chair the meeting; 
or 

the chair of the board and the president, if a director, have advised the secretary, if any, or 
any other director, that they will not be present at the meeting. 

Section 17.4  Meetings by Telephone or Other Communications Medium 

A director may participate in a meeting of the board or of any committee of the board: 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

in person; 

by telephone; or 

with  the  consent  of  all  directors  who  wish  to  participate  in  the  meeting,  by  other  communications 
medium;  

D-31 

  
if  all  directors  participating  in  the  meeting,  whether  in  person,  or  by  telephone  or  other  communications 
medium,  are  able  to  communicate  with  each  other.    A  director  who  participates  in  a  meeting  in  a  manner 
contemplated by this Section 17.4 is deemed for all purposes of the BCA and these Articles to be present at 
the meeting and to have agreed to participate in that manner. 

Section 17.5  Calling of Meetings 

A director may, and the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Company, if any, on the request of a director 
must, call a meeting of the board at any time.  

Section 17.6  Notice of Meetings 

Other than for meetings held at regular intervals as determined by the board pursuant to Section 17.1 or as 
provided in Section 17.7, reasonable notice of each meeting of the board, specifying the place, day and time 
of that meeting must be given to each of the directors by any method set out in Section 23.1 or orally or by 
telephone. 

Section 17.7  When Notice Not Required 

It is not necessary to give notice of a meeting of the board to a director if: 

(1) 

the meeting is to be held immediately following a meeting of shareholders at which that director was 
elected or appointed, or is the meeting of the board at which that director is appointed; or 

(2) 

the director has waived notice of the meeting. 

Section 17.8  Meeting Valid Despite Failure to Give Notice 

The accidental omission to give notice of any meeting of the board to, or the non-receipt of any notice by, 
any director does not invalidate any proceedings at that meeting. 

Section 17.9  Waiver of Notice of Meetings 

Any director may send to the Company a document signed by him or her waiving notice of any past, present 
or  future  meeting  or  meetings  of  the  board  and  may  at  any  time  withdraw  that  waiver  with  respect  to 
meetings held after that withdrawal. After sending a waiver with respect to all future meetings and until that 
waiver is withdrawn, no notice of any meeting of the board need be given to that director, and all meetings of 
the board so held are deemed not to be improperly called or constituted by reason of notice not having been 
given to such director. 

Attendance of a director at a meeting of the board is a waiver of notice of the meeting, unless that director 
attends the  meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business  on the grounds 
that the meeting is not lawfully called. 

Section 17.10  Quorum 

The quorum necessary for the transaction of the business at a meeting of the board may be set by the board 
and, if not so set, is deemed to be set at a majority of the number of directors then in office.  If the number of 
directors  is  set  at  one,  the  quorum  is  deemed  to  be  set  at  one  director,  and  that  director  may  constitute  a 
meeting. 

Section 17.11  Validity of Acts Where Appointment Defective 

Subject  to  the  BCA,  an  act  of  a  director  or  officer  is  not  invalid  merely  because  of  an  irregularity  in  the 
election or appointment or a defect in the qualification of that director or officer. 

Section 17.12  Consent Resolutions in Writing 

A resolution of the board or of any committee of the board may be passed without a meeting: 

D-32 

  
(1) 

(2) 

in all cases, if each of the directors entitled to vote on the resolution consents to it in writing; or 

in  the  case  of  a  resolution  to  approve  a  contract  or  transaction  in  respect  of  which  a  director  has 
disclosed  that  he  or  she  has  or  may  have  a  disclosable  interest,  if  each  of  the  other  directors  who 
have not made such a disclosure consents in writing to the resolution. 

A  consent  in  writing  under  this  Section  17.12  may  be  by  any  written  instrument,  fax,  e-mail  or  any  other 
method of transmitting legibly recorded messages in which the consent of the director is evidenced, whether 
or not the signature of the director is included in the record.  A consent in writing may be in two or more 
counterparts which together are deemed to constitute one consent in writing.  A resolution of the board or of 
any committee of the board passed in accordance with this Section 17.12 is effective on the date stated in the 
consent  in  writing  or  on  the  latest  date  stated  on  any  counterpart  and  is  deemed  to  be  a  proceeding  at  a 
meeting of the board or of the committee of the board and to be as valid and effective as if it had been passed 
at a meeting of the board or of the committee of the board that satisfies all the requirements of the BCA and 
all the requirements of these Articles relating to meetings of the board or of a committee of the board. 

ARTICLE 18 
EXECUTIVE AND OTHER COMMITTEES 

Section 18.1  Appointment and Powers of Executive Committee 

The board may, by resolution, appoint an executive committee consisting of the director or directors that they 
consider  appropriate,  and during the  intervals  between  meetings  of  the  board all  of  the  board's  powers  are 
delegated to the executive committee, except:  

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

the power to fill vacancies in the board of directors; 

the power to remove a director; 

the power to change the membership of, or fill vacancies in, any committee of the board; and 

such other powers, if any, as may be set out in the resolution or any subsequent directors' resolution. 

Section 18.2  Appointment and Powers of Other Committees 

The board may, by resolution: 

(1) 

appoint one or more committees (other than the executive committee) consisting of the director or 
directors that they consider appropriate; 

(2) 

delegate to a committee appointed under paragraph (1) any of the board's powers, except: 

(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

(d) 

the power to fill vacancies in the board of directors; 

the power to remove a director; 

the power to change the membership of, or fill vacancies in, any committee of the board; and 

the power to appoint or remove officers appointed by the board; and 

(3) 

make any delegation referred to in paragraph (2) subject to the conditions set out in the resolution or 
any subsequent directors' resolution. 

D-33 

  
Section 18.3  Obligations of Committees 

Any committee appointed under Section 18.1 or Section 18.2, in the exercise of the powers delegated to it, 
must: 

(1) 

(2) 

conform to any rules that may from time to time be imposed on it by the board; and 

report every act or thing done in exercise of those powers at such times as the board may require. 

Section 18.4  Powers of Board 

The board may, at any time, with respect to a committee appointed under Section 18.1 or Section 18.2: 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

revoke or alter the authority given to the committee, or override a decision made by the committee, 
except as to acts done before such revocation, alteration or overriding; 

terminate the appointment of, or change the membership of, the committee; and 

fill vacancies in the committee. 

Section 18.5  Committee Meetings 

Subject  to  Section  18.3(1)  and  unless  the  board  otherwise  provides  in  the  resolution  appointing  the 
committee  or  in  any  subsequent  resolution,  with  respect  to  a  committee  appointed  under  Section  18.1  or 
Section 18.2: 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

the committee may meet and adjourn as it thinks proper; 

the  committee  may  elect  a  chair  of  its  meetings  but,  if  no  chair  of  a  meeting  is  elected,  or  if  at  a 
meeting the chair of the meeting is not present within 15 minutes after the time set for holding the 
meeting, the directors present who are members of the committee may choose one of their number to 
chair the meeting; 

a majority of the members of the committee constitutes a quorum of the committee; and 

questions  arising  at  any  meeting  of  the  committee  are  determined  by  a  majority  of  votes  of  the 
members present, and in the case of an equality of votes, the chair of the meeting does not have a 
second or casting vote. 

Section 19.1  Board May Appoint Officers 

ARTICLE 19 
OFFICERS 

The board may, from time to time, appoint such officers, if any, as the board determines and the board may, 
at any time, terminate any such appointment.  

Section 19.2  Functions, Duties and Powers of Officers 

The board may, for each officer: 

(1) 

(2) 

determine the functions and duties of the officer; 

delegate to the officer any of the powers exercisable by the board on such terms and conditions and 
with such restrictions as the board thinks fit; and 

(3) 

revoke, withdraw, alter or vary all or any of the functions, duties and powers of the officer. 

D-34 

  
Section 19.3  Qualifications  

No  officer  may be  appointed  unless  that  officer  is  qualified  in  accordance  with  the  BCA. One  person  may 
hold more than one position as an officer of the Company. Any person appointed as the chair of the board 
must be a director. Any other officer need not be a director.  

Section 19.4  Remuneration and Terms of Appointment 

All appointments of officers are to be made on the terms and conditions and at the remuneration (whether by 
way of salary, fee, commission, participation in profits or otherwise) that the board thinks fit and are subject 
to termination at the pleasure of the board, and an officer may in addition to such remuneration be entitled to 
receive, after he or she ceases to hold such office or leaves the employment of the Company, a pension or 
gratuity.  

ARTICLE 20 
INDEMNIFICATION 

Section 20.1  Definitions 

In this Article 20: 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

"eligible penalty" means a judgment, penalty or fine awarded or imposed in, or an amount paid in 
settlement of, an eligible proceeding; 

"eligible proceeding" means a legal proceeding or investigative action, whether current, threatened, 
pending or completed, in which a director, former director, officer or former officer of the Company 
(an "eligible party") or any of the heirs and legal personal representatives of the eligible party, by 
reason of the eligible party being or having been a director of the Company: 

(a) 

(b) 

is or may be joined as a party; or 

is or may be liable for or in respect of a judgment, penalty or fine in, or expenses related to, 
the proceeding; 

"expenses" has the meaning set out in the BCA; and 

"officer" means a person appointed by the board as an officer of the Company. 

Section 20.2  Mandatory Indemnification of Directors 

Subject to the BCA, the Company must indemnify a director, former director, officer or former officer of the 
Company and his or her heirs and legal personal representatives against all eligible penalties to which such 
person is or may be liable, and the Company must, after the final disposition of an eligible proceeding, pay 
the expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person in respect of that proceeding.  Each director 
and officer is deemed to have contracted with the Company on the terms of the indemnity contained in this 
Section 20.2. 

Section 20.3  Permitted Indemnification  

Notwithstanding Section 20.2 and subject to any restrictions in the BCA, the Company may indemnify any 
person. 

Section 20.4  Non-Compliance with BCA 

The failure of a director or officer of the Company to comply with the BCA or these Articles or, if applicable, 
any former Articles, does not invalidate any indemnity to which he or she is entitled under this Article 20. 

D-35 

  
Section 20.5  Company May Purchase Insurance 

The Company may purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any person (or his or her heirs or legal 
personal representatives) who:  

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company; 

is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of a corporation at a time when the corporation is or 
was an affiliate of the Company; 

at the request of the Company, is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of a corporation or of 
a partnership, trust, joint venture or other unincorporated entity; 

at the request of the Company, holds or held a position equivalent to that of a director, or officer of a 
partnership, trust, joint venture or other unincorporated entity;  

against any liability incurred by him or her as such director, officer, employee or agent or person who holds 
or held such equivalent position. 

ARTICLE 21 
DIVIDENDS 

Section 21.1  Payment of Dividends Subject to Special Rights 

The provisions of this Article 21 are subject to the rights, if any, of shareholders holding shares with special 
rights as to dividends. 

Section 21.2  Declaration of Dividends 

Subject to the BCA, the board may from time to time declare and authorize payment of such dividends as it 
may consider appropriate. 

Section 21.3  No Notice Required 

The board need not give notice to any shareholder of any declaration under Section 21.2. 

Section 21.4  Record Date 

The board may set a date as the record date for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to receive 
payment  of  a  dividend.  The  record  date  must  not  precede  the  date  on  which  the  dividend  is  to  be  paid by 
more  than  two  months.  If  no  record  date  is  set,  the  record  date  is  5  p.m.  on  the  date  on  which  the  board 
passes the resolution declaring the dividend. 

Section 21.5  Manner of Paying Dividend 

A resolution declaring a dividend may direct payment of the dividend wholly or partly in money or by the 
distribution  of  specific  assets  or  of  fully  paid  shares  or  of  bonds,  debentures  or  other  securities  of  the 
Company or any other corporation, or in any one or more of those ways. 

Section 21.6 

Settlement of Difficulties 

If any difficulty arises in regard to a distribution under Section 21.5, the board may settle the difficulty as it 
deems advisable, and, in particular, may:  

(1) 

set the value for distribution of specific assets;  

D-36 

  
(2) 

determine  that  money  in  substitution  for  all  or  any  part  of  the  specific  assets  to  which  any 
shareholders are entitled may be paid to any shareholders on the basis of the value so fixed in order 
to adjust the rights of all parties; and  

(3) 

vest any such specific assets in trustees for the persons entitled to the dividend. 

Section 21.7  When Dividend Payable 

Any dividend may be made payable on such date as is fixed by the board. 

Section 21.8  Dividends to be Paid in Accordance with Number of Shares 

All dividends on shares of any class or series of shares must be declared and paid according to the number of 
such shares held. 

Section 21.9  Receipt by Joint Shareholders 

If several persons are joint shareholders of any share, any one of them may give an effective receipt for any 
dividend, bonus or other money payable in respect of the share. 

Section 21.10  Dividend Bears No Interest 

No dividend bears interest against the Company. 

Section 21.11  Fractional Dividends 

If  a  dividend  to  which  a  shareholder  is  entitled  includes  a  fraction  of  the  smallest  monetary  unit  of  the 
currency  of  the  dividend,  that  fraction  may  be  disregarded  in  making  payment  of  the  dividend  and  that 
payment represents full payment of the dividend. 

Section 21.12  Payment of Dividends 

Any  dividend  or  other  distribution  payable  in  in  respect  of  shares  will  be  paid  by  cheque  or  by  electronic 
means or by such other method as the directors may determine.  The payment will be made to or to the order 
of each registered holder of shares in respect of which the payment is to be made.  Cheques will be sent to 
the  registered  address  of  the  shareholder,  unless  the  shareholder  otherwise  directs.    In  the  case  of  joint 
holders, the payment will be made to the order of all such joint holders and, if applicable, sent to them at the 
registered address of the joint shareholder who is first named on the central securities register, unless such 
joint holders otherwise direct.  The sending of the cheque or the sending of the payment by electronic means 
or the sending of the payment by a method determined by the directors in an amount equal to the dividend or 
other distribution to be paid less any tax that the Company is required to withhold will satisfy and discharge 
the liability for the payment, unless payment is not made upon presentation, if applicable, or the amount of 
tax so deducted is not paid to the appropriate taxing authority. 

Section 21.13  Capitalization of Retained Earnings or Surplus 

Notwithstanding  anything  contained  in  these  Articles,  the  board  may  from  time  to  time  capitalize  any 
retained earnings or surplus of the Company and may from time to time issue, as fully paid, shares or any 
bonds,  debentures  or  other  securities  of  the  Company  as  a  dividend  representing  the  retained  earnings  or 
surplus so capitalized or any part thereof. 

ARTICLE 22 
ACCOUNTING RECORDS AND AUDITOR 

Section 22.1  Recording of Financial Affairs 

The  board  must  cause  adequate  accounting  records  to  be  kept  to  record  properly  the  financial  affairs  and 
condition of the Company and to comply with the BCA. 

D-37 

  
Section 22.2 

Inspection of Accounting Records 

Unless  the  board  determines  otherwise,  or  unless  otherwise  determined  by  ordinary  resolution,  no 
shareholder  of  the  Company  is  entitled  to  inspect  or  obtain  a  copy  of  any  accounting  records  of  the 
Company. 

Section 22.3  Remuneration of Auditor 

The board may set the remuneration of the auditor of the Company. 

ARTICLE 23 
NOTICES 

Section 23.1  Method of Giving Notice 

Unless the  BCA or these Articles provide otherwise, a notice,  statement, report or other record required or 
permitted by the BCA or these Articles to be sent by or to a person may be sent by any one of the following 
methods: 

(1) 

mail addressed to the person at the applicable address for that person as follows: 

(a) 

(b) 

for a record mailed to a shareholder, the shareholder's registered address; 

for a record mailed to a director or officer, the prescribed address for mailing shown for the 
director or officer in the records kept by the Company or the mailing address provided by the 
recipient for the sending of that record or records of that class; 

(c) 

in any other case, the mailing address of the intended recipient; 

(2) 

delivery at the applicable address for that person as follows, addressed to the person: 

(A) 

for a record delivered to a shareholder, the shareholder's registered address; 

(B) 

for a record delivered to a director or officer, the prescribed address for delivery shown for 
the director or officer in the records kept by the Company or the delivery address provided 
by the recipient for the sending of that record or records of that class; 

(C) 

in any other case, the delivery address of the intended recipient; 

unless  the  intended  recipient  is  the  auditor  of  the  Company,  sending  the  record  by  fax  to  the  fax 
number provided by the intended recipient for the sending of that record or records of that class; 

unless the intended recipient is the auditor of the Company, sending the record by e-mail to the e-
mail address provided by the intended recipient for the sending of that record or records of that class; 

physical delivery to the intended recipient; or 

as otherwise permitted by applicable securities legislation. 

(3) 

(4) 

(5) 

(6) 

Section 23.2  Deemed Receipt  

A notice, statement, report or other record that is: 

(1) 

mailed to a person by ordinary mail to the applicable address for that person referred to in Section 
23.1 is deemed to be received by the person to whom it was mailed on the day, Saturdays, Sundays 
and holidays excepted, following the date of mailing; 

D-38 

  
(2) 

(3) 

faxed to a person to the fax number provided by that person referred to in Section 23.1 is deemed to 
be received by the person to whom it was faxed on the day it was faxed; and 

e-mailed  to  a  person  to  the  e-mail  address  provided  by  that  person  referred  to  in  Section  23.1  is 
deemed to be received by the person to whom it was e-mailed on the day it was e-mailed. 

Section 23.3  Certificate of Sending 

A  certificate  signed  by  the  secretary,  if  any,  or  other  officer  of  the  Company  or  of  any  other  corporation 
acting in that capacity on behalf of the Company stating that a notice, statement, report or other record was 
sent in accordance with Section 23.1 is conclusive evidence of that fact. 

Section 23.4  Notice to Joint Shareholders 

A notice, statement, report or other record may be provided by the Company to the joint shareholders of a 
share by providing such record to the joint shareholder first named in the central securities register in respect 
of the share. 

Section 23.5  Notice to Legal Personal Representatives and Trustees 

A notice, statement, report or other record may be provided by the Company to the persons entitled to a share 
in consequence of the death, bankruptcy or incapacity of a shareholder by: 

(1) 

mailing the record, addressed to them: 

(a) 

(b) 

by  name,  by  the  title  of  the  legal  personal  representative  of  the  deceased  or  incapacitated 
shareholder, by the title of trustee of the bankrupt shareholder or by any similar description; 
and 

at the address, if any, supplied to the Company for that purpose by the persons claiming to 
be so entitled; or 

(2) 

if  an  address  referred  to  in  paragraph  (1)(b)  has  not  been  supplied  to  the  Company,  by  giving  the 
notice in a manner in which it might have been given if the death, bankruptcy or incapacity had not 
occurred. 

Section 23.6  Undelivered Notices 

If, on two consecutive occasions, a notice, statement, report or other record is sent to a shareholder pursuant 
to Section 23.1 and on each of those occasions any such record is returned because the shareholder cannot be 
located,  the  Company  shall  not  be  required  to  send  any  further  records  to  the  shareholder  until  the 
shareholder informs the Company in writing of his or her new address. 

Section 24.1  Who May Attest Seal 

ARTICLE 24 
SEAL 

Except as provided in Section 24.2 and Section 24.3, the Company's seal, if any, must not be impressed on 
any record except when that impression is attested by the signatures of: 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

any two directors; 

any officer, together with any director; 

if the Company only has one director, that director; or 

D-39 

  
(4) 

any one or more directors or officers or persons as may be determined by the board. 

Section 24.2 

Sealing Copies 

For  the  purpose  of  certifying  under  seal  a  certificate  of  incumbency  of  the  directors  or  officers  of  the 
Company or a true copy of any resolution or other document, despite Section 24.1, the impression of the seal 
may  be  attested  by  the  signature  of  any  director  or  officer  or  the  signature  of  any  other  person  as  may  be 
determined by the board. 

Section 24.3  Mechanical Reproduction of Seal 

The board may authorize the seal to be impressed by third parties on share certificates or bonds, debentures 
or other securities of the Company as the board may determine appropriate from time to time. To enable the 
seal  to  be  impressed  on  any  share  certificates  or  bonds,  debentures  or  other  securities  of  the  Company, 
whether in definitive or interim form, on which facsimiles of any of the signatures of the directors or officers 
of  the  Company  are,  in  accordance  with  the  BCA  or  these  Articles,  printed  or  otherwise  mechanically 
reproduced, there may be delivered to the person employed to engrave, lithograph or print such definitive or 
interim share certificates or bonds, debentures or other securities one or more unmounted dies reproducing 
the seal and such persons as are authorized under Section 24.1 to attest the Company's seal may in writing 
authorize  such  person  to  cause  the  seal  to  be  impressed  on  such  definitive  or  interim  share  certificates  or 
bonds, debentures or other securities by the use of such dies. Share certificates or bonds, debentures or other 
securities to which the seal has been so impressed are for all purposes deemed to be under and to bear the 
seal impressed on them. 

ARTICLE 25 
SPECIAL RIGHTS OR RESTRICTIONS 

Section 25.1  Common Shares 

The Common Shares of the Company shall have attached thereto the following special rights or 

restrictions: 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

Voting. The holders of Common Shares shall be entitled to notice of, and to attend and vote at, all 
meetings of shareholders of the Company, and shall be entitled to one vote for each Common Share 
held at all meetings of the shareholders of the Company, other than meetings at which only holders 
of another specified class or series of shares of the Company are entitled to vote separately as a class 
or series. 

Dividends.  Subject  to  the  rights  of  the  holders  of  the  Preferred  Shares,  and  to  any  other  shares 
ranking  senior  to  the  Common  Shares  with  respect  to  priority  in  the  payment  of  dividends,  the 
holders  of  Common  Shares  shall  be  entitled  to  receive  dividends,  and  the  Company  shall  pay 
dividends thereon, as and  when declared by the board of directors of the Company out of moneys 
properly applicable to the payment of dividends, in such amount and in such form as the board may 
from time to time determine. All dividends declared on Common Shares shall be declared and paid 
in equal amounts per share on all Common Shares at the time outstanding.  

Liquidation.  In  the  event  of  the  liquidation,  dissolution  or  winding-up  of  the  Company,  whether 
voluntary or involuntary, or any other distribution of its assets among its shareholders, the holders of 
Common  Shares  shall  be  entitled  to  receive  the  remaining  property  or  assets  of  the  Company 
available  for  distribution  pro  rata,  in  proportion  to  the  number  of  Common  Shares  held,  after 
distribution  to  the  holders  of  the  Preferred  Shares  and  any  other  shares,  ranking  senior  to  the 
Common Shares with respect to priority in the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or 
winding-up, of the property or assets of the Company to which they are entitled in accordance with 
the rights attached to the Preferred Shares or such other shares ranking senior to the Common Shares. 

D-40 

  
Section 25.2 

 Preferred Shares 

The Preferred Shares of the Company shall have attached thereto the following special rights or 

restrictions: 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

Series.  The board of directors of the Company may issue the Preferred Shares at any time and from 
time to time in one or more series. Before any shares of a particular series are issued, the board shall 
fix the number of shares that will form such series and shall determine, subject to the limitations set 
out in these Articles, the designation and special rights or restrictions to be attached to the Preferred 
Shares of such series, including but without in any way limiting or restricting the generality of the 
foregoing,  the  rate  or  rates,  amount  or method  or  methods  of  calculation  of  dividends  thereon,  the 
currency  or  currencies  of  payment  of  dividends,  the  time  and  place  of  payment  of  dividends,  the 
consideration and the terms and conditions of any purchase for cancellation, retraction or redemption 
rights (if any), the conversion or exchange rights attached thereto (if any), the voting rights attached 
thereto (if any) and the terms and conditions of any share purchase plan or sinking fund with respect 
thereto.  Before  the  issue  of  the  first  shares  of  a  series,  the  board  shall  alter  these  Articles  and 
authorize  the  alteration  of  the  Notice  of  Articles  of  the  Company  to  create  the  series  and  attach 
special rights or restrictions to the shares.  

Ranking.  No special rights or restrictions attached to a series of Preferred Shares shall confer upon 
a  series  a  priority  in  respect  of  dividends  or  return  of  capital  over  any  other  series  of  Preferred 
Shares. The Preferred Shares shall be entitled to priority over the Common Shares of the Company 
and  over  any  other  shares  ranking  junior  to  the  Preferred  Shares  with  respect  to  the  payment  of 
dividends and the distribution of assets in the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of 
the  Company,  whether  voluntary  or  involuntary,  or  any  other  distribution  of  the  assets  of  the 
Company  among  its  shareholders  for  the  purpose  of  winding-up  its  affairs.  If  any  cumulative 
dividends or amounts payable on a return of capital in respect of a series of Preferred Shares are not 
paid in full, the Preferred Shares of all series shall participate rateably in respect of such dividends, 
including accumulations, if any, in accordance with the sums that would be payable on such shares if 
all  such  dividends  were  declared  and  paid  in  full,  and  in  respect  of  any  repayment  of  capital  in 
accordance with the sums that would be payable on such repayment of capital if all sums so payable 
were paid in full, provided, however, that in the event of there being insufficient assets to satisfy in 
full  all  such  claims  as  aforesaid,  the  claims  of  the  holders  of  the  Preferred  Shares  with  respect  to 
repayment  of  capital  shall  first  be  paid  and  satisfied  and  any  assets  remaining  thereafter  shall  be 
applied towards the payment and satisfaction of claims in respect of dividends. The Preferred Shares 
of any series may also be given such other preferences not inconsistent with clauses Section 25.2(2) 
to Section 25.2(4) hereof over the Common Shares and over any other shares ranking junior to the 
Preferred Shares as may be determined in the case of such series of Preferred Shares. 

Voting. Except as hereinafter referred to or as otherwise provided by law or in accordance with any 
voting rights which may from time to time be attached to any series of Preferred Shares, the holders 
of the Preferred Shares as a class shall not be entitled as such to receive notice of, to attend or to vote 
at any meeting of the shareholders of the Company. 

Approval  of  Holders  of  Preferred  Shares.  The  special  rights  or  restrictions  attached  to  the 
Preferred Shares as a class may be added to, changed or removed but only with the approval of the 
holders of Preferred Shares given as hereinafter specified. The approval of the holders of Preferred 
Shares to add to, change or remove any special right or restriction attached to the Preferred Shares as 
a class or any other matter requiring the consent of the holders of the Preferred Shares as a class may 
be  given  in  such  manner  as  may  then  be  required  by  law,  subject  to  a  minimum  requirement  that 
such approval be given by a resolution passed by the affirmative vote of not less than two-thirds of 
the  votes  cast  for  such  resolution  by  the  holders  of  Preferred  Shares  at  a  meeting  called  for  that 
purpose, or signed by all holders of Preferred Shares entitled to vote on that resolution. 

D-41 

  
Dated __________________, 2016. 

FULL  NAME  AND  SIGNATURE  OF  ONE  OF 
THE  DIRECTORS PURSUANT TO S. 302(1)(C) 
OF  THE  BUSINESS  CORPORATIONS  ACT 
(BRITISH COLUMBIA) 

 

D-42 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
APPENDIX"E" 
DISSENT PROVISIONS 

Record shareholders have the right to dissent in respect of the Continuance. Such right of dissent is 
described in the Proxy Statement. The full text of Section 190 of the CBCA is set forth below. 

SECTION 190 OF THE CANADA BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT 

190. (1) Right to dissent. — Subject to sections 191 and 241, a holder of shares of any class of a corporation 
may  dissent  if  the  corporation  is  subject  to  an  order  under  paragraph  192(4)(d)  that  affects  the  holder  or  if  the 
corporation resolves to 

(a)  amend  its  articles  under  section  173  or  174  to  add,  change  or  remove  any  provisions  restricting  or 

constraining the issue, transfer or ownership of shares of that class; 

(b) amend its articles under section 173 to add, change or remove any restriction on the business or businesses 

that the corporation may carry on; 

(c) amalgamate otherwise than under section 184; 

(d) be continued under section 188; 

(e) sell, lease or exchange all or substantially all its property under subsection 189(3); or 

(f) carry out a going-private transaction or a squeeze-out transaction. 

(2) Further right. — A holder of shares of any class or series of shares entitled to vote under section 176 may 

dissent if the corporation resolves to amend its articles in a manner described in that section. 

(2.1) If one class of shares. — The right to dissent described in subsection (2) applies even if there is only one 

class of shares. 

(3) Payment for shares. — In addition to any other right the shareholder may have, but subject to subsection 
(26), a shareholder who complies with this section is entitled, when the action approved by the resolution from which 
the shareholder dissents or an order made under subsection 192(4) becomes effective, to be paid by the corporation the 
fair value of the shares in respect of which the shareholder dissents, determined as of the close of business on the day 
before the resolution was adopted or the order was made. 

(4) No partial dissent. — A dissenting shareholder may  only claim under this section with respect to all the 

shares of a class held on behalf of any one non-record owner and registered in the name of the dissenting shareholder. 

(5)  Objection.  —  A  dissenting  shareholder  shall  send  to  the  corporation,  at  or  before  any  meeting  of 
shareholders  at  which  a  resolution  referred  to  in  subsection  (1)  or  (2)  is  to  be  voted  on,  a  written  objection  to  the 
resolution, unless the corporation did not give notice to the shareholder of the purpose of the meeting and of their right 
to dissent. 

(6) Notice of resolution. — The corporation shall, within ten days after the shareholders adopt the resolution, 
send  to  each  shareholder  who  has  filed  the  objection  referred  to  in  subsection  (5)  notice  that  the  resolution  has  been 
adopted, but such notice is not required to be sent to any shareholder who voted for the resolution or who has withdrawn 
their objection. 

 (7) Demand for payment. — A dissenting shareholder shall, within twenty days after receiving a notice under 
subsection (6) or, if the shareholder does not receive such notice, within twenty days after learning that the resolution 
has been adopted, send to the corporation a written notice containing 

(a) the shareholder’s name and address; 

E-1 

 
(b) the number and class of shares in respect of which the shareholder dissents; and 

(c) a demand for payment of the fair value of such shares. 

(8)  Share  certificate.  —  A  dissenting  shareholder  shall,  within  thirty  days  after  sending  a  notice  under 
subsection  (7),  send  the  certificates  representing  the  shares  in  respect  of  which  the  shareholder  dissents  to  the 
corporation or its transfer agent. 

(9)  Forfeiture.  —  A  dissenting  shareholder  who  fails  to  comply  with  subsection  (8)  has  no  right  to  make  a 

claim under this section. 

(10) Endorsing certificate. — A corporation or its transfer agent shall endorse on any share certificate received 
under subsection (8) a notice that the holder is a dissenting shareholder under this section and shall forthwith return the 
share certificates to the dissenting shareholder. 

(11) Suspension of rights. — On sending a notice under subsection (7), a dissenting shareholder ceases to have 
any rights as a shareholder other than to be paid the fair value of their shares as determined under this section except 
where 

(a) the shareholder withdraws that notice before the corporation makes an offer under subsection (12), 

(b) the corporation fails to make an offer in accordance with subsection (12) and the shareholder withdraws the 

notice, or 

(c)  the  directors  revoke  a  resolution  to  amend  the  articles  under  subsection  173(2)  or  174(5),  terminate  an 
amalgamation  agreement  under  subsection  183(6)  or  an  application  for  continuance  under  subsection 
188(6), or abandon a sale, lease or exchange under subsection 189(9), in which case the shareholder’s rights 
are reinstated as of the date the notice was sent. 

(12)  Offers  to  pay.  —  A  corporation  shall,  not  later  than  seven  days  after  the  later  of  the  day  on  which  the 
action approved by the resolution is effective or the day the corporation received the notice referred to in subsection (7), 
send to each dissenting shareholder who has sent such notice 

(a) a written offer to pay for their shares in an amount considered by the directors of the corporation to be the 

fair value, accompanied by a statement showing how the fair value was determined; or 

(b) if subsection (26) applies, a notification that it is unable lawfully to pay dissenting shareholders for their 

shares. 

(13) Same terms. — Every offer made under subsection (12) for shares of the same class or series shall be on 

the same terms. 

(14) Payment. — Subject to subsection (26), a corporation shall pay for the shares of a dissenting shareholder 
within ten days after an offer made under subsection (12) has been accepted, but any such offer lapses if the corporation 
does not receive an acceptance thereof within thirty days after the offer has been made. 

 (15) Corporation may apply to court. — Where a corporation fails to make an offer under subsection (12), or 
if a dissenting shareholder fails to accept an offer, the corporation may, within fifty days after the action approved by 
the resolution is effective or within such further period as a court may allow, apply to a court to fix a fair value for the 
shares of any dissenting shareholder. 

(16)  Shareholder  application  to  court.  —  If  a  corporation  fails  to  apply  to  a  court  under  subsection  (15),  a 
dissenting shareholder may apply to a court for the same purpose within a further period of twenty days or within such 
further period as a court may allow. 

E-2 

 
 
(17) Venue. — An application under subsection (15) or (16) shall be made to a court having jurisdiction in the 
place where the corporation has its registered office or in the province where the dissenting shareholder resides if the 
corporation carries on business in that province. 

(18)  No  security  for  costs.  —  A  dissenting  shareholder  is  not  required  to  give  security  for  costs  in  an 

application made under subsection (15) or (16). 

(19) Parties. — On an application to a court under subsection (15) or (16), 

(a)  all  dissenting  shareholders  whose  shares  have  not  been  purchased  by  the  corporation  shall  be  joined  as 

parties and are bound by the decision of the court; and 

(b) the corporation shall notify each affected dissenting shareholder of the date, place and consequences of the 

application and of their right to appear and be heard in person or by counsel. 

(20) Powers of court. — On an application to a court under subsection (15) or (16), the court may determine 
whether any other person is a dissenting shareholder who should be joined as a party, and the court shall then fix a fair 
value for the shares of all dissenting shareholders. 

(21) Appraisers. — A court may in its discretion appoint one or more appraisers to assist the court to fix a fair 

value for the shares of the dissenting shareholders. 

(22)  Final  order.  —  The  final  order  of  a  court  shall  be  rendered  against  the  corporation  in  favour  of  each 

dissenting shareholder and for the amount of the shares as fixed by the court. 

(23) Interest. — A court may in its discretion allow a reasonable rate of interest on the amount payable to each 

dissenting shareholder from the date the action approved by the resolution is effective until the date of payment. 

(24) Notice that subsection (26) applies. — If subsection (26) applies, the corporation shall, within ten days 
after the pronouncement of an order under subsection (22), notify each dissenting shareholder that it is unable lawfully 
to pay dissenting shareholders for their shares. 

(25) Effect where subsection (26) applies. — If subsection (26) applies, a dissenting shareholder, by written 

notice delivered to the corporation within thirty days after receiving a notice under subsection (24), may 

(a) withdraw their notice of dissent, in which case the corporation is deemed to consent to the withdrawal and 

the shareholder is reinstated to their full rights as a shareholder; or 

(b) retain a status as a claimant against the corporation, to be paid as soon as the corporation is lawfully able to 
do so or, in a liquidation, to be ranked subordinate to the rights of creditors of the corporation but in priority 
to its shareholders. 

 (26) Limitation. — A corporation shall not make a payment to a dissenting shareholder under this section if 

there are reasonable grounds for believing that 

(a) the corporation is or would after the payment be unable to pay its liabilities as they become due; or 

(b) the realizable value of the corporation’s assets would thereby be less than the aggregate of its liabilities. 

E-3 

 
 
FINANCIAL INFORMATION 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis 

Consolidated Financial Statements 

F-1 

 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

This discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations of Ballard Power 
Systems Inc. (“Ballard”, “the Company”, “we”, “us” or “our”) is prepared as at February 24, 
2016 and should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements 
and  accompanying  notes  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2015.  The  results  reported 
herein  are  presented  in  U.S.  dollars  unless  otherwise  stated  and  have  been  prepared  in 
accordance  with  International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  (“IFRS”)  as  issued  by  the 
International  Accounting  Standards  Board.  Additional  information  relating  to  the  Company, 
including  our  Annual  Information  Form,  is  filed  with  Canadian  (www.sedar.com)  and  U.S. 
securities  regulatory  authorities  (www.sec.gov)  and  is  also  available  on  our  website  at 
www.ballard.com. 

BUSINESS OVERVIEW 

At Ballard, we are building a clean energy growth company. We are recognized as a world 
leader in proton exchange membrane (“PEM”) fuel cell development and commercialization. 
Our principal business is the design, development, manufacture, sale and service of fuel cell 
products for a variety of applications, focusing on our power product markets of Heavy-Duty 
Motive  (consisting  of  bus  and  tram  applications),  Portable  Power,  Material  Handling  and 
Telecom  Backup  Power,  as  well  as  the  delivery  of  Technology  Solutions  including 
engineering services and the license and sale of our extensive intellectual property portfolio 
and fundamental knowledge for a variety of fuel cell applications. 

A  fuel  cell  is  an  environmentally  clean  electrochemical  device  that  combines  hydrogen  fuel 
with  oxygen  (from  the  air)  to  produce  electricity.  The  hydrogen  fuel  can  be  obtained  from 
natural  gas,  kerosene,  methanol  or  other  hydrocarbon  fuels,  or  from  water  through 
electrolysis.  Ballard  fuel  cell  products  feature  high  fuel  efficiency,  low  operating 
temperature, low noise and vibration, compact size, quick response to changes in electrical 
demand, modular design and environmental cleanliness. Embedded in each Ballard PEM fuel 
cell product lies a stack of unit cells designed with our proprietary technology which draws 
on intellectual property from our patent portfolio together with our extensive experience and 
know-how  in  key  areas  of  fuel  cell  stack  design,  operation,  system  integration,  and  fuel 
processing. 

We provide our customers with the positive economic and environmental benefits unique to 
fuel cell power. We plan to build value for our shareholders by developing, manufacturing, 
selling and servicing industry-leading fuel cell products to meet the needs of our customers 
in select target markets.  

Our  business  strategy  is  a  two-pronged  approach  to  build  shareholder  value  through  the 
sale  and  service  of  power  products  and  the  delivery  of  technology  solutions.  In  power 
product sales, our focus is on meeting the power needs of our customers by delivering high 
value, high reliability, high quality and innovative clean energy power products that reduce 
customer  costs  and  risks.  Through  technology  solutions,  our  focus  is  on  enabling  our 
customers  to  solve  their  technical  and  business  challenges  and  accelerate  their  fuel  cell 
programs  by  delivering  customized,  high  value,  bundled  technology  solutions,  including 
specialized  engineering  services,  access  to  our  deep  intellectual  property  portfolio  and 
know-how through licensing or sale, and providing technology component supply.  

Page 1 of 53 

 
 
 
 
 
We  are  based  in  Canada,  with  head  office,  research  and  development,  testing, 
manufacturing and service facilities in Burnaby, British Columbia. In the United States, we 
have research and development facilities in Bend, Oregon, and have a sales, manufacturing, 
and research and development facility in Southborough, Massachusetts. We use a contract 
manufacturing  facility  in  Tijuana,  Mexico.  We  also  have  a  sales,  service  and  research  and 
development facility in Hobro, Denmark.  

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS 

As  part  of  the  Company’s  rationalization  and  renewal  initiatives,  Ballard  announces  that 
three  executives  –  Paul  Cass,  COO,  Dr.  Christopher  Guzy,  CTO,  and  Steve  Karaffa,  CCO  – 
will  be  departing  from  the  Company  by  March  31,  2016.  Responsibilities  of  the  departing 
executives have now been assumed by internal personnel: David Whyte has been promoted 
from  Director,  Operations  to  VP,  Operations,  flattening  and  eliminating  duplication  in  the 
Operations  reporting  structure;  Dr.  Kevin  Colbow  is  now  VP,  Technology  and  Product 
Development,  also  retaining  his  current  responsibility  for  Technology  Solutions;  and  Karim 
Kassam  is  now  VP,  Commercial,  also  retaining  his  current  responsibility  for  Business  and 
Corporate  Development.  These  senior  management  changes  eliminate  three  C-level 
positions  through  rationalization  and  consolidation,  while  providing  an  opportunity  for  new 
approaches in these roles.  

On  December  31,  2008,  we  completed  a  restructuring  agreement  (“Arrangement”)  with 
Superior Plus Income Fund (“Superior Plus”), whereby Ballard caused its entire business and 
operations,  including  all  assets  and  liabilities,  to  be  transferred  to  a  new  corporate  entity, 
such  that  the  new  corporate  entity  held  all  of  the  same  assets,  liabilities,  directors, 
management and employees as Ballard formerly had under its old corporate entity, except 
for  its  tax  attributes.  The  Arrangement  included  an  indemnification  agreement  (the 
"Indemnity  Agreement")  which  set  out  each  party’s  continuing  obligations  to  the  other 
including  a  provision  for  adjustments  to  be  paid  by  us,  or  to  us,  depending  on  the  final 
determination  of  the  amount  of  our  Canadian  non-capital  losses,  scientific  research  and 
development expenditures and investment tax credits generated to December 31, 2008, to 
the extent that such amounts are more or less than the amounts estimated at the time the 
Arrangement  was  executed.  In  2015,  we  reached  agreement  and  signed  mutual  releases 
with  Superior  Plus  as  to  the  full  and  final  amount  payable  to  us  under  the  Indemnity 
Agreement  and  received  additional  cash  proceeds  of  approximately  $3.3  million  (Canadian 
$4.6  million)  in  February  2016.  The  cash  proceeds  receivable  have  been  recorded  as  a 
credit  to  shareholders’  equity  as  of  December  31,  2015  consistent  with  the  accounting  for 
the original transaction in 2008.  

On January 21, 2016, we announced the signing of an equipment supply agreement, valued 
at  $12  million,  with  an  existing  partner  in  China,  Guangdong  Synergy  Hydrogen  Power 
Technology  Co.,  Ltd.  (“Synergy”)  to  provide  FCvelocityTM-9SSL  fuel  cell  stacks  for  range 
extension applications in commercial vehicles in China. Ballard expects to deliver the stacks 
in  2016  and  2017.  Synergy  will  collaborate  with  Dongfeng  Xiangyangtouring  Car  Co.,  Ltd. 
(“DFAC”), which is part of Dongfeng Motor Corporation, a Chinese state-owned automobile 
manufacturer  headquartered  in  Wuhan.  Dongfeng  Motor  Corporation  is  the  largest 
manufacturer of commercial vehicles in China. Amounts earned from this agreement (nil in 
fiscal 2015) will be recorded as Heavy-Duty Motive revenues. 

Page 2 of 53 

 
 
 
 
 
On  December  29,  2015,  we  announced  that  our  subsidiary,  Protonex  Technology 
Corporation  (“Protonex”),  had  received  a  follow-on  purchase  order  from  the  U.S.  Army  for 
more  than  400  Squad  Power  Manager  (SPM-622)  Special  Operations  Kits,  with  a  value  of 
approximately $2.8 million. The purchase order was issued by the Program Executive Office 
– Soldier which has responsibility for acquiring man-worn and carried equipment utilized by 
U.S.  Army  Soldiers.  The  SPM-622  product  has  been  developed  and  is  produced  by  the 
Protonex  engineering  and  operations  team  at  the  company’s  facility  in  Southborough, 
Massachusetts for Military use. To date more than 4,000 Power Managers have been trialed 
and  deployed  by  the  United  States  and  allied  Militaries.  Amounts  earned  from  this 
agreement  ($1.7  million  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2015)  are  recorded  as  Portable  Power 
revenues. 

On  November  10,  2015,  we  announced  that  we  had  closed  a  $5  million  strategic  equity 
investment  in  Ballard  by  Nisshinbo  Holdings  Inc.  (“Nisshinbo”)  in  Japan,  as  previously 
announced  on  October  27,  2015.  The  investment  was  made  through  a  private  placement 
subscription  of  approximately  3.3  million  Ballard  common  shares  issued  from  treasury  at 
$1.5049  per  share  (based  on  a  10-day  volume  weighted  average  share  price  calculation). 
We intend to use the proceeds from the financing for general corporate purposes, including 
the  potential  funding  of  future  acquisitions  or  investments  in  complementary  businesses, 
products  or  technologies.  The  common  shares  issued  are  subject  to  a  four-month  hold 
period expiring on March 10, 2016 in accordance with applicable securities laws. Nisshinbo 
is  an  “Environmental  and  Energy  Company”  providing  low-carbon,  optimized  products 
across  a  range  of  business  lines,  including  chemicals,  precision  instruments,  electronics, 
automotive  brakes,  textiles  and  paper.  Nisshinbo  has  been  a  long-time  leading  global 
supplier  of  carbon  plates,  used  in  the  construction  of  membrane  electrode  assemblies 
(“MEA’s”),  to  the  fuel  cell  industry.  On  January  20,  2016,  we  announced  that  we  had 
received  a  follow-on  purchase  order  from  Nisshinbo  for  a  further  phase  of  a  Technology 
Solutions  program  related  to  the  development  of  a  breakthrough  catalyst  technology 
intended  to  reduce  the  cost  of  certain  proton  exchange  membrane  (PEM)  fuel  cells.  The 
program, now entering its seventh phase, has been underway for approximately 2.5 years. 

On  November  1,  2015,  we  announced  that  the  signing  of  a  definitive  agreement  with 
Tangshan Railway Vehicle Company, Limited (“TRC”) for the development of a new fuel cell 
module  that  will  be  designed  to  meet  the  requirements  of  tram  or  Modern  Ground  Rail 
Transit  Equipment  applications.  This  agreement,  with  a  value  of  approximately  $3  million, 
contemplates  that  TRC  trams  will  use  next-generation  Ballard  fuel  cell  power  modules 
designed specifically for the Modern Ground Rail Transit Equipment application, with a target 
of  powering  the  initial  prototype  by  2016.  The  purpose-designed  product  is  expected  to 
deliver at least 200 kilowatts of power. Amounts earned from this agreement ($0.5 million 
in the fourth quarter of 2015) are recorded as Technology Solutions revenue. 

On  October  1,  2015,  we  completed  the  acquisition  of  Protonex,  a  leading  designer  and 
manufacturer of advanced power management products and portable fuel cell solutions. The 
signing of a definitive agreement to acquire Protonex was previously announced on June 29, 
2015. As consideration for the transaction, we assumed and paid certain of Protonex’ debt 
obligations  and  transaction  costs  on  closing  of  approximately  $3.8  million,  and  issued 
approximately  11.4  million  of  Ballard  shares  at  fair  value  of  $1.20  per  share,  or 

Page 3 of 53 

 
 
 
 
 
approximately $13.7 million, for total purchase consideration of $17.5 million. 

On September 28, 2015, we announced the signing of a joint development agreement and a 
supply agreement to develop and commercialize a fuel cell  engine specifically designed for 
integration  into  low  floor  trams  manufactured  by  CRRC  Qingdao  Sifang  Company,  Ltd. 
(CRRC  Sifang),  a  Chinese  rolling  stock  manufacturer.  The  agreements  include  delivery 
expected in 2016 of ten customized FCvelocity® modules and have an initial expected value 
of  approximately  $6  million.  Ballard  plans  to  develop  a  new  prototype  configuration  of  its 
FCvelocity® fuel cell module to deliver 200 kilowatts of net power for use in powering trams 
in urban deployments. An initial deployment of eight fuel cell-powered trams is planned by 
CRRC Sifang and the City of Foshan on the Gaoming Line starting in 2017. Amounts earned 
from  this  agreement  (nil  in  fiscal  2015)  will  be  recorded  as  either  Heavy-Duty  Motive  or 
Technology Solutions revenues depending on the nature of work performed. 

On  September  25,  2015,  we  announced  the  signing  of  a  long-term  license  and  supply 
agreement  with  Synergy  to  provide  fuel  cell  power  products  and  technology  solutions  in 
support  of  the  planned  deployment  of  approximately  300  fuel  cell-powered  buses  in  the 
cities  of  Foshan  and  Yunfu,  China.  The  agreement  has  an  estimated  initial  value  of 
approximately  $17  million  expected  through  2016,  with  the  opportunity  for  significant 
recurring  royalties  starting  in  2017.  The  agreement  includes  supply  and  sale  of  fully-
assembled fuel cell power modules, ready-to-assemble module kits, a technology license for 
localization  of  assembly,  supply  of  proprietary  fuel  cell  stacks  and  long-term  recurring 
royalties leveraged to unit volumes of locally assembled modules. Amounts earned from this 
agreement  ($2.9  million  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2015)  are  recorded  as  either  Heavy-Duty 
Motive or Technology Solutions revenues depending on the nature of work performed. 

On  September  24,  2015,  we  announced  that  we  are  developing,  and  plan  to  launch,  two 
new configurations of our FCvelocity®-HD7 fuel cell module in 2016. The two new module 
configurations will expand Ballard’s product portfolio and provide customers with increased 
flexibility  to  address  a  range  of  emerging  power  needs  in  heavy-duty  transit  applications, 
such  as  buses.  Ballard’s  latest-generation  FCvelocity®-HD7  was  launched  in  a  90kW  net 
power configuration in June 2015 at the UITP World Congress and Exhibition in Milan, Italy. 
This initial 90kW configuration will typically be used to power large urban transit buses. The 
two  new  product  configurations  are  expected  to  deliver  net  power  of  30kW  and  60kW, 
respectively, and are expected to be launched for commercial deployments in 2016 to power 
smaller  buses  and  provide  range  extension  solutions.  During  fiscal  2015,  $1.4  million  of 
FCvelocity®-HD7  development  costs  were  capitalized  as  fuel  cell  technology  intangible 
assets. 

On  July  22,  2015,  we  announced  the  signing  of  an  agreement  to  provide  a  1  megawatt 
(1MW) ClearGen™ fuel cell distributed generation system for Hydrogène de France (“HDF”) 
which  will  be  deployed  at  an  AkzoNobel  sodium  chlorate  chemical  plant  in  Bordeaux 
Métropole,  France.  In  addition,  Ballard  will  provide  engineering  services  support  for  the 
program.  The  program  will  be  partially  funded  by  the  EU  Fuel  Cells  and  Hydrogen  Joint 
Undertaking (FCH-JU), with the remaining funding expected to be provided by HDF and its 
partners.  The  program  agreement  is  structured  in  two  phases.  Under  the  first  phase, 
targeted  for  completion  in  mid-2016,  Ballard  received  an  initial  payment  of  €1.7  million  to 
undertake  engineering  services  and  core  component  development  work.  Under  the  second 

Page 4 of 53 

 
 
 
 
 
phase,  targeted  for  completion  in  2017,  Ballard  is  expected  to  receive  an  additional  €1.7 
million  for  onsite  assembly  and  commissioning, subject  to  HDF  securing  necessary  funding 
to  complete  the  project.  Amounts  earned  from  this  agreement  ($0.7  million  in  the  fourth 
quarter  of  2015  and  $0.8  million  in  fiscal  2015)  are  recorded  as  Technology  Solutions 
revenue.  

On  July  7,  2015,  we  closed  an  underwritten  offering  (“July  2015  Offering”)  of  9.3  million 
common  shares  for  gross  proceeds  of  approximately  $15.0  million,  which  included  the 
exercise  in  full  by  the  underwriters  of  their  option  to  purchase  up  to  an  additional  15%  of 
common shares to cover over-allotments. Net proceeds to Ballard were approximately $13.4 
million,  after  deducting  underwriting  discounts,  commissions  and  other  offering  expenses. 
During  fiscal  2015,  we  used  the  net  proceeds  of  $13.4  million  in  pursuit  of  our  ongoing 
general business objectives including the funding of our 2015 working capital requirements, 
and for the continuing development and marketing of our proprietary technologies and core 
products. 

On  June  8,  2015,  we  announced  the  signing  of  definitive  license  and  supply  agreements 
with  Nantong  Zehe  New  Energy  Technology  Co.,  Ltd.  (“Nantong  Zehe”)  and  Synergy  to 
provide  fuel  cell  power  products  and  technology  solutions  to  support  the  planned 
deployment  of  an  initial  33  fuel  cell-powered  buses  in  two  Chinese  cities.  The  agreements 
have an estimated value of approximately $10 million, the majority of which was recognized 
in  2015.  The  agreements  include  an  initial  order  from  Nantong  Zehe  (announced  in  April 
2015)  for  the  supply  of  FCvelocity®-HD7  bus  power  modules  to  power  eight  buses  in 
addition to new orders for the supply of additional power products and technology solutions 
including a non-exclusive license for local assembly of FCvelocity®-HD7 bus power modules 
for use in clean energy buses in China. In addition, Ballard will be the exclusive supplier of 
its  proprietary  fuel  cell  stacks  for  use  in  power  modules  assembled  in  China  under  these 
agreements. Amounts earned from these agreements ($0.9 million in the fourth quarter of 
2015  and  $8.6  million  in  fiscal  2015)  are  recorded  as  either  Heavy-Duty  Motive  or 
Technology Solutions revenues depending on the nature of work performed.  

On  February  11,  2015,  we  entered 
into  a  transaction  with  Volkswagen  Group 
(“Volkswagen”)  to  transfer  certain  automotive-related  fuel  cell  intellectual  property  for  an 
aggregate  amount  of  approximately  $80  million  including  the  benefits  of  a  two-year 
extension of our existing technology development and engineering services agreement with 
Volkswagen  previously  announced  on  March  6,  2013  (see  below  for  additional  details). 
Under  the  transfer  agreement  (“Volkswagen  IP  Agreement”),  Ballard  will  transfer  to 
Volkswagen  the  ownership  of  the  automotive-related  portion  of  the  fuel  cell  intellectual 
property assets previously acquired by us from United Technologies Corporation (“UTC”) on 
April  24,  2014  (the  “UTC  Portfolio”)  through  two  separate  transactions  for  total  gross 
proceeds of $50 million:  

(i) 

On  the  closing  of  the  initial  transaction  on  February  23,  2015,  Ballard  transferred 
ownership  of  the  automotive-related  patents  and  patent  applications  of  the  UTC 
Portfolio in exchange for gross proceeds of $40 million. This receipt triggered a 25%, 
or $10.0 million, license fee payment to UTC. Although ownership of the patents and 
patent  applications  was  transferred  to  Volkswagen,  Ballard  received  a  royalty-free 
back-license to all the transferred patents and patent applications for use in all non-

Page 5 of 53 

 
 
 
 
 
(ii) 

automotive  applications,  in  bus  applications  and  in  certain  limited  pre-commercial 
automotive applications. 
On the closing of the second transaction on December 2, 2015, Ballard transferred a 
copy of the automotive-related know-how of the UTC Portfolio in exchange for gross 
proceeds receivable of $10 million. This receipt (expected to be collected in the first 
quarter  of  2016  net  of  applicable  withholding  taxes  that  are  expected  to  be 
recovered in fiscal 2016) will trigger a 9%, or $0.9 million, payment to UTC in fiscal 
2016.  On  the  closing  of  the  sale  of  a  copy  of  the  know-how,  Ballard  retained  full 
ownership of the know-how including the right to sell additional copies of the know-
how  to  third  parties  as  well  as  retaining  the  right  to  use  the  know-how  in  all  our 
applications. 

On the closing of the sale of the automotive-related patents and patent applications of the 
UTC  Portfolio  in  the  first  quarter  of  2015,  we  recognized  a  gain  on  sale  of  intellectual 
property  of  $14.2  million  on  net  proceeds  received  of  $29.5  million.  On  the  closing  of  the 
sale  of  a  copy  of  the  automotive-related  know-how  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2015,  we 
recognized an additional gain on sale of intellectual property of $5.4 million on net proceeds 
receivable of approximately $9.1 million.  

On  January  2,  2015,  we  announced  that we  had  given  termination  notice  on  two  licensing 
agreements  in  the  China  market  as  a  result  of  material  breaches  of  these  agreements  by 
Azure  Hydrogen  Energy  Science  and  Technology  Corporation  (“Azure”).  The  first  license 
agreement (the “Azure Bus Licensing Agreement”), originally announced on September 26, 
2013,  related  to  the  assembly  of  Ballard’s  FCvelocity®-HD7  Bus  power  modules  for  the 
Chinese  market.  The  second  license  agreement  (the  “Azure  Telecom  Backup  Power 
Licensing  Agreement”),  announced  on  June  19,  2014,  related  to  the  assembly  of  Ballard’s 
ElectraGen® Telecom Backup Power systems in China for the Chinese market. As a result of 
Azure’s  breaches  under  both  contracts,  and  notwithstanding  Ballard’s  good  faith  efforts  to 
reach a settlement, we provided notice of termination of both agreements and recorded an 
impairment loss on trade receivables of $4.4 million in the fourth quarter of 2014 as we fully 
impaired  all  outstanding  amounts  owed  by  Azure.  In  June  2015,  we  agreed  to  a  mutual 
release  with  Azure  (“Azure  Mutual  Release  Agreement”)  whereby  each  party  mutually 
released and forever discharged each other from any and all liability arising from the above 
noted  licensing  agreements.  Pursuant  to  the  Azure  Mutual  Release  Agreement,  Azure 
returned for cancellation its 10% ownership position in Dantherm Power to Dantherm Power 
for $nil proceeds, upon which the shares were cancelled by Dantherm Power. Following such 
cancellation, Ballard’s controlling ownership position in Dantherm Power was increased from 
52% to 57%. Amounts earned from the Azure Bus Licensing Agreement (nil in fiscal 2015, 
nil  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2014,  and  $4.9  million  in  fiscal  2014)  and  the  Azure  Telecom 
Backup Power Licensing Agreement (nil in fiscal 2015, nil in the fourth quarter of 2014, and 
$3.8 million in fiscal 2014) prior to the contract termination and subsequent mutual release 
are recorded as Technology Solutions revenues.  

During  2015,  a  total  of  0.1  million  share  purchase  warrants  were  exercised  for  Ballard 
common shares generating net proceeds of $0.2 million. During 2014, a total of 7.9 million 
share  purchase  warrants  were  exercised  for  Ballard  common  shares  generating  net 
proceeds  of  $12.3  million.  The  share  purchase  warrants  were  issued  as  part  of  two 

Page 6 of 53 

 
 
 
 
 
underwritten offerings which closed in March 2013 and October 2013. As of December 31, 
2015, 0.1 million share purchase warrants (exercisable at $1.50 per share to March 2018) 
from  the  March  2013  underwritten  offering  and  1.7  million  share  purchase  warrants 
(exercisable  at  $2.00  per  share  to  October  2018)  from  the  October  2013  underwritten 
offering remain outstanding. 

During  2015,  a  total  of  0.3  million  employee  share  purchase  options  were  exercised  for 
Ballard  common  shares  generating  proceeds  of  $0.4  million.  During  2014,  a  total  of  3.6 
million  employee  share  purchase  options  were  exercised  for  Ballard  common  shares 
generating proceeds  of  $6.8  million.  As  of December  31,  2015,  5.5 million  share  purchase 
options at a variety of prices and vesting dates remain outstanding. 

On  October  8,  2014,  we  completed  a  long  term  supply  agreement  with  Plug  Power  Inc 
(“Plug  Power”)  to  provide  fuel  cell  stacks  for  use  in  Plug  Power’s  GenDrive™  systems 
deployed in forklift trucks. The new supply agreement replaced an existing agreement and 
runs to the end of 2017, with the provision for two 1-year potential extensions. 

On April 24, 2014, we acquired the transportation and stationary related fuel cell intellectual 
property assets of United Technologies Corporation (“UTC”) for total consideration of $22.3 
million.  The  UTC  Portfolio  consisted  of  approximately  800  patents  and  patent  applications, 
as well as patent licenses, invention disclosures and know-how primarily related to PEM fuel 
cell  technology.  In  addition  to  incremental  intellectual  property  licensing  revenue  or  sale 
opportunities,  the  acquired  intellectual  property  assets  will  support  other  key  elements  of 
Ballard’s  corporate  strategy:  engineering  service  capabilities  will  be  expanded  in  both 
automotive  and  non-automotive  markets;  and  fuel  cell  product  sales  will  be  accelerated 
through  product  development  initiatives  in  areas  such  as  durability  and  balance  of  plant 
simplification.  As  consideration  for  the  acquired  intellectual  property  assets,  UTC  received 
5.1 million Ballard common shares valued at $20.3 million, $2 million in cash, a grant back 
license  to  use  the  patent  portfolio  in  UTC’s  existing  businesses,  and  a  portion  (typically 
25%) of Ballard’s future intellectual property sale and licensing income generated from the 
combined  intellectual  property  portfolio  for  a  period  of  15-years  expiring  in  April  2029.  On 
February  11,  2015,  we  entered  into  an  agreement  with  Volkswagen  to  transfer  the 
automotive-related portion of the UTC Portfolio to Volkswagen in two separate transactions 
for total payments of $50 million (which will trigger total payments to UTC of $10.9 million; 
of which $10.0 million was paid in fiscal 2015) while retaining a royalty-free back-license to 
utilize the entire UTC Portfolio in all non-automotive applications, in bus applications and in 
certain  limited  pre-commercial  purposes  in  automotive  applications.  We  retain  a  royalty 
obligation to pay UTC a portion (typically 25%) of any additional future intellectual property 
sale and licensing income generated from our intellectual property portfolio until April 2029. 

On  March  6,  2013,  we  entered  into  a  technology  development  and  engineering  services 
agreement  with  Volkswagen  to  advance  development  of  fuel  cells  for  use  in  powering 
demonstration  cars  in  Volkswagen’s  fuel  cell  automotive  research  program.  The  initial 
contract term was 4-years commencing in March 2013, with an option by Volkswagen for a 
2-year  extension.  The  initial  expected  4-year  contract  value  was  in  the  range  of 
approximately $60 - $100 million Canadian. On closing of the Volkswagen IP Agreement in 
February  2015,  this  technology  development  and  engineering  services  was  extended  2-
years to February 2019. Over the full 6-years, this technology development and engineering 

Page 7 of 53 

 
 
 
 
 
services contract now has an estimated value of Canadian $100-140 million and is focused 
on  the  design  and  manufacture  of  next-generation  fuel  cell  stacks  for  use  in  Volkswagen’s 
fuel  cell  demonstration  car  program.  Volkswagen  also  retains  an  option  to  further  extend 
this  program  by  2-years  to  February  2021.  Amounts  earned  from  this  agreement 
(approximately $3.6 million in the fourth quarter of 2015, $14.5 million in fiscal 2015, $4.0 
million  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2014,  and  $18.5  million  in  fiscal  2014)  are  recorded  as 
Technology Solutions revenues. 

OPERATING SEGMENTS 

We  report  our  results  in  the  single  operating  segment  of  Fuel  Cell  Products  and  Services. 
Our  Fuel  Cell  Products  and  Services  segment  consists  of  the  sale  and  service  of  fuel  cell 
products for our power product markets of Heavy-Duty Motive (consisting of bus and tram 
applications), Portable Power, Material Handling and Telecom Backup Power, as well as the 
delivery of Technology Solutions including engineering services and the license and sale of 
our extensive intellectual property portfolio and fundamental knowledge for a variety of fuel 
cell applications. 

We  made  changes  to  the  composition  of  revenues  in  our  Fuel  Cell  Products  and  Services 
segment  in  2015.  As  a  result,  licensing  revenues  of  nil  for  the  fourth  quarter  of  2014  and 
$6.3  million  for  fiscal  2014  previously  recorded  as  either  Heavy-Duty  Motive  revenues, 
Material  Handling  revenues,  or  Telecom  Backup  Power  revenues  have  been  retroactively 
reclassified as Technology Solutions revenues.  

SELECTED ANNUAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION  

Results of Operations 

Year ended, 

2015 

2014 

2013 

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share 

amounts and gross margin %)  

From continuing operations  

Revenues  

Gross margin  

Gross margin %  

Cash Operating Costs (1) 

Adjusted EBITDA (1) 

Normalized Net Loss (1)  

Normalized Net Loss per share 

Net loss from continuing operations attributable to Ballard  

Net loss per share attributable to Ballard, basic and diluted  

From discontinued operations  

Net earnings (loss) from discontinued operations 

Net earnings (loss) per share from discontinued operations  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

56,463 

9,974 

18% 

29,050 

(15,259) 

(24,791) 

(0.18) 

(5,815) 

(0.04) 

- 

- 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

68,721 

10,246 

15% 

26,367 

(18,635) 

(21,833) 

(0.17) 

(28,188) 

(0.22) 

320 

- 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Financial Position  
(expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars) 

2015 

At December 31, 

2014 

61,251 

16,759 

27% 

28,084 

(8,188) 

(18,056) 

(0.18) 

(19,988) 

(0.20) 

24 

- 

2013 

Total assets   

$ 

161,331 

$ 

127,949 

$ 

120,214 

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments 
1   Cash Operating Costs, Adjusted EBITDA, Normalized Net Loss and Normalized Net Loss per share are non-GAAP measures. We use certain Non-GAAP 
measures to assist in assessing our financial performance. Non-GAAP measures do not have any standardized meaning prescribed by GAAP and are 
therefore unlikely to be comparable to similar measures presented by other companies.  See reconciliation to GAAP in the Supplemental Non-GAAP 
Measures section. 

$ 

40,049 

$ 

23,671 

$ 

30,301 

Page 8 of 53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
2015 Performance compared to 2015 Business Outlook 

Although  we  did  not  provide  formal  revenue  guidance  for  2015,  we  did  indicate  that  we 
expected  the  positive  top-line  growth trends in  2012  through  2014 to  continue  in  2015  as 
we continued to pursue our growth strategy for fuel cell product sales, engineering services 
and  intellectual  property  licensing  and  sale.  While  our  strategic  focus  on  multiple  fuel  cell 
product  markets,  engineering  services  and  intellectual  property  monetization  serves  to 
mitigate  risk,  the  resulting  cadence  in  customer  demand  can  be  uneven  through  the  early 
stages  of  market  development.  As  such  and  given  this  early  stage  of  fuel  cell  market 
development  and  adoption  rate,  our  financial  results  on  a  quarterly  basis  are  subject  to  a 
high degree of variability.  

Actual  revenues  of  $56.5  million  in  2015  declined  (18%),  or  ($12.3)  million,  compared  to 
2014.  Actual  revenues  in  2015  were  lower  than  internal  revenue  expectations  for  2015, 
primarily  as  a  result  of  lower  than  planned  Telecom  Backup  Power  revenues  driven  by  a 
significant  decline  in  shipments  of  methanol-based  backup  power  systems  and  hydrogen-
based backup power stacks. New customer deployments of Telecom Backup Power system 
and  stack  solutions  also  continued  to  be  negatively  impacted  by  the  relatively  long, 
protracted sales cycle that includes additional time required for qualification, onsite testing, 
field trialing and certification. We continue to review strategic alternatives for our Telecom 
Backup  Power  business,  including  a  possible  sale,  joint  venture  or  orderly  wind-up  of  this 
business. 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS – Fourth Quarter of 2015 

Revenue and gross margin 

 (Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars) 

Three months ended December 31, 

Fuel Cell Products and 
Services 

Heavy-Duty Motive  

$ 

Portable Power 

Material Handling 

Telecom Backup Power 

Technology Solutions 

  Revenues 

Cost of goods sold 

Gross Margin 

Gross Margin %  

2015 

4,068 

3,398 

4,053 

1,622 

6,844 

19,986 

16,168 

2014 

$ Change 

% Change 

$ 

2,120 

$ 

- 

4,316 

3,116 

6,095 

15,647 

18,680 

1,948 

3,398 

(263) 

(1,494) 

749 

4,339 

(2,512) 

 92% 

100% 

(6%) 

(48%) 

12% 

28% 

(13%) 

$ 

3,818 

$ 

(3,033) 

  $ 

6,851 

             226% 

19% 

(19%) 

n/a 

             38 pts 

Fuel  Cell  Products  and  Services  Revenues  of  $20.0  million  for  the  fourth  quarter  of  2015 
increased 28%, or $4.3 million, compared to the fourth quarter of 2014. The 28% increase 
was  driven  by  higher  Heavy-Duty  Motive,  Portable  Power  and  Technology  Solutions 
revenues, which more than offset a decrease in Telecom Backup Power revenues as Material 
Handling revenues were relatively flat.  

Technology Solutions revenues of $6.8 million increased $0.7 million, or 12%, due primarily 
to amounts earned in 2015 on the HDF distributed generation project, the TRC tram project 
and  from  Nantong  Zehe  for  bus  licensing  and  engineering  services  work.  These  increases 

Page 9 of 53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
more than offset a decline in Volkswagen service revenues which were negatively impacted 
by  approximately  ($0.6)  million  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2015,  as  compared  to  the  fourth 
quarter of 2014, as a result of an approximate (18%) lower Canadian dollar, relative to the 
U.S.  dollar,  as  the  Volkswagen  Agreement  is  priced  in  Canadian  dollars.  The  underlying 
costs to satisfy the Volkswagen Agreement are primarily denominated in Canadian dollars. 

Heavy-Duty Motive revenues of $4.1 million increased $1.9 million, or 92%, due to higher 
bus  revenues  as  a  result  of  significantly  higher  shipments  of  FCvelocity®-HD7  bus  power 
modules and FCvelocity®-HD7 bus module part kits in the fourth quarter of 2015 primarily 
to our customers, Synergy and Nantong Zehe in China.  

Material Handling revenues of $4.1 million decreased ($0.3) million, or (6%), primarily as a 
result  of  the  pass-through  of  the  benefit  of  lower  platinum  commodity  prices  to  our 
customer, Plug Power, as overall stack shipments were relatively flat. 

Portable  Power  revenues  of  $3.4  million  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2015  were  generated  by 
Protonex subsequent to our acquisition on October 1, 2015. Protonex is a leading designer 
and manufacturer of advanced power management products and portable fuel cell solutions.  

Telecom Backup Power revenues of $1.6 million decreased ($1.5) million, or (48%), due to 
a  significant  decline  in  shipments  of  methanol-based  backup  power  systems,  which  more 
than  offset  the  increase  in  shipments  of  hydrogen-based  backup  power  systems.  New 
customer deployments of Telecom Backup Power system and stack solutions also continued 
to  be  negatively  impacted  by  the  relatively  long,  protracted  sales  cycle  that  includes 
additional  time  required  for  qualification,  onsite  testing,  field  trialing  and  certification.  We 
continue to review strategic alternatives for our Telecom Backup Power business, including a 
possible sale, joint venture or orderly wind-up of this business. 

Fuel  Cell  Products  and  Services  gross  margins  improved  to  $3.8  million,  or  19%  of 
revenues, for the fourth quarter of 2015, compared to ($3.0) million, or (19%) of revenues, 
for the fourth quarter of 2014. The significant improvement in gross margin of $6.9 million, 
or 226%, was driven by the 28% increase in overall revenues combined with the 38 point 
improvement in gross margin as a percent of revenues.  

Gross  margin  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2015  benefited  from  the  increase  in  shipments  of 
higher  margin  Heavy-Duty  Motive  products  and  services  and  by  the  increase  in  Portable 
Power shipments and services as a result of the recent acquisition of Protonex.  In addition, 
gross  margin  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2014  was  adversely  impacted  by  negative  warranty 
and  inventory  charges.  Negative  net  warranty  adjustments  of  ($3.7)  million  were 
recognized  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2014  relating  primarily  to  an  increase  in  customer 
service related expenses in our Telecom Backup Power market as a result of fuel processor 
issues in a select Asian deployment, compared to net positive warranty adjustments of $0.5 
million in the fourth quarter of 2015. Negative inventory impairments of ($0.6) million were 
recognized in the fourth quarter of 2014 relating primarily to excess distributed generation 
and  other  excess  and  obsolete  inventory,  compared  to  negative  inventory  impairments  of 
($0.4) million in the fourth quarter of 2015 relating primarily to excess bus inventory as we 
transition from FCvelocity®-HD6 bus products to FCvelocity®-HD7 bus products.  

Page 10 of 53 

 
 
 
 
 
Cash Operating Costs 

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars) 

Three months ended December 31, 

Research and Product  
  Development (operating cost) 
General and Administrative 
 (operating cost) 
Sales and Marketing (operating cost) 

Cash Operating Costs 

$ 

2015 

2014 

$ Change 

% Change 

$ 

3,065 

$ 

3,700 

$ 

(635) 

(17%) 

2,806 

1,858 

7,729 

2,545 

1,586 

261 

272 

$ 

7,831 

$ 

(102) 

10% 

17% 

(1%) 

Cash Operating Costs is a non-GAAP measure. We use certain Non-GAAP measures to assist in assessing our financial performance. Non-GAAP measures 
do not have any standardized meaning prescribed by GAAP and are therefore unlikely to be comparable to similar measures presented by other 
companies.  See reconciliation to GAAP in the Supplemental Non-GAAP Measures section. Cash Operating Costs adjusts operating expenses for stock-
based compensation expense, depreciation and amortization, impairment losses on trade receivables, restructuring charges, acquisition costs and 
financing charges. 

Cash  Operating  Costs  (see  Supplemental  Non-GAAP  Measures)  for  the  fourth  quarter  of 
2015  were  $7.7  million,  a  decrease  of  ($0.1)  million,  or  (1%),  compared  to  the  fourth 
quarter  of  2014.  The  (1%)  decrease  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2015  was  driven  by  lower 
research  and  product  development  operating  costs  which  were  partially  offset  by  slightly 
higher general and administrative and sales and marketing operating costs. 

Research and product development operating costs for the fourth quarter of 2015 were $3.1 
million, a decrease of ($0.6) million, or (17%), compared to the fourth quarter of 2014. The 
(17%)  decrease  was  driven  primarily  by  increased  government  funding  as  recoveries  in 
Denmark  by  Dantherm  Power  were  up  significantly,  by  the  capitalization  in  the  fourth 
quarter  of  2015  of  $0.8  million  of  FCvelocity®-HD7  development  costs  as  fuel  cell 
technology  intangible  assets,  and  by  lower  labour  costs  in  Canada  as  a  result  of  an 
approximate  (18%)  lower  Canadian  dollar,  relative  to  the  U.S.  dollar,  and  the  resulting 
positive  impact  on  our  Canadian  operating  cost  base.  These  costs  savings  in  the  fourth 
quarter  of  2015  were  partially  offset  by  increased  costs  as  a  result  of  the  acquisition  of 
Protonex on October 1, 2015 which contributed approximately $0.7 million of research and 
product development operating costs in the quarter. 

General and administrative operating costs for the fourth quarter of 2015 were $2.8 million, 
an increase of 10% compared to the fourth quarter of 2014. The 10% increase was driven 
primarily  by  the  acquisition  of  Protonex  on  October  1,  2015  which  contributed 
approximately $0.6 million of general and administrative operating costs in the quarter. This 
cost  pressure  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2015  was  partially  offset  by  lower  labour  costs  in 
Canada  as  a  result  of  an  approximate  (18%)  lower  Canadian  dollar,  relative  to  the  U.S. 
dollar, and the resulting positive impact on our Canadian operating cost base.  

Sales  and  marketing  operating  costs  for  the  fourth  quarter  of  2015  were  $1.9  million,  an 
increase  of  17%  compared  to  the  fourth  quarter  of  2014.  The  17%  increase  was  driven 
primarily by increased investment in sales and marketing capacity primarily in the Telecom 
Backup Power market, combined with the acquisition of Protonex on October 1, 2015 which 
contributed  approximately  $0.3  million  of  sales  and  marketing  operating  costs  in  the 
quarter. This cost pressure in the fourth quarter of 2015 was partially offset by lower labour 
costs in Canada as a result of an approximate (18%) lower Canadian dollar, relative to the 
U.S. dollar, and the resulting positive impact on our Canadian operating cost base.  

As  noted  above,  operating  costs  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2015  benefited  from  the  positive 

Page 11 of 53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
impact  of  a  weaker  Canadian  dollar,  relative  to  the  U.S.  dollar.  As  a  significant  amount  of 
our  net  operating  costs  (primarily  labour)  are  denominated  in  Canadian  dollars,  operating 
expenses and Adjusted EBITDA are impacted by changes in the Canadian dollar relative to 
the U.S. dollar. As the Canadian dollar relative to the U.S. dollar was approximately (18%) 
lower  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2015  as  compared  to  the  fourth  quarter  of  2014,  positive 
foreign exchange impacts on our Canadian operating cost base and Adjusted EBITDA were 
approximately  $1.3  million.  A  $0.01  decrease  in  the  Canadian  dollar,  relative  to  the  U.S. 
dollar,  positively  impacts  annual  Cash  Operating  Costs  and  Adjusted  EBITDA  by 
approximately $0.2 million to $0.3 million. 

Adjusted EBITDA 

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars) 

Three months ended December 31, 

2015 

2014 

$ Change 

   % Change 

Adjusted EBITDA  

$ 

(2,936) 

$ 

(16,057) 

$ 

13,121 

82% 

   EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are non-GAAP measures. We use certain Non-GAAP measures to assist in assessing our financial performance. Non-

GAAP measures do not have any standardized meaning prescribed by GAAP and are therefore unlikely to be comparable to similar measures presented 
by other companies.  See reconciliation to GAAP in the Supplemental Non-GAAP Measures section. Adjusted EBITDA adjusts EBITDA for stock-based 
compensation expense, transactional gains and losses, finance and other income, and acquisition costs. 

Adjusted  EBITDA  (see  Supplemental  Non-GAAP  Measures)  for  the  fourth  quarter  of  2015 
was  ($2.9)  million,  compared  to  ($16.1)  million  for  the  fourth  quarter  of  2014.  The  $13.1 
million  reduction  in  Adjusted  EBITDA  loss  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2015  was  driven  by  the 
$6.9  million  increase  in  gross  margin  primarily as  a  result  of the  28%  increase  in  revenue 
combined with lower net negative warranty and inventory charges of $4.2 million, by lower 
impairment losses on trade receivables included in other operating expenses of $6.2 million, 
and by the decline in Cash Operating Costs of $0.1 million. 

Impairment loss on trade receivables for the three months ended December 31, 2015 were 
nil,  compared  to  ($6.2)  million  for  the  corresponding  period  of  2014.  Impairment  loss  on 
trade  receivables  in  2014  consists  of  a  ($4.4)  million  impairment  charge  as  a  result  of 
material  breaches  by  Azure  of  the  Azure  Telecom  Backup  Power  Licensing  Agreement  and 
the Azure Bus Licensing Agreement, and by additional impairment charges of ($1.8) related 
to non-collection of certain of our customers primarily in Asia. In the event that we are able 
to  recover  on  an  impaired  trade  receivable  through  legal  or  other  means,  the  recovered 
amount is recognized in the period of recovery as a reversal of the impairment loss. 

Net income (loss) attributable to Ballard 

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars) 

Three months ended December 31, 

2015 

2014 

$ Change 

  % Change 

Net income (loss) attributable to Ballard 

$ 

(1,355) 

$ 

(17,467) 

$ 

16,122 

92% 

from continuing operations  

Net income (loss) attributable to Ballard from continuing operations for the fourth quarter of 
2015 was ($1.4) million, or ($0.01) per share, compared to a net loss of ($17.5) million, or 
($0.13) per share, in the fourth quarter of 2014. The $16.1 million reduction in net loss was 
driven by the reduction in Adjusted EBITDA loss of $13.1 million, combined with the gain on 
sale of intellectual property of $5.4 million related to the closing of the sale of a copy of the 
automotive-related  know-how  of  the  UTC  Portfolio  to  Volkswagen  pursuant  to  the 
Volkswagen  IP  Agreement.  These  fourth  quarter  of  2015  net  income  improvements  were 
partially  offset  by  acquisition  costs  of  ($0.9)  million  in  2015  related  to  the  Protonex 

Page 12 of 53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
acquisition,  by  higher  income  taxes  of  ($0.5)  million  related  to  withholding  taxes  incurred 
on  Chinese  licensing  income,  and  by  higher  stock-based  compensation  expense  of  ($0.6) 
million.  

As noted above, net loss attributable to Ballard in the fourth quarter of 2015 was positively  
impacted  by  the  gain  on  sale  of  intellectual  property  of  $5.4  million,  and  negatively 
impacted by acquisition costs of ($0.9) million. Adjusted EBITDA and net loss attributable to 
Ballard in the fourth quarter of 2014 was negatively impacted by impairment loss on trade 
receivables  of  ($6.2)  million.  Excluding  the  impact  of  the  gain  on  sale  of  intellectual 
property and the impact from acquisition costs and impairment losses on trade receivables, 
Normalized Net Loss (see Supplemental Non-GAAP Measures) in the fourth quarter of 2015 
was ($5.9) million, or ($0.04) per share, compared to ($11.3) million, or ($0.09) per share, 
for the fourth quarter of 2014.  

Net  loss  attributable  to  Ballard  from  continuing  operations  excludes  the  net  loss  attributed 
to the non-controlling interests in the losses of Dantherm Power related to their 43% equity 
interest in Dantherm Power. Net income (loss) attributed to non-controlling interests for the 
fourth quarter of 2015 was $0.1 million, compared to ($0.6) million for the fourth quarter of 
2014.  The  improvement  in  performance  at Dantherm Power  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2015, 
as  compared  to  the  fourth  quarter  of  2014,  is  primarily  a  result  of  cost  reduction  efforts 
combined  with  an  increase  in  government  funding  recoveries  on  research  and  product 
development activities. 

Cash used in operating activities 

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars) 

Three months ended December 31, 

2015 

2014 

$ Change 

   % Change 

Cash (used in) provided by operating 

$ 

(10,566) 

$ 

(8,195) 

$ 

(2,371) 

(29%) 

activities   

Cash  used  in  operating  activities  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2015  was  ($10.6)  million, 
consisting  of  cash  operating  losses  of  ($4.6)  million  and  net  working  capital  outflows  of 
($5.9)  million.  Cash  used  in  operating  activities  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2014  was  ($8.2) 
million, consisting of cash operating losses of ($10.8) million partially offset by net working 
capital  inflows  of  $2.6  million.  The  ($2.4)  million  increase  in  cash  used  by  operating 
activities  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2015,  as  compared  to  the  fourth  quarter  of  2014,  was 
driven  by  the  relative  increase  in  working  capital  requirements  of  ($8.6)  million,  partially 
offset  by  the  relative  reduction  in  cash  operating  losses  of  $6.2  million.  The  $6.2  million 
reduction  in  cash  operating  losses  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2015  was  due  primarily  to  the 
$13.1 million reduction in Adjusted EBITDA loss, partially offset by lower impairment losses 
on trade receivables of ($6.1) million which while included in the Adjusted EBITDA loss, are 
excluded from cash operating losses.  

The  total  change  in  working  capital  of  ($5.9)  million  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2015  was 
driven by higher accounts receivable of ($2.2) million primarily as a result of the timing of 
Portable  Power  and  Heavy-Duty  Motive  revenues  and  the  related  customer  collections,  by 
lower accounts payable and accrued liabilities of ($1.8) million due primarily to the timing of 
purchases  and  supplier  payments  including  the  payment  of  acquisition  and  transaction 
related costs incurred on the Protonex acquisition, and by lower deferred revenue of ($1.5) 

Page 13 of 53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
million  as  we  completed  the  contract  work  on  certain  Technology  Solutions,  Heavy-Duty 
Motive  and  government  grant  contracts  for  which  we  received  pre-payments  in  an  earlier 
period.  

This  compares  to  a  total  change  in  working  capital  of  $2.6  million  in  the  fourth  quarter  of 
2014  which  was  due  to  higher  accrued  warranty  provisions  of  $3.5  million  primarily  as  a 
result  of  an  adjustment  for  an  expected  increase  in  customer  service  related  expenses  in 
our Telecom Backup Power market in Asia, combined with lower inventory of $2.6 million as 
we  shipped  product  purchased  and  built  in  prior  quarters.  These  fourth  quarter  of  2014 
working capital inflows were partially offset by lower accounts payable and accrued liabilities 
of  ($3.7)  million  as  a  result  of  increased  supplier  payments  made  for  higher  inventory 
purchases  in  the  first  three  quarters  of  2014  and  by  a  downward  adjustment  to  accrued 
cash-based compensation expense in the fourth quarter of 2014.  

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS – Year ended December 31, 2015 

Revenue and gross margin 

 (Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars) 

Year ended December 31, 

Fuel Cell Products and 
Services 

2015 

2014 

$ Change 

% Change 

Heavy-Duty Motive  

$ 

11,953 

$ 

5,140 

$ 

Portable Power 

Material Handling 

Telecom Backup Power 

Technology Solutions 

  Revenues 

Cost of goods sold 

Gross Margin 

Gross Margin %  

3,398 

12,710 

5,737 

22,665 

56,463 

46,489 

- 

13,946 

13,099 

36,536 

68,721 

58,475 

6,813 

3,398 

(1,236) 

(7,362) 

(13,871) 

(12,258) 

 133% 

100% 

(9%) 

(56%) 

(38%) 

(18%) 

(11,986) 

                (20%) 

$ 

9,974 

$ 

10,246 

  $ 

(272) 

18% 

15% 

n/a 

(3%) 

 3 pts 

Fuel  Cell  Products  and  Services  Revenues  of  $56.5  million  in  2015  declined  (18%),  or 
($12.3)  million,  compared  to  2014.  The  (18%)  decline  was  driven  by  lower  Technology 
Solutions,  Telecom  Backup  Power  and  Material  Handling  revenues,  which  more  than  offset 
an  increase  in  Heavy-Duty  Motive  and  Portable  Power  revenues.  As  a  result  of  the 
termination  of  the  Azure  contracts  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2014,  we  did  not  record  any 
revenue  in  2015  from  the  Azure  Bus  and  Azure  Telecom  Backup  Power  Agreements  as 
compared to a total of $8.7 million recognized in 2014. 

Technology  Solutions  revenues  of  $22.7  million  decreased  ($13.9)  million,  or  (38%),  due 
primarily  to  the  absence  in  2015  of  licensing  and  engineering  services  revenues  under  the 
Azure  Bus Licensing  Agreement  (nil  in  2015  as compared  to  $4.9 million  in  2014)  and  the 
Azure Telecom Backup Power Licensing Agreement (nil in 2015 as compared to $3.9 million 
in 2014), and by the increased allocation of engineering resources during 2015 to corporate 
research and product development activities. In addition, Volkswagen service revenues were 
negatively  impacted  by  approximately  ($2.3)  million  in  2015,  as  compared  to  2014,  as  a 
result  of  an  approximate  (16%)  lower  Canadian  dollar,  relative  to  the  U.S.  dollar,  as  the 
Volkswagen  Agreement  is  priced  in  Canadian  dollars.  The  Volkswagen  Agreement  is  priced 
in  Canadian  dollars  as  a  majority  of  the  underlying  costs  to  satisfy  the  agreement  are 

Page 14 of 53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
              
 
 
   
             
denominated in Canadian dollars. 

Material Handling revenues of $12.7 million decreased ($1.2) million, or (9%), primarily as 
a  result  of  the  pass  through  of  the  benefit  of  lower  platinum  commodity  prices  to  our 
customer, Plug Power, as overall stack shipments were relatively flat. 

Heavy-Duty Motive revenues of $12.0 million increased $6.8 million, or 133%, due to higher 
shipments  of  fuel  cell  bus  products  to  our  customers  primarily  in  Asia,  North  America  and 
Europe.  Bus  product  shipments  in  2015  included  significantly  higher  shipments  of 
FCvelocity®-HD7  bus  power  modules  and  FCvelocity®-HD7  bus  module  part  kits  primarily 
to our customers, Nantong Zehe and Synergy in China. 

Telecom Backup Power revenues of $5.7 million declined ($7.4) million, or (56%), due to a 
significant  decline  in  shipments  of  methanol-based  backup  power  systems  and  hydrogen-
based backup power stacks, combined with a lower average selling price in 2015 on sales of 
methanol-based backup power systems driven by the completed shipment of an initial order 
from RJIL of 100 ElectraGen™-ME 2.5kW fuel cell backup power systems to be deployed in 
RJIL’s wireless telecom network in India. The lower average selling price of methanol-based 
backup  power  systems  in  2015  was  due  primarily  to  product  mix  as  the  100-system  RJIL 
order was for 2.5kW systems compared to predominately 5.0kW system shipments in 2014. 
New  customer  deployments  of  Telecom  Backup  Power  system  and  stack  solutions  also 
continued  to  be  negatively  impacted  in  2015  by  the  relatively  long,  protracted  sales  cycle 
that  includes  additional  time  required  for  qualification,  onsite  testing,  field  trialing  and 
certification, as well as by our actions to correct certain product quality issues discovered in 
2014.  

Portable Power revenues of $3.4 million in 2015 were generated by Protonex subsequent to 
our  acquisition  on  October  1,  2015.  Protonex  is  a  leading  designer  and  manufacturer  of 
advanced power management products and portable fuel cell solutions.  

Fuel Cell Products and Services gross margins were $10.0 million, or 18% of revenues, for 
2015,  compared  to  $10.2  million,  or  15%  of  revenues,  for  2014.  The  minor  decline  in 
overall gross margin of ($0.3) million, or (3%), was driven by the (18%) decline in overall 
revenues offset by the 3 point improvement in gross margin as a percent of revenues from 
15% in 2014 to 18% in 2015.  

Gross  margin  in  2015  was  negatively  impacted  by  a  significant  reduction  in  higher  margin 
Technology  Solutions  licensing  revenues  as  licensing  amounts  earned  in  2015  on  the 
Nantong  Zehe  agreements  were  significantly  lower  than  amounts  earned  in  2014  on  the 
breached  Azure  Bus  and  Azure  Telecom  Backup  Power  Agreements  totaling  $8.7  million. 
This negative gross margin impact in 2015 was partially offset by improvements in 2015 as 
a  result  of  the  significant  increase  in  shipments  of  higher  margin  Heavy-Duty  Motive  bus 
products  and  by  the  increase  in  Portable  Power  shipments  and  services  as  a  result  of  the 
recent acquisition of Protonex.  In addition, gross margin in 2014 was negatively impacted 
by  negative  warranty  and  inventory  charges. Negative  net  warranty adjustments  of ($3.5) 
million were recognized in 2014 relating primarily to an increase in customer service related 
expenses  in  our  Telecom  Backup  Power  market  as  a  result  of  fuel  processor  issues  in  a 
select Asian deployment, compared to net positive warranty adjustments of $1.3 million in 
2015  relating  primarily  to  warranty  expirations  and  reduced  product  costs.  Negative 

Page 15 of 53 

 
 
 
 
 
inventory impairments of ($1.3) million were recognized in 2014 relating primarily to excess 
distributed  generation  and  other  excess  and  obsolete  inventory,  compared  to  negative 
inventory impairments of ($0.6) million in 2015 relating primarily to excess bus inventory as 
we transition from FCvelocity®-HD6 bus products to FCvelocity®-HD7 bus products.  

Cash Operating Costs 

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars) 

Year ended December 31, 

2015 

2014 

$ Change 

% Change 

Research and Product  
  Development (operating cost) 
General and Administrative 
 (operating cost) 
Sales and Marketing (operating cost) 

$ 

13,301 

$ 

10,436 

$ 

2,865 

9,022 

6,727 

9,451 

6,480 

(429) 

247 

Cash Operating Costs 

$ 

29,050 

$ 

26,367 

$ 

2,683 

27% 

(5%) 

4% 

10% 

Cash Operating Costs is a non-GAAP measure. We use certain Non-GAAP measures to assist in assessing our financial performance. Non-GAAP measures 
do not have any standardized meaning prescribed by GAAP and are therefore unlikely to be comparable to similar measures presented by other 
companies.  See reconciliation to GAAP in the Supplemental Non-GAAP Measures section. Cash Operating Costs adjusts operating expenses for stock-
based compensation expense, depreciation and amortization, impairment losses on trade receivables, restructuring charges, acquisition costs and 
financing charges. 

Cash Operating Costs (see Supplemental Non-GAAP Measures) in 2015 were $29.0 million, 
an  increase  of  $2.7  million,  or  10%,  compared  to  2014.  The  10%  increase  in  2015  was 
driven  by  significantly  higher  research  and  product  development  operating  costs,  and  by 
slightly higher sales and marketing operating costs, which more than offset the reduction in 
general and administrative costs. 

Research and product development operating costs in 2015 were $13.3 million, an increase 
of $2.9 million, or 27%, compared to 2014. The 27% increase was driven primarily by the 
(38%) decline in Technology Solutions revenues resulting in significantly fewer engineering 
staff  resources  being  directed  to  revenue  generating  engineering  service  projects  as 
engineering  resources  were  instead  redirected  to  research  and  product  development 
activities.  Labour  and  material  costs  incurred  on  revenue  producing  engineering  services 
projects are reallocated from research and product development expenses to cost of goods 
sold. These cost pressures in 2015 were partially offset by the capitalization in 2015 of $1.6 
million of FCvelocity®-HD7 development costs as fuel cell technology intangible assets, and 
by lower labour costs in Canada as a result of an approximate (16%) lower Canadian dollar, 
relative to the U.S. dollar, and the resulting positive impact on our Canadian operating cost 
base. 

General  and  administrative  operating  costs  in  2015  were  $9.0  million,  a  decline  of  ($0.4) 
million, or (5%), compared to 2014. The (5%) decrease was driven by lower labour costs in 
Canada  as  a  result  of  an  approximate  (16%)  lower  Canadian  dollar,  relative  to  the  U.S. 
dollar,  and  the  resulting  positive  impact  on  our  Canadian  operating  cost  base.  These  cost 
savings in 2015 were  partially offset by higher  legal and patent renewal expenses in 2015 
and by additional expenses assumed on the acquisition of Protonex on October 1, 2015.  

Sales and marketing operating costs in 2015 were $6.7 million, an increase of 4% compared 
to  2014.  The  4%  increase  was  driven  by  increased  investment  in  sales  and  marketing 
capacity  primarily  in  the  Telecom  Backup  Power  market,  and  by  the  additional  expenses 
assumed on the acquisition of Protonex on October 1, 2015. These cost pressures in 2015 
were  partially  offset  by  lower  labour  costs  in Canada  as a  result  of  an  approximate  (16%) 

Page 16 of 53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
lower  Canadian  dollar,  relative  to  the  U.S.  dollar,  and  the  resulting  positive  impact  on  our 
Canadian operating cost base. 

As  noted  above,  operating  costs  in  2015  benefited  from  the  positive  impact  of  a  weaker 
Canadian  dollar,  relative  to  the  U.S.  dollar.  As  a  significant  amount  of  our  net  operating 
costs  (primarily  labour)  are  denominated  in  Canadian  dollars,  operating  expenses  and 
Adjusted EBITDA are impacted by changes in the Canadian dollar relative to the U.S. dollar. 
As the Canadian dollar relative to the U.S. dollar was approximately (16%) lower in 2015 as 
compared to 2014, positive foreign exchange impacts on our Canadian operating cost base 
and  Adjusted  EBITDA  were  approximately  $4.3  million.  A  $0.01  decrease  in  the  Canadian 
dollar,  relative  to  the  U.S.  dollar,  positively  impacts  annual  Cash  Operating  Costs  and 
Adjusted EBITDA by approximately $0.2 million to $0.3 million. 

Adjusted EBITDA 

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars) 

Year ended December 31, 

2015 

2014 

$ Change 

   % Change 

Adjusted EBITDA  

$ 

(15,259) 

$ 

(18,635) 

$ 

3,376 

18% 

   EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are non-GAAP measures. We use certain Non-GAAP measures to assist in assessing our financial performance. Non-

GAAP measures do not have any standardized meaning prescribed by GAAP and are therefore unlikely to be comparable to similar measures presented 
by other companies.  See reconciliation to GAAP in the Supplemental Non-GAAP Measures section. Adjusted EBITDA adjusts EBITDA for stock-based 
compensation expense, transactional gains and losses, finance and other income, and acquisition costs. 

Adjusted  EBITDA  (see  Supplemental  Non-GAAP  Measures)  in  2015  was  ($15.3)  million, 
compared to ($18.6) million for 2014. The $3.4 million reduction in Adjusted EBITDA loss in 
the  2015  was  driven  by  lower  impairment  losses  on  trade  receivables  included  in  other 
operating expenses of $7.1 million, partially offset by the increase in Cash Operating Costs 
of ($2.7) million primarily as a result of significantly fewer engineering staff resources being 
directed  to  revenue  generating  engineering  service  projects,  and  by  the  minor  decline  in 
gross margin of ($0.3) million.  

Impairment  (loss)  recovery  on  trade  receivables  in  2015  were  $0.9  million,  compared  to 
($6.2)  million  for  2014.  Impairment  recovery  on  trade  receivables  in  2015  of  $0.9  million 
resulted  primarily  from  the  collection  of  certain  accounts  principally  in  Asia  that  were 
considered impaired and written down 2014. Impairment loss on trade receivables in 2014 
of  ($6.2)  million  consist  primarily  of  a  ($4.4)  million  impairment  charge  as  a  result  of 
material  breaches  by  Azure  of  the  Azure  Telecom  Backup  Power  Licensing  Agreement  and 
the Azure Bus Licensing Agreement, and by additional impairment charges of ($1.8) related 
to non-collection of certain of our customers primarily in Asia. In the event that we are able 
to  recover  on  an  impaired  trade  receivable  through  legal  or  other  means,  the  recovered 
amount is recognized in the period of recovery as a reversal of the impairment loss. 

Net income (loss) attributable to Ballard 

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars) 

Year ended December 31, 

2015 

2014 

$ Change 

  % Change 

Net income (loss) attributable to Ballard 

$ 

(5,815) 

$ 

(28,188) 

$ 

22,373 

79% 

from continuing operations  

Net  income  (loss)  attributable  to  Ballard  from  continuing  operations  in  2015  was  ($5.8) 
million,  or  ($0.04)  per  share,  compared  to  a  net  loss  of  ($28.2)  million,  or  ($0.22)  per 
share, in 2014. The $22.4 million reduction in net loss for 2015 was driven primarily by the 

Page 17 of 53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
gain on sale of intellectual property of $19.6 million related to the closing of the sale of the 
automotive-related  patents  and  patent  applications  of  the  UTC  Portfolio  and  the  closing  of 
the sale of a copy of the automotive-related know-how of the UTC Portfolio to Volkswagen 
pursuant to the Volkswagen IP Agreement, combined with the reduction in Adjusted EBITDA 
loss of $3.4 million, and the decline in depreciation and amortization expense of $1.2 million 
primarily  as  a  result  of  lower  intangible  asset  amortization  after  the  Volkswagen  IP 
Agreement. These 2015 net income improvements were partially offset by acquisition costs 
of ($1.5) million in 2015 related to the Protonex acquisition.  

As noted above, net loss attributable to Ballard in 2015 was positively impacted by the gain 
on  sale  of  intellectual  property  of  $19.6  million,  and  negatively  impacted  by  acquisition 
costs  of  ($1.5)  million.  Adjusted  EBITDA  and  net  loss  attributable  to  Ballard  in  2015  were 
also positively impacted by net impairment recoveries on trade receivables of $0.9 million. 
Adjusted  EBITDA  and  net  loss  attributable  to  Ballard  2014  was  negatively  impacted  by 
impairment loss on trade receivables of ($6.2) million. Excluding the impact of the gain on 
sale  of  intellectual  property  and  the  impact  from  acquisition  costs,  impairment  (losses) 
recoveries  (losses)  on  trade  receivables,  and  other  minor  asset  impairment  charges, 
Normalized Net Loss (see Supplemental Non-GAAP Measures) in 2015 was ($24.8) million, 
or ($0.18) per share, compared to ($21.8) million, or ($0.17) per share, for 2014.  

Net  loss  attributable  to  Ballard  from  continuing  operations  excludes  the  net  loss  attributed 
to the non-controlling interests in the losses of Dantherm Power related to their 48% equity 
interest  in  Dantherm  Power.  Net  loss  attributed  to  non-controlling  interests  for  2015  was 
($0.8)  million,  compared  to  ($1.6)  million  for  2014.  The  improvement  in  performance  at 
Dantherm  Power  in  2015,  as  compared  to  2014,  is  primarily  a  result  of  cost  reduction 
efforts  combined  with  an  increase  in  government  funding  recoveries  on  research  and 
product development activities. 

Cash used in operating activities 

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars) 

Year ended December 31, 

2015 

2014 

$ Change 

   % Change 

Cash (used in) provided by operating 

$ 

(25,364) 

$ 

(20,671) 

$ 

(4,693) 

(23%) 

activities   

Cash  used  in  operating  activities  in  2015  was  ($25.4)  million,  consisting  of  cash  operating 
losses  of  ($19.3)  million  and  net  working  capital  outflows  of  ($6.0)  million.  Cash  used  in 
operating  activities  in  2014  was  ($20.7)  million,  consisting  of  cash  operating  losses  of 
($15.7)  million  and  net  working  capital  outflows  of  ($5.0)  million.  The  ($4.7)  million 
increase in cash used by operating activities in 2015, as compared to 2014, was driven by 
the  relative  increase  in  cash  operating  losses  of  ($3.6)  million,  combined  with  the  relative 
increase  in  working  capital  requirements  of  ($1.0)  million.  The  ($3.6)  million  increase  in 
cash  operating  losses  in  2015  was  due  primarily  to  lower  impairment  losses  on  trade 
receivables of ($5.8) million which while included in the Adjusted EBITDA loss, are excluded 
from cash operating losses, partially offset by the $3.4 million reduction in Adjusted EBITDA 
loss. 

The total change in working capital of ($6.0) million in 2015 was driven by higher inventory 
of  ($5.6)  million  primarily  to  support  expected  Heavy-Duty  Motive  and  Power  Products 

Page 18 of 53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
shipments in the first quarter of 2016 to Synergy, the U.S. Army and other customers and 
as  a  result  of  delayed  but  expected  Telecom  Backup  Power  system  shipments,  by  lower 
accrued  warranty  provisions  of  ($3.6)  million  due  primarily  to  customer  service  related 
expenses incurred in our Telecom Backup Power market in Asia and by Heavy-Duty Motive 
warranty  contract  expirations,  and  by  lower  accounts  payable  and  accrued  liabilities  of 
($1.3) million due primarily to the timing of purchases and supplier payments. These 2015 
working capital outflows were partially offset by higher deferred revenue of $4.0 million as 
we  collected  pre-payments  on  certain  Heavy-Duty  Motive  and  Technology  Solutions 
contracts in advance of work performed.  

This  compares  to  a  total  change  in  working  capital  of  ($5.0)  million  in  2014  which  was 
driven  by  lower  accounts  receivable  of  ($4.1)  million  primarily  as  a  result  of  impairment 
losses on trade receivables of ($6.2) million and the timing of Technology Solutions, Heavy-
Duty Motive and Telecom Backup Power revenues and the related customer collections, and 
by  lower  deferred  revenue  of  ($4.4)  million  as  we  completed  the  contract  work  on 
Technology  Solutions  and  certain  government  grant  contracts  for  which  we  received  pre-
payments in an earlier period. These working capital outflows in 2014 were partially offset 
by  working  capital  inflows  related  to  higher  accrued  warranty  provisions  of  $2.4  million 
primarily as a result of an adjustment for an expected increase in customer service related 
expenses  in  our  Telecom  Backup  Power  market  in  Asia,  and  by  lower  inventory  of  $1.5 
million as we shipped product purchased and built in prior quarters.  

OPERATING EXPENSES AND OTHER ITEMS  

Research and product development expenses 

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars) 

Research and product development 

Research and product development expense  

Less: Depreciation and amortization expense 

Less: Stock-based compensation expense 

Research and product development (operating 

cost) 

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars) 

Research and product development 

Research and product development expense  

Less: Depreciation and amortization expense 

Less: Stock-based compensation expense 

Research and product development (operating 

cost) 

2015 

3,461 

(321) 

(74) 

3,066 

2015 

16,206 

(1,947) 

(957) 

13,302 

$  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$  

$ 

$ 

$ 

Three months ended December 31, 

2014 

4,510 

(914) 

104 

3,700 

$ Change 

   % Change 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

(1,049) 

593 

(178) 

(634) 

(23%) 

65% 

(171%) 

(17%) 

Year ended December 31, 

2014 

14,294 

(3,209) 

(649) 

10,436 

$ Change 

   % Change 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1,912 

1,262 

(308) 

2,866 

13% 

39% 

(47%) 

27% 

$  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$  

$ 

$ 

$ 

Research and product development expenses for the three months ended December 31, 
2015 were $3.5 million, a decline of ($1.0) million, or 23%, compared to the corresponding 
period  of  2014.  Excluding  depreciation  and  amortization  expense  of  ($0.3)  million  and 
($0.9) million, respectively, in each of the periods and excluding stock-based compensation 
(expense) recovery of  ($0.1) million and $0.1 million, respectively, in each of  the periods, 
research and product development operating costs were $3.1 million in the fourth quarter of 
2015, a decline of ($0.6) million, or (17%), compared to the fourth quarter of 2014.  

Page 19 of 53 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
The  (17%)  decline  in  research  and  development  operating  costs  in  the  fourth  quarter  of 
2015  was  driven  primarily  by  increased  government  funding  as  recoveries  in  Denmark  by 
Dantherm Power were up significantly, by the capitalization in the fourth quarter of 2015 of 
$0.8 million of FCvelocity®-HD7 development costs as fuel cell technology intangible assets, 
and  by  lower  labour  costs  in  Canada  as  a  result  of  an  approximate  (18%)  lower  Canadian 
dollar,  relative  to  the  U.S.  dollar,  and  the  resulting  positive  impact  on  our  Canadian 
operating cost base. These costs savings in the fourth quarter of 2015 were partially offset 
by  increased  costs  as  a  result  of  the  acquisition  of  Protonex  on  October  1,  2015  which 
contributed  approximately  $0.7  million  of  research  and  product  development  operating 
costs in the quarter. 

Research and product development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2015 were 
$16.2 million, an increase of $1.9 million, or 13%, compared to the corresponding period of 
2014. Excluding depreciation and amortization expense of ($1.9) million and ($3.2) million, 
respectively,  in  each  of  the  periods  and  excluding  stock-based  compensation  expense  of 
($1.0) million and ($0.6) million, respectively, in each of the periods, research and product 
development  operating  costs  were  $13.3  million  in  2015,  an  increase  of  $2.9  million,  or 
27%, compared to 2014.  

The  27%  increase  in  research  and  development  operating  costs  in  2015  was  driven 
primarily  by  the  (38%)  decline  in  Technology  Solutions  revenues  resulting  in  fewer 
engineering  staff  resources  being  directed  to  revenue  generating  engineering  service 
projects.  These  engineering  resources  were  instead  redirected  to  corporate  research  and 
product  development  activities.  In  addition,  costs  increased  in  2015  as  a  result  of  the 
acquisition of Protonex on October 1, 2015 which contributed approximately $0.7 million of 
research  and  product  development  operating  costs  in  2015.  These  cost  pressures  in  2015 
were  partially  offset  by  the  capitalization  in  2015  of  $1.6  million  of  FCvelocity®-HD7 
development  costs  as  fuel  cell  technology  intangible  assets,  and  by  lower  labour  costs  in 
Canada  as  a  result  of  an  approximate  (16%)  lower  Canadian  dollar,  relative  to  the  U.S. 
dollar, and the resulting positive impact on our Canadian operating cost base. Government 
funding recoveries in were effectively flat year over year as increased government funding 
recoveries  in  Denmark  by  Dantherm  Power  in  2015  were  offset  by  lower  government 
funding  recoveries  in  Canada  in  2015  primarily  as  a  result  of  the  conclusion  of  the  multi-
year  SDTC  Bus  award  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2014  with  the  introduction  of  the 
FCvelocity®-HD7, Ballard’s next-generation of fuel cell bus power module. 

Government  research  funding  is  reflected  as  a  cost  offset  to  research  and  product 
development  expenses,  whereas  labour  and  material  costs  incurred  on  revenue  producing 
engineering  services  projects  are  reallocated  from  research  and  product  development 
expenses to cost of goods sold. 

Depreciation  and  amortization  expense  included  in  research  and  product  development 
expense  for  the  three  months  and  year  ended  December  31,  2015  was  $0.3  million  and 
$1.9  million,  respectively,  compared  to  $0.9  million  and  $3.2  million,  respectively,  for  the 
corresponding  periods  of  2014.  Depreciation  and  amortization  expense  relates  primarily  to 
amortization  expense  on  our  intangible  assets  and  depreciation  expense  on  our 
manufacturing equipment. Depreciation and amortization expense has declined in 2015 as a 
result of the Volkswagen IP Agreement whereby in the first quarter of 2015 we transferred 

Page 20 of 53 

 
 
 
 
 
to  Volkswagen  the  ownership  of  the  automotive-related  portion  of  the  fuel  cell  intellectual 
property  assets  previously  acquired  by  us  from  UTC  in  the  second  quarter  of  2014.  
Although ownership of the patents and patent applications was transferred to Volkswagen, 
Ballard  received  a  royalty-free  back-license  to  all  the  transferred  patents  and  patent 
applications  to  utilize  all  non-automotive  applications,  in  bus  applications  and  in  certain 
limited pre-commercial purposes for automotive applications. 

included 

Stock-based  compensation  expense  (recovery) 
in  research  and  product 
development  expense  for  the  three  months  and  year  ended  December  31,  2015  was  $0.1 
million  and  $1.0  million,  respectively,  compared  to  ($0.1)  million  and  $0.6  million, 
respectively, for the corresponding periods of 2014. Stock-based compensation increased in 
2015  primarily  as  a  result  of  a  change  in  compensation  structure  from  cash  incentive 
awards  to  share-compensation  awards  for  certain  employees  combined  with  new  awards 
granted  on  the  acquisition  of  Protonex  to  certain  Protonex  employees.  In  addition,  a 
downward  adjustment  to  accrued  stock-based  compensation  expense  was  made  in  the 
fourth quarters of both 2015 and 2014 as certain outstanding restricted share units failed to 
meet the vesting criteria. 

General and administrative expenses 

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars) 

General and administrative 

General and administrative expense  

Less: Depreciation and amortization expense 

Less: Stock-based compensation expense 

General and administrative (operating cost) 

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars) 

General and administrative 

General and administrative expense  

Less: Depreciation and amortization expense 

Less: Stock-based compensation expense 

General and administrative (operating cost) 

2015 

3,028 

(140) 

(82) 

2,806 

2015 

10,594 

(280) 

(1,292) 

9,022 

$  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$  

$ 

$ 

$ 

Three months ended December 31, 

2014 

2,157 

(44) 

432 

2,545 

$ Change 

   % Change 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

871 

(96) 

(514) 

261 

40% 

  (218%) 

(119%) 

10% 

Year ended December 31, 

2014 

10,450 

(183) 

(816) 

9,451 

$ Change 

   % Change 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

144 

(97) 

(476) 

(429) 

1% 

(53%) 

(58%) 

(5%) 

General  and  administrative  expenses  for  the  three  months  ended  December  31,  2015 
were  $3.0  million,  an  increase  of  $0.9  million,  or  40%,  compared  to  the  corresponding 
period  of  2014.  Excluding  relatively  insignificant  depreciation  and  amortization  expense  in 
each of the periods, and excluding stock-based compensation (expense) recovery of ($0.1) 
million  and  $0.4  million,  respectively,  in  each  of  the  periods,  general  and  administrative 
operating costs were $2.8 million in the fourth quarter of 2015, an increase of $0.3 million, 
or 10%, compared to the fourth quarter of 2014. 

The  10%  increase  in  general  and  administrative  operating  costs  in  the  fourth  quarter  of 
2015  was  driven  primarily  by  the  acquisition  of  Protonex  on  October  1,  2015  which 
contributed approximately $0.6 million of general and administrative operating costs in the 
quarter. This cost pressure in the fourth quarter of 2015 was partially offset by lower labour 
costs in Canada as a result of an approximate (18%) lower Canadian dollar, relative to the 
U.S. dollar, and the resulting positive impact on our Canadian operating cost base. 

Page 21 of 53 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
General and administrative expenses for year ended December 31, 2015 were $10.6 million, 
an  increase  of  $0.1  million,  or  1%,  compared  to  the  corresponding  period  of  2014. 
Excluding  relatively  insignificant  depreciation  and  amortization  expense  in  each  of  the 
periods,  and  excluding  stock-based  compensation  expense  of  ($1.3)  million  and  ($0.8) 
million,  respectively,  in  each  of  the  periods,  general  and  administrative  operating  costs  in 
the 2015 were $9.0 million, a decrease of ($0.4) million, or (5%), compared to 2014.  

The  (5%)  decrease  in  general  and  administrative  operating  costs  in  2015  was  driven 
primarily  by  lower  labour  costs  in  Canada  as  a  result  of  an  approximate  (16%)  lower 
Canadian  dollar,  relative  to  the  U.S.  dollar,  and  the  resulting  positive  impact  on  our 
Canadian  operating  cost  base.  These  cost  savings  in  2015  were  partially  offset  by  added 
expenses assumed on the acquisition of Protonex on October 1, 2015 and by higher patent 
renewal costs in 2015 related to the acquired UTC intellectual property portfolio prior to its 
sale in February 2015 in the Volkswagen IP Agreement. Higher legal and transaction related 
expenses incurred in 2015, primarily as a result of the Azure contract breaches, were offset 
by lower human resources expenses in 2015 due to CEO search expenses incurred in 2014.  

Depreciation  and  amortization  expense  included  in  general  and  administrative  expense 
relates  primarily  to  depreciation  expense  on  our  office  equipment  and  was  relatively 
consistent period over period. 

Stock-based  compensation  expense  (recovery)  included  in  general  and  administrative 
expense  for  the  three  months  and  year  ended  December  31,  2015  was  $0.1  million  and 
$1.3 million, respectively, compared to ($0.4) million and $0.8 million, respectively, for the 
corresponding periods of 2014. Stock-based compensation increased in 2015 primarily as a 
result  of  a  change  in  compensation  structure  from  cash  incentive  awards  to  share-
compensation  awards  for  certain  employees  combined  with  new  awards  granted  on  the 
acquisition of Protonex to certain Protonex employees. In addition, a downward adjustment 
to  accrued  stock-based  compensation  expense  was  made  in  the  fourth  quarters  of  both 
2015  and  2014  as  certain  outstanding  restricted  share  units  failed  to  meet  the  vesting 
criteria. 

Sales and marketing expenses 

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars) 

Sales and marketing 

Sales and marketing expense  

Less: Stock-based compensation expense 

Sales and marketing (operating cost) 

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars) 

Sales and marketing 

Sales and marketing expense  

Less: Stock-based compensation expense 

Sales and marketing (operating cost) 

2015 

1,951 

(93) 

1,858 

2015 

7,428 

(701) 

6,727 

$  

$ 

$ 

$  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Three months ended December 31, 

2014 

1,755 

(169) 

1,586 

$ Change 

   % Change 

$ 

$ 

$ 

196 

76 

272 

11% 

45% 

17% 

Year ended December 31, 

2014 

7,265 

(785) 

6,480 

$ Change 

   % Change 

$ 

$ 

$ 

163 

84 

247 

2% 

11% 

4% 

Sales and marketing expenses for the three months ended December 31, 2015 were $2.0 
million, an increase of $0.2 million, or 11%, compared to the corresponding period of 2014. 
Excluding  stock-based  compensation  expense  of  ($0.1)  million  and  ($0.2),  respectively,  in 

Page 22 of 53 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
each  of  the  periods,  sales  and  marketing  operating  costs  were  $1.9  million  in  the  fourth 
quarter of 2015, an increase of 17% compared to the fourth quarter of 2014.  

Sales and marketing expenses for the year ended December 31, 2015 were $7.4 million, an 
increase  of  2%,  compared  to  the  corresponding  period  of  2014.  Excluding  stock-based 
compensation  expense  of  ($0.7)  million  and  ($0.8)  million,  respectively,  in  each  of  the 
periods, sales and marketing operating costs were $6.7 million in 2015, an increase of 4% 
compared to 2014.  

The respective 17% and 4% increases in sales and marketing operating costs in 2015 were 
driven  by  increased  investment  in  sales  and  marketing  capacity  primarily  in  the  Telecom 
Backup Power market, combined with the acquisition of Protonex on October 1, 2015 which 
contributed  approximately  $0.3  million  of  sales  and  marketing  operating  costs  in  the 
quarter. This cost pressure in the fourth quarter of 2015 was partially offset by lower labour 
costs in Canada as a result of an approximate (18%) lower Canadian dollar, relative to the 
U.S. dollar, and the resulting positive impact on our Canadian operating cost base.  

Other (expense) recovery for the three months and year ended December 31, 2015 was 
($0.9) million and $0.6 million, respectively, compared to ($6.2) million and ($6.3) million 
for  the  corresponding  periods  of  2014.  The  following  tables  provide  a  breakdown  of  other 
(expense) recovery for the reported periods: 

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars) 

Three months ended December 31, 

2015 

2014 

$ Change 

% Change 

Impairment (loss) recovery on trade 
receivables 

Restructuring (expense) recovery 

Acquisition charges 

$ 

39 

- 

(902) 

$ 

(6,159) 

$ 

6,198 

(78) 

- 

78 

(902) 

Other (expenses) recovery 

$ 

(863) 

$ 

(6,237) 

$ 

(5,374) 

101% 

100% 

(100%) 

(86%) 

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars) 

Year ended December 31, 

2015 

2014 

$ Change 

% Change 

Impairment (loss) recovery on trade 
receivables 

Restructuring (expense) recovery 

Acquisition charges 

$ 

899 

$ 

(6,206) 

$ 

7,105 

13 

(1,542) 

(85) 

- 

98 

(1,542) 

Other (expenses) recovery 

$ 

630 

$ 

(6,291) 

$ 

(5,661) 

114% 

115% 

(100%) 

(90%) 

Impairment  (loss)  recovery  on  trade  receivables  of  $0.9  million  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2015 consist of a $1.5 million impairment recovery as we collected on certain 
accounts  in  2015  principally  in  Asia  that  were  considered  impaired  and  written  down  in 
2014,  less  new  impairment  charges  in  2015  of  ($0.6)  million  related  to  non-collection  of 
certain  other  accounts  primarily  in  Asia.  In  the  event  that  we  are  able  to  recover  on  an 
impaired trade receivable through legal or other means, the recovered amount is recognized 
in the period of recovery as a reversal of the impairment loss. 

Impairment  loss  on  trade  receivables  for  the  three  months  and  year  ended  December  31, 
2014  was  ($6.2)  million  and  consist  of  a  ($4.4)  million  impairment  charge  as  a  result  of 
material  breaches  by  Azure  of  the  Azure  Telecom  Backup  Power  Licensing  Agreement  and 

Page 23 of 53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
the Azure Bus Licensing Agreement, and by additional impairment charges of ($1.8) million 
related to non-collection of certain of our customers primarily in Asia.  

Acquisition  charges  for  the  three  months  and  year  ended  December  31,  2015  of  ($0.9) 
million and ($1.5) million, respectively, consist of brokerage, legal and other costs incurred 
related to the acquisition of Protonex which closed on October 1, 2015. Acquisition costs are 
expensed as incurred. 

Restructuring  charges  of  ($0.1)  million  in  2014  relate  primarily  to  minor  restructurings 
focused on overhead cost reduction.  

Finance  income  (loss)  and  other  for  the  three  months  and  year  ended  December  31, 
2015  was  ($1.0)  million  and  ($0.3)  million,  respectively,  compared  to  ($0.5)  million  and 
($0.1)  million,  respectively,  for  the  corresponding  periods  of  2014.  The  following  tables 
provide a breakdown of finance and other income (loss) for the reported periods: 

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars) 

Three months ended December 31, 

Employee future benefit plan expense 

$ 

Pension administration expense 

Investment and other income 

Foreign exchange gain (loss) 

2015 

(77) 

(27) 

44 

(890) 

$ 

(48) 

$ 

(7) 

44 

(490) 

(29) 

(20) 

- 

(400) 

Finance income (loss) and other 

$ 

(950) 

$ 

(501) 

$ 

(449) 

(60%) 

(286%) 

- 

(82%) 

(90%) 

2014 

$ Change 

% Change 

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars) 

Year ended December 31, 

2015 

2014 

$ Change 

% Change 

Employee future benefit plan expense 

$ 

(292) 

$ 

(183) 

$ 

(109) 

Pension administration expense 

Investment and other income 

Foreign exchange gain (loss) 

(103) 

143 

(53) 

(100) 

139 

31 

(3) 

4 

(84) 

Finance income (loss) and other 

$ 

(305) 

$ 

(113) 

$ 

(192) 

(60%) 

(3%) 

3% 

(271%) 

(170%) 

Employee future benefit plan expense for the three months and year ended December 31, 
2015  were  ($0.1)  million  and  ($0.3)  million,  respectively,  relatively  consistent  with  the 
corresponding  periods  of  2014.  Employee  future  benefit  plan  expense  primarily  represents 
the excess of expected interest cost on plan obligations in excess of the expected return on 
plan  assets  related  to  a  curtailed  defined  benefit  pension  plan  for  certain  former  United 
States  employees.  Pension  administration  expense  of  approximately  ($0.1)  million  for  the 
years  ended  December  31,  2015  and  2014  represent  administrative  costs  incurred  in 
managing the plan. 

Foreign exchange gains (losses) for the three months and year ended December 31, 2015 
were  ($0.9)  million  and  $0.1  million,  respectively,  compared  to  ($0.5)  million  and  nil, 
respectively, for the corresponding periods of 2014. Foreign exchange gains and losses are 
attributable  primarily  to  the  effect  of  the  changes  in  the  value  of  the  Canadian  dollar, 
relative  to  the  U.S.  dollar,  on  our  Canadian dollar-denominated  net  monetary  position  and 
on  any  outstanding  foreign  exchange  currency  contracts  that  are  marked  to  market  each 

Page 24 of 53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
reporting period if not qualified for hedge accounting treatment. Foreign exchange gains and 
losses are also impacted by the conversion of Dantherm Power’s assets and liabilities from 
the Danish Kroner to the U.S. dollar at exchange rates in effect at each reporting date.  

Investment  and  other  income  for  the  three  months  and  years  ended  December  31,  2015 
and 2014 were nominal and were earned primarily on our cash, cash equivalents and short-
term investments.  

Finance  expense  for  the  three  months  and  year  ended  December  31,  2015  was  ($0.2) 
million  and  ($0.8)  million,  respectively,  compared  to  ($0.2)  million  and  ($0.9)  million, 
respectively, for the corresponding periods of 2014. Finance expense relates primarily to the 
sale  and  leaseback  of  our  head  office  building  in  Burnaby,  British  Columbia  which  was 
completed on March 9, 2010. Due to the long term nature of the lease, the leaseback of the 
building qualifies as a finance (or capital) lease.  

Gain  on  sale  of  Intellectual  Property  for  the  three  months  and  year  ended  December 
31, 2015 was $5.4 million and $19.6 million, respectively, and resulted from the transfer of 
ownership of the UTC Portfolio previously acquired by us from UTC in 2014 to Volkswagen in 
2015 through two separate transactions under the Volkswagen IP Agreement for total gross 
proceeds of $50 million. 

On the closing of the sale of the automotive-related patents and patent applications of the 
UTC  Portfolio  in  the  first  quarter  of  2015,  we  recognized  a  gain  on  sale  of  intellectual 
property  of  $14.2  million  on  net  proceeds  received  of  $29.5  million.  On  the  closing  of  the 
initial  transaction  on  February  23,  2015,  Ballard  transferred  ownership  of  the  automotive-
related patents and patent applications of the UTC Portfolio in exchange for gross proceeds 
of $40 million. This receipt triggered a 25%, or $10.0 million, license fee payment to UTC. 
Although ownership of the patents and patent applications was transferred to Volkswagen, 
Ballard  received  a  royalty-free  back-license  to  all  the  transferred  patents  and  patent 
applications  for  use  in  all  non-automotive  applications,  in  bus  applications  and  in  certain 
limited pre-commercial automotive applications. The gain on sale of intellectual property of 
$14.2  million  represents  gross  proceeds  received  on  the  sale  of  the  automotive-related 
patents  and  patent  applications  from  Volkswagen  of  $40.0  million,  net  of  the  license  fee 
paid  to  UTC  of  ($10.0)  million,  transaction  costs  of  approximately  ($0.5)  million,  and  the 
ascribed  cost  of  the  patents  and  patent  applications  in  the  UTC  Portfolio  of  approximately 
($15.3) million. 

On the closing of the sale of a copy of the automotive-related know-how of the UTC Portfolio 
in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2015,  we  recognized  an  additional  gain  on  sale  of  intellectual 
property of $5.4 million. On the closing of the second tranche on December 2, 2015, Ballard 
transferred a copy of the automotive-related know-how of the UTC Portfolio in exchange for 
gross  proceeds  receivable  of  $10  million.  This  receivable  is  recorded  in  trade  and  other 
receivables  at  December  31,  2015  and  is  expected  to  be  collected  in  the  first  quarter  of 
2016,  net  of  applicable  withholding  taxes,  which  are  expected  to  be  recovered  in  fiscal 
2016. The receipt will trigger a 9%, or $0.9 million, payment to UTC in fiscal 2016 which is 
recorded  in  accounts  payable  and  accrued  liabilities  as  of  December  31,  2015.  On  the 
closing  of  the  sale  of  a  copy  of  the  automotive-related  know-how  of  the  UTC  Portfolio, 
Ballard retained full ownership of the know-how including the right to sell additional copies 

Page 25 of 53 

 
 
 
 
 
of the know-how to third parties as well as retaining the right to use the know-how in all our 
applications.  The  gain  on  sale  of  intellectual  property  of  $5.4  million  represents  gross 
proceeds receivable from Volkswagen of $10.0 million, net of a fee payable to UTC of ($0.9) 
million,  and  the  ascribed  cost  of  the  automotive-related  know-how  of  the  UTC  Portfolio 
previously classified as assets held for sale of approximately ($3.8) million. 

Impairment  loss  on  investment  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2014  was  ($0.1) 
million  and  consists  of  an  impairment  charge  related  to  our  non-core  investment  in 
Chrysalix  Energy  Limited  Partnership  which  was  written  down  in  2014  to  its  net  realizable 
value of nil. 

Net  income  (loss)  attributed  to  non-controlling  interests  for  the  three  months  and 
year ended December 31, 2015 was $0.1 million and ($0.8) million, respectively, compared 
to  ($0.6)  million  and  ($1.6)  million,  respectively,  for  the  corresponding  periods  of  2014. 
Amounts  primarily  represent  the  non-controlling  interest  of  Dantherm  A/S  in  the  losses  of 
Dantherm  Power  as  a  result  of  their  43%  total  equity  interest  in  Dantherm  Power.  The 
improvement in performance at Dantherm Power in 2015, as compared to 2014, is primarily 
a  result  of  cost  reduction  efforts  combined  with  an  increase  in  government  funding 
recoveries on research and product development activities.  

Net earnings from Discontinued Operations for the year ended December 31, 2014 was 
$0.3 million and consists of additional proceeds received in the form of a 12-month product 
credit  on  the  disposition  of  our  former  Materials  Product  division.  As  a  result  of  the 
disposition  of  our  Materials  Products  segment  on  January  31,  2013,  the  former  Material 
Products  segment  has  been  classified  as  a  discontinued  operation  in  our  consolidated 
financial statements. As such, the operating results of the former Material Products segment 
have been removed from our results from continuing operations and are instead presented 
separately  in  the  statement  of  comprehensive  income  as  income  from  discontinued 
operations.  The  former  Materials  Product  segment  sold  carbon  fiber  products  primarily  for 
automotive transmissions, and GDL’s for fuel cells.  

PROTONEX ACQUISITION PURCHASE PRICE ALLOCATION 

On  October  1,  2015,  we  completed  the  acquisition  of  Protonex,  a  leading  designer  and 
manufacturer  of  advanced  power  management  products  and  portable  fuel  cell  solutions. 
During  the  fourth  quarter  of  2015,  we  completed  detailed  valuation  studies  and  prepared 
the  preliminary  purchase  price  allocation  for  Protonex  using  the  acquisition  method  of 
accounting in accordance with IFRS 3 Business Combinations, with Ballard Power considered 
as  the  accounting  acquirer  and  Protonex  as  the  accounting  acquiree.  As  the  accounting 
acquirer, consideration given by Ballard to acquire Protonex has been allocated to the assets 
acquired, and the liabilities assumed, based on their fair values as of the acquisition date of 
October 1, 2015.  

As  consideration  for  the  transaction,  we  assumed  and  paid  certain  of  Protonex’  debt 
obligations  and  transaction  costs  on  closing  of  approximately  $3.8  million,  and  issued 
approximately  11.4  million  of  Ballard  shares  at  fair  value  of  $1.20  per  share,  or 
approximately $13.7 million, for total purchase consideration of $17.5 million. In accordance 
with  IAS  3,  the  fair  value  of  the  11.4  million  Ballard  shares  has  been  measured  for 
accounting  purposes  using  the  $1.20  closing  price  of  the  Ballard  shares  on  the  day 

Page 26 of 53 

 
 
 
 
 
immediately preceding the acquisition date.  

In accordance with IFRS 3, the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed as part of 
a  business  combination  are  recognized  separately  from  goodwill  at  the  acquisition  date  if 
they  meet  the  definition  of  an  asset  or  liability  and  are  exchanged  as  part  of  the  business 
combination. The identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed are then measured at 
their  acquisition  date  fair  values  based  on  the  contractual  terms,  economic  conditions, 
Ballard’s  operating  and  accounting  policies  and  other  pertinent  conditions  as  of  the 
acquisition date. The fair value review of Protonex’ assets and liabilities commenced with a 
review of the carrying amount of each respective asset and liability. The carrying amounts 
of all assets and liabilities were audited as of September 30, 2015 (the former fiscal year-
end  of  Protonex)  and  included  confirmation  of  existence  and  a  review  of  potential 
impairment  of  all  significant  assets  and  a  review  for  completeness  of  all  liabilities.  Each 
asset  and  liability  was  then  reviewed  and  measured  for  potential  fair  value  adjustments 
from carrying cost to arrive at the preliminary fair value of each asset and liability as of the 
acquisition date of October 1, 2015.  

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)  
Fair Value of Assets acquired and Liabilities assumed 

Cash and cash equivalents   

Accounts receivable  

Inventory   

Other current assets  

Property, plant and equipment  

Intangible assets   

Goodwill   

Other long-term assets  

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities  

Deferred revenue  

Capital lease payable  

Accrued warranty obligations  

Payable to Ballard Power  

Other long-term liabilities  

$ 

Oct-01-15 

1,464 

558 

2,330 

167 

1,223 

11,138 

4,272 

22 

(2,654) 

(275) 

(22) 

(47) 

(703) 

(2) 

Fair Value (preliminary) of Assets acquired and 
Liabilities assumed  

$ 

17,471 

The preliminary fair value of each of the acquired identifiable assets and liabilities assumed 
was determined as follows: 

  The  fair  value  of  certain  of  the  acquired  working  capital  balances  including  accounts 
receivable,  other  current  assets,  accounts  payable  and  accrued  liabilities  and  accrued 
warranty obligations have been assessed at their respective audited carrying amount on 
September  30,  2015  which  is  considered  to  approximately  equate  to  fair  value  as  a 
result of the short-term to maturity of each of these accounts. 

  The  fair  value  of  acquired  raw  material  inventory  has  been  assessed  at  its  audited 
carrying amount on September 30, 2015 which is considered to approximately equate to 
fair  value.  A  cost-based  approach  has  been  used  for  raw  material  inventory  as  market 
information  to  utilize  a  market  approach  is  not  available.  Furthermore,  an  audit  of 

Page 27 of 53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Protonex  as  of  September  30,  2015  included  a  net  realizable  value  assessment  of  the 
inventory. 

  The  fair  value  of  acquired  finished  goods  and  work-in-progress  inventory  has  been 
calculated using the market or income approach. Under this approach, the fair value of 
the  finished  goods  and  work-in-progress  inventory  has  been  calculated  equal  to  the 
estimated  selling  price  of  the  finished  units  less  the  sum  of  the  estimated  (i)  costs  to 
complete; (ii) costs of disposal, and (iii) a reasonable profit allowance for the completion 
and  selling  effort  of  the  acquirer,  all  of  which  are  estimated  from  the  perspective  of  a 
market  participant.  The  fair  value  of  finished  goods  and  work-in-progress  inventory  of 
includes  a  fair  value  adjustment  of  $0.1  million  from  its  original  audited  carrying 
amount. 

  The  fair  value  of  other  assets,  deferred  revenues,  and  capital  lease  obligations  have 
been assessed at their respective audited carrying amounts on September 30, 2015 as 
any fair value adjustment would be insignificant.  

  Acquired  property,  plant  and  equipment  consist  primarily  of  specialized  manufacturing 
and  research  and  development  equipment,  as  well  as  miscellaneous  leasehold 
improvements,  computer  hardware,  computer  software  and  office  equipment,  all 
physically  located  in  Protonex’  operating  facility  in  Southborough,  MA.  As  there  is  no 
market-based  evidence  of  fair  value  for  these  specialized  assets  that  are  rarely  sold 
other than as part of a continuing business, fair value was estimated using a depreciated 
replacement  cost  approach  in  accordance  with  IAS  16.  A  depreciated  replacement  cost 
approach  considers  how  much  it  would  cost  to  reproduce  an  asset  after  adjusting  for 
depreciation  and  optimization.  The  adjustment  for  depreciation  takes  into  account  the 
age  of  the  asset  in  relation  to  its  useful  life  and  its  residual  value.  The  adjustment  for 
optimization  takes  into  account  situations  in  which  the  asset  is  obsolete,  over-
engineered or has capacity greater than that required. The fair value of property, plant 
and equipment includes a fair value adjustment of $1.0 million from its original audited 
net book value carrying amount. 

  Acquired  identified  intangible  assets  consist  of  patents,  know-how  and  in-process 
research  and  development,  customer  base  and  relationships,  trademarks  and  service 
marks, non-compete arrangements, and domain names. We have concluded that each of 
the  identified  intangible  assets  meet  the  definition  of  an  identified  intangible  asset  (or 
non-monetary asset without physical substance) under IAS 38 Intangible Assets as the 
acquired  IP  meets  the  definition  of  an  asset  and  is  identifiable.  The  fair  value  of  all 
identified  intangible  assets  includes  a  fair  value  adjustment  of  $11.1  million  from  their 
original audited carrying amount.  

Page 28 of 53 

 
 
 
 
 
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars) 
Fair Value of Identified Intangible Assets   

Patents, know-how and in-process research & development  

$ 

Customer base and relationships  

Trademarks and service marks  

Non-compete agreements  

Domain names  

Amount 

Amortization 
Period 

8,973 

986 

1,135 

27 

17 

20-years  

10-years  

15-years  

1-year 

15-years  

Fair Value (preliminary) of Identified Intangible 
Assets  

$ 

11,138 

The  preliminary  fair  value  of  acquired  identified  intangible  assets  were  calculated  with 
the  assistance  of  an  independent  valuator  and  were  determined  through  a  variety  of 
valuation techniques.  

o  The  fair  value  of  the  acquired  product  and  patent  portfolio  including  know-how 
and  in-process  R&D  totaling  $9.0  million  has  been  calculated  using  the  Relief 
from  Royalty  approach  which  is  a  variant  of  the  Income  Approach.  The 
application  of  the  Relief  from  Royalty  approach  involves  estimating  the  value  of 
an  intangible  asset  by  quantifying  the  present  value  of  the  stream  of  market-
derived  royalty  payments  that  the  owner  of  the  intangible  asset  is  exempted  or 
‘relieved’ from paying. The method entails the determination of the avoided cost 
as  if  the  Company  did  not  own  any  patents,  and  instead  was  required  to  make 
royalty payments for their use. The basic tenet of this method is that without the 
ownership of the subject intangible asset, the user of that intangible asset would 
have to make payments to the owner in return for the rights to use it. 

o  The fair value of the acquired customer contracts and relationships totaling $1.0 
million  has  been  calculated  using  the  Multi-Period  Excess  Earnings  Method 
(“MPEEM”)  approach  which  is  a  variant  of  the  Income  Approach.  The  basic 
principle of the MPEEM Approach is that a single asset, in isolation, is not capable 
of  generating  cash  flow  for  an  enterprise.  Several  assets  are  brought  together 
and exploited to generate cash flow. Therefore, to determine cash flow from the 
exploitation  of  existing  customer  contracts/relationships,  one  must  deduct  the 
related  expenses  incurred  for  the  exploitation  of  other  assets  used  for  the 
generation of overall cash flow and revenues. The fair value of existing customer 
contracts/relationships  was  estimated  by  discounting  the  net  cash  flow  derived 
the  acquired  customer 
from 
contracts/relationships. 

revenues  attributable 

the  expected 

to 

o  The fair value of the acquired trademarks and service marks totaling $1.1 million 
has  been  calculated  using  the  Price  Premium  approach  which  is  a  variant  of  the 
Income  Approach  as  reasonable  market  data  to  enable  use  of  the  Relief  of 
Royalty  approach  was  not  available.  Under  the  Price  Premium  approach,  the 
Company  is  expected  to  be  able  to  charge  a  minimal  price  premium  (vis-à-vis 
competitors) attributable to the acquired trademarks/trade names. 

o  The  fair  value  of  the  acquired  non-compete  covenants  were  nominal  and  were 
calculated using the Income Approach whereby the fair value of the non-compete 
covenants  was  estimated  by  calculating  the  expected  decrease  or  loss  in 
forecasted  cash  flows  if  the  employees  compete  with  the  target’s  business  sans 
the non-compete covenants. 

Page 29 of 53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
o  The fair value of the acquired website and domain names were nominal and were 
calculated using the Replacement Cost Approach which considers the value based 
on the cost of reproducing or replacing the asset. 

The  remaining  unallocated  $4.3  million  of  the  total  purchase  price  consideration  of  $17.5 
million  has  been  ascribed  as  Goodwill.  The  goodwill  of  $4.3  million  resulting  from  the 
acquisition  consists  largely  of  the  expectation  that  the  acquisition  will  complement  the 
Corporation’s  Fuel  Cell  Products  and  Services  growth  platform  by  delivering  strategic 
benefits in diversification, growth, scale, and profitability. 

SUMMARY OF QUARTERLY RESULTS FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS 

The following table provides summary financial data for our last eight quarters from 
continuing operations: 

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts 

and weighted average shares outstanding which are expressed in 

thousands) 

Quarter ended, 

Revenues from continuing operations 

Net income (loss) attributable to Ballard from 
continuing operations 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to 
Ballard from continuing operations, basic and 
diluted 

Dec 31, 
 2015 

Sep 30, 
 2015 

Jun 30, 
 2015 

  $ 

  $ 

19,986 

(1,355) 

  $ 

  $ 

16,037 

(4,135) 

  $ 

  $ 

11,177 

(7,342) 

  $ 

  $ 

Mar 31, 
 2015 

9,263 

7,017 

  $  

(0.01) 

  $  

(0.03) 

  $  

(0.06) 

  $  

0.05 

Weighted average common shares outstanding  

155,188 

141,253 

132,595 

132,276 

Revenues  

Net income (loss) attributable to Ballard 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to 
Ballard from continuing operations, basic and 
diluted 

Dec 31, 
 2014 

15,647 

(17,467) 

 (0.13) 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Sep 30, 
 2014 

20,611 

(2,423) 

 (0.02) 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Jun 30, 
 2014 

18,471 

(4,457) 

 (0.03) 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Mar 31, 
 2014 

13,992 

(3,841) 

 (0.03) 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Weighted average common shares outstanding  

132,104 

132,049 

130,392 

114,756 

Summary  of  Quarterly  Results:    There  were  no  significant  seasonal  variations  in  our 
quarterly results from continuing operations. Variations in our net loss for the above periods 
were affected primarily by the following factors: 

  Revenues:  Variations  in  fuel  cell  revenues  reflect  the  demand  and  timing  of  our 
customers’  fuel  cell  vehicle,  bus  and  fuel  cell  product  deployments  as  well  as  the 
demand and timing of their engineering services projects.  

Variations  in  fuel  cell  revenues  also  reflect  the  timing  of  work  performed  and  the 
achievements of milestones under long-term fixed price contracts including the contract 
with Volkswagen which commenced in the first quarter of 2013, the Azure Bus Licensing 
Agreement  which  commenced  in  the  third  quarter  of  2013  and  the  Azure  Telecom 
Backup  Power  Licensing  Agreement  which  commenced  in  the  second  quarter  of  2014 
prior  to  breaches  by  Azure  of  both  the  Azure  Bus  Licensing  Agreement  and  the  Azure 
Telecom  Backup  Power  Licensing  Agreement  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2014.  Revenues 
were  positively  impacted  as  of  the  fourth  quarter  of  2015  by  the  acquisition  and 
integration of Protonex on October 1, 2015. 

Page 30 of 53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
  
  Operating  expenditures:  Operating  expenses  were  negatively  impacted  as  of  the 
fourth  quarter  of  2015  by  the  acquisition  and  integration  of  Protonex  on  October  1, 
2015,  including  the  incurrence  of  acquisition  related  expenses  totaling  $1.5  million 
incurred  in  the  second  and  third  quarters  of  2015.  Operating  expenses  were  positively 
impacted  in  the  first  quarter  of  2015  by  net  recoveries  of  previously  impaired  trade 
receivables  of  $1.0  million.  Operating  expenses  were  negatively  impacted  in  the  fourth 
quarter of 2014 by impairment losses on trade receivables of ($6.2) million consisting of 
a  ($4.4)  million  impairment  charge  as  a  result  of  material  breaches  by  Azure  of  the 
Azure  Telecom  Backup  Power  Licensing  Agreement  and  the  Azure  Bus  Licensing 
Agreement,  and  by  additional  impairment  charges  of  ($1.8)  million  related  to  non-
collection  of  certain  of  our  customers  primarily  in  Asia.  Impairment  losses  on  trade 
receivables  are  recognized  in  other  income  (expense).  Operating  expenses  also  include 
the impact of changes in the value of the Canadian dollar, versus the U.S. dollar, on our 
Canadian dollar denominated expenditures.  

  Net  income  (loss):  The  net  income  for  the  first  quarter  of  2015  was  positively 
impacted  by  a  gain  on  sale  of  intellectual  property  of  $14.2  million  resulting  from  the 
sale  of  the  automotive-related  patents  and  patent  applications  of  the  UTC  Portfolio 
transferred  to  Volkswagen  on  the  closing  of  the  initial  tranche  of  the  Volkswagen  IP 
Agreement. Net income for the fourth quarter of 2015 was positively impacted by a gain 
on  sale  of  intellectual  property  of  $5.4  million  resulting  from  the  sale  of  a  copy  of  the 
automotive-related  know-how  of  the  UTC  Portfolio  to  Volkswagen  on  the  closing  of  the 
second and final tranche of the Volkswagen IP Agreement. 

CASH FLOWS 
Cash,  cash  equivalents  and  short-term  investments  were  $40.0  million  at  December  31, 
2015, compared to $23.7 million at December 31, 2014. The $16.4 million increase in cash, 
cash  equivalents  and  short-term  investments  in  2015  was  driven  by  net  proceeds  on  the 
sale of intellectual property of $29.5 million received on the closing of the initial tranche of 
the Volkswagen IP Agreement, combined with net proceeds from the July 2015 Offering of 
$13.3 million, net proceeds from the Nisshinbo strategic equity investment of $5.0 million, 
net  proceeds  from  share  purchase  warrant  exercises  of  $0.2  million  and  employee  share 
purchase  option  proceeds  of  $0.4  million.  These  inflows  were  partially  offset  by  a  net  loss 
(excluding  non-cash  items)  of  ($19.3)  million,  working  capital  outflows  of  ($6.0)  million, 
purchases in property, plant and equipment of ($2.3) million, the acquisition of Protonex of 
($3.8) million partially offset by acquired Protonex cash of $1.5 million, and investments in 
fuel cell technology intangible assets of ($1.6) million.  

For  the  three  months  ended  December  31,  2015,  cash  used  by  operating  activities  was 
($10.6) million, consisting of cash operating losses of ($4.6) million and net working capital 
outflows  of  ($5.9)  million.  For  the  three  months  ended  December  31,  2014,  cash  used  by 
operating activities was ($8.2) million, consisting of cash operating losses of ($10.8) million 
partially offset by net working capital inflows of $2.6 million. The ($2.4) million increase in 
cash used by  operating  activities  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2015,  as compared  to  the  fourth 
quarter  of  2014,  was  driven  by  the  relative  increase  in  working  capital  requirements  of 
($8.6)  million,  partially  offset  by  the  relative  reduction  in  cash  operating  losses  of  $6.2 
million. The $6.2 million reduction in cash operating losses in the fourth quarter of 2015 was 

Page 31 of 53 

 
 
 
 
 
due  primarily  to  the  $13.1  million  reduction  in  Adjusted  EBITDA  loss,  partially  offset  by 
lower  impairment  losses  on  trade  receivables  of  ($6.1)  million  which  while  included  in  the 
Adjusted EBITDA loss, are excluded from cash operating losses.  

In  the  fourth  quarter  of  2015,  net  working  capital  cash  outflows  of  ($5.9)  million  were 
driven by higher accounts receivable of ($2.2) million primarily as a result of the timing of 
Portable  Power  and  Heavy-Duty  Motive  revenues  and  the  related  customer  collections,  by 
lower accounts payable and accrued liabilities of ($1.8) million due primarily to the timing of 
purchases  and  supplier  payments  including  the  payment  of  acquisition  and  transaction 
related costs incurred on the Protonex acquisition, and by lower deferred revenue of ($1.5) 
million  as  we  completed  the  contract  work  on  certain  Technology  Solutions,  Heavy-Duty 
Motive  and  government  grant  contracts  for  which  we  received  pre-payments  in  an  earlier 
period.  Working  capital  inflows  of  $2.6  million  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2014  was  due  to 
higher accrued warranty provisions of $3.5 million primarily as a result of an adjustment for 
an  expected  increase  in  customer  service  related  expenses  in  our  Telecom  Backup  Power 
market  in  Asia,  combined  with  lower  inventory  of  $2.6  million  as  we  shipped  product 
purchased and built in prior quarters. These fourth quarter of 2014 working capital inflows 
were partially offset by lower accounts payable and accrued liabilities of ($3.7) million as a 
result of increased supplier payments made for higher inventory purchases in the first three 
quarters  of  2014  and  by  a  downward  adjustment  to  accrued  cash-based  compensation 
expense in the fourth quarter of 2014.  

For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2015,  cash  used  in  operating  activities  was  ($25.4) 
million,  consisting  of  cash  operating  losses  of  ($19.3)  million  and  net  working  capital 
outflows of ($6.0) million. For the year ended December 31, 2014, cash used in operating 
activities was ($20.7) million, consisting of cash operating losses of ($15.7) million and net 
working  capital  outflows  of  ($5.0)  million.  The  ($4.7)  million  increase  in  cash  used  by 
operating  activities  in  2015,  as  compared  to  2014,  was  driven  by  the  relative  increase  in 
cash  operating  losses  of  ($3.6)  million,  combined  with  the  relative  increase  in  working 
capital requirements of ($1.0) million. The ($3.6) million increase in cash operating losses in 
2015  was  due  primarily  to  lower  impairment  losses  on  trade  receivables  of  ($5.8)  million 
which while included in the Adjusted EBITDA loss, are excluded from cash operating losses, 
partially offset by the $3.4 million reduction in Adjusted EBITDA loss. 

In  2015,  net  working  capital  outflows  of  ($6.0)  million  were  driven  by  higher  inventory  of 
($5.6)  million  primarily  to  support  expected  Heavy-Duty  Motive  and  Power  Products 
shipments in the first quarter of 2016 to Synergy, the U.S. Army and other customers and 
as  a  result  of  delayed  but  expected  Telecom  Backup  Power  system  shipments,  by  lower 
accrued  warranty  provisions  of  ($3.6)  million  due  primarily  to  customer  service  related 
expenses incurred in our Telecom Backup Power market in Asia and by Heavy-Duty Motive 
warranty  contract  expirations,  and  by  lower  accounts  payable  and  accrued  liabilities  of 
($1.3) million due primarily to the timing of purchases and supplier payments. These 2015 
working capital outflows were partially offset by higher deferred revenue of $4.0 million as 
we  collected  pre-payments  on  certain  Heavy-Duty  Motive  and  Technology  Solutions 
contracts in advance of work performed. Working capital outflows of ($5.0) million in 2014 
was driven by lower accounts receivable of ($4.1) million primarily as a result of impairment 
losses on trade receivables of ($6.2) million and the timing of Technology Solutions, Heavy-

Page 32 of 53 

 
 
 
 
 
Duty Motive and Telecom Backup Power revenues and the related customer collections, and 
by  lower  deferred  revenue  of  ($4.4)  million  as  we  completed  the  contract  work  on 
Technology  Solutions  and  certain  government  grant  contracts  for  which  we  received  pre-
payments in an earlier period. These working capital outflows in 2014 were partially offset 
by  working  capital  inflows  related  to  higher  accrued  warranty  provisions  of  $2.4  million 
primarily as a result of an adjustment for an expected increase in customer service related 
expenses  in  our  Telecom  Backup  Power  market  in  Asia,  and  by  lower  inventory  of  $1.5 
million as we shipped product purchased and built in prior quarters.  

Investing  activities  resulted  in  net  cash  inflows  (outflows)  of  ($3.6)  million  and  $23.3 
million, respectively, for the three months and year ended December 31, 2015, compared to 
cash outflows ($0.5) million and ($4.2) million, respectively, for the corresponding periods 
of 2014. Investing activities in 2015 of $23.2 million consist primarily of net proceeds on the 
sale of intellectual property of $29.5 million received on the closing of the initial tranche of 
the Volkswagen IP Agreement, partially offset by capital  expenditures of ($2.3) million, by 
the  acquisition  of  Protonex  of  ($3.8)  million  partially  offset  by  acquired  Protonex  cash  of 
$1.5 million, and by investments in fuel cell technology intangible assets of ($1.6) million. 
Investing activities in 2014 of ($4.2) million consist primarily of the investment in fuel cell 
technology  intangible  assets  of  ($3.4)  million  related  primarily  to  the  acquisition  and 
integration  of  the  UTC  intellectual  property  assets,  and  capital  expenditures  of  ($0.8) 
million.  

Financing  activities  resulted  in  cash  inflows  of  $4.9  million  and  $18.1  million,  respectively, 
for  the  three  months  and  year  ended  December  31,  2015  compared  to  cash  (outflows) 
inflows of ($0.2) million and $18.5 million for the corresponding periods of 2014. Financing 
activities  in  2015  of  $18.1  million  consist  of  net  proceeds  received  from  the  July  2015 
Offering of $13.4 million, net proceeds from the November 2015 Nisshinbo strategic equity 
investment  of  $5.0  million,  net  proceeds  from  share  purchase  warrant  exercises  of  $0.2 
million,  proceeds  from  employee  share  purchase  option  exercises  of  $0.4  million,  partially 
offset  by  capital  lease  payments  of  ($0.8)  million.  Financing  activities  in  2014  of  $18.5 
million  consist  of  net  proceeds  from  share  purchase  warrant  exercises  of  $12.3  million, 
proceeds from employee share purchase option exercises of $6.8 million, proceeds on sale 
of  treasury  shares  of  $0.4  million,  partially  offset  by  capital  lease  payments  of  ($0.9) 
million.  

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES 

At December 31, 2015, we had total Liquidity of $40.0 million. We measure Liquidity as our 
net  cash  position,  consisting  of  the  sum  of  our  cash,  cash  equivalents  and  short-term 
investments  of  $40.0  million,  net  of  amounts  drawn  on  our  $7  million  Canadian  demand 
revolving  facility  (“Operating  Facility”)  of  nil.  The  Operating  Facility  is  occasionally  used  to 
assist  in  financing  our  short  term  working  capital  requirements  and  is  secured  by  a 
hypothecation  of  our  cash,  cash  equivalents  and  short-term  investments.  Our  Liquidity 
position  was  subsequently  augmented  in  February  2016  by  approximately  $3.3  million 
(Canadian  $4.6  million)  as  we  reached  payment  under  a  settlement  agreement  with 
Superior Plus as to the full and final amount payable to us under the Indemnity Agreement. 
Our  Liquidity  position  is  expected  to  be  further  augmented  in  2016  by  the  additional  net 
proceeds receivable of approximately $9 million due from the sale of the automotive-related 

Page 33 of 53 

 
 
 
 
 
know-how of the UTC Portfolio to Volkswagen pursuant to the Volkswagen IP Agreement. 

We  also  have  a  $1.8  million  Canadian  capital  leasing  facility  (“Leasing  Facility”)  which  is 
occasionally  used  to  finance  the  acquisition  and  /  or  lease  of  operating  equipment  and  is 
secured  by  a  hypothecation  of  our  cash,  cash  equivalents  and  short-term  investments.  At 
December 31, 2015, $0.7 million Canadian was outstanding on the Leasing Facility.  

Our Liquidity objective is to maintain cash balances sufficient to fund at least six quarters of 
forecasted cash used by operating activities at all times. Our strategy to attain this objective 
is  to  continue  our  drive  to  attain  profitable  operations  that  are  sustainable  by  executing  a 
business  plan  that  continues  to  focus  on  Fuel  Cell  Products  and  Services  revenue  growth, 
improving  overall  gross  margins,  minimizing  Cash  Operating  Costs,  managing  working 
capital  requirements,  and  securing  additional  financing  to  fund  our  operations  as  needed 
until  we  do  achieve  profitable  operations  that  are  sustainable.  As  a  result  of  our  recent 
actions  to  bolster  our  cash  balances  including  the  net  proceeds  received,  and  receivable, 
pursuant  to  the  Volkswagen  IP  Agreement,  the  July  2015  Offering,  the  November  2015 
Nisshinbo equity investment, and the settlement of the Superior Plus Indemnity Agreement, 
we believe that we have adequate liquidity in cash and working capital to meet this Liquidity 
objective and to finance our operations.  

Failure  to  achieve  or  maintain  this  Liquidity  objective  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect 
on  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  including  our  ability  to  continue  as  a 
going concern. There are also various risks and uncertainties affecting our ability to achieve 
this  Liquidity  objective  including,  but  not  limited  to,  the  market  acceptance  and  rate  of 
commercialization of our products, the ability to successfully execute our business plan, and 
general  global  economic  conditions,  certain  of  which  are  beyond  our  control.  While  we 
continue to make significant investments in product development and market development 
activities  necessary  to  commercialize  our  products,  and  make  increased  investments  in 
working capital as we grow our business, our actual liquidity requirements will also vary and 
will  be  impacted  by  our  relationships  with  our  lead  customers  and  strategic  partners,  our 
success  in  developing  new  channels  to  market  and  relationships  with  customers,  our 
success  in  generating  revenue  growth  from  near-term  product,  service  and  licensing 
opportunities,  our  success  in  managing  our  operating  expense  and  working  capital 
requirements, foreign exchange fluctuations, and the progress and results of our research, 
development and demonstration programs. 

In addition to our existing cash reserves of $40.0 million at December 31, 2015, there are 
0.1  million  warrants  outstanding  (expire  on  March  27,  2018)  from  the  March  2013 
underwritten offering each of which enables the holder to purchase one common share at a 
fixed  price  of  $1.50  per  common  share,  and  1.7  million  warrants  outstanding  (expire  on 
October  9,  2018)  from  the  October  2013  underwritten  offering  each  of  which  enable  the 
holder to purchase one common share at a fixed price of $2.00 per common share. If any of 
these  warrants  are  exercised,  our  liquidity  position  would  be  further  augmented.  We  may 
also choose to pursue additional liquidity through the issuance of debt or equity in private or 
public market financings. To enable such an action and to allow the exercise of warrants, we 
filed a short form base shelf prospectus (“Prospectus”) in May 2014 in each of the provinces 
and territories of Canada, except Quebec, and a corresponding shelf registration statement 
on  Form  F-10  (“Registration  Statement”)  with  the  United  States  Securities  and  Exchange 

Page 34 of 53 

 
 
 
 
 
Commission.  These  filings  enable  offerings  of  equity  securities  during  the  effective  period 
(to June 2016) of the Prospectus and Registration Statements. However, no assurance can 
be  given  that  any  such  additional  liquidity  will  be  available  or  that,  if  available,  it  can  be 
obtained on terms favorable to the Company. 

2016 BUSINESS OUTLOOK  

In 2016, we expect to grow revenue, improve gross margin and rationalize certain operating 
costs. We expect to see revenue growth in our Heavy-Duty Motive market as well as a full-
year contribution from our Portable Power market. On gross margin improvement, we plan 
to  generate  further  product  cost  reductions  and  improve  operating  efficiencies  while 
realizing  benefits  from  expected  increased  volumes  and  improved  product  mix,  including 
important contributions from Portable Power, Technology Solutions and Heavy-Duty Motive. 
Finally,  on  operating  costs,  we  have  initiated  a  review  of  strategic  alternatives  for  our 
Telecom  Backup  Power  business  and  will  rationalize  our  Telecom  Backup  Power  and 
executive team cost structures in 2016. 

Given the early stage of fuel cell market development and adoption rate and consistent with 
2015,  we  have  decided  not  to  provide  specific  revenue  and  Adjusted  EBITDA  guidance  for 
2016. While our strategic focus on multiple fuel cell product markets, engineering services 
and  intellectual  property  monetization  serves  to  mitigate  risk,  the  resulting  cadence  in 
customer demand can be uneven through the early stages of market development. As such, 
our financial results on a quarterly basis are subject to a high degree of variability. 

Our  outlook  for  2016  is  based  on  our  internal  forecast  which  reflects  an  assessment  of 
overall  business  conditions  and  takes  into  account  actual  sales  and  financial  results  in  the 
first  six  weeks  of  2016,  sales  orders  received  for  units  and  services  to  be  delivered  in  the 
remainder of 2016, an estimate with respect to the generation of new sales and the timing 
of deliveries in each of our markets for the balance of 2016, and assumes an average U.S. 
dollar exchange rate in the low 70’s in relation to the Canadian dollar for the remainder of 
2016.  The  primary  risk  factors  to  our  business  outlook  expectations  for  2016  are  delays 
from forecast in terms of closing and delivering expected sales primarily in our Heavy-Duty 
Motive  and  Portable  Power  markets,  potential  adverse  macro-economic  conditions 
negatively  impacting  our  Chinese  customer’s  access  to  capital  and  program  plans  which 
could  adversely  impact  our  Heavy-Duty  market,  potential  disruptions  in  the  Material 
Handling  market  as  a  result  of  our  reliance  on  a  single  customer  in  this  market  and  that 
customer’s internal stack development and commercialization plans, and fluctuations in the 
Canadian  dollar,  relative  to  the  U.S.  dollar,  as  a  significant  portion  of  our  Technology 
Solutions  revenues  (including  the  technology  development  and  engineering  services 
agreement with Volkswagen) are priced in Canadian dollars.  

Furthermore,  potential  fluctuations  in  our  financial  results  make  financial  forecasting 
difficult.  The  Company's  revenues,  cash  flows  and  other  operating  results  can  vary 
significantly from quarter to quarter. Sales and margins may be lower than anticipated due 
to  general  economic  conditions,  market-related  factors  and  competitive  factors.  Cash 
receipts  may  also  vary  from  quarter  to  quarter  due  to  the  timing  of  cash  collections  from 
customers.  As  a  result,  quarter-to-quarter  comparisons  of  revenues,  cash  flows  and  other 
operating results may not be meaningful. In addition, due to the early stage of development 

Page 35 of 53 

 
 
 
 
 
of  the  market  for  hydrogen  fuel  cell  products,  it  is  difficult  to  accurately  predict  future 
revenues, cash flows or results of operations on a quarterly basis. It is likely that in one or 
more future quarters, financial results will fall below the expectations of securities analysts 
and  investors.  If  this  occurs,  the  trading  price  of  the  Company's  shares  may  be  materially 
and adversely affected. 

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS & CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS 

Periodically,  we  use  forward  foreign  exchange  and  forward  platinum  purchase  contracts  to 
manage  our  exposure  to  currency  rate  fluctuations  and  platinum  price  fluctuations.  We 
record these contracts at their fair value as either assets or liabilities on our balance sheet. 
Any changes in fair value are either (i) recorded in our statement of comprehensive income 
if formally designated and qualified under hedge accounting criteria; or (ii) recorded in our 
statement  of  operations  if  either  not  designated,  or  not  qualified,  under  hedge  accounting 
criteria. At December 31, 2015, we had outstanding foreign exchange currency contracts to 
purchase  a  total  of  Canadian  $10.8  million  at  an  average  rate  of  1.33  Canadian  per  U.S 
dollar,  resulting  in  an  unrealized  loss  of  ($0.3)  million  at  December  31,  2015.  The 
outstanding foreign exchange currency contracts are not qualified under hedge accounting. 

At  December  31,  2015,  we  did  not  have  any  other  material  obligations  under  guarantee 
contracts,  retained  or  contingent  interests  in  transferred  assets,  outstanding  derivative 
instruments or non-consolidated variable interests.   

At  December  31,  2015,  we  had  the  following  contractual  obligations  and  commercial 
commitments: 

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars) 
Contractual Obligations 

Operating leases 

Capital leases 

Asset retirement obligations 

Payments due by period, 

Total 

Less than 

1-3 years 

4-5 years 

After 5 

one year 

years 

$  11,447 

$ 

2,409 

$ 

4,532 

$ 

2,616 

$ 

1,890 

10,536 

4,245 

1,524 

2,014 

- 

- 

2,167 

- 

4,830 

4,245 

Total contractual obligations 

$  26,228 

$ 

3,993 

$ 

6,546 

$ 

4,783 

$ 

10,965 

In  addition,  we  have  outstanding  commitments  of  $0.4  million  related  primarily  to 
purchases  of  capital  assets  at  December  31,  2015.  Capital  expenditures  pertain  to  our 
regular operations and are expected to be funded through cash on hand.  

In  connection  with  the  acquisition  of  intellectual  property  from  UTC  on  April  24,  2014,  we 
retain  a  royalty  obligation  to  pay  UTC  a  portion  (typically  25%)  of  any  future  intellectual 
property  sale  and  licensing  income  generated  from  our  intellectual  property  portfolio  for  a 
period of 15-years expiring in April 2029. 

As at December 31, 2015, we retain a previous funding obligation to pay royalties of 2% of 
revenues (to a maximum of Canadian $5.4 million) on sales of certain fuel cell products for 
commercial  distributed  utility  applications.  No  royalties  have  been  incurred  to  date  as  a 
result of this agreement. We also retain a previous funding obligation to pay royalties of 2% 
of revenues (to a maximum of Canadian $2.2 million) on sales of certain fuel cell products 
for  commercial  transit  applications.  No  royalties  have  been  incurred  to  date  as  a  result  of 
this agreement. 

Page 36 of 53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In  the  ordinary  course  of  business  or  as  required  by  certain  acquisition  or  disposition 
agreements, we are periodically required to provide certain indemnities to other parties.  

Our  Arrangement  with  Superior  Plus  included  an  Indemnity  Agreement  which  set  out  each 
party’s  continuing  obligations  to  the  other.  The  Indemnity  Agreement  included  two  basic 
elements  to  the  final  determination  date  of  December  31,  2015:  it  provided  for  the 
indemnification of each party by the other for breaches of representations and warranties or 
covenants as well as, in our case, any liability relating to our business which is suffered by 
Superior Plus. Our indemnity to Superior Plus with respect to our representation relating to 
the  existence  of  our  tax  pools  immediately  prior  to  the  completion  of  the  Arrangement  is 
limited to an aggregate of Canadian $7.4 million with a threshold amount of Canadian $0.5 
million before there is an obligation to make a payment. Second, the Indemnity Agreement 
provided for adjustments to be paid by us, or to us, depending on the final determination of 
the  amount  of  our  Canadian  non-capital  losses,  scientific  research  and  development 
expenditures  and  investment  tax  credits  generated  to  December  31,  2008,  to  the  extent 
that  such  amounts  are  more  or  less  than  the  amounts  estimated  at  the  time  the 
Arrangement  was  executed.  In  2015,  we  reached  agreement  and  signed  mutual  releases 
with  Superior  Plus  as  to  the  full  and  final  amount  payable  to  us  under  the  Indemnity 
Agreement  and  received  additional  cash  proceeds  of  approximately  $3.3  million  (Canadian 
$4.6  million)  in  February  2016.  The  cash  proceeds  receivable  have  been  recorded  as  a 
credit  to  shareholders’  equity  as  of  December  31,  2015  consistent  with  the  accounting 
treatment for the original transaction in 2008.  

At  December  31,  2015,  we  have not  accrued  any  other  amount  owing,  or  receivable,  as  a 
result of any other indemnity agreements undertaken in the ordinary course of business. 

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS 

Related  parties  include  shareholders  with  a  significant  ownership  interest  in  either  us  or 
Dantherm  Power,  together  with  their  subsidiaries  and  affiliates.  Revenues  and  costs 
recognized  from  such  transactions  reflect  the  prices  and  terms  of  sale  and  purchase 
transactions with related parties, which are in accordance with normal trade practices at fair 
value.  For  the  three  months  and  year  ended  December  31,  2015  and  2014,  related  party 
transactions and balances are limited to transactions between Dantherm Power and its non-
controlling interests as follows: 

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars) 

Transactions with related parties 

Purchases 

Finance expense on Dantherm Power debt to Dantherm Power non-
controlling interests 

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars) 

Transactions with related parties 

Purchases 

Finance expense on Dantherm Power debt to Dantherm Power non-
controlling interests 

Three Months Ended December 31, 

2015 

61 

8 

2014 

39 

8 

 $ 

 $ 

Year Ended December 31, 

2015 

172 

30 

2014 

175 

34 

 $ 

 $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Page 37 of 53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars) 

Balances with related parties 

Trade accounts payable 

Interest payable 

Dantherm Power debt to Dantherm Power non-controlling interests 

2015 

24 

69 

433 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

As at December 31, 

2014 

70 

45 

484 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

As at December 31, 2015, Ballard holds a controlling 57% ownership interest in Dantherm 
Power  as  compared  to  a  43%  interest  held  by  Dantherm  A/S.  Ballard’s  ownership  position 
increased  in  mid-June  2015  from  52%  to  57%  when  pursuant  to  a  mutual  release 
agreement,  Azure  returned  its  10%  ownership  position  in  Dantherm  Power  to  Dantherm 
Power  for  nil  proceeds,  upon  which  the  shares  were  cancelled  by  Dantherm  Power.  As  of 
December 31, 2015, the outstanding Dantherm Power debt (including interest) to Dantherm 
Power’s  non-controlling  interests  totals  $0.5  million,  bears  interest  at  6.0%  per  annum,  is 
non-convertible, and is repayable by December 31, 2016.  

OUTSTANDING SHARE DATA 

As at February 24, 2016 

Common share outstanding  

Warrants outstanding 

Options outstanding 

DSU’s outstanding  

RSU’s outstanding (subject to vesting criteria) 

156,839,687 

   1,797,563 

    5,503,000 

917,625 

    1,708,626 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND KEY SOURCES OF ESTIMATION 
UNCERTAINTY 
Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with IFRS, which require 
us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the application of accounting policies and 
the  reported  amounts  of  assets,  liabilities,  income  and  expenses.  Actual  results  may  differ 
from  those  estimates.  Estimates  and  underlying  assumptions  are  reviewed  on  an  ongoing 
basis Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimates 
are revised and in any future periods affected.  

Critical Judgments in Applying Accounting Policies: 
Critical judgments that we have made in the process of applying our accounting policies and 
that have the most significant effect on the amounts recognized in the consolidated financial 
statements is  limited  to  our  assessment  of the  Corporation’s  ability  to  continue as  a  going 
concern (See Note 2 (e) to our annual consolidated financial statements). 

Our significant accounting policies are detailed in note 4 to our annual consolidated financial 
statements for the year ended December 31, 2015.  

Key Sources of Estimation Uncertainty: 
The  following  are  key  assumptions  concerning  the  future  and  other  key  sources  of 
estimation  uncertainty  that  have  a  significant  risk  of  resulting  in  a  material  adjustment  to 
the  reported  amount  of  assets,  liabilities,  income  and  expenses  within  the  next  financial 
year.  

Page 38 of 53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
REVENUE RECOGNITION 

Revenues  are  generated  primarily  from  product  sales  and  services,  the  license  and  sale  of 
intellectual  property,  and  the  provision  of  engineering  services.  Product  and  service 
revenues  are  derived  primarily  from  standard  equipment  and  material  sales  contracts  and 
from  long-term  fixed  price  contracts.  Intellectual  property  license  and  sale  revenues  are 
derived  primarily  from  licensing  and  sale  agreements  and  from  long-term  fixed  price 
contracts.  Engineering  service  revenues  are  derived  primarily  from  cost-plus  reimbursable 
contracts and from long-term fixed price contracts.  

On  standard  equipment  and  material  sales  contracts,  revenues  are  recognized  when  (i) 
significant risks and rewards of ownership of the goods has been transferred to the buyer; 
(ii)  we  retain  neither  continuing  managerial  involvement  to  the  degree  usually  associated 
with ownership nor effective control over the goods sold; (iii) the amount of revenue can be 
measured reliably; (iv) it is probable that the economic benefits associated with the sale will 
accrue to us; and (v) the costs incurred, or to be incurred, in respect of the transaction can 
be  measured  reliably.  Provisions  are  made  at  the  time  of  sale  for  warranties.  Revenue 
recognition  for  standard  equipment  and  material  sales  contracts  does  not  usually  involve 
significant estimates.  

On standard licensing and sale agreements, revenues are recognized on the transfer of the 
rights to the licensee if (i) the rights to the assets are assigned to the licensee in return for 
a  fixed  fee  or  a  non-refundable  guarantee;  (ii)  the  contract  is  non-cancellable;  (iii)  the 
licensee  is  able  to  exploit  its  rights  to  the  asset  freely;  and  (iv)  the  Company  has  no 
remaining  obligations  to  perform.  Otherwise,  the  proceeds  are  considered  to  relate  to  the 
right  to  use  the  asset  over  the  license  period  and  the  revenue  is  recognized  over  that 
period.  Revenue  recognition  for  license  and  sale  agreements  does  not  usually  involve 
significant estimates. 

On  cost-plus  reimbursable  contracts,  revenues  are  recognized  as  costs  are  incurred,  and 
include  applicable  fees  earned  as  services  are  provided.  Revenue  recognition  for  cost-plus 
reimbursable contracts does not usually involve significant estimates. 

On long-term fixed price contracts, revenues are recorded on the percentage-of-completion 
basis  over  the  duration  of  the  contract,  which  consists  of  recognizing  revenue  on  a  given 
contract  proportionately  with  its  percentage  of  completion  at  any  given  time.  The 
percentage of completion is determined by dividing the cumulative costs incurred as at the 
balance sheet date by the sum of incurred and anticipated costs for completing a contract.  

  The  determination  of  anticipated  costs  for  completing  a  contract  is  based  on  estimates 
that  can  be  affected  by  a  variety  of  factors  such  as  variances  in  the  timeline  to 
completion,  the  cost  of  materials,  the  availability  and  cost  of  labour,  as  well  as 
productivity. 

  The  determination  of  potential  revenues  includes  the  contractually  agreed  amount  and 
may be adjusted based on the estimate of our attainment on achieving certain defined 
contractual  milestones.  Management’s  estimation  is  required  in  determining  the 
probability  that  the  revenue  will  be  received  and  in  determining  the  measurement  of 
that amount.  

Page 39 of 53 

 
 
 
 
 
Estimates used to determine revenues and costs of long-term fixed price contracts involve 
uncertainties  that  ultimately  depend  on  the  outcome  of  future  events  and  are  periodically 
revised  as  projects  progress.  There  is  a  risk  that  a  customer  may  ultimately  disagree  with 
our  assessment  of  the  progress  achieved  against  milestones,  or  that  our  estimates  of  the 
work  required  to  complete  a  contract  may  change.  The  cumulative  effect  of  changes  to 
anticipated  revenues  and  anticipated  costs  for  completing  a  contract  are  recognized  in  the 
period  in  which  the  revisions  are  identified.  If  the  anticipated  costs  exceed  the  anticipated 
revenues  on  a  contract,  such  loss  is  recognized  in  its  entirety  in  the  period  it  becomes 
known. 

During  the  three  months  and  year  ended  December  31,  2015  and  2014,  there  were  no 
material adjustments to revenues relating to revenue recognized in a prior period.  

ASSET IMPAIRMENT 

The  carrying  amounts  of  our  non-financial  assets  other  than  inventories  are  reviewed  at 
each reporting date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such 
indication  exists,  then  the  asset’s  recoverable  amount  is  estimated.  For  goodwill  and 
intangible  assets  that  have  indefinite  useful  lives,  the  recoverable  amount  is  estimated  at 
least annually.  

The recoverable amount of an asset or cash-generating unit is the greater of its value in use 
and  its  fair  value  less  costs  to  sell.  In  assessing  value  in  use,  the  estimated  future  cash 
flows  are  discounted  to  their  present  value  using  a  pre-tax  discount  rate  that  reflects 
current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. 
In assessing fair value less costs to sell, the price that would be received on the sale of an 
asset  in  an  orderly  transaction  between  market  participants  at  the  measurement  date  is 
estimated. For the purposes of impairment testing, assets that cannot be tested individually 
are  grouped  together  into  the  smallest  group  of  assets  that  generates  cash  inflows  from 
continuing  use  that  are  largely  independent  of  the  cash  inflows  of  other  groups  of  assets. 
The allocation of goodwill to cash-generating units reflects the lowest level at which goodwill 
is monitored for internal reporting purposes. Many of the factors used in assessing fair value 
are  outside  the  control  of  management  and  it  is  reasonably  likely  that  assumptions  and 
estimates  will  change  from  period  to  period.  These  changes  may  result  in  future 
impairments.  For  example,  our  revenue  growth  rate  could  be  lower  than  projected  due  to 
economic,  industry  or  competitive  factors,  or  the  discount  rate  used  in  our  value  in  use 
model could increase due to a change in market interest rates. In addition, future goodwill 
impairment  charges  may  be  necessary  if  our  market  capitalization  decreased  due  to  a 
decline  in  the  trading  price  of  our  common  stock,  which  could  negatively  impact  the  fair 
value of our business. 

An impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of an asset or its cash-generating 
unit  exceeds  its  estimated  recoverable  amount.  Impairment  losses  are  recognized  in  net 
loss. Impairment losses recognized in respect of the cash-generating units are allocated first 
to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the units, and then to reduce the 
carrying amounts of the other assets in the unit on a pro-rata basis. 

An  impairment  loss  in  respect  of  goodwill  is  not  reversed.  In  respect  of  other  assets, 
impairment  losses  recognized  in  prior  periods  are  assessed  at  each  reporting  date  for  any 

Page 40 of 53 

 
 
 
 
 
indications that the cumulative loss has decreased or no longer exists. An impairment loss is 
reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying 
amount  that  would  have  been  determined,  net  of  depreciation  or  amortization,  if  no 
impairment loss had been recognized. 

We  perform  the  annual  review  of  goodwill  as  at  December  31  of  each  year,  more  often  if 
events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  it  might  be  impaired.  Under  IFRS,  the 
annual  review  of  goodwill  requires  a  comparison  of  the  carrying  value  of  the  asset  to  the 
higher of (i) value in use; and (ii) fair value less costs to sell. Value in use is defined as the 
present value of future cash flows expected to be derived from the asset in its current state. 
As of December 31, 2015, our consolidated goodwill balance of $40.6 million relates solely 
to our Fuel Cell Products and Services segment. Based on the impairment test performed as 
at December 31, 2015, we have concluded that no goodwill impairment charge is required 
for the year ending December 31, 2015. Details of our 2015 goodwill impairment tests are 
as follows: 

  One  of  the  methods  used  to  assess  the  recoverable  amount  of  the  goodwill  is  a  fair 
value,  less  costs  to  sale,  test.  Our  fair  value  test  is  in  effect  a  modified  market 
capitalization assessment, whereby we calculate the fair value of the Fuel Cell Products 
and  Services  segment  by  first  calculating  the  value  of  the  Company  at  December  31, 
2015  based  on  the  average  closing  share  price  in  the  month  of  December,  add  a 
reasonable  estimated  control  premium  of  25%  to  determine  the  Company’s  enterprise 
value on a controlling basis after adjusting for excess cash balances, and then deducting 
the  estimated  costs  to  sell  from  this  enterprise  value  to  arrive  at  the  fair  value  of  the 
Fuel  Cell  Products  and  Services  segment.  As  a  result  of  this  assessment,  we  have 
determined  that  the  fair  value  of  the  Fuel  Cell  Products  and  Services  segment  exceeds 
its  carrying  value  as  of  December  31,  2015  indicating  that  no  impairment  charge  is 
required for 2015.  

 

In addition to this fair value test, we also performed a value in use test on our Fuel Cell 
Products and Services segment that compared the carrying value of the segment to the 
present  value  of  future  cash  flows  expected  to  be  derived  from  the  segment.  The 
principal  factors  used  in  this  discounted  cash  flow  analysis  requiring  significant 
estimation  are  the  projected  results  of  operations,  the  discount  rate  based  on  the 
weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”), and terminal value assumptions. Our value 
in  use  test  was  based  on  a  WACC  of  15%;  an  average  estimated  compound  annual 
growth  rate  of  approximately  27%  from  2016  to  2021;  and  a  terminal  year  EBITDA 
multiplied by a terminal value multiplier of 10. Our value in use assessment resulted in 
an  estimated  fair  value  for  the  Fuel  Cell  Products  and  Services  segment  that  is 
consistent  with  that  as  determined  under  the  above  fair  value,  less  costs  to  sell, 
assessment.  As  a  result  of  this  assessment,  we  have  determined  that  the  fair  value  of 
the Fuel Cell Products segment exceeds its carrying value by a significant amount as of 
December 31, 2015 indicating that no impairment charge is required in 2015. 

In  addition  to  the  above  goodwill  impairment  test,  we  perform  a  quarterly  assessment  of 
the  carrying  amounts  of  our  non-financial  assets  (other  than  inventories)  to  determine 
whether  there  is  any  indication  of  impairment.  During  the  three  months  and  years  ended 
December,  2015  and  2014,  there  was  no  material  adjustments  to  non-financial  assets 

Page 41 of 53 

 
 
 
 
 
(other than inventories) relating to these reviews.  

WARRANTY PROVISION 

A  provision  for  warranty  costs  is  recorded  on  product  sales  at  the  time  of  shipment.  In 
establishing  the  accrued  warranty  liabilities,  we  estimate  the  likelihood  that  products  sold 
will experience warranty claims and the cost to resolve claims received. 

In making such determinations, we use estimates based on the nature of the contract and 
past  and  projected  experience  with  the  products.  Should  these  estimates  prove  to  be 
incorrect, we may incur costs different from those provided for in our warranty provisions. 
During  the  three  months  and  year  ended  December  31,  2015,  we  recorded  provisions  to 
accrued  warranty  liabilities  of  $0.3  million  and  $0.9  million,  respectively,  for  new  product 
sales,  compared  to  $0.5  million  and  $1.0  million,  respectively,  for  the  three  months  and 
year ended December 31, 2014.  

We review our warranty assumptions and make adjustments to accrued warranty liabilities 
quarterly  based  on  the  latest  information  available  and  to  reflect  the  expiry  of  contractual 
obligations. Adjustments to accrued warranty liabilities are recorded in cost of product and 
service revenues. As a result of these reviews and the resulting adjustments, our warranty 
provision  and  cost  of  revenues  for  the  three  months  and  year  ended  December  31,  2015 
were  adjusted  downwards  by  a  net  amount  of  $0.5  million  and  $1.3  million,  respectively, 
compared to a net adjustment (upwards) downwards of ($3.7) million and ($3.5) million for 
the  three  months  and  year  ended  December  31,  2014.  The  adjustments  to  the  accrued 
warranty  liability  provisions  in  2015  were  due  primarily  due  to  contractual  warranty 
expirations  and  improved  lifetimes  and  reliability  of  our  Heavy-Duty  Motive  and  Telecom 
Backup Power products, whereas the negative adjustments to the accrued warranty liability 
provisions in 2014 were primarily  due to an increase in customer service related expenses 
for our Telecom Backup Power products in Asia. 

INVENTORY PROVISION 

In determining the lower of cost and net realizable value of our inventory and establishing 
the  appropriate  provision  for  inventory  obsolescence,  we  estimate  the  likelihood  that 
inventory  carrying  values  will  be  affected  by  changes  in  market  pricing  or  demand  for  our 
products  and  by  changes  in  technology  or  design  which  could  make  inventory  on  hand 
obsolete or recoverable at less than cost. We perform regular reviews to assess the impact 
of changes in technology and design, sales trends and other changes on the carrying value 
of  inventory.  Where  we  determine  that  such  changes  have  occurred  and  will  have  a 
negative  impact  on  the  value  of  inventory  on  hand,  appropriate  provisions  are  made.  If 
there  is  a  subsequent  increase  in  the  value  of  inventory  on  hand,  reversals  of  previous 
write-downs  to  net  realizable  value  are  made.  Unforeseen  changes  in  these  factors  could 
result in additional inventory provisions, or reversals of previous provisions, being required. 
During  the  three  months  and  year  ended  December  31,  2015,  negative  inventory 
adjustments of ($0.4) million and ($0.6) million, respectively, were recorded as a charge to 
cost of product and service revenues, compared to negative inventory adjustments of ($0.6) 
million and ($1.3) million, respectively, for the three months and year ended December 31, 
2014.  

Page 42 of 53 

 
 
 
 
 
IMPAIRMENT RECOVERIES (LOSSES) ON TRADE RECEIVABLES 

Trade  and  other  receivables  are  recognized  initially  at  fair  value  and  subsequently  at 
amortized cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment losses. Fair value is 
estimated  as  the  present  value  of  future  cash  flows,  discounted  at  the  market  rate  of 
interest  at  the  reporting  date.  In  determining  the  fair  value  of  our  trade  and  other 
receivables  and  establishing  the  appropriate  provision  for  doubtful  accounts,  we  perform 
regular reviews to estimate the likelihood that our trade and other accounts receivable will 
ultimately be collected in a timely manner. Where we determine that customer collectability 
issues  have  occurred  and  will  have  a  negative  impact  on  the  value  of  trade  and  other 
receivables, appropriate provisions are made. If there is a subsequent recovery in the value 
of  trade  and  other  receivables,  reversals  of  previous  write-downs  to  fair  value  are  made. 
Unforeseen  changes  in  these  factors  could  result  in  additional  impairment  provisions,  or 
reversals  of  previous  impairment  provisions,  being  required.  During  the  three  months  and 
year ended December 31, 2015, net impairment recoveries on trade receivables of nil and 
$0.9 million, respectively, were recorded as other operating income, compared to compared 
to net impairment (charges) of ($6.2) million and ($6.2) million, respectively, for the three 
months and year ended December 31, 2014. 

EMPLOYEE FUTURE BENEFITS 

The  present  value  of  our  defined  benefit  obligation  is  determined  by  discounting  the 
estimated  future  cash  outflows  using  interest  rates  of  high-quality  corporate  bonds  that 
have  terms  to  maturity  approximating  the  terms  of  the  related  pension  liability. 
Determination  of  benefit  expense  requires  assumptions  such  as  the  discount  rate  to 
measure  obligations,  expected  plan  investment  performance,  expected  healthcare  cost 
trend  rate,  and  retirement  ages  of  employees.  Actual  results  will  differ  from  the  recorded 
amounts based on these estimates and assumptions.  

INCOME TAXES 

We  use  the  asset  and  liability  method  of  accounting  for  income  taxes.  Under  this  method, 
deferred income taxes are recognized for the deferred income tax consequences attributable 
to  differences  between  the  financial  statement  carrying  values  of  assets  and  liabilities  and 
their respective income tax bases (temporary differences) and for loss carry-forwards. The 
resulting changes in the net deferred tax asset or liability are included in income. 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted, or substantively enacted, tax 
rates expected to apply to taxable income  in the years in which temporary differences are 
expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred income tax assets and liabilities, 
of  a  change  in  tax  rates,  is  included  in  income  in  the  period  that  includes  the  substantive 
enactment date. Deferred income tax assets are reviewed at each reporting period and are 
reduced  to  the  extent  that  it  is  no  longer  probable  that  the  related  tax  benefit  will  be 
realized.  As  of  December  31,  2015  and  2014,  we  have  not  recorded  any  deferred  income 
tax assets on our consolidated statement of financial position. 

NEW AND FUTURE IFRS ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

Recently Adopted Accounting Policy Changes: 

We  did  not  adopt  any  new  accounting  standard  changes  or  amendments  effective  January 

Page 43 of 53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
1, 2015 that had a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.  

Future Accounting Policy Changes: 

The  following  is  an  overview  of  accounting  standard  changes  that  we  will  be  required  to 
adopt  in  future  years.  We  do  not  expect  to  adopt  any  of  these  standards  before  their 
effective  dates  and  we  continue  to  evaluate  the  impact  of  these  standards  on  our 
consolidated financial statements. 

IFRS  11  (Amendments)  –  BUSINESS  COMBINATION  ACCOUNTING  FOR  INTERESTS  IN  A 
JOINT OPERATION 

On  May  6,  2014,  the  IASB  issued  amendments  to  IFRS  11  Accounting  for  Acquisitions  of 
Interests in Joint Operations. The amendments require business combination accounting to 
be applied to acquisitions of interests in a joint operation that constitute a business. 

The  amendments  apply  prospectively  for  annual  periods  beginning  on  or  after  January  1, 
2016.  The  Corporation  intends  to  adopt  the  amendments  to  IFRS  11  in  its  financial 
statements  for  the  fiscal  year  beginning  on  January  1,  2016.  We  do  not  expect  the 
amendments to have a material impact on the financial statements. 

IAS 16 and IAS 38 (Amendments) – METHODS OF DEPRECIATION AND AMORTISATION 

On  May  12,  2014,  the  IASB  issued  amendments  to  IAS  16  Property,  Plant  and  Equipment 
and IAS 38 Intangible Assets. The amendment made to IAS 16 explicitly state that revenue-
based  methods  of  depreciation  cannot  be  used  for  property,  plant  and  equipment.  This  is 
because  such  methods  reflect  factors  other  than  the  consumption  of  economic  benefits 
embodied in the asset. The amendments in IAS 38 introduce a rebuttable presumption that 
the use of revenue-based amortization methods for intangible  assets is inappropriate. This 
presumption  could  be  overcome  only  when  revenue  and  consumption  of  the  economic 
benefits  of  the  intangible  asset  are  highly  correlated  or  when  the  intangible  asset  is 
expressed as a measure of revenue. 

The  amendments  apply  prospectively  for  annual  periods  beginning  on  or  after  January  1, 
2016.  The  Corporation  intends  to  adopt  the  amendments  to  IAS  16  and  IAS  38  in  its 
financial statements for the fiscal year beginning on January 1, 2016. We do not expect the 
amendments to have a material impact on the financial statements. 

ANNUAL IMPROVEMENTS TO IFRS (2012 – 2014) CYCLE 

On  September  25,  2014,  the  IASB  issued  narrow-scope  amendments  to  a  total  of  four 
standards  as  part  of  its  annual  improvements  process.  Amendments  were  made  to  clarify 
the following in their respective standards: 

  Changes  in  method  for  disposal  under  IFRS 5  Non-current  Assets  Held  for  Sale  and 

Discontinued Operations;  

  Continuing  involvement’  for  servicing  contracts  and  offsetting  disclosures  in  condensed 

interim financial statements under IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures; 

  Discount  rate  in  a  regional  market  sharing  the  same  currency  under  IAS  19  Employee 

Benefits; and 

  Disclosure of information ‘elsewhere in the interim financial report’ under IAS 34 Interim 

Financial Reporting; 

Page 44 of 53 

 
 
 
 
 
The amendments will apply for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2016. Each 
of the amendments has its own specific transition requirements. The Corporation intends to 
adopt the amendments in its financial statements for the fiscal year beginning on January 1, 
2016.  We  do  not  expect  the  amendments  to  have  a  material  impact  on  the  financial 
statements. 

IAS 1 (Amendments) - DISCLOSURE INITIATIVE 

On  December  18,  2014,  the  IASB  issued  amendments  to  IAS  1  Presentation  of  Financial 
Statements as part of its major initiative to improve presentation and disclosure in financial 
reports (the “Disclosure Initiative”). The amendments will not require any significant change 
to current practice, but should facilitate improved financial statement disclosures. 

The  amendments  are  effective  for  annual  periods  beginning  on  or  after  January  1,  2016. 
The  Corporation  intends  to  adopt  the  amendments  to  IAS  16  and  IAS  38  in  its  financial 
statements  for  the  fiscal  year  beginning  on  January  1,  2016.  The  extent  of  the  impact  of 
adoption of the amendments has not yet been determined. 

IFRS 15 – REVENUE FROM CONTRACTS WITH CUSTOMERS 

On May 28, 2014, the IASB issued IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which 
replaces  IAS  11  Construction  Contracts,  IAS  18  Revenue,  IFRIC  13  Customer  Loyalty 
Programmes, IFRIC 15 Agreements for the Construction of Real Estate, IFRIC 18 Transfer of 
Assets  from  Customers,  and  SIC  31  Revenue  –  Barter  Transactions  Involving  Advertising 
Services. 

IFRS  15  contains  a  single  model  that  applies  to  contracts  with  customers  and  two 
approaches  to  recognizing  revenue:  at  a  point  in  time  or  over  time.  The  model  features  a 
contract-based  five-step  analysis  of  transactions  to  determine  whether,  how  much,  and 
when  revenue  is  recognized.  New  estimates  and  judgmental  thresholds  have  been 
introduced,  which  may  affect  the  amount  and/or  timing  of  revenue  recognized.  The  new 
standard  applies  to  contracts  with  customers.  It  does  not  apply  to  insurance  contracts, 
financial instruments or lease contracts, which fall in the scope of other IFRSs. 

The new standard is effective for fiscal years ending on or after December 31, 2018 and is 
available  for  early  adoption.  The  Corporation  intends  to  adopt  IFRS  15  in  its  financial 
statements  for  the  fiscal  year  beginning  on  January  1,  2018.  The  extent  of  the  impact  of 
adoption of the standard has not yet been determined. 

IFRS 9 – FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS 

On  July  24,  2014,  the  IASB  issued  the  complete  IFRS  9  Financial  Instruments  (“IFRS  9 
(2014)”).  IFRS  9  (2014)  introduces  new  requirements  for  the  classification  and 
measurement  of  financial  assets.  Under  IFRS  9  (2014),  financial  assets  are  classified  and 
measured  based  on  the  business  model  in  which  they  are  held  and  the  characteristics  of 
their contractual cash flows.  

The  standard  introduces  additional  changes  relating  to  financial  liabilities.  It  also  amends 
the  impairment  model  by  introducing  a  new  ‘expected  credit  loss’  model  for  calculating 
impairment. 

Page 45 of 53 

 
 
 
 
 
IFRS  9  (2014)  also  includes  a  new  general  hedge  accounting  standard  which  aligns  hedge 
accounting more closely with risk management. This new standard does not fundamentally 
change  the  types  of  hedging  relationships  or  the  requirement  to  measure  and  recognize 
ineffectiveness;  however  it  will  provide  more  hedging  strategies  that  are  used  for  risk 
management  to  qualify  for  hedge  accounting  and  introduce  more  judgment  to  assess  the 
effectiveness of a hedging relationship. Special transitional requirements have been set for 
the application of the new general hedging model. 

The  mandatory  effective  date  of  IFRS  9  (2014) is  for  annual  periods  beginning  on  or  after 
January 1, 2018 and must be applied retrospectively with some exemptions. Early adoption 
is  permitted.  The  restatement  of  prior  periods  is  not  required  and  is  only  permitted  if 
information is available without the use of hindsight. The Corporation intends to adopt IFRS 
9  (2014)  in  its  financial  statements  for  the  fiscal  year  beginning  on  January  1,  2018.  The 
extent of the impact of adoption of the standard has not yet been determined. 

IFRS 16 – LEASES 

On January 13, 2016, the IASB issued IFRS 16 Leases. IFRS 16 standard introduces a single 
lessee  accounting  model  and  requires  a  lessee  to  recognize  assets  and  liabilities  for  all 
leases with a term of more than 12 months, unless the underlying asset is of low value. A 
lessee  is  required  to  recognize  a  right-of-use  asset  representing  its  right  to  use  the 
underlying asset and a lease liability representing its obligation to make lease payments. 

This  standard  substantially  carries  forward  the  lessor  accounting  requirements  of  IAS  17, 
while  requiring  enhanced  disclosures  to  be  provided  by  lessors.  Other  areas  of  the  lease 
accounting  model  have  been  impacted,  including  the  definition  of  a  lease.  Transitional 
provisions have been provided.  

The  new  standard  is  effective  for  annual  periods  beginning  on  or  after  January  1,  2019. 
Early  adoption  is  permitted  for  entities  that  apply  IFRS  15  Revenue  from  Contracts  with 
Customers as at or before the date of initial adoption of IFRS 16. IFRS 16 will replace IFRS 
17 Leases. The Corporation intends to adopt IFRS 16 in its financial statements for the fiscal 
year  beginning  on  January  1,  2019.  The  extent  of  the  impact  of  adoption  of  the  standard 
has not yet been determined. 

SUPPLEMENTAL NON-GAAP MEASURES 
In  addition  to  providing  measures  prepared  in  accordance  with  GAAP,  we  present  certain 
supplemental non-GAAP measures. These measures are Cash Operating Costs, EBITDA and 
Adjusted  EBITDA,  and  Normalized  Net  Loss.  These  non-GAAP  measures  do  not  have  any 
standardized  meaning  prescribed  by  GAAP  and  therefore  are  unlikely  to  be  comparable  to 
similar  measures  presented  by  other  companies.  We  believe  these  measures  are  useful  in 
evaluating  the  operating  performance  and  liquidity  of  the  Company’s  ongoing  business. 
These  measures  should  be  considered  in  addition  to,  and  not  as  a  substitute  for,  net 
income,  cash  flows  and  other  measures  of  financial  performance  and  liquidity  reported  in 
accordance with GAAP. 

Cash Operating Costs  
This  supplemental  non-GAAP  measure  is  provided  to  assist  readers  in  determining  our 
operating costs on a cash basis. We believe this measure is useful in assessing performance 

Page 46 of 53 

 
 
 
 
 
and highlighting trends on an overall basis.  

We also believe Cash Operating Costs is frequently used by securities analysts and investors 
when  comparing  our  results  with  those  of  other  companies.  Cash  Operating  Costs  differs 
from  the  most  comparable  GAAP  measure,  operating  expenses,  primarily  because  it  does 
not include stock-based compensation expense, depreciation and amortization, impairment 
losses  or  recoveries  on  trade  receivables,  restructuring  charges,  acquisition  costs,  and 
financing charges. The following tables show a reconciliation of operating expenses to Cash 
Operating Costs for the three months and year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014: 

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars) 

Cash Operating Costs  

Total Operating Expenses 

$ 

  Stock-based compensation (expense) 
recovery 
  Impairment recovery (losses) on trade 
receivables  
  Acquisition and integration costs  

  Restructuring (charges) recovery  

  Financing charges  

  Depreciation and amortization  

2015 

9,303 

(248) 

39 

(902) 

- 

- 

(463) 

Three months ended December 31, 

2014 

$ Change 

$ 

14,659 

$ 

(5,356) 

367 

(6,159) 

- 

(78) 

- 

(958) 

(615) 

6,198 

(902) 

78 

- 

495 

Cash Operating Costs  

$ 

7,729 

$ 

7,831 

$   

(102) 

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars) 

Cash Operating Costs  

Year ended December 31, 

2015 

2014 

$ Change 

Total Operating Expenses 

$ 

34,858 

$ 

38,300 

$ 

(3,442) 

  Stock-based compensation expense 

  Impairment recovery (losses) on trade 
receivables  
  Acquisition and integration costs  

  Restructuring (charges) recovery  

  Financing charges  

(2,949) 

899 

(1,542) 

13 

- 

(2,249) 

(6,206) 

- 

(85) 

- 

  Depreciation and amortization  

(2,229) 

(3,393) 

(700) 

7,105 

(1,542) 

98 

- 

1,164 

Cash Operating Costs  

$ 

29,050 

$ 

26,367 

$   

2,683 

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA  

These supplemental non-GAAP measures are provided to assist readers in determining our 
operating performance and ability to generate operating cash flow. We believe this measure 
is  useful  in  assessing  performance  and  highlighting  trends  on  an  overall  basis.  We  also 
believe  EBITDA  and  Adjusted  EBITDA  are  frequently  used  by  securities  analysts  and 
investors  when  comparing  our  results  with  those  of  other  companies.  EBITDA  differs  from 
the  most  comparable  GAAP  measure,  net  loss  attributable  to  Ballard  from  continuing 
operations,  primarily  because  it  does  not  include  finance  expense,  income  taxes, 
depreciation  of  property,  plant  and  equipment,  amortization  of  intangible  assets,  and 
goodwill 
for  stock-based 
compensation  expense,  transactional  gains  and  losses,  asset  impairment  charges,  finance 
and  other  income,  and  acquisition  costs.  The  following  tables  show  a  reconciliation  of  net 
income  attributable  to  Ballard  to  EBITDA  and  Adjusted  EBITDA  for  the  three  months  and 
year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014: 

impairment  charges.  Adjusted  EBITDA  adjusts  EBITDA 

Page 47 of 53 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars) 

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA  

Net (loss) from continuing operations 

Three months ended December 31, 

2015 

2014 

$ Change 

attributable to Ballard 

$ 

(1,355) 

$ 

(17,467) 

$ 

16,112 

Depreciation and amortization 

1,536 

Finance expense 

Income taxes 

EBITDA attributable to Ballard 

$ 

  Stock-based compensation expense 
(recovery)  
  Acquisition and integration costs  

  Finance and other (income) loss  

  Gain on sale of intellectual property 

  Loss on sale of property, plant and equipment 

208 

(1) 

388 

248 

902 

950 

(5,424) 

- 

1,448 

234 

88 

(26) 

(477) 

              476 

$ 

(16,262) 

$ 

16,650 

(367) 

- 

501 

- 

71 

615 

902 

449 

(5,424) 

(71) 

Adjusted EBITDA  

$ 

(2,936) 

$ 

(16,057) 

$   

13,121 

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars) 

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA  

Net (loss) from continuing operations 

Year ended December 31, 

2015 

2014 

$ Change 

attributable to Ballard 

$ 

(5,815) 

$ 

(28,188) 

$ 

22,373 

Depreciation and amortization 

Finance expense 

Income taxes 

4,375 

794 

211 

5,610 

942 

417 

(1,235) 

(148) 

              (206) 

EBITDA attributable to Ballard 

$ 

(435) 

$ 

(21,219) 

$ 

20,784 

  Stock-based compensation expense  

  Acquisition and integration costs  

  Finance and other (income) loss  

2,949 

1,542 

305 

  Gain on sale of intellectual property  

(19,619) 

Impairment of equity investment 

Loss (gain) on sale of property, plant and 
equipment 

- 

(1) 

2,249 

- 

113 

- 

149 

73 

700 

1,542 

192 

(19,619) 

(149) 

(74) 

Adjusted EBITDA  

$ 

(15,259) 

$ 

(18,635) 

$   

3,376 

Normalized Net Loss 
This  supplemental  non-GAAP  measure  is  provided  to  assist  readers  in  determining  our 
financial  performance.  We  believe  this  measure  is  useful  in  assessing  our  actual 
performance by adjusting our results from continuing operations for one-time transactional 
gains  and  losses  and  impairment  losses.  Normalized  Net  Loss  differs  from  the  most 
comparable  GAAP  measure,  net  loss  attributable  to  Ballard  from  continuing  operations, 
primarily because it does not include impairment losses or recoveries on trade receivables, 
transactional  gains  and  losses,  asset  impairment  charges,  and  acquisition  costs.  The 
following  table  shows  a  reconciliation  of  net  loss  attributable  to  Ballard  from  continuing 
operations to Normalized Net Loss for the three months and year ended December 31, 2015 
and 2014. 

Page 48 of 53 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 (Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars) 

Normalized Net Loss  

Three months ended December 31, 

2015 

2014 

$ Change 

Net (loss) attributable to Ballard from continuing 

operations  
  Impairment loss (recovery) on trade 
receivables  

  Acquisition and integration costs 

  Gain on sale of intellectual property  

Normalized Net Loss  

Normalized Net Loss per share 

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars) 

Normalized Net Loss  

Net (loss) attributable to Ballard from continuing 

operations  
  Impairment loss (recovery) on trade 
receivables  

  Impairment of equity investment 

  Acquisition and integration costs 

$ 

(1,355) 

$ 

(17,467) 

$ 

16,112 

(39) 

902 

(5,424) 

(5,916) 

6,159 

- 

- 

$   

(11,308) 

(0.04) 

$   

(0.09) 

Year ended December 31, 

$ 

$ 

(6,198) 

902 

(5,424) 

5,392 

0.05 

$   

$   

2015 

2014 

$ Change 

$ 

(5,815) 

$ 

(28,188) 

$ 

22,373 

(899) 

- 

1,542 

6,206 

149 

- 

- 

(7,105) 

(149) 

1,542 

(19,619) 

(2,958) 

(0.01) 

  Gain on sale of intellectual property  

(19,619) 

Normalized Net Loss  

Normalized Net Loss per share 

$ 

$ 

(24,791) 

$   

(21,833) 

(0.18) 

$   

(0.17) 

$   

$   

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 
AND INTERNAL CONTROLS OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING 

Disclosure controls and procedures 

Our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  are  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  that 
relevant  information  is  gathered  and  reported  to  senior  management,  including  the  Chief 
Executive Officer (“CEO”) and the Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), on a timely basis so that 
appropriate decisions can be made regarding public disclosures. 

As of the end of the period covered by this report, we evaluated, under the supervision and 
with the participation of management, including the CEO and the CFO, the effectiveness of 
the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a–
15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”). The CEO and 
CFO have concluded that as of December 31, 2015, our disclosure controls and procedures 
were  effective  to  ensure  that  information  required  to  be  disclosed  in  reports  we  file  or 
submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the 
time  periods  specified  therein,  and  accumulated  and  reported  to  management  to  allow 
timely discussions regarding required disclosure. 

Internal control over financial reporting 

The  CEO  and  CFO,  together  with  other  members  of  management,  are  responsible  for 
establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  the  Company’s  financial 
reporting.  Internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  designed  under  our  supervision,  and 
effected by the Company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel, to provide 
reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of 
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with IFRS.  

Page 49 of 53 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
There are inherent limitations in the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, 
including the possibility that misstatements may not be prevented or detected. Accordingly, 
even  effective  internal  controls  over  financial  reporting  can  provide  only  reasonable 
assurance with respect to financial statement preparation. Furthermore, the effectiveness of 
internal controls can change with circumstances.  

Management,  including  the  CEO  and  CFO,  have  evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  internal 
control  over  financial  reporting,  as  defined  in  Rules  13a–15(f)  of  the  Exchange  Act,  in 
relation to criteria described in Internal Control–Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the 
Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (“COSO”).  Based  on 
this  evaluation,  Management  has  determined  that  internal  control  over  financial  reporting 
was effective as of December 31, 2015.  

As Protonex was acquired in the last 365 days, we have limited the scope of our design of 
disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting to exclude 
controls,  policies  and  procedures  of  Protonex.  Summary  financial  information  of  Protonex 
consolidated in our year ended December 31, 2015 consolidated financial statements are as 
follows: 

Select Protonex financial information 
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars) 

Revenues 

Cash Operating Costs (1)  

Adjusted EBITDA (1)  

Net loss  

Cash used by operating activities 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Total assets  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2015 

3,397 

1,518 

(260) 

(652) 

(2,363) 

303 

17,802 

1   Cash Operating Costs, Adjusted EBITDA, Normalized Net Loss and Normalized Net Loss per share are non-GAAP measures. We use certain Non-GAAP 
measures to assist in assessing our financial performance. Non-GAAP measures do not have any standardized meaning prescribed by GAAP and are 
therefore unlikely to be comparable to similar measures presented by other companies.  See reconciliation to GAAP in the Supplemental Non-GAAP 
Measures section. 

KPMG LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, has audited our consolidated 
financial  statements  and  expressed  an  unqualified  opinion  thereon.  KPMG  has  also 
expressed  an  unqualified  opinion  on  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting as of December 31, 2015. 

Changes in internal control over financial reporting 

During the year ended December 31, 2015, there were no changes in internal control over 
financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, 
the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  Our  design  of  disclosure  controls 
and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting includes controls, policies and 
procedures covering Dantherm Power. 

RISKS & UNCERTAINTIES 
An investment in our common shares involves risk. Investors should carefully consider the 
risks  and  uncertainties  described  below  and  in  our  Annual  Information  Form  which  remain 
substantively  unchanged.  The  risks  and  uncertainties  described  in  our  Annual  Information 
Form are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties, including those that 
we do not know about now or that we currently deem immaterial, may also adversely affect 

Page 50 of 53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
our business. For a more complete discussion of the risks and uncertainties which apply to 
our business and our operating results, please see our Annual Information Form and other 
filings  with  Canadian  (www.sedar.com)  and  U.S.  securities  regulatory  authorities 
(www.sec.gov).  

A summary of our identified risks and uncertainties are as follows: 

  We  may  not  be  able  to  achieve  commercialization  of  our  products  on  the  timetable 

we anticipate, or at all; 

  We  expect  our  cash  reserves  will  be  reduced  due  to  future  operating  losses  and 
working  capital  requirements,  and  we  cannot  provide  certainty  as  to  how  long  our 
cash  reserves  will  last  or  that  we  will  be  able  to  access  additional  capital  when 
necessary; 

  A  mass  market  for  our  products  may  never  develop  or  may  take  longer  to  develop 

than we anticipate; 

  We have limited experience manufacturing fuel cell products on a commercial basis; 

  Warranty  claims  could  negatively 

impact  our  gross  margins  and 

financial 

performance; 

  We may not be able to successfully execute our business plan; 

  Global macro-economic conditions are beyond our control and may have an adverse 

impact on our business or on our key suppliers and / or customers;  

 

 

 

In our Heavy-Duty Motive market, we depend on Chinese customers for a majority of 
our  revenues.  Global  macro-economic  conditions,  including  significant  and  recent 
volatility  in  China’s  capital  markets,  may  adversely  impact  our  Chinese  customer’s 
access to capital and program plans which could adversely impact our business; 

In  our  Technology  Solutions  market,  we  depend  on  a  single  customer  for  the 
majority of our revenues; 

In our Material Handling market, we depend on a single customer for the majority of 
internal  stack  development  and 
our 
commercialization plans; 

revenues  and  on 

that  customer’s 

  We may not be able to successfully conclude and realize any benefits or value from 
our ongoing review of strategic alternatives for our Telecom Backup Power business; 

 

 

In  our  Portable  Power  market,  defense  spending  volatility  could  have  an  adverse 
impact on our business; 

In  our  Portable  Power  market,  defense  acquisition  process  changes  could  have  an 
adverse impact on our business; 

  Potential  fluctuations  in  our  financial  and  business  results  make  forecasting  difficult 

and may restrict our access to funding for our commercialization plan; 

  We could be adversely affected by risks associated with acquisitions; 

  We are subject to risks inherent in international operations; 

  Exchange rate fluctuations are beyond our control and may have a material adverse 

effect on our business, operating results, financial condition and profitability; 

  Commodity  price  fluctuations  are  beyond  our  control  and  may  have  a  material 

Page 51 of 53 

 
 
 
 
 
adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition and profitability; 

  We are dependent upon Original Equipment Manufacturers and Systems Integrators 

to purchase certain of our products; 

  We  are  dependent  on  third  party  suppliers  for  the  supply  of  key  materials  and 

components for our products and services; 

  We currently face and will continue to face significant competition; 

  We could lose or fail to attract the personnel necessary to run our business; 

  Public Policy and regulatory changes could hurt the market for our products; 

  We  depend  on  our  intellectual  property,  and  our  failure  to  protect  that  intellectual 

property could adversely affect our expected future growth and success; 

  We  could  be  liable  for  environmental  damages  resulting  from  our  research, 

development or manufacturing operations; and 

  Our  products  use  flammable  fuels  and  some  generate  high  voltages,  which  could 

subject our business to product liability claims. 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS DISCLAIMER 
This  document  contains  forward-looking  statements  that  are  based  on  the  beliefs  of 
management  and  reflect  our  current  expectations  as  contemplated  under  the  safe  harbor 
provisions  of  Section  21E  of  the  United  States  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as 
amended.  Such statements include, but are not limited to, statements with respect to our 
objectives,  goals,  liquidity,  sources  of  capital  and  our  outlook  including  our  estimated 
revenue and gross margins, cash flow from operations, Cash Operating Costs, EBITDA and 
Adjusted  EBITDA  (see  Non-GAAP  Measures)  as  well  as  statements  with  respect  to  our 
beliefs, plans, objectives, expectations, anticipations, estimates and intentions. Words such 
as "estimate", "project", "believe", "anticipate", "intend", "expect", "plan", "predict", "may", 
"should",  "will",  the  negatives  of  these  words  or  other  variations  thereof  and  comparable 
terminology are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements are not 
guarantees of future performance and involve assumptions, risks and uncertainties that are 
difficult to predict.  

In  particular,  these  forward-looking  statements  are  based  on  certain  factors  and 
assumptions  relating  to  our  expectations  with  respect  to  the  generation  of  new  sales, 
producing, delivering and selling the expected product and service volumes at the expected 
prices, controlling our costs, and obtaining the expected benefits arising from the Protonex 
acquisition. They are also based on a variety of general factors and assumptions including, 
but  not  limited  to,  our  expectations  regarding  product  development  efforts,  manufacturing 
capacity, product and service pricing, market demand, and the availability and prices of raw 
materials,  labour  and  supplies.  These  assumptions  have  been  derived  from  information 
available to the Company including information obtained by the Company from third parties. 
These assumptions may prove to be incorrect in whole or in part. In addition, actual results 
may  differ  materially  from  those  expressed,  implied,  or  forecasted  in  such  forward-looking 
statements. Factors that could cause our actual results or outcomes to differ materially from 
the results expressed, implied or forecasted in such forward-looking statements include, but 
are  not  limited  to:  the  condition  of  the  global  economy;  the  rate  of  mass  adoption  of  our 
products;  changes  in  product  or  service  pricing;  changes  in  our  customers'  requirements, 

Page 52 of 53 

 
 
 
 
 
the  competitive  environment  and  related  market  conditions;  product  development  delays; 
changes  in  the  availability  or  price  of  raw  materials,  labour  and  supplies;  our  ability  to 
attract  and  retain  business  partners,  suppliers,  employees  and  customers;  changing 
environmental regulations including subsidies  or incentives associated with the adoption of 
clean energy products; our access to funding and our ability to provide the capital required 
for  product  development,  operations  and  marketing  efforts,  and  working  capital 
requirements; our ability to protect our intellectual property; risks relating to the Company’s 
successful integration of Protonex and its operations, such as the loss of key personnel due 
to the transaction, the disruption to the operations of the Company and Protonex’ respective 
businesses, the cost of integration exceeding that projected by Ballard, and the integration 
failing  to  achieve  the  expected  benefits  of  the  transaction;  risks  related  to  our  ongoing 
strategic  review  of  our  telecom  backup  power  business,  including  our  ability  to  identify, 
pursue  and  realize  the  benefits  of  strategic  alternatives  being  explored  by  us  (which  could 
include possible joint ventures, strategic partnerships or alliances, a sale of the business or 
other  possible  transactions),  as  well  as  the  risk  that  uncertainty  relating  to  the  strategic 
review  process  may  impact  our  business,  existing  and  future  relationships  with  business 
partners and customers, and ability to attract and retain key employees; the magnitude of 
the  rate  of  change  of  the  Canadian  dollar  versus  the  U.S.  dollar;  and  the  general 
assumption  that  none  of  the  risks  identified  in  the  Risks  and  Uncertainties  section  of  this 
report  or  in  our  most  recent  Annual  Information  Form  will  materialize.  Readers  should  not 
place undue reliance on Ballard's forward-looking statements.  

The forward-looking statements contained in this document speak only as of the date of this 
Management  Discussion  and  Analysis.  Except  as  required  by  applicable  legislation,  Ballard 
does not undertake any obligation to release publicly any revisions to these forward-looking 
statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this Management Discussion 
and Analysis, including the occurrence of unanticipated events.  

Page 53 of 53 

 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Expressed in U.S. dollars) 

BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC. 

Years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT 

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements and Report on 
Internal Control over Financial Reporting  

The  consolidated  financial  statements  contained  in  this  Annual  Report  have  been  prepared  by 

management in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the 

International  Accounting  Standards  Board.    The  integrity  and  objectivity  of  the  data  in  these 

consolidated  financial  statements  are  management’s  responsibility.    Management  is  also  responsible 

for  all  other  information  in  the  Annual  Report  and  for  ensuring  that  this  information  is  consistent, 

where appropriate, with the information and data contained in the consolidated financial statements. 

Management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial 

reporting.    Internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable 

assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial reporting  and  the  preparation  of  consolidated  financial 

statements  for  external  reporting  purposes  in  accordance  with  IFRS.    Internal  control  over  financial 

reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  fraud  or  misstatements  because  of  limitations  inherent  in  any 

system  of  internal control.   Management has assessed the  effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal 

control  over  financial  reporting  based  on  the  framework  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated  Framework 

(2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission,  and 

concluded that the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 

31,  2015.    In  addition,  management  maintains  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  provide 

reasonable  assurance  that  material  information  is  communicated  to  management  and  appropriately 

disclosed.    Some  of  the  assets  and  liabilities  include  amounts,  which  are  based  on  estimates  and 

judgments, as their final determination is dependent on future events. 

The  Corporation  acquired  Protonex  Technology  Corporation  (“Protonex”)  during  2015,  and 

management  excludes  from  its  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  the  Corporation’s  internal  control 

over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2015,  Protonex’  internal  control  over  financial  reporting 

associated  with  total  assets  of  $17,802,000  and  total  revenue  of  $3,397,000  included  in  the 

consolidated financial statements of the Corporation as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015 

as Protonex was acquired in the last quarter of 2015. 

The  Board  of  Directors  oversees  management’s  responsibilities  for  financial  reporting  through  the 

Audit Committee, which consists of eight directors who are independent and not involved in the daily 

operations of the Corporation.  The Audit Committee meets on a regular basis with management and 

the  external  and  internal  auditors  to  discuss  internal  controls  over  the  financial  reporting  process, 

auditing matters and financial reporting issues.  The Audit Committee is responsible for appointing the 

external  auditors  (subject  to  shareholder  approval),  and  reviewing  and  approving  all  financial 

disclosure contained in our public documents and related party transactions. 

The external auditors, KPMG LLP, have audited the financial statements and expressed an unqualified 

opinion  thereon.    KPMG  has  also  expressed  an  unqualified  opinion  on  the  effective  operation  of  the 

internal  controls  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2015.    The  external  auditors  have  full 

access to management and the Audit Committee with respect to their findings concerning the fairness 

of financial reporting and the adequacy of internal controls. 

“RANDALL MACEWEN” 

“TONY GUGLIELMIN” 

RANDALL MACEWEN 
President and  
Chief Executive Officer 
February 25, 2016 

TONY GUGLIELMIN 
Vice President and  
Chief Financial Officer 
February 25, 2016 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
KPMG LLP 
Chartered Professional Accountants 
PO Box 10426 777 Dunsmuir Street 
Vancouver BC V7Y 1K3 
Canada

Telephone 
Fax 
Internet 

(604) 691-3000 
(604) 691-3031 
www.kpmg.ca

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING 
FIRM 

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors Directors of Ballard Power Systems Inc. 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of Ballard Power Systems 
Inc.(“the  Company”)  as  of  December  31,  2015  and  December  31,  2014  and  the  related  consolidated 
statements of loss and comprehensive loss, changes in equity and cash flows for the years then ended. 
These  consolidated  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Company's  management.  Our 
responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. 

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  Canadian  generally  accepted  auditing  standards  and  the 
standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require 
that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements 
are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the 
amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  financial  statements.  An  audit  also  includes  assessing  the  accounting 
principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial 
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, 
the consolidated financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, and 
its  consolidated  financial  performance  and  its  consolidated  cash  flows  for  the  years  then  ended  in 
conformity  with  International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  as  issued  by  the  International  Accounting 
Standards Board.

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight 
Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, 
based  on  the  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control –  Integrated  Framework  (2013) issued  by  the 
Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (COSO),  and  our  report  dated 
February 24, 2016 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control 
over financial reporting. 

Chartered Professional Accountants 

February 24, 2016 
Vancouver, Canada 

KPMG LLP is a Canadian limited liability partnership and a member firm of the KPMG 
network of independent member firms affiliated with KPMG International Cooperative  
(“KPMG International”), a Swiss entity.  
KPMG Canada provides services to KPMG LLP. 

KPMG Confidential 

KPMG LLP 
Chartered Professional Accountants 
PO Box 10426 777 Dunsmuir Street 
Vancouver BC V7Y 1K3 
Canada

Telephone   (604) 691-3000
(604) 691-3031 
Fax 
www.kpmg.ca
Internet 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of Ballard Power Systems Inc. 

We have audited Ballard Power Systems Inc.’s (“the Company”) internal control over financial reporting as 
of  December  31,  2015,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated  Framework  (2013)
issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (COSO).  The 
Company’s  management  is  responsible  for  maintaining  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting 
and  for  its  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  included  in  the 
section entitled “Management’s Report on Disclosure Controls and Procedures and Internal Controls over 
Financial Reporting” under the heading “Internal control over financial reporting” included in the Company’s 
Management  and  Discussion  Analysis.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  the  Company’s 
internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. 

We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight 
Board  (United  States).  Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit to  obtain  reasonable 
assurance  about  whether  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all  material 
respects.  Our  audit  included  obtaining  an  understanding  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting, 
assessing  the  risk  that  a  material  weakness  exists,  and  testing  and  evaluating  the  design  and  operating 
effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other 
procedures  as  we  considered  necessary  in  the  circumstances.  We  believe  that  our  audit  provides  a 
reasonable basis for our opinion. 

A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable 
assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for 
external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  A  company’s  internal 
control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance 
of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  the 
assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to 
permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and 
that receipts and  expenditures of the company are being made only in  accordance with authorizations of 
management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or 
timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a 
material effect on the financial statements. 

KPMG LLP is a Canadian limited liability partnership and a member firm of the KPMG 
network of independent member firms affiliated with KPMG International Cooperative  
(“KPMG International”), a Swiss entity.  
KPMG Canada provides services to KPMG LLP. 

KPMG Confidential 

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect 
misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk 
that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance 
with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

In  our  opinion,  the  Company  maintained,  in  all  material  respects,  effective  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting  as  of  December  31,  2015,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated 
Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission 
(COSO). 

The Company acquired Protonex Technology Corporation during 2015, and management excluded from its 
assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of 
December 31, 2015, Protonex Technology Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting associated 
with  total assets  of  $17.8  million  and  total  revenues  of $3.4 million  included  in  the  consolidated financial 
statements of the Company as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015. Our audit of internal control 
over  financial reporting  of  the  Company  also excluded an  evaluation  of  the  internal control  over financial 
reporting of Protonex Technology Corporation. 

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  Canadian  general  accepted  auditing  standards  and  the 
standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statements 
of  financial  position of  the  Company as  of  December  31, 2015  and December  31,  2014,  and the  related 
consolidated statements of loss and comprehensive loss, changes in equity, and cash flows for the years 
then  ended  and  our  report  dated  February  24,  2016  expressed  an  unqualified  opinion  on  those 
consolidated financial statements. 

Chartered Professional Accountants 

February 24, 2016 
Vancouver, Canada 

BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC. 
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars) 

Assets 

Current assets: 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables 
Inventories  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets 

Total current assets 

Non-current assets: 

Property, plant and equipment  
Intangible assets 
Goodwill  
Investments  
Other long-term assets 

Total assets 

Liabilities and Equity 

Current liabilities: 

Trade and other payables 
Deferred revenue and other recoveries 
Provisions  
Finance lease liability 
Debt to Dantherm Power A/S non-controlling interests 

Total current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities: 

Finance lease liability  
Deferred gain on finance lease 
Provisions  
Employee future benefits 

Total liabilities 

Equity: 

Share capital 
Contributed surplus 
Accumulated deficit 
Foreign currency reserve 
Total equity attributable to equity holders 
Dantherm Power A/S non-controlling interests 

Total equity 

Total liabilities and equity 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements 

Approved on behalf of the Board: 

“Ed Kilroy” 

Director   

“Ian Bourne”    

Director 

Note  

December 31, 
 2015 

December 31, 
2014 

9
10

11
12
13

15

16
17
18

17
17
16
19

20
20

$ 

40,049 
25,484 
20,369 
1,672 
87,574 

16,725 
16,329 
40,562 
6 
135 
$  161,331 

$ 

17,220 
6,085 
5,368 
1,011 
504 
30,188 

6,723 
3,829 
3,646 
5,331 
49,717 

$ 

$ 

$ 

23,671 
13,146 
12,538 
1,294 
50,649 

16,685 
24,151 
36,291 
6 
167 
127,949 

12,556 
1,798 
9,010 
1,008 
529 
24,901 

9,226 
4,274 
4,353 
5,961 
48,715 

948,213 
293,332 

  (1,127,655) 

567 
114,457 

(2,843) 

111,614 
$  161,331 

$ 

914,786 
288,533 
(1,121,671)
280 
81,928 
(2,694)
79,234 
127,949 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC. 
Consolidated Statement of Loss and Comprehensive Loss 
For the year ended December 31  
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts and number of shares)

Revenues: 

Product and service revenues 

Cost of product and service revenues 

Gross margin 

Operating expenses: 

Research and product development 

General and administrative 
Sales and marketing 
Other expense 

Total operating expenses 

Results from operating activities 

Finance (loss) and other 
Finance expense 

Net finance expense 
Gain (loss) on sale of property, plant and equipment  
Gain on sale of intellectual property  
Impairment loss on investment 

Loss before income taxes 
Income tax expense 

Net loss from continuing operations  

Net earnings from discontinued operations  

Net loss  

Other comprehensive income (loss): 
Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss: 
Actuarial gain (loss) on defined benefit plans 

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss: 

Foreign currency translation differences 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax 

Note 

2015 

2014 

 $ 

56,463 

 $ 

46,489 

9,974 

16,206 

10,594 
7,428 
630 

34,858 

68,721 

58,475 

10,246 

14,294 

10,450 
7,265 
6,291 

38,300 

(24,884) 

(28,054)

(305) 
(794) 

(1,099)    

1 
19,619 
-

(6,363)    
(211) 

(6,574) 

- 

(6,574) 

168 

168 

560 

560 

728 

(113)
(942)

(1,055)
(73)
- 
(149)

(29,331)
(417)

(29,748)

320 

(29,428)

(2,863)

(2,863)

529 

529 

(2,334)

24

25 

25 

12 

26 

8

19

Total comprehensive loss 

$ 

(5,846) 

 $ 

(31,762)

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements 

  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC. 
Consolidated Statement of Loss and Comprehensive Loss (cont’d) 
For the year ended December 31  
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts and number of shares)

Net loss attributable to: 

  Ballard Power Systems Inc. from continuing operations 

$ 

(5,815)  $ 

(28,188)

  Ballard Power Systems Inc. from discontinued operations 

  Dantherm Power A/S non-controlling interest  

Net loss 

- 

(759) 

320 

(1,560)

$ 

(6,574)  $ 

(29,428)

2015 

2014 

Total comprehensive loss attributable to: 

  Ballard Power Systems Inc.

  Dantherm Power A/S non-controlling interest 

Total comprehensive loss 

Basic and diluted loss per share attributable to Ballard Power Systems Inc.

  Continuing operations  
  Discontinued operations  

Net loss 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

(5,351)  $ 

(30,460)

(495) 

(1,302)

(5,846)  $ 

(31,762)

(0.04)  $ 
- 

(0.04)  $ 

(0.22)
- 

(0.22)

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding 

140,393,579 

127,385,814 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements 

  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC.
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity  
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars except per share amounts and number of shares)  

Ballard Power Systems Inc. Equity 

Number of 
shares 

Share 
capital 

    Treasury 
shares 

    Contributed 
surplus 

    Accumulated 
deficit 

Dantherm 
Power A/S 

Non- 
 controlling 
interests 

Foreign 
currency  
reserve 

Total 
equity 

Balance, December 31, 2013 

110,133,901    $ 

866,574    $ 

(118)   $ 

296,368    $  (1,091,187)  

$ 

9   

$ 

(1,392)   $ 

70,254 

Balance, December 31, 2014 

132,104,116    $  914,786    $ 

-    $  288,533    $ (1,121,671)   $ 

280   

$  (2,694)   $  79,234 

-     

-   

271   

258     

529 

Net loss 

Acquisition of intangible assets  
  (note 12 and 20)  

-     

-     

5,121,507     

20,307     

Warrants exercised (note 20)  

7,939,937     

12,299     

Exercise of convertible promissory note 
  (note 20)  

4,761,905     

4,000     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

(4,000)    

(27,868)  

-   

-   

-   

Sale of treasury shares (note 20) 

-     

-     

118     

-     

247   

RSUs redeemed (note 20) 

583,084     

866     

Options exercised (note 20) 

3,563,782     

10,740     

Share distribution plan 

-     

-     

Other comprehensive income (loss):  

Defined benefit plan actuarial loss 

Foreign currency translation for   
  foreign operations 

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

(2,829)    

(3,946)    

2,940     

-   

-   

-   

-     

(2,863)  

Net loss  

Non-dilutive financing (note 22) 

-     

-     

-     

-     

Net Offering proceeds (note 20)  

9,343,750     

13,389     

Acquisition (note 7)  

11,415,704     

13,699     

Private placement (note 20)  

3,322,479     

4,987     

DSUs redeemed  (note 20) 

RSUs redeemed  (note 20) 

Options exercised (note 20)  

Warrants exercised (note 20)  

Share distribution plan 

Dantherm power NCI adjustment for   

cancellation of Azure shares  

Other comprehensive income (loss):  

Defined benefit plan actuarial loss 

Foreign currency translation for   
  foreign operations 

83,619     

119,627     

322,892     

125,000     

-     

-     

-     

-     

354     

203     

627     

168     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

(5,815)  

3,347     

-     

-     

-     

(520)    

(345)    

(239)    

-     

2,556     

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-     

(337)  

168   

-     

-     

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

(1,560)    

(29,428)

-     

20,307 

-     

-     

12,299 

- 

-     

365 

-     

(1,963)

-     

-     

6,794 

2,940 

-     

(2,863)

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

(759)    

(6,574)

-    

3,347 

-    

13,389 

-    

13,699 

-    

4,987 

-    

-    

-    

-    

(166)

(142)

388 

168 

-    

2,556 

337    

- 

-    

168 

Balance, December 31, 2015 

156,837,187    $  948,213    $ 

-    $  293,332    $ (1,127,655)   $ 

567   

$  (2,843)   $  111,614 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements 

-   

287   

273    

560 

 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC.
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 
For the year ended December 31  
(Expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars)

Cash provided by (used in): 

Operating activities: 

Net loss for the year 
Adjustments for: 

Share-based compensation 
Employee future benefits  
Employee future benefits plan contributions  
Depreciation and amortization 
Gain on decommissioning liabilities 
Loss (gain) on sale of property, plant and equipment 
Gain on sale of intellectual property 
Reversal of impairment loss on property, plant and equipment 
Impairment loss on trade receivables  
Impairment loss on investment 
Unrealized loss on forward contracts  

Changes in non-cash working capital: 

Trade and other receivables 
Inventories 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets 
Trade and other payables 
Deferred revenue and other recoveries 
Warranty provision 

Cash used by operating activities 

Investing activities: 

Additions to property, plant and equipment 
Net proceeds on sale of property, plant and equipment and other 
Additions to and acquisition of intangible assets 
Net proceeds on sale of intangible assets  
Cash and cash equivalents acquired on acquisition of Protonex  
Acquisition of Protonex 

Cash provided by (used in) investing activities 

Financing activities: 

Proceeds on sale of treasury shares 
Net payment of finance lease liabilities 
Net proceeds on issuance of share capital from underwritten Offering 
Net proceeds on issuance of share capital from private placement 
Net proceeds on issuance of share capital from stock option exercises 
Net proceeds on issuance of share capital from warrant exercises 

Cash provided by financing activities 

  Note 

2015  

2014 

  $ 

(6,574)   $ 

(29,428)

20

12
8
24

12
12
7
7

20
20
20
20

2,950    
278    
(740)    
4,375    
(602)    
(1)    
(19,619)    

-
456    
-
162    
(19,315)    

410    
(5,550)    
(166)    
(1,344)    
4,213    
(3,612)    
(6,049)    

2,249 
182 
(253)
5,610 
(282)
73 
- 
(320)
6,206 
149 
144 
(15,670)

(4,104)
1,464 
(434)
69 
(4,356)
2,360 
(5,001)

(25,364)    

(20,671)

(2,282)    
1    
(1,604)    
29,475    
1,464    
(3,772)    

23,282    

-
(845)    
13,389    
4,987    
388    
168    

18,087    

(829)
- 
(3,411)
- 
- 
- 

(4,240)

365 
(923)
- 
- 
6,794 
12,299 

18,535 

Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash and cash equivalents held  

373    

(254)

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year 

16,378    
23,671    

(6,630)
30,301 

 $ 

40,049   $ 

23,671 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information (note 28) 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements 

 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014
(Tabular amounts expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts and number of shares) 

1. Reporting entity: 

The  principal  business  of  Ballard  Power  Systems  Inc.  (the  “Corporation”)  is  the  design, 

development,  manufacture,  sale  and  service  of  fuel  cell  products  for  a  variety  of  applications, 

focusing  on  our  power  product  markets  of  Heavy-Duty  Motive  (consisting  of  bus  and  tram 

applications),  Portable  Power,  Material  Handling  and  Telecom  Backup  Power,  as  well  as  the 

delivery  of  Technology  Solutions  including  engineering  services  and  the  license  and  sale  of  the 

Corporation’s extensive intellectual property portfolio and fundamental knowledge for a variety of 

fuel cell applications.  A fuel cell is an environmentally clean electrochemical device that combines 

hydrogen fuel with oxygen (from the air) to produce electricity.   

The  Corporation  is  a  company  domiciled  in  Canada  and  its  registered  office  is  located  at  9000 

Glenlyon  Parkway,  Burnaby,  British  Columbia,  Canada,  V5J  5J8.    The  consolidated  financial 

statements  of  the  Corporation  as  at  and  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2015  comprise  the 

Corporation and its subsidiaries (note 4(a)). 

2. Basis of preparation: 

(a) Statement of compliance: 

These consolidated financial statements of the Corporation have been prepared in accordance with 

International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  (“IFRS”)  as  issued  by  the  International  Accounting 

Standards Board (“IASB”).   

The  consolidated  financial  statements  were  authorized  for  issue  by  the  Board  of  Directors  on 

February 24, 2016. 

(b) Basis of measurement: 

The  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  on  the  historical  cost  basis  except  for 

the following material items in the statement of financial position: 

Financial instruments classified as fair value through profit or loss and available-for-sale 

are measured at fair value; 

Derivative financial instruments are measured at fair value; and 

Employee  future  benefits  liability  is  recognized  as  the  net  total  of  the  present  value  of 

the defined benefit obligation, less the fair value of plan assets. 

(c) Functional and presentation currency: 

These  consolidated  financial  statements  are  presented  in  U.S.  dollars,  which  is  the  Corporation’s 

functional currency.   

11 

 
 
BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014
(Tabular amounts expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts and number of shares) 

2.  Basis of preparation (cont’d): 

(d) Use of estimates: 

The  preparation  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  IFRS  requires  the 

Corporation’s  management  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  application  of 

accounting  policies  and the  reported  amounts  of  assets,  liabilities,  income  and  expenses.   Actual 

results may differ from these estimates. 

Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis.  Revisions to accounting 

estimates  are  recognized  in  the  period  in  which  the  estimates  are  revised  and  in  any  future 

periods affected. 

Significant  areas  having  estimation  uncertainty  include  revenue  recognition,  asset  impairment, 

warranty  provision,  inventory  provision,  impairment  loss  (recoveries)  on  trade  receivables, 

employee  future  benefits,  and  income  taxes.    These  estimates  and  judgments  are  discussed 

further in note 5. 

(e) Future operations: 

The  Corporation  is  required  to  assess  its  ability  to  continue  as  a  going  concern  and  whether 

substantial  doubt  exists  as  to  the  Corporation’s  ability  to  continue  as  a  going  concern  into  the 

foreseeable future.  The Corporation has forecast its cash flows and despite the ongoing volatility 

and  uncertainties  inherent  in  the  business,  the  Corporation  believes  it  has  adequate  liquidity  in 

cash  and  working  capital  to  finance  its  operations  for  the  foreseeable  future.    The  Corporation’s 

ability  to  continue  as  a  going  concern  and  realize  its  assets  and  discharge  its  liabilities  and 

commitments  in  the  normal  course  of  business  is  ultimately  dependent  upon  the  Corporation 

having  adequate  liquidity  and  achieving  profitable  operations  that  are  sustainable.  There  are 

various risks and uncertainties affecting the Corporation including,  but not limited to, the market 

acceptance  and  rate  of  commercialization  of  the  Corporation’s  products,  the  ability  of  the 

Corporation  to  successfully  execute  its  business  plan,  and  general  global  economic  conditions, 

certain of which are beyond the Corporation’s control.  

The Corporation’s strategy to mitigate these risks and uncertainties is to execute a business plan 

aimed  at  continued  focus  on  revenue  growth,  improving  overall  gross  margins,  and  managing 

operating expenses and working capital requirements.  Failure to implement this plan could have a 

material adverse effect on the Corporation’s financial condition and or results of operations.  

3. Changes in accounting policies: 

The  Corporation  has  consistently  applied  the  accounting  policies  set  out  in  note  4  to  all  periods 

presented  in  these  consolidated  financial  statements.    The  Corporation  did  not  adopt  any  new 

accounting standard changes or amendments effective January 1, 2015 that had a material impact 

on these consolidated financial statements.  

12 

 
 
BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014
(Tabular amounts expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts and number of shares) 

4. Significant accounting policies: 

The  accounting  policies  set  out  below  have  been  applied  consistently  to  all  periods  presented  in 

these  consolidated 

financial  statements,  unless  otherwise 

indicated.  Certain  prior  year 

comparative figures have been reclassified to comply with current year presentation. 

(a)  Basis of consolidation: 

The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  the  Corporation  and  its  principal 

subsidiaries as follows: 

Ballard Fuel Cell Systems Inc.  

Ballard Power Corporation 

Ballard Services Inc. 

Dantherm Power A/S 

Protonex Technology Corporation  

Percentage ownership 

2015 

100% 

100% 

100% 

57% 

100% 

2014 

100% 

100% 

100% 

51.3% 

- 

Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Corporation.  The Corporation controls an entity when it 

is exposed to, or  has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the 

ability  to  affect  those  returns  though  its  power  over  the  entity.    The  financial  statements  of 

subsidiaries  are  included  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  from  the  date  that  control 

commences  until  the  date  that  control  ceases.  Intercompany  balances  and  transactions  are 

eliminated in the consolidated financial statements. 

On  October  1,  2015,  the  Corporation  acquired  Protonex  Technology  Corporation  (note  7),  a 

leading  designer  and  manufacturer  of  advanced  power  management  products  and  portable  fuel 

cell solutions.  

The Corporation acquired a 45% interest in Dantherm Power A/S on January 18, 2010.  In August 

2010,  the  Corporation  acquired  an  additional  7%  interest  in  Dantherm  Power  A/S  and  a  further 

5%  interest  in  December  2012.    On  March  31,  2013,  Azure  Hydrogen  Energy  Science  and 

Technology  Corporation  (“Azure”)  acquired  a  10%  ownership  interest  in  Dantherm  Power  A/S, 

which reduced the Corporation’s interest from 57% to 51.3%.  On June 8, 2015, the Corporation 

agreed  to  a  mutual  release  with  Azure  whereby  each  party  mutually  released  and  forever 

discharged each other from any and all liability arising from the prior year’s licensing agreements. 

Pursuant  to  the  Azure  Mutual  Release  Agreement,  Azure  returned  its  10%  ownership  position  in 

Dantherm Power to Dantherm Power for $nil proceeds, upon which the shares were  cancelled by 

Dantherm Power on June 17, 2015.   

13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014
(Tabular amounts expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts and number of shares) 

4.  Significant accounting policies (cont’d): 

(a)  Basis of consolidation (cont’d): 

Following the Azure Mutual Release Agreement, the Corporation’s controlling ownership position in 

Dantherm  Power  was  increased  from  52%  to  57%.    The  remaining  43%  interest  is  held  by 

Dantherm  A/S.   As  the  Corporation obtained  control  over  Dantherm Power  A/S as of  the  date  of 

acquisition  of  the  initial  45%  interest,  Dantherm  Power  A/S  has  been  consolidated  since 

acquisition  on  January  18,  2010.    Acquisitions  of  non-controlling  interest  are  accounted  as 

transactions  with  equity  holders  in  their  capacity  as  equity  holders;  therefore  no  goodwill  is 

recognized as a result of such transactions. 

(b) Foreign currency: 

(i)  Foreign currency transactions 

Transactions in foreign currencies are translated to the respective functional currencies of the 

Corporation  and  its  subsidiaries  at  the  exchange  rate  in  effect  at  the  transaction  date.  

Monetary  assets  and  liabilities  denominated  in  other  than  the  functional  currency  are 

translated at the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date.  The resulting exchange 

gains and losses are recognized in earnings.  Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated 

in  other  than  the  functional  currency  that  are  measured  at  fair  value  are  translated  to  the 

functional currency at the exchange rate at the date that the fair value was determined.  Non-

monetary  items  that  are  measured  in  terms  of  historical  cost  in  other  than  the  functional 

currency are translated using the exchange rate at the date of the transaction. 

(ii)  Foreign operations 

The  assets  and  liabilities  of  foreign  operations  are  translated  to  the  presentation  currency 

using exchange  rates at  the  reporting  date.    The  income  and  expenses of foreign operations 

are  translated  to  the  presentation  currency  using  exchange  rates  at  the  dates  of  the 

transactions.  Foreign currency differences are recognized in other comprehensive income. 

(c)  Financial instruments: 

(i)  Financial assets 

The  Corporation initially  recognizes loans  and  receivables  and  deposits  on  the  date  that they 

originated and all other financial assets on the trade date at which the Corporation becomes a 

party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.  The Corporation derecognizes a financial 

asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire, or when it transfers 

substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset.   

14 

 
 
BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014
(Tabular amounts expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts and number of shares) 

4.  Significant accounting policies (cont’d): 

(c)  Financial instruments (cont’d): 

(i)  Financial assets (cont’d) 

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss 

Financial assets are classified at fair value through profit or loss if they are held for trading or 

if  the  Corporation  manages  such  investments  and  makes  purchase  and  sale  decisions  based 

on  their  fair  value  in  accordance  with  the  Corporation’s  documented  risk  management  or 

investment strategy.  Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss are measured at fair 

value, and changes therein are recognized in net loss.   

The  Corporation’s  short-term  investments,  consisting  of  highly  liquid  interest  bearing 

securities with maturities at the date of purchase between three months and three years, are 

classified as held for trading.   

The  Corporation  also  periodically  enters  into  platinum  futures  and  foreign  exchange  forward 

contracts  to  limit  its  exposure  to  foreign  currency  rate  fluctuations  and  platinum  price 

fluctuations.  These derivatives are recognized initially at fair value and are recorded as either 

assets  or  liabilities  based  on  their  fair  value.    Subsequent  to  initial  recognition,  these 

derivatives  are  measured  at  fair  value  and  changes  to  their  value  are  recorded  through  net 

loss, unless these financial instruments are designated as hedges (note 4 (c)(iv)). 

Loans and receivables 

Loans  and  receivables  are  financial  assets  with  fixed  or  determinable  payments  that  are  not 

quoted in an active market.  Such assets are recognized initially at fair value and subsequently 

at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment losses.  Loans and 

receivables are comprised of the Corporation’s trade and other receivables.   

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash  and  cash  equivalents  consist  of  cash  on  deposit  and  highly  liquid  short-term  interest-

bearing securities with original maturities of three months or less and are initially measured at 

fair  value,  and  subsequently  measured  at  amortized  cost,  which  approximates  fair  value  due 

to the short-term and liquid nature of these assets.

Available-for-sale financial assets 

Available-for-sale  financial  assets  are  non-derivative  financial  assets  that  are  designated  as 

available-for-sale and that are not classified in any of the previous categories.  Subsequent to 

initial recognition, they are measured at fair value and changes therein, other than impairment 

losses and foreign currency differences, are recognized in other comprehensive income.  When 

an investment is derecognized, the cumulative gain or loss in other comprehensive income is 

transferred to profit or loss. 

15 

 
 
BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014
(Tabular amounts expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts and number of shares) 

4.  Significant accounting policies (cont’d): 

(c)  Financial instruments (cont’d): 

(i)  Financial assets (cont’d) 

Determination of fair value 

The fair value of financial assets at fair value through profit or loss and available-for-sale are 

determined  by  reference  to  their  quoted  closing  bid  price  at  the  reporting  date  if  they  are 

traded  in  an  active  market.   For  derivative instruments  (foreign  exchange  forward  contracts, 

platinum  futures  contracts),  fair  value  is  estimated  by  Management  based  on  their  listed 

market  price  or  broker  quotes  that  include  adjustments  to  take  account  of  the  credit  risk  of 

the  Corporation  and  the  counterparty  when  appropriate.    The  fair  value  of  loans  and 

receivables  is  estimated  as  the  present  value  of  future  cash  flows,  discounted  at  the  market 

rate of interest at the reporting date.    

(ii)  Financial liabilities 

Financial  liabilities  comprise  the  Corporation’s  trade  and  other  payables.    The  financial 

liabilities  are  initially  recognized  on  the  date  they  are  originated  and  are  derecognized  when 

the contractual obligations are discharged or cancelled or expire.  These financial liabilities are 

recognized initially at fair value and subsequently are measured at amortized costs using the 

effective  interest  method,  when  materially  different  from  the  initial  amount.    Fair  value  is 

determined based on the present value of future cash flows, discounted at the market rate of 

interest. 

(iii) Share capital 

Share  capital  is  classified  as  equity.    Incremental  costs  directly  attributable  to  the  issue  of 

shares  and  share  options  are  recognized  as  a  deduction  from  equity.    When  share  capital  is 

repurchased,  the  amount  of  the  consideration  paid,  including  directly  attributable  costs,  is 

recognized as a deduction from equity.  Repurchased shares are classified as treasury shares 

and  are  presented  as  a  deduction  from  equity.    When  treasury  shares  are  subsequently 

reissued, the amount received is recognized as an increase in equity, and the resulting surplus 

or deficit on the transaction is transferred to or from retained earnings. 

(iv) Derivative financial instruments, including hedge accounting 

The  Corporation  periodically  holds  derivative  financial  instruments  to  hedge  its  foreign 

currency  risk  exposures  that  are  designated  as  the  hedging  instrument  in  a  hedge 

relationship. 

16 

 
 
BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014
(Tabular amounts expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts and number of shares) 

4.  Significant accounting policies (cont’d): 

(c)  Financial instruments (cont’d): 

(iv) Derivative financial instruments, including hedge accounting (cont’d)

If  designated  in  a  qualifying  hedge  relationship,  on  initial  designation  of  the  hedge,  the 

Corporation formally documents the relationship between the hedging instrument and hedged 

item,  including  the  risk  management  objectives  and  strategy  in  undertaking  the  hedge 

transaction,  together  with  the  methods  that  will  be  used  to  assess  the  effectiveness  of  the 

hedging relationship.  

The Corporation makes an assessment, both at the inception of the hedge relationship as well 

as on an ongoing basis, whether the hedging instruments are expected to be “highly effective” 

in offsetting the changes in the fair value or cash flows of the respective hedged items during 

the period for which the hedge is designated, and whether the actual results of each hedge are 

within  a  range  of  80-125  percent.    For  a  cash  flow  hedge  of  a  forecast  transaction,  the 

transaction should be highly probable to occur and should present an exposure to variations in 

cash flows that could ultimately affect reported net income. 

Derivatives are recognized initially at fair value; attributable  transaction costs are recognized 

in profit or loss as incurred. Subsequent to initial recognition, derivatives are measured at fair 

value, and changes therein are accounted for as described below.

Cash flow hedges 

When a derivative is designated as the hedging instrument in a hedge of the variability in cash 

flows attributable to a particular risk associated with a recognized asset or liability or a highly 

probable forecast transaction that could affect profit or loss, the effective portion of changes in 

the fair value of the derivative is recognized in other comprehensive income and presented in 

unrealized  gains/losses  on  cash  flow  hedges  in  equity.  The  amount  recognized  in  other 

comprehensive  income  is  removed  and  included  in  profit  or  loss  in  the  same  period  as  the 

hedged  cash  flows  affect  profit  or  loss  under  the  same  line  item  in  the  statement  of 

comprehensive income as the hedged item. Any ineffective portion of changes in the fair value 

of the derivative is recognized immediately in profit or loss. 

If the hedging instrument no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, expires or is sold, 

terminated,  exercised,  or  the  designation  is  revoked,  then  hedge  accounting  is  discontinued 

prospectively.  The  cumulative  gain  or  loss  previously  recognized  in  other  comprehensive 

income and presented in unrealized gains/losses on cash flow hedges in equity remains there 

until the forecast transaction affects profit or loss.  

17 

 
 
BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014
(Tabular amounts expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts and number of shares) 

4.  Significant accounting policies (cont’d): 

(c)  Financial instruments (cont’d): 

(iv) Derivative financial instruments, including hedge accounting (cont’d)

If  the  forecast  transaction  is  no  longer  expected  to  occur,  then  the  balance  in  other 

comprehensive income is recognized immediately in profit or loss. In other cases the amount 

recognized in  other  comprehensive  income  is  transferred  to  profit  or loss in  the  same period 

that the hedged item affects profit or loss. 

Other non-trading derivatives 

When  a  derivative  financial  instrument  is  not  held  for  trading,  or  is  not  designated  in  a 

qualifying hedge relationship, all changes in its fair value are recognized immediately in profit 

or loss. 

(d)  Inventories: 

Inventories are recorded at the lower of cost and net realizable value.  The cost of inventories is 

based  on  the  first-in  first-out  principle,  and  includes  expenditures  incurred  in  acquiring  the 

inventories,  production  or  conversion  costs  and  other  costs  incurred  in  bringing  them  to  their 

existing  location  and  condition.    In  the  case  of  manufactured  inventories  and  work  in  progress, 

cost  includes  materials,  labor  and  appropriate  share  of  production  overhead  based  on  normal 

operating capacity.  Costs of materials are determined on an average per unit basis.   

Net  realizable  value  is  the  estimated  selling  price  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business,  less  the 

estimated costs of completion and selling expenses.  In establishing any impairment of inventory, 

management estimates the likelihood that inventory carrying values will be affected by changes in 

market demand, technology and design, which would impair the value of inventory on hand. 

(e)  Property, plant and equipment: 

(i)  Recognition and measurement 

Items  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  are  measured  at  cost  less  accumulated  depreciation 

and any accumulated impairment losses.  The cost of self-constructed assets includes the cost 

of materials, costs directly attributable to bringing the assets  to a working condition for their 

intended use, and the costs of dismantling and removing items and restoring the site on which 

they  are  located.    If  significant  parts  of  an  item  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  have 

different  useful  lives,  then  they  are  accounted  for  as  separate  items  (major  components)  of 

property, plant and equipment. 

Any gain or loss on disposal of an item of property, plant and equipment is recognized in profit 

or loss. 

18 

 
 
 
BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014
(Tabular amounts expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts and number of shares) 

4.  Significant accounting policies (cont’d): 

(e)  Property, plant and equipment (cont’d): 

(ii)  Subsequent expenditure 

Subsequent  expenditure  is  capitalized  only if  it is probable  that  the  future  economic  benefits 

associated with the expenditure will flow to the Corporation. 

(iii) Depreciation 

Depreciation is calculated to write-off the cost of items of property, plant and equipment less 

their  estimated  residual  values  using  the  straight-line  method  over  their  estimated  useful 

lives,  and  is  generally  recognized  in  profit  or  loss.    Leased  assets  are  depreciated  over  the 

shorter  of  the  lease  term  and  their  useful  lives  unless  it  is  reasonably  certain  that  the 

Corporation will obtain ownership by the end of the lease term.   

The  estimated  useful  lives  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  for  current  and  comparative 

periods are as follows: 

Building under finance lease 
Computer equipment 
Furniture and fixtures 
Furniture and fixtures under finance lease  
Leasehold improvements 

Production and test equipment 
Production and test equipment under finance lease 

15 years 
3 to 7 years 
5 to 14 years 
5 years 
The shorter of initial term of the respective lease and 
estimated useful life 
4 to 15 years 
5 years 

Depreciation  methods,  useful  lives  and  residual  values  are  reviewed  at  each  reporting  date 

and adjusted if appropriate. 

(f)  Leases:  

Leases  where  the  Corporation  assumes  substantially  all  the  risks  and  rewards  of  ownership  are 

classified  as  finance  leases.    Upon  initial  recognition  the  leased  asset  is  measured  at  an  amount 

equal  to  the  lower  of  its  fair  value  and  the  present  value  of  the  minimum  lease  payments. 

Subsequent  to  initial  recognition,  the  asset  is  accounted  for  in  accordance  with  the  accounting 

policy  applicable  to  that  asset.  Other  leases  are  operating  leases  and  not  recognized  in  the 

statement of financial position.  

Minimum  lease  payments  made  under  finance  leases  are  apportioned  between  finance  expense 

and the reduction of the outstanding liability.  Finance expense is allocated to each period during 

the  lease term so  as  to  produce  a  constant periodic  rate  of  interest on  the  remaining  balance  of 

the liability. 

19 

 
 
BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014
(Tabular amounts expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts and number of shares) 

4.  Significant accounting policies (cont’d): 

(f)  Leases (cont’d):  

Payments made under operating leases are recognized in income on a straight-line basis over the 

term  of  the  lease.  Lease  incentives  received  are  recognized  as  a  reduction  to  the  lease  expense 

over the term of the lease. 

(g)  Goodwill and intangible assets: 

(i)  Recognition and measurement 

Goodwill 

Goodwill arising on the acquisition of subsidiaries is measured at cost less 

accumulated impairment losses. 

Research and development  Expenditure  on  research  activities  is  recognized  in  profit  or  loss  as 

incurred. 
Development  expenditure  is  capitalized  only  if  the  expenditure  can  be 
measured reliably, the product or process is technically and commercially 
feasible,  future  economic  benefits  are  probable  and  the  Corporation 
intends  to  and  has  sufficient  resources  to  complete  development  and  to 
use  or  sell  the  asset.    Otherwise,  it  is  recognized  in  profit  or  loss  as 
incurred.    Subsequent  to  initial  recognition,  development  expenditure  is 
measured  at  cost  less  accumulated  amortization  and  any  accumulated 
impairment losses. 

Intangible assets, including patents and trademarks, that are acquired by 
the  Corporation  and  have  finite  useful  lives  are  measured  at  cost  less 
accumulated amortization and any accumulated impairment losses. 

Intangible assets 

(ii)  Subsequent expenditure 

Subsequent  expenditure  is  capitalized  only  when  it  increases  the  future  economic  benefits 

embodied in the specific asset to which it relates.  All other expenditure, including expenditure 

on internally generated goodwill, is recognized in profit or loss as incurred. 

(iii) Amortization 

Amortization is calculated to write-off the cost of intangible assets less their estimated residual 

values  using  the  straight-line  method  over  their  estimated  useful  lives,  and  is  recognized  in 

profit or loss.  Goodwill is not amortized. 

The estimated useful lives for current and comparative periods are as follows: 

Internally generated intangible assets 
Patents, know-how and in-process research & development 
Trademarks and service marks 
Domain names 
Customer base and relationships 
Acquired non-compete agreements 

5 years 
5 to 20 years 
15 years 
15 years 
10 years 
1 year 

20 

 
 
BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014
(Tabular amounts expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts and number of shares) 

4.  Significant accounting policies (cont’d): 

(g)  Goodwill and intangible assets (cont’d): 

(iii)  Amortization (cont’d) 

Amortization  methods,  useful  lives  and  residual  values  are  reviewed  at  each  reporting  date 

and adjusted if appropriate. 

(h)  Impairment: 

(i)  Financial assets 

Financial assets not carried at fair value through profit or loss are assessed for impairment at 

each  reporting  date  by  determining whether  there  is  objective  evidence  that  indicates  that  a 

loss event has occurred after the initial recognition of the asset, and that the loss event had a 

negative effect on the estimated future cash flows of that asset that can be estimated reliably.  

Impairment  losses  on  available-for-sale  investment  securities  are  recognized  by  transferring 

the cumulative loss that has been recognized in other comprehensive income and presented in 

accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss  in  equity,  to  net  loss.    The  cumulative  loss  that  is 

removed  from  other  comprehensive  income  and  recognized  in  net  loss  is  the  difference 

between the acquisition cost, net of any principal repayment and amortization, and the current 

fair value less any impairment loss previously recognized in net loss.  If subsequently the fair 

value  of  an  impaired  available-for-sale  security  increases,  then  the  impairment  loss  is 

reversed,  with  the  amount  of  the  reversal recognized  in  net  loss.   However,  any subsequent 

recovery  in  the  fair  value  of  an  impaired  available  for  sale  equity  security  is  recognized  in 

other comprehensive income.

(ii)  Non-financial assets  

The  carrying  amounts  of  the  Corporation’s  non-financial  assets  other  than  inventories  are 

reviewed  at each  reporting date  to  determine whether  there  is any  indication  of  impairment.  

If any such indication exists, then the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated.  For goodwill 

and  intangible  assets  that  have  indefinite  useful  lives,  the  recoverable  amount  is  estimated 

annually.  

The recoverable amount of an asset or cash-generating unit is the greater of its value in use 

and its fair value less costs to sell.  In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows 

are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market 

assessments  of  the  time  value  of  money  and  the  risks  specific  to  the  asset.  Fair  value  less 

costs to sell is defined as the estimated price that would be received on the sale of the asset in 

an  orderly  transaction  between  market  participants  at  the  measurement  date.    For  the 

purposes of impairment testing, assets that cannot be tested individually are grouped together 

into  the  smallest  group  of  assets  that  generates  cash  inflows  from  continuing  use  that  are 

largely independent of the cash inflows of other groups of assets.   

21 

 
 
BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014
(Tabular amounts expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts and number of shares) 

4.  Significant accounting policies (cont’d): 

(h)  Impairment (cont’d): 

(ii)  Non-financial assets (cont’d) 

The allocation of goodwill to cash-generating units reflects the lowest level at which goodwill is 

monitored for internal reporting purposes. 

An impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of an asset or its cash-generating unit 

exceeds  its  estimated  recoverable  amount.    Impairment  losses  are  recognized  in  net  loss.  

Impairment  losses  recognized  in  respect  of  the  cash-generating  units  are  allocated  first  to 

reduce  the  carrying  amount  of  any  goodwill  allocated  to  the  units,  and  then  to  reduce  the 

carrying amounts of the other assets in the unit on a pro-rata basis. 

An  impairment  loss  in  respect  of  goodwill  is  not  reversed.    In  respect  of  other  assets, 

impairment  losses  recognized  in  prior  periods  are  assessed  at  each  reporting  date  for  any 

indications  that  the  loss  has  decreased  or  no  longer  exists.    An  impairment  loss  is  reversed 

only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that 

would  have  been  determined,  net  of  depreciation  or  amortization,  if  no  impairment  loss  had 

been recognized. 

(i)   Provisions: 

A  provision  is  recognized  if,  as  a  result  of  a  past  event,  the  Corporation  has  a  present  legal  or 

constructive  obligation  that  can  be  estimated  reliably,  and  it  is  probable  that  an  outflow  of 

economic  benefits  will  be  required  to  settle  the  obligation.    Provisions  are  determined  by 

discounting  the  expected  future  cash  flows  at  a  pre-tax  rate  that  reflects  current  market 

assessments of the time value of money and the risk specific to the liability.  The unwinding of the 

discount is recognized as a finance cost.

Warranty provision 

A provision for warranty costs is recorded on product sales at the time the sale is recognized.  In 

establishing the  warranty provision, management  estimates  the  likelihood that products sold  will 

experience warranty claims and the estimated cost to resolve claims received, taking into account 

the nature of the contract and past and projected experience with the products. 

Decommissioning liabilities 

Legal obligations to  retire  tangible  long-lived assets are recorded at the net  present  value  of the 

expected  costs  of  settlement  at  acquisition  with  a  corresponding  increase  in  asset  value.    These 

include assets leased under operating leases.  The liability is accreted over the life of the asset to 

the ultimate settlement amount and the increase in asset value is depreciated over the remaining 

useful life of the asset. 

22 

 
 
BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014
(Tabular amounts expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts and number of shares) 

4.  Significant accounting policies (cont’d): 

(j)  Revenue recognition: 

The  Corporation  generates  revenues  primarily  from  product  sales  and  services,  the  license  and 

sale  of  intellectual  property,  and  the  provision  of  engineering  services.    Product  and  service 

revenues  are  derived  primarily  from  standard  equipment  and  material  sales  contracts  and  from 

long-term  fixed  price  contracts.    Intellectual  property  license  and  sale  revenues  are  derived 

primarily  from  licensing  and  sale  agreements  and  from  long-term  fixed  price  contracts.  

Engineering  service  revenue  is  derived  primarily  from  cost-plus  reimbursable  contracts  and  from 

long-term fixed price contracts. 

On standard equipment and material sales contracts, revenues are recognized when (i) significant 

risks  and  rewards  of  ownership  of  the  goods  has  been  transferred  to  the  buyer;  (ii)  the 

Corporation  retains  neither  continuing  managerial  involvement  to  the  degree  usually  associated 

with  ownership  nor  effective  control  over  the  goods  sold;  (iii)  the  amount  of  revenue  can  be 

measured  reliably;  (iv)  it  is  probable  that  the  economic  benefits  associated  with  the  sale  will 

accrue  to  the  Corporation;  and  (v)  the  costs  incurred,  or  to  be  incurred,  in  respect  of  the 

transaction can be measured reliably.  Provisions are made at the time of sale for warranties.  

On standard  licensing and sale agreements,  revenues are  recognized  on the  transfer  of rights  to 

the licensee if: (i) the rights to the assets are assigned to the licensee in return for a fixed fee or a 

non-refundable  guarantee; (ii) the contract is  non-cancellable; (iii) the  licensee  is able  to  exploit 

its rights to the asset freely; and (iv) the Corporation has no remaining obligations to perform.  In 

other  cases,  the  proceeds  are  considered  to  relate  to  the  right  to  use  the  asset  over  the  license 

period and the revenue is recognized over that period. 

On  cost-plus  reimbursable  contracts,  revenues  are  recognized  as  costs  are  incurred,  and  include 

applicable fees earned as services are provided.  

On  long-term  fixed  price  contracts,  revenues  are  recognized  on  the  percentage-of-completion 

basis over the duration of the contract, which consists of recognizing revenue on a given contract 

proportionately with its percentage of completion at any given time. The percentage of completion 

is determined by dividing the cumulative costs incurred as at the balance sheet date by the sum of 

incurred and anticipated costs for completing a contract.  

The  cumulative  effect  of  changes  to  anticipated  revenues  and  anticipated  costs  for  completing  a 

contract are recognized in the  period in  which the revisions are identified.  In  the  event that the 

anticipated  costs  exceed  the  anticipated  revenues  on  a  contract,  such  loss  is  recognized  in  its 

entirety in the period it becomes known. 

Deferred  revenue  represents  cash  received  from  customers  in  excess  of  revenue  recognized  on 

uncompleted contracts.  

23 

 
 
BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014
(Tabular amounts expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts and number of shares) 

4.  Significant accounting policies (cont’d): 

(k)  Finance income and expense: 

Finance  income  comprises  interest  income  on  funds  invested,  gains  on  the  disposal  of  available-

for-sale financial assets and changes in the fair value of financial assets at fair value through profit 

or loss.  Interest income is recognized as it accrues in income, using the effective interest method. 

Finance  expense  comprise  interest  expense  on  capital  leases,  unwinding  of  the  discount  on 

provisions,  changes  in  the  fair  value  of  financial  assets  at  fair  value  through  profit  or  loss  and 

impairment losses recognized on financial assets. 

Foreign currency gains and losses are reported on a net basis. 

(l)  Income taxes: 

The Corporation follows the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes.  Under this 

method,  deferred  income  taxes  are  recognized  for  the  deferred  income  tax  consequences 

attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying values of assets and liabilities 

and  their  respective  income  tax  bases  (temporary  differences)  and  for  loss  carry-forwards.    The 

resulting changes in the net deferred tax asset or liability are included in income.   

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted, or substantively enacted, tax rates 

expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which temporary differences are expected to 

be  recovered  or  settled.    The  effect  on  deferred  income  tax assets  and  liabilities,  of  a  change  in 

tax  rates,  is  included  in  income  in  the  period  that  includes  the  substantive  enactment  date.  

Deferred  income  tax  assets  are  reviewed  at  each  reporting  date  and  are  reduced  to  the  extent 

that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realized.   

(m) Employee benefits: 

Defined contribution plans 

A  defined  contribution  plan  is  a  post-employment  benefit  plan  under  which  an  entity  pays  fixed 

contributions into a separate entity and will have no legal or constructive obligation to pay further 

amounts.  

Obligations for contributions to defined contribution pension plans are recognized as an employee 

benefit expense in profit or loss in the periods during which services are rendered by employees. 

Prepaid contributions are recognized as an asset to the extent that a cash refund or a reduction in 

future payments is available. Contributions to a defined contribution plan that are due more than 

12 months after the end of the period in which the employees render the service are discounted to 

their present value. 

24 

 
 
BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014
(Tabular amounts expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts and number of shares) 

4.  Significant accounting policies (cont’d): 

(m) Employee benefits (cont’d): 

Defined benefit plans 

A defined benefit plan is a post-employment pension plan other than a defined contribution plan. 

The Corporation’s net obligation in respect of defined benefit pension plans is calculated separately 

for each plan by estimating the amount of future benefit that employees have earned in return for 

their  service  in  the  current  and  prior  periods;  that  benefit is  discounted to determine  its  present 

value. Any unrecognized past service costs and the fair value of any plan assets are deducted. The 

discount rate is the yield at the reporting date on AA credit-rated bonds that have maturity dates 

approximating  the  terms  of  the  Corporation’s  obligations  and  that  are  denominated  in  the  same 

currency in which the benefits are expected to be paid. The calculation is performed annually by a 

qualified actuary using the projected unit credit method.  

When the calculation results in a benefit to the Corporation, the recognized asset is limited to the 

total of any unrecognized past service costs and the present value of economic benefits available 

in the form of any future refunds from the plan or reductions in future contributions to the plan. In 

order to calculate the present value of economic benefits, consideration is given to any minimum 

funding requirements that apply to any plan in the Corporation. An economic benefit is available to 

the Corporation if it is realizable during the life of the plan, or on settlement of the plan liabilities. 

The Corporation recognizes all remeasurements arising from defined benefit plans, which comprise 

actuarial  gains  and  losses,  immediately  in  other  comprehensive  income.    Remeasurements 

recognized  in  other  comprehensive  income  are  not  recycled  through  profit  or  loss  in  subsequent 

periods. 

Other long-term employee benefits 

The  Corporation’s  net  obligation  in  respect  of  long-term  employee  benefits  other  than  pension 

plans is the amount of future benefit that employees have earned in return for their service in the 

current  and  prior  periods;  that  benefit  is  discounted  to  determine  its  present  value,  and  the  fair 

value of any related assets is deducted. The discount rate is the yield at the reporting date on AA 

credit-rated  bonds  that  have  maturity  dates  approximating  the  terms  of  the  Corporation’s 

obligations.  The  calculation  is  performed  using  the  projected  unit  credit  method.  Any  actuarial 

gains and losses are recognized in other comprehensive income or loss in the period in which they 

arise. 

25 

 
 
 
BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014
(Tabular amounts expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts and number of shares) 

4.  Significant accounting policies (cont’d): 

(m) Employee benefits (cont’d): 

Termination benefits 

Termination  benefits  are  recognized  as  an  expense  when  the  Corporation  is  committed 

demonstrably,  without  realistic  possibility  of  withdrawal,  to  a  formal  detailed  plan  to  either 

terminate employment before the normal retirement date, or to provide termination benefits as a 

result  of  an  offer  made  to  encourage  voluntary  redundancy.  Termination  benefits  for  voluntary 

redundancies  are  recognized  as  an  expense  if  the  Corporation  has  made  an  offer  of  voluntary 

redundancy, it is probable that the offer will be accepted, and the number of acceptances can be 

estimated  reliably.  If  benefits  are  payable  more  than  12  months  after  the  reporting period,  then 

they are discounted to their present value. 

Short-term employee benefits 

Short-term  employee  benefit  obligations  are  measured  on  an  undiscounted  basis  and  are 

expensed as the related service is provided. 

A liability is recognized for the amount expected to be paid under short-term cash bonus or profit 

sharing plans if the Corporation has a present legal or constructive obligation to pay this amount 

as a result of past service provided by the employee, and the obligation can be estimated reliably. 

(n)  Share-based compensation plans: 

The Corporation uses the fair-value based method of accounting for share-based compensation for 

all  awards  of  shares  and  share  options  granted.    The  resulting  compensation  expense,  based  on 

the  fair  value  of  the  awards  granted,  excluding  the  impact  of  any  non-market  service  and 

performance  vesting  conditions,  is  charged  to  income  over  the  period  that  the  employees 

unconditionally  become  entitled  to  the  award,  with  a  corresponding  increase  to  contributed 

surplus.   

Fair  values  of  share  options  are  calculated  using  the  Black-Scholes  valuation  method  as  of  the 

grant date and adjusted for estimated forfeitures.  For awards with graded vesting, the fair value 

of  each  tranche  is  calculated  separately  and  recognized  over  its  respective  vesting  period.    Non-

market vesting conditions are considered in making assumptions about the number of awards that 

are  expected  to  vest.    At  each  reporting  date,  the  Corporation  reassesses  its  estimates  of  the 

number  of  awards  that  are  expected  to  vest  and  recognizes  the  impact  of  any  revision  in  the 

income statement with a corresponding adjustment to contributed surplus. 

The  Corporation  issues  shares  and  share  options  under  its  share-based  compensation  plans  as 

described  in  note  20.    Any  consideration  paid  by  employees  on  exercise  of  share  options  or 

purchase of shares, together with the amount initially recorded in contributed surplus, is credited 

to share capital. 

26 

 
 
BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014
(Tabular amounts expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts and number of shares) 

4.  Significant accounting policies (cont’d): 

(o)  Earnings (loss) per share: 

Basic  earnings  (loss)  per  share  is  computed  using  the  weighted  average  number  of  common 

shares outstanding during the period, adjusted for treasury shares.  Diluted earnings per share is 

calculated using the treasury stock method.   

Under  the  treasury  stock  method,  the  dilution  is  calculated  based  upon  the  number  of  common 

shares  issued  should  deferred  share  units  (“DSUs”),  restricted  share  units  (“RSUs”),  and  “in  the 

money” options, if any, be exercised.  When the effects of outstanding stock-based compensation 

arrangements would be anti-dilutive, diluted loss per share is not calculated. 

(p)  Government assistance and investment tax credits: 

Government assistance  and investment tax credits are recorded as either a reduction of the cost 

of  the  applicable  assets,  or  credited  against  the  related  expense  incurred  in  the  statement  of 

comprehensive  loss,  as  determined  by  the  terms  and  conditions  of  the  agreements  under  which 

the assistance is provided to the Corporation or the nature of the expenditures which gave rise to 

the credits.  Government assistance and investment tax credit receivables are recorded when their 

receipt is reasonably assured. 

(q)  Segment reporting: 

An operating segment is a component of the Corporation that engages in business activities from 

which  it  may  earn  revenues  and  incur  expenses,  including  revenues  and  expenses  that  relate  to 

transactions  with  any  of  the  Corporation’s  other  components.    Segment  results  include  items 

directly  attributable  to  a  segment  as  well  as  those  that  can  be  allocated  on  a  reasonable  basis.  

Unallocated items comprise mainly corporate assets, head office expenses, and income tax assets 

and liabilities. 

5.  Critical  judgments  in  applying  accounting  policies  and  key  sources  of  estimation 

uncertainty: 

Critical judgments in applying accounting policies: 

Critical  judgments  that  management  has  made  in  the  process  of  applying  the  Corporation’s 

accounting  policies  and  that  have  the  most  significant  effect  on  the  amounts  recognized  in  the 

consolidated  financial  statements  are  limited  to  management’s  assessment  of  the  Corporation’s 

ability to continue as a going concern (note 2(e)). 

Key sources of estimation uncertainty: 

The  following  are  key  assumptions  concerning  the  future  and  other  key  sources  of  estimation 

uncertainty that have significant risk of resulting in a material adjustment to the reported amount 

of assets, liabilities, income and expenses within the next fiscal year. 

27 

 
 
BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014
(Tabular amounts expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts and number of shares) 

5.  Critical  judgments  in  applying  accounting  policies  and  key  sources  of  estimation 

uncertainty (cont’d): 

(a)  Revenue recognition: 

On long-term fixed price contracts, revenues are  recorded on the percentage-of-completion basis 

over  the  duration  of  the  contract,  which  consists  of  recognizing  revenue  on  a  given  contract 

proportionately with its percentage of completion at any given time. The percentage of completion 

is determined by dividing the cumulative costs incurred as at the balance sheet date by the sum of 

incurred and anticipated costs for completing a contract.  

The determination of anticipated costs for completing a contract is based on estimates that 

can be affected by a variety of factors such as variances in the timeline to completion, the 

cost of materials, the availability and cost of labour, as well as productivity. 

The  determination  of  potential  revenues  includes  the  contractually  agreed  amount  and 

may  be  adjusted  based  on  the  estimate  of  the  Corporation’s  attainment  on  achieving 

certain  defined  contractual  milestones.  Management’s  estimation 

is  required 

in 

determining  the  probability  that  the  revenue  will  be  received  and  in  determining  the 

measurement of that amount.  

Estimates  used  to  determine  revenues  and  costs  of  long-term  fixed  price  contracts  involve 

uncertainties that ultimately depend on the outcome of future events and are periodically revised 

as projects progress. There is a risk that a customer may ultimately disagree with management’s 

assessment  of  the  progress  achieved  against  milestones,  or  that  our  estimates  of  the  work 

required  to  complete  a  contract  may  change.  The  cumulative  effect  of  changes  to  anticipated 

revenues and anticipated costs for completing a contract are recognized in the period in which the 

revisions  are  identified.  If  the  anticipated  costs  exceed  the  anticipated  revenues  on  a  contract, 

such loss is recognized in its entirety in the period it becomes known. 

(b)  Asset impairment: 

The recoverable amount of an asset or cash-generating unit is the greater of its value in use and 

its  fair  value  less  costs  to  sell.  In  assessing  value  in  use,  the  estimated  future  cash  flows  are 

discounted  to  their  present  value  using  a  pre-tax  discount  rate  that  reflects  current  market 

assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. In assessing fair value 

less costs to sell, the price that would be received on the sale of an asset in an orderly transaction 

between  market  participants  at  the  measurement  date  is  estimated.  For  the  purposes  of 

impairment  testing,  assets  that  cannot  be  tested  individually  are  grouped  together  into  the 

smallest  group  of  assets  that  generates  cash  inflows  from  continuing  use  that  are  largely 

independent  of  the  cash  inflows  of  other  groups  of  assets.  The  allocation  of  goodwill  to  cash-

generating  units  reflects  the  lowest  level  at  which  goodwill  is  monitored  for  internal  reporting 

purposes. Many of the factors used in assessing fair value are outside the control of management 

and it is reasonably likely that assumptions and estimates will change from period to period.  

28 

 
 
BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014
(Tabular amounts expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts and number of shares) 

5.  Critical  judgments  in  applying  accounting  policies  and  key  sources  of  estimation 

uncertainty (cont’d): 

(b) Asset impairment (cont’d): 

These changes may result in future impairments. For example, the revenue growth rate could be 

lower than projected due to economic, industry or competitive factors, or the discount rate used in 

the value in use model could increase due to a change in market interest rates. In addition, future 

goodwill  impairment  charges  may  be  necessary  if  the  market  capitalization  decreased  due  to  a 

decline in the trading price of the Corporation’s common stock, which could negatively impact the 

fair value of the Corporation’s operating segments. 

(c) Warranty provision: 

A provision for warranty costs is recorded on product sales at the time of shipment. In establishing 

the  warranty  provision,  management  estimates  the  likelihood  that  products  sold  will  experience 

warranty  claims  and  the  cost  to  resolve  claims  received.    In  making  such  determinations,  the 

Corporation uses estimates based on the nature of the contract and past and projected experience 

with the products. Should these estimates prove to be incorrect, the Corporation may incur costs 

different  from  those  provided  for  in  the  warranty  provision.  Management  reviews  warranty 

assumptions  and makes  adjustments  to  the  provision  at each  reporting  date  based  on  the  latest 

information available, including the expiry of contractual obligations. Adjustments to the warranty 

provision are recorded in cost of product and service revenues.   

(d)  Inventory provision: 

In  determining  the  lower  of  cost  and  net  realizable  value  of  inventory  and  in  establishing  the 

appropriate  provision  for  inventory  obsolescence,  management  estimates  the  likelihood  that 

inventory carrying values will be affected by changes in market pricing or demand for the products 

and  by  changes  in  technology  or  design  which  could  make  inventory  on  hand  obsolete  or 

recoverable at less than the recorded value. Management performs regular reviews to assess the 

impact of changes in technology and design, sales trends and other changes on the carrying value 

of inventory.  Where it is determined that such changes have occurred and will have an negative 

impact on the value of inventory on hand, appropriate provision are made.   

If  there  is  a  subsequent  increase  in  the  value  of  inventory  on  hand,  reversals  of  previous  write-

downs  to  net  realizable  value  are  made.  Unforeseen  changes  in  these  factors  could  result  in 

additional inventory provisions, or reversals of previous provisions, being required.  

29 

 
 
BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014
(Tabular amounts expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts and number of shares) 

5. Critical  judgments  in  applying  accounting  policies  and  key  sources  of  estimation 

uncertainty (cont’d): 

(e)  Impairment loss (recoveries) on trade receivables: 

Trade  and  other  receivables  are  recognized  initially  at  fair  value  and  subsequently  at  amortized 

cost  using  the  effective  interest  method,  less  any  impairment  losses.    Fair  value is  estimated  as 

the present value of future cash flows, discounted at the market  rate of interest at the  reporting 

date.  In determining the fair value of trade and other receivables and establishing the appropriate 

provision for doubtful accounts, management performs regular reviews to estimate the likelihood 

that  trade  and  other  receivables  will  ultimately  be  collected  in  a  timely  manner.    Where 

management  determines  that  customer  collectability  issues  have  occurred  and  will  have  a 

negative impact on the value of trade and other receivables, appropriate provisions are made.  If 

there  is a  subsequent recovery in the  value  of trade and  other  receivables, reversals of previous 

write-downs to fair value are made.  Unforeseen changes in these factors could result in additional 

impairment provisions, or reversals of previous impairment provisions, being required.  

(f)  Employee future benefits: 

The  present  value  of  the  defined  benefit  obligation  is  determined  by  discounting  the  estimated 

future  cash  outflows  using  interest  rates  of  high-quality  corporate  bonds  that  have  terms  to 

maturity  approximating  the  terms  of  the  related  pension  liability.    Determination  of  benefit 

expense  requires  assumptions  such  as  the  discount  rate  to  measure  obligations,  expected  plan 

investment performance, expected healthcare cost trend rate, and retirement ages of employees.  

Actual results will differ from the recorded amounts based on these estimates and assumptions. 

(g)  Income taxes: 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted, or substantively enacted, tax rates 

expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which temporary differences are expected to 

be recovered or settled.  The effect on deferred income tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax 

rates  is  included  in  income  in  the  period  that  includes  the  substantive  enactment  date.  

Management  reviews  the  deferred  income  tax  assets  at  each  reporting  period  and  records 

adjustments to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realized. 

6.  Recent accounting pronouncements and future accounting policy changes:  

The Corporation did not adopt any new accounting standard changes or amendments in 2015 that 

had a material impact on the Corporation’s financial statements.  

The following is an overview of accounting standard changes that the Corporation will be required 

to adopt in future years.     

30 

 
 
BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014
(Tabular amounts expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts and number of shares) 

6.  Recent accounting pronouncements and future accounting policy changes (cont’d):  

(a)  IFRS 11 (Amendments) – Business Combination Accounting for Interests in a Joint Operation

On May 6, 2014, the IASB issued amendments to IFRS 11 Accounting for Acquisitions of Interests 

in  Joint  Operations.  The  amendments  require  business  combination  accounting  to  be  applied  to 

acquisitions of interests in a joint operation that constitute a business. 

The  amendments  apply  prospectively  for  annual  periods  beginning  on  or  after  January  1,  2016. 

The  Corporation  intends  to  adopt  the  amendments  to  IFRS  11  in  its  financial  statements  for  the 

fiscal  year  beginning  on  January  1,  2016.  The  Corporation  does  not  expect  the  amendments  to 

have a material impact on the financial statements. 

(b)  IAS 16 and IAS 38 (Amendments) – Methods of Depreciation and Amortization

On May 12, 2014, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 16 Property, Plant and Equipment and IAS 

38  Intangible  Assets.  The  amendment  made  to  IAS  16  explicitly  state  that  revenue-based 

methods of  depreciation cannot be used for property, plant and equipment. This is because such 

methods reflect  factors  other  than  the  consumption  of  economic benefits embodied  in  the  asset. 

The  amendments  in  IAS  38  introduce  a  rebuttable  presumption  that  the  use  of  revenue-based 

amortization methods for intangible  assets  is inappropriate.  This  presumption could be overcome 

only  when  revenue  and  consumption  of  the  economic  benefits  of  the  intangible  asset  are  highly 

correlated or when the intangible asset is expressed as a measure of revenue. 

The  amendments  apply  prospectively  for  annual  periods  beginning  on  or  after  January  1,  2016. 

The Corporation intends to adopt the amendments to IAS 16 and IAS 38 in its financial statements 

for  the  fiscal  year  beginning  on  January  1,  2016.  The  Corporation  does  not  expect  the 

amendments to have a material impact on the financial statements. 

 (c) Annual Improvements to IFRS (2012 – 2014) Cycle

On September 25, 2014, the IASB issued narrow-scope amendments to a total of four standards 

as  part  of  its  annual  improvements  process.  Amendments  were  made  to  clarify  the  following  in 

their respective standards: 

Changes  in  method  for  disposal  under  IFRS 5  Non-current  Assets  Held  for  Sale  and 

Discontinued Operations;

“Continuing  involvement”  for  servicing  contracts  and  offsetting  disclosures  in  condensed 

interim financial statements under IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures;

Discount  rate  in  a  regional  market  sharing  the  same  currency  under  IAS  19  Employee 

Benefits; and 

Disclosure of information “elsewhere in the interim financial report” under IAS 34 Interim 

Financial Reporting;

31 

 
 
BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014
(Tabular amounts expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts and number of shares) 

6. Recent accounting pronouncements and future accounting policy changes (cont’d):  

(c) Annual Improvements to IFRS (2012 – 2014) Cycle (cont’d)

The amendments will apply for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2016. Each of the 

amendments  has  its  own  specific  transition  requirements.  The  Corporation  intends  to  adopt  the 

amendments  in  its  financial  statements  for  the  fiscal  year  beginning  on  January  1,  2016.  The 

Corporation  does  not  expect  the  amendments  to  have  a  material  impact  on  the  financial 

statements. 

(d)  IAS 1 (Amendments) – Disclosure Initiative

On  December  18,  2014,  the  IASB  issued  amendments  to  IAS  1  Presentation  of  Financial 

Statements  as  part  of  its  major  initiative  to  improve  presentation  and  disclosure  in  financial 

reports  (the  “Disclosure  Initiative”).  The  amendments  will  not  require  any  significant  change  to 

current practice, but should facilitate improved financial statement disclosures. 

The  amendments  are  effective  for  annual  periods  beginning  on  or  after  January  1,  2016.  The 

Corporation intends to adopt the amendments to IAS 16 and IAS 38 in its financial statements for 

the  fiscal  year  beginning  on  January  1,  2016.  The  extent  of  the  impact  of  adoption  of  the 

amendments has not yet been determined. 

(e)  IFRS 15 – Revenue from Contracts with Customers

On  May  28,  2014,  the  IASB  issued  IFRS  15  Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers,  which 

replaces IAS 11 Construction Contracts, IAS 18 Revenue, IFRIC 13 Customer Loyalty Programmes, 

IFRIC  15  Agreements  for  the  Construction  of  Real  Estate, IFRIC  18  Transfer  of  Assets  from 

Customers, and SIC 31 Revenue – Barter Transactions Involving Advertising Services.

IFRS 15 contains a  single  model that applies to  contracts with customers  and  two  approaches  to 

recognizing  revenue:  at  a  point  in  time  or  over  time.  The  model  features  a  contract-based  five-

step analysis of transactions to  determine  whether,  how much,  and  when revenue  is recognized. 

New  estimates  and  judgmental  thresholds  have  been  introduced,  which  may  affect  the  amount 

and/or  timing  of  revenue  recognized.  The  new  standard  applies  to  contracts  with  customers.  It 

does  not  apply  to  insurance  contracts,  financial  instruments  or  lease  contracts,  which  fall  in  the 

scope of other IFRSs. 

The  new  standard  is  effective  for  fiscal  years  ending  on  or  after  December  31,  2018  and  is 

available for early adoption. The  Corporation intends to adopt IFRS 15 in its financial  statements 

for  the  fiscal  year  beginning  on  January  1,  2018.  The  extent  of  the  impact  of  adoption  of  the 

standard has not yet been determined. 

32 

 
 
BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014
(Tabular amounts expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts and number of shares) 

6.  Recent accounting pronouncements and future accounting policy changes (cont’d):  

(f)  IFRS 9 – Financial Instruments

On July 24, 2014, the IASB issued the complete IFRS 9 Financial Instruments (“IFRS 9 (2014)”). 

IFRS  9  (2014)  introduces  new  requirements  for  the  classification  and  measurement  of  financial 

assets. Under IFRS 9 (2014), financial assets are classified and measured based on the business 

model in which they are held and the characteristics of their contractual cash flows.  

The standard introduces additional changes relating to financial liabilities.  

It  also  amends  the  impairment  model  by  introducing  a  new  ‘expected  credit  loss’  model  for 

calculating impairment. 

IFRS  9  (2014)  also  includes  a  new  general  hedge  accounting  standard  which  aligns  hedge 

accounting more closely with risk management. This new standard does not fundamentally change 

the  types  of  hedging  relationships  or  the  requirement  to  measure  and  recognize  ineffectiveness; 

however it will provide more hedging strategies that are used for risk management to qualify for 

hedge  accounting  and  introduce  more  judgment  to  assess  the  effectiveness  of  a  hedging 

relationship. Special transitional requirements have been set for the application of the new general 

hedging model. 

The mandatory effective date of IFRS 9 (2014) is for annual periods beginning on or after January 

1,  2018  and must be applied retrospectively with  some  exemptions. Early  adoption  is  permitted. 

The  restatement  of  prior  periods  is  not  required  and  is  only  permitted  if  information  is  available 

without  the  use  of  hindsight.  The  Corporation  intends  to  adopt  IFRS  9  (2014)  in  its  financial 

statements for the fiscal year beginning on January 1, 2018. The extent of the impact of adoption 

of the standard has not yet been determined. 

(g)  IFRS 16 – Leases

On  January  13,  2016,  the  IASB  issued  IFRS  16  Leases.  IFRS  16  standard  introduces  a  single 

lessee accounting model and requires a lessee to recognize assets and liabilities for all leases with 

a term of more than 12 months, unless the underlying asset is of low value. A lessee is required to 

recognize  a  right-of-use  asset  representing  its  right  to  use  the  underlying  asset  and  a  lease 

liability representing its obligation to make lease payments. 

This  standard  substantially  carries  forward  the  lessor  accounting  requirements  of  IAS  17,  while 

requiring enhanced disclosures to be provided by lessors. 

Other areas of the lease accounting model have been impacted, including the definition of a lease. 

Transitional provisions have been provided.  

33 

 
 
BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014
(Tabular amounts expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts and number of shares) 

6.  Recent accounting pronouncements and future accounting policy changes (cont’d):  

(g)  IFRS 16 – Leases (cont’d)

The  new  standard  is  effective  for  annual  periods  beginning  on  or  after  January  1,  2019.  Early 

adoption is permitted for entities that apply IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers as at 

or  before  the  date  of  initial  adoption  of  IFRS  16.  IFRS  16  will  replace  IFRS  17  Leases.  The 

Corporation  intends  to  adopt  IFRS  16  in  its  financial  statements  for  the  fiscal  year  beginning  on 

January  1,  2019.  The  extent  of  the  impact  of  adoption  of  the  standard  has  not  yet  been 

determined. 

7. Acquisition:  

On  October  1,  2015,  the  Corporation  completed  the  acquisition  of  Protonex,  a  leading  designer 

and  manufacturer  of  advanced  power  management  products  and  portable  fuel  cell  solutions.  As 

consideration  for  the  transaction,  the  Corporation  assumed  and  paid  certain  of  Protonex’  debt 

obligations  and  transaction  costs  on  closing  of  $3,772,000,  and  issued  11,415,704  of  Ballard 

shares  at  fair  value  of  $1.20  per  share  at  a  total  value  of  $13,699,000,  for  total  purchase 

consideration of $17,471,000. The fair value of the Corporation’s 11,415,704 common shares has 

been measured for accounting purposes using the closing price of the Ballard common shares on 

the day immediately preceding the acquisition date. 

The acquisition has been accounted for as a business combination using the acquisition method of 

accounting in accordance with IFRS 3 Business Combinations. As such, consideration given by the 

Corporation  to  acquire  Protonex  has  been  allocated  to  the  assets  acquired,  and  the  liabilities 

assumed, based on their fair values as of the acquisition date of October 1, 2015. 

The fair value of purchase consideration is as follows: 

Total Ballard shares issued on closing 

Ballard Share Price pre-closing 

Fair value of Ballard shares 

Cash paid to Protonex for transaction costs assumed 

Cash paid direct to lender to settle Protonex debt obligations 

Total cash paid 

Total purchase consideration 

  11,415,704

$1.20 

$ 

13,699

1,397

2,375

3,772

$ 

17,471

34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014
(Tabular amounts expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts and number of shares) 

7. Acquisition (cont’d):  

In  accordance  with  IFRS  3,  the  identifiable  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  as  part  of  a 

business combination are recognized separately from goodwill at the acquisition date if they meet 

the definition of an asset or liability and are exchanged as part of  the business combination. The 

identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed are then measured at their acquisition date fair 

values  based  on  the  contractual  terms,  economic  conditions,  the  Corporation’s  operating  and 

accounting policies and other pertinent conditions as of the acquisition date. The fair value review 

of  Protonex’  assets  and  liabilities  commenced  with  a  review  of  the  carrying  amount  of  each 

respective asset and liability. The carrying amounts of all assets and liabilities were audited as of 

September  30,  2015  (the  former  fiscal  year-end  of  Protonex)  and  included  confirmation  of 

existence  and  a  review  of  potential  impairment  of  all  significant  assets  and  a  review  for 

completeness  of  all  liabilities.  Each  asset  and  liability  was  then  reviewed  and  measured  for 

potential  fair  value  adjustments  from  carrying  cost  to  arrive  at  each  asset  and  liability’s 

preliminary fair value as of the acquisition date of October 1, 2015.  

The preliminary fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed are as follows: 

Net assets acquired: 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Accounts receivable 

Inventory 

Other current assets 

Property, plant and equipment 

Intangible assets 

Goodwill 

Other long-term assets 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities 

Deferred revenue 

Accrued warranty obligations 

Payable to Ballard Power 

Other long-term liabilities 

Total purchase consideration 

$ 

1,464 

558 

2,330 

167 

1,223 

11,138 

4,272 

22 

(2,676) 

(275) 

(47) 

(703) 

(2) 

$ 

17,471 

The goodwill of $4,272,000 resulting from the acquisition consists largely of the expectation that 

the acquisition will complement the Corporation’s Fuel Cell Products and Services growth platform 

by delivering strategic benefits in diversification, growth, scale, and profitability. 

35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014
(Tabular amounts expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts and number of shares) 

7. Acquisition (cont’d):  

Identified intangible assets of $11,138,000 consist of the following and are being amortized based 

on the following useful lives: 

Fair value (preliminary) of Identified Intangible Assets 

Patents, know-how and in-process research & development  
Customer base and relationships 
Trademarks and service marks 
Domain names 
Non-compete agreements 

Estimated 

Useful Life 

20 years 
10 years 
15 years 
15 years 
1 year 

  $ 

8,973 
986 
1,135 
17 
27 

   $ 

11,138 

The  amount  of  revenue  and  net  loss  attributable  to  Protonex  included  in  the  consolidated 

statement  of  loss  from  the  acquisition  date,  through  the  period  ended  December  31,  2015  was 

$3,397,000 and ($652,000), respectively.     

The  following  table  presents  the  unaudited  pro  forma  results  for  the  year  ended  December  31, 

2015.  The  proforma  financial  information  combines  the  results  of  operations  of  Ballard  Power 

Systems  Inc.  and  Protonex  as  though  the  businesses  had  been  combined  as  of  the  beginning  of 

fiscal 2015.  The pro forma financial information is presented for informational purposes only and 

is not indicative of the results of operations that would have been achieved if the acquisition had 

taken place at the beginning of fiscal 2015. The pro forma financial information presented includes 

amortization charges for acquired tangible and intangible assets, based on the values assigned in 

the preliminary purchase price allocation. 

Proforma Information: 

Revenue 
Loss from operations 
Net loss 

Basic loss per share (in dollars) 

December 31, 
2015

  $ 

62,535
(27,315)
(9,614)

   $ 

(0.06)

Acquisition  costs  of  $1,542,000  were  incurred  in  2015  as  a  result  of  the  transaction,  and  are 

recognized in other (expense). 

36 

 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
     
 
   
   
BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014
(Tabular amounts expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts and number of shares) 

8.   Discontinued operations – Disposition of Material Products division:  

On  January  31,  2013,  the  Corporation  completed  an  agreement  to  sell  substantially  all  of  the 

assets  of  its  Material  Products  division  for  net  cash  proceeds  of  $9,085,000  after  deducting  for 

working capital adjustments, broker’s commissions and expenses, and legal and other expenses.   

In  March  2014,  the  Corporation  received  additional  proceeds  of  $320,000  payable  through  a 

product  credit  in  2014  and  2015  for  fuel  cell  gas  diffusion  layers  based  on  2013  results  of  the 

former  Material  Products  division.    The  additional  proceeds  payable  have  been  recorded  as  a 

reversal  of  previously  recorded  impairment  losses  on  property,  plant  and  equipment,  and  were 

recorded  in  net  earnings  from  discontinued  operations  in  2014.    As  of  March  31,  2015,  the 

additional proceeds had been fully paid through the product credit.  The former Material Products 

division has been classified and accounted for as a discontinued operation. 

9.  Trade and other receivables: 

Trade receivables 
Other 

10. Inventories: 

Raw materials and consumables  
Work-in-progress 
Finished goods 
Service inventory 

December 31, 
2015 

December 31, 
2014 

  $ 

23,664 
1,820 

  $ 

  $ 

25,484 

  $ 

11,216 
1,930 

13,146 

December 31, 
2015 

December 31, 
2014 

  $ 

  $ 

15,289 
739 
3,388 
953 

   $ 

20,369 

    $ 

10,605 
821 
914 
198 

12,538 

In  2015,  changes  in  raw  materials  and  consumables,  finished  goods  and  work-in-progress 

recognized  as  cost  of  product  and  service  revenues  amounted  to  $17,905,000  (2014  - 

$22,628,000). 

In  2015,  the  write-down  of  inventories  to  net  realizable  value  amounted  to  $855,000  (2014  - 

$1,392,000) and the reversal of previously recorded write-downs amounted to $239,000 (2014 - 

$nil), resulting in a net write-down of $616,000 (2014 - $1,392,000). Write-downs and  reversals 

are included in either cost of product and service revenues, or research and product development 

expense, depending on the nature of inventory.   

37 

 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014
(Tabular amounts expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts and number of shares) 

11. Property, plant and equipment: 

Net carrying amounts 

Building under finance lease 

Computer equipment 

Furniture and fixtures  

Furniture and fixtures under finance lease 

Leasehold improvements 

Production and test equipment 

Production and test equipment under finance lease 

December 31, 

December 31, 

2015

  $ 

7,443 

  $ 

826 

229 

26 

2,741 

4,506 

954 

2014 

8,255 

443 

31 

90 

2,994 

3,381 

1,491 

  $ 

16,725 

  $ 

16,685 

Additions

Effect of 

December 31,

through

movements in 

December 31, 

Cost  

2014

Acquisition

Additions 

Disposals

exchange rates 

2015 

Building under finance lease 

$ 

12,180   $ 

- 

  $ 

- 

  $ 

-   

$ 

- 

  $ 

12,180 

Computer equipment 

Furniture and fixtures  

Furniture and fixtures under  

finance lease 

Leasehold improvements 

Production and test equipment 

Production and test equipment 

under finance lease 

4,600

685

317

8,779

29,308

3,667

165 

83 

- 

350 

625 

- 

428 

137 

- 

95 

1,622 

- 

(49)

(3)

- 

(105)

(364)

- 

(11) 

(11) 

- 

(40) 

(9) 

- 

5,133 

891 

317 

9,079 

31,182 

3,667 

$ 

59,536   $ 

1,223 

  $  2,282 

  $ 

(521)

  $ 

(71)  $ 

62,449 

During  2015,  additions  through  acquisition  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  relate  to  the 

acquisition of Protonex on October 1, 2015 (note 7). 

Effect of 

Accumulated depreciation and 

December 31, 

movements in 

December 31, 

  impairment loss

2014  Depreciation 

Disposals 

exchange rates 

2015 

Building under finance lease 

$ 

3,925 

$ 

812 

$ 

- 

  $ 

-  $ 

Computer equipment 

Furniture and fixtures  

Furniture and fixtures under finance lease 

Leasehold improvements 

Production and test equipment 

Production and test equipment under 

finance lease 

4,157 

654 

227 

5,785 

25,927 

2,176 

210 

21 

64 

589 

1,123 

537 

(49) 

(3) 

- 

- 

(365) 

- 

(11)

(10)

- 

(36)

(9)

- 

4,737 

4,307 

662 

291 

6,338 

26,676 

2,713 

$ 

42,851 

$ 

3,356 

$ 

(417) 

  $ 

(66) $ 

45,724 

38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014
(Tabular amounts expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts and number of shares) 

11. Property, plant and equipment (cont’d):

Cost  

2013 

Additions 

Disposals 

exchange rates 

2014 

Building under finance lease 

$ 

12,180  $ 

-  $ 

-    $ 

- 

  $ 

12,180 

December 31, 

movements in 

December 31, 

Effect of 

Computer equipment 

Furniture and fixtures  

Furniture and fixtures under finance lease 

Leasehold improvements 

Production and test equipment 

Production and test equipment under 

finance lease 

4,581 

688 

317 

9,043 

29,390 

3,667 

227 

18 

- 

11 

599 

- 

(193)

(7)

- 

(224)

(669)

- 

(15) 

(14) 

- 

(51) 

(12) 

- 

4,600 

685 

317 

8,779 

29,308 

3,667 

$ 

59,866  $ 

855  $ 

(1,093) $ 

(92) 

$ 

59,536 

Effect of 

Accumulated depreciation and 

December 31, 

movements in 

December 31, 

  impairment loss

2013  Depreciation 

Disposals 

exchange rates 

2014

Building under finance lease 

$ 

3,113 

$ 

812 

$ 

- 

  $ 

-  $ 

Computer equipment 

Furniture and fixtures  

Furniture and fixtures under finance lease 

Leasehold improvements 

Production and test equipment 

Production and test equipment under 

finance lease 

4,207 

652 

164 

5,216 

25,026 

1,543 

157 

22 

63 

612 

1,482 

633 

(193) 

(7) 

- 

- 

(572) 

- 

(14)

(13)

- 

(43)

(9)

- 

3,925 

4,157 

654 

227 

5,785 

25,927 

2,176 

$ 

39,921 

$ 

3,781 

$ 

(772) 

  $ 

(79) $ 

42,851 

Leased assets  

The Corporation leases certain assets under finance lease agreements including the Corporation’s 

head office building in Burnaby, British Columbia and certain production and test equipment (note 

17). 

Impairment loss 

There were no impairment losses or reversals of previously recorded impairment losses recognized 

against property, plant and equipment used for continuing operations in 2015 and 2014.  In 2014,  

a  $320,000  reversal  of  previously  recognized  impairment  losses  was  recorded  against  property, 

plant  and equipment  used  for  discontinued  operations based  on  the  additional  proceeds  received 

from the disposition of the former Material Products division (note 8).  

39 

 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014
(Tabular amounts expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts and number of shares) 

12. Intangible assets: 

Net carrying amounts 

Intellectual property acquired from UTC  
Intellectual property acquired from Idatech, LLC  

Intellectual property acquired from H2 Logic A/S  
Intellectual property acquired from Protonex (note 7)  
Internally generated intellectual assets 

Intangible assets 

Balance 

December 31, 
2015 

December 31, 
2014 

  $ 

  $ 

2,757 
914 

301 
10,975 
1,382 

22,273 
1,491 

387 
- 
- 

   $ 

16,329 

    $ 

24,151 

Accumulated 

Net carrying 

43,613 
- 

2,283 

(519)  

45,377 
- 

1,464 
(1,102)  

$ 

amount

2,716 
23,718 

(2,283) 
- 

24,151 
12,742 

(1,464) 
(19,100) 

At January 1, 2014 
Additions to and acquisition of intangible assets 

$ 

46,329 
23,718 

$ 

Cost 

amortization 

Amortization expense 
Disposals  

At December 31, 2014 
Additions to and acquisition of intangible assets 

Amortization expense 
Disposals 

At December 31, 2015 

- 
(519)  

69,528 
12,742 

- 

(20,202)  

$ 

62,068 

$ 

45,739 

$ 

16,329 

Amortization  expense  on  intangible  assets  is  allocated  to  research  and  product  development 

expense.  In 2015, amortization of $1,464,000 (2014 - $2,283,000) was recorded.  There were no 

impairment losses recorded in 2015 and 2014. 

Sale of Intellectual Property to Volkswagen 

On  February  11,  2015,  the  Corporation  entered  into  a  transaction  (“Volkswagen  IP  Agreement”) 

with Volkswagen Group (“Volkswagen”) to transfer to Volkswagen in two separate transactions the 

automotive-related portion of the UTC Portfolio, in exchange for total payments of $50,000,000: 

(i) On  the  closing  of  the  initial  transaction  on  February  23,  2015,  the  Corporation  transferred 

ownership  of  the  automotive-related  patents  and  patent  applications  of  United  Technologies 

Corporation (the “UTC Portfolio”) in exchange for $40,000,000.  This receipt triggered a 25%, 

or  $10,000,000, license  fee payment to UTC.   Although ownership  of the  patents  and  patent 

applications  was  transferred  to  Volkswagen,  the  Corporation  received  a  royalty-free  back-

license to all the transferred patents and patent applications for use in all of the Corporation’s 

non-automotive  applications,  in  bus  applications,  and  in  certain  limited  pre-commercial 

automotive applications. 

40 

 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014
(Tabular amounts expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts and number of shares) 

12. Intangible assets (cont’d): 

(ii) On December 2, 2015, the Corporation sold a copy of the automotive-related know-how of the 

UTC Portfolio for consideration receivable of $10,000,000.  This has been recorded in accounts 

receivable at December 31, 2015. This receipt triggered a 9%, or $900,000, payable to UTC. 

On the closing of the sale of a copy of the know-how, the Corporation retained full ownership 

of the know-how, including the right to sell additional copies of the know-how to third parties 

as well as retaining the right to use the know-how in all of the Corporation’s applications.   

On  the  closing  of  the  sale  of  the  automotive-related  patents  and  patent  applications  of  the  UTC 

Portfolio on February 23, 2015, the Corporation recognized a gain on sale of intellectual property 

of $14,195,000 on net proceeds of $29,475,000.   

Gross proceeds 

Less:  License fee 

Disposition costs 

Net proceeds 

Less:  Net book value of disposed intellectual property 

Gain on sale of intellectual property 

$ 

40,000 

(10,000) 

(525) 

29,475 

(15,280) 

$ 

14,195 

On  the  closing  of  the  sale  of  a  copy  of  the  automotive-related  know-how on  December  2,  2015, 

the Corporation recognized a gain on sale of intellectual property of $5,424,000 on net receivable 

proceeds of $9,244,000. 

Gross proceeds 

Less:  License fee 

Disposition recovery (costs) 

Net proceeds 

Less:  Net book value of disposed intellectual property 

Gain on sale of intellectual property 

$ 

10,000 

(900) 

144 

9,244 

(3,820) 

$ 

5,424 

The  net  book  value  of  disposed  intellectual  property  related  to  the  two  transactions  of 

$19,100,000 represents the decline in value of the underlying UTC intellectual property assets as 

Ballard  is  no  longer  able  to  effectively  monetize  the  automotive  intellectual  property  assets 

through future intellectual property licensing and royalty transactions. 

UTC Intellectual Property Acquisition 

On  April  24,  2014,  the  Corporation  acquired  the  UTC  Portfolio  for  total  consideration  of 

$22,307,000.  The acquired UTC Portfolio assets consist of approximately 800 patents and patent 

applications,  as  well  as  patent  licenses,  invention  disclosures  and  know-how  primarily  related  to 

PEM fuel cell technology. 

41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014
(Tabular amounts expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts and number of shares) 

12. Intangible assets (cont’d): 

As  consideration  for  the  UTC  Portfolio,  UTC  received  5,121,507  of  the  Corporation’s  common 

shares valued at $20,307,000, $2,000,000 in cash, a grant back license to use the patent portfolio 

in UTC’s existing businesses, and a portion of royalties, typically 25%, on the Corporation’s future 

intellectual  property  sale  or  licensing  income  generated  from  the  combined  intellectual  property 

portfolio  for  a  period  of  15  years  to  April  2029.    Since  the  acquisition,  an  additional  $209,000 

(2014 - $981,000) has been incurred to prepare the intellectual property for use, which has been 

capitalized. 

Internally Generated Intangible Assets 

In  2015,  the  Corporation  commenced  development  of  two  new  configurations  of  its  fuel  cell 

module  for  heavy-duty  motive  applications.  The  two  new  product  configurations  are  expected  to 

deliver  net  power  of  30kW  and  60kW,  respectively,  in  addition  to  ongoing  development  of  its 

90kW  application.    The  Corporation  has  assessed  its  development  expenditure  on  these  product 

configurations  to  be  internally  generated  intangible  assets.    During  2015,  total  development 

expenditures  of  $1,395,000  have  been  capitalized  at  cost.    The  estimated  useful  life  has  been 

assessed  as  five  years.    In  2015,  amortization  of  $13,000  (2014  -  $nil)  was  recorded  on  these 

assets. 

After  the  conclusion  of  the  Volkswagen  Agreement,  the  net  carrying  amount  of  the  remaining 

intangible  assets of  the UTC Portfolio of $2,757,000 as of December 31, 2015 consists of certain 

stationary  related  fuel  cell  intellectual  property  assets  and  the  royalty-free  back-license  from 

Volkswagen  to  utilize  the  entire  UTC  Portfolio  in  the  Corporation’s  bus  and  non-automotive 

applications  and  in  certain  limited  pre-commercial  purposes  for  automotive  applications.    The 

estimated  useful  life  of  the  remaining  UTC  Portfolio  has  been  reassessed  from  approximately 

fourteen  years  to  seven  years,  and  will  be  amortized  over  seven  years  from  the  date  of  the 

Volkswagen IP Agreement.   

13. Goodwill: 

For the  purpose of  impairment  testing, goodwill is allocated to  the Corporation’s cash-generating 

units  which  represent  the  lowest  level  within  the  Corporation  at  which  the  goodwill  is  monitored 

for internal management purposes, which is not higher than the Corporation’s operating segments 

(note 29). 

Fuel Cell Products and Services 

As  of  December  31,  2015,  the  aggregate  carrying  amount  of  the  Corporation’s  goodwill  is 

$40,562,000 (2014 - $36,291,000). 

The  impairment testing  requires a  comparison of the  carrying value  of the asset to the  higher of 

(i) value in use; and (ii) fair value less costs to sell.  Value in use is defined as the present value 

of future cash flows expected to be derived from the asset in its current state. 

42 

 
 
BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014
(Tabular amounts expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts and number of shares) 

13. Goodwill (cont’d): 

The Corporation’s fair value test is in effect a modified market capitalization assessment, whereby 

the fair value of the Fuel Cell Products and Services segment is determined by first calculating the 

value  of  the  Corporation  at  December  31,  2015  based  on  the  average  closing  share  price  in  the 

month  of  December,  adding  a  reasonable  estimated  control  premium  of  25%  to  determine  the 

Corporation’s enterprise value on a controlling basis after adjusting for excess cash balances, and 

deducting  the  estimated  costs  to  sell  from  this  enterprise  value,  arriving  at  the  fair  value  of  the 

Fuel  Cell  Products  and  Services  segment.    Based  on  the  fair  value  test,  the  Corporation  has 

determined that the fair value of the Fuel Cell Products and Services segment exceeds its carrying 

value as of December 31, 2015.   

In addition to  the  fair value  test, the Corporation  also  performed a  value  in  use  test on  the Fuel 

Cell Products and Services segment, comparing the carrying value of the segment to the present 

value of future cash flows expected to be derived from the segment.  The principal factors used in 

the  discounted  cash  flow  analysis  requiring  significant  estimation  are  the  projected  results  of 

operations,  the  discount  rate  based  on  the  weighted  average  cost  of  capital  (“WACC”),  and 

terminal value  assumptions.    The Corporation’s value in use test was based on  a WACC of 15%; 

an  average  estimated  compound  annual  growth  rate  of  approximately  27%  from  2016  to  2021; 

and  a  terminal  year  earnings  before  interest,  taxes,  depreciation  and  amortization  (“EBITDA”) 

multiplied  by  a  terminal  value  multiplier  of  10.    The  value  in  use  assessment  resulted  in  an 

estimated  fair  value  for  the  Fuel  Cell  Products  and  Services  segment  that  is  consistent  with  that 

determined under the fair value, less costs to sell, assessment. 

As the recoverable amount of the Fuel Cell Products and Services segment was determined to be 

greater than its carrying amount, no impairment loss was recorded in 2015. 

14. Bank facilities:  

The Corporation has certain bank facilities available to it, which are secured by a hypothecation of 

the Corporation’s cash and cash equivalents. 

Bank Operating Line 

The Corporation has a demand revolving facility (“Bank Operating Line”) in which an operating line 

of  credit of  up to CDN  $7,000,000  is  made  available  to  be  drawn upon  by  the  Corporation.   The 

Bank  Operating  Line  can  be  utilized to assist in financing  the  day-to-day  operating  activities  and 

short-term  working  capital  requirements  of  the  business.    Outstanding  amounts  are  charged 

interest  at  the  bank’s  prime  rate  minus  0.50% per  annum and  are  repayable  on  demand  by  the 

bank.   

There  was  no  activity  under  the  Bank  Operating  Line  in  2015,  and  there  were  no  outstanding 

amounts payable on the Bank Operating Line as of December 31, 2015 and 2014. 

43 

 
 
BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014
(Tabular amounts expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts and number of shares) 

14. Bank facilities (cont’d):  

Leasing Facility 

The  Corporation  also  has  a CDN  $1,830,770  capital leasing facility (“Leasing  Facility”) which  can 

be utilized to finance the acquisition and lease of operating equipment (notes 11 & 17).  Interest is 

charged on outstanding amounts at the bank’s prime rate per annum and is repayable on demand 

by the bank in the event of certain conditions. 

At  December  31,  2015,  $510,000  (2014  -  $1,061,000)  was  outstanding  on  the  Leasing  Facility 

which is included in the finance lease liability (note 17). The remaining $7,224,000 finance lease 

liability relates to the lease of the Corporation’s head office building. 

Forward Contract Facility

The  Corporation  also has a CDN  $5,000,000  demand revolving line  (“Forward Contract Facility”), 

which is available for use when the Corporation purchases forward foreign exchange contracts or 

forward  platinum  contracts  used  to  hedge  against  currency  and  platinum  price  fluctuations, 

respectively.  

Periodically,  the  Corporation  uses  forward  foreign  exchange  and  forward  platinum  purchase 

contracts to manage exposure to currency rate fluctuations and platinum price fluctuations. These 

contracts are  recorded  at  their  fair  value  as either  assets  or  liabilities on the  balance  sheet. Any 

changes in fair value are either (i) recorded in the statement of comprehensive income if formally 

designated  and  qualified  under  hedge  accounting  criteria;  or  (ii)  recorded  in  the  statement  of 

operations if either not designated, or not qualified, under hedge accounting criteria.  

At  December  31,  2015,  the  Corporation  had  outstanding  foreign  exchange  currency  contracts  to 

purchase a total of CDN $10,750,000 at an average rate of 1.33 CDN per U.S. dollar, resulting in 

an unrealized loss of $392,000 at December 31, 2015. The outstanding foreign exchange currency 

contracts are not qualified under hedge accounting.  The Corporation did not have any outstanding 

foreign exchange currency contracts at December 31, 2014. 

15. Trade and other payables:

Trade accounts payable  
Compensation payable 
Other liabilities 
Taxes payable 

December 31, 
2015 

December 31, 
2014 

  $ 

  $ 

9,030 
4,137 
3,641 
412 

6,031 
2,948 
3,260 
317 

   $ 

17,220 

    $ 

12,556 

44 

 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014
(Tabular amounts expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts and number of shares) 

16.  Provisions: 

Balance  

At January 1, 2014 

Provisions made during the year  

Provisions used during the year  

Provisions reversed during the year 

Effect of movements in exchange rates 

At December 31, 2014 

Provisions acquired through acquisition 

Provisions made during the year  

Provisions used during the year  

Provisions reversed during the year 

Effect of movements in exchange rates 

At December 31, 2015 

Current 

Non-current 

Restructuring  

Restructuring 

provision 

liabilities 

Total 

Warranty 

Decommissioning 

  $ 

237 

    $ 

78 

(226) 

- 

(11) 

78 

- 

- 

(47) 

(24) 

- 

7 

7 

- 

7 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

6,582 

6,258 

(1,562) 

(1,843) 

(503) 

8,932 

47 

1,171 

(2,473) 

(1,620) 

(696) 

$ 

4,857 

  $ 

11,676 

129 

- 

(222)     

(411)     

4,353 

- 

110 

- 

(104)     

(713)     

6,465 

(1,788) 

(2,065) 

(925) 

13,363 

47 

1,281 

(2,520) 

(1,748) 

(1,409) 

  $ 

5,361 

  $ 

5,361 

- 

  $ 

5,361 

$ 

$ 

$ 

3,646 

  $ 

9,014 

- 

  $ 

3,646 

3,646 

  $ 

5,368 

3,646 

9,014 

Restructuring  charges  relate  to  minor  restructurings  focused  on  overhead  cost  reductions  and 

relate  primarily  to  employee termination  benefits.  Restructuring charges are  recognized in other 

expense.  

Warranty provision 

During  2015,  the  Corporation  acquired  $47,000  of  warranty  provisions  through  business 

combinations  (2014  –  $nil).  It  also  recorded  $1,171,000  of  warranty  provisions  (2014  - 

$6,258,000)  of which  $890,000 related to new  product  sales  (2014  - $1,020,000) and  $281,000 

related  to  upward  warranty  adjustments  (2014  -  $5,238,000).  This  was  offset  by  warranty 

expenditures  of  $2,473,000  (2014  -  $1,562,000)  and  downward  warranty  adjustments  of 

$1,620,000  (2014  -  $1,843,000),  due  primarily  to  contractual  expirations  and  changes  in 

estimated and actual costs to repair. The remaining $696,000 reduction to the warranty provision 

related to the effect of movements in exchange rates (2014 – $503,000). 

Decommissioning liabilities 

Provisions  for  decommissioning  liabilities  have  been  recorded  for  the  Corporation’s  two  leased 

locations  in  Burnaby,  British  Columbia,  comprising  the  Corporation’s  head  office  building  and 

manufacturing  facilities,  and  are  related  to  estimated  site  restoration  obligations  at  the  end  of 

their  respective  lease  terms.    The  Corporation  has  made  certain  modifications  to  the  leased 

buildings  to  facilitate  the  manufacturing  and  testing  of  its  fuel  cell  products.    Consequently,  the 

site  restoration  obligations  relate  primarily  to  dismantling  and  removing  various  manufacturing 

and test equipment and restoring the infrastructures of the leased buildings to their original states 

of when the respective leases were entered.   

45 

 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014
(Tabular amounts expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts and number of shares) 

16.  Provisions (cont’d): 

Decommissioning liabilities (cont’d) 

Due  to  the  long-term  nature  of  the  liability,  the  most  significant  uncertainty  in  estimating  the 

provision is the costs that will be incurred.  The Corporation has determined a range of reasonably 

possible  outcomes  of  the  total  costs  for  the  head  office  building  and  manufacturing  facility.    In 

determining the fair value of the decommissioning liabilities, the estimated future cash flows have 

been discounted at 2.15% per annum (2014 – 2.0%). 

The  Corporation  performed  an  assessment  of  the  estimated  cash  flows  required  to  settle  the 

obligations for the two buildings as of December 31, 2015.  Based on the assessment, a $104,000 

(2014  -  $222,000)  reduction  of  the  provision  was  recorded  against  decommissioning  liabilities, 

which  was  offset  in  part  by  accretion  costs  of  $110,000  (2014  -  $129,000).    The  total 

undiscounted  amount of the  estimated  cash flows  required to settle  the  obligation for one  of  the 

buildings  is  $1,606,000  (2014  -  $1,979,000)  which  is  expected  to  be  settled  at  the  end  of  the 

lease term in 2025.  The total undiscounted amount of the estimated cash flows required to settle 

the obligation for the second building is $2,639,000 (2014 - $3,226,000), which is expected to be 

settled at the end of the operating lease term of 2019.  The net discounted amount of estimated 

cash flows required to settle the obligations for both buildings is $3,646,000 as at December  31, 

2015 (2014 - $4,353,000). 

17. Finance lease liability: 

The  Corporation  leases  certain  assets  under  finance  lease  agreements  (note  17).  The  finance 

leases have imputed interest rates ranging from 3.00% to 7.35% per annum and expire between 

June 2016 and February 2025.  

Finance lease liabilities are payable as follows: 

At December 31, 2015 

Less than one year 
Between one and five years 
More than five years 

Current 
Non-current 

Future minimum 
lease payments 

$ 

1,524 
4,181 
4,830 

$ 

$ 

10,535 

$ 

Interest 

513 
1,617 
671 

2,801 

Present value of 
minimum lease 
payments

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1,011 
2,564 
4,159 

7,734 

1,011 
6,723 

7,734 

46 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014
(Tabular amounts expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts and number of shares) 

17. Finance lease liability (cont’d): 

At December 31, 2014 

Less than one year 
Between one and five years 

More than five years 

Current 
Non-current 

Future minimum 
lease payments 

$ 

1,680 
5,423 

7,145 

$ 

$ 

14,248 

$ 

Interest 

672 
2,144 

1,198 

4,014 

Present value of 
minimum lease 
payments

$ 

1,008 
3,279 

5,947 

$ 

10,234 

$ 

1,008 
9,226 

$ 

10,234 

At  December  31,  2015,  $510,000  (2014  -  $1,061,000)  was  outstanding  on  the  Leasing  Facility 

which  is  included  in  the  finance  lease  liability.  The  remaining  $7,224,000  (2014-  $9,173,000) 

finance lease liability relates to the lease of the Corporation’s head office building. 

Deferred gains were  also recorded on  closing of the  finance lease agreements and are  amortized 

over  the  finance  lease  term.    At  December  31,  2015,  the  outstanding  deferred  gain  was 

$3,829,000 (2014 – $4,274,000). 

18. Debt to Dantherm Power A/S non-controlling interests: 

Dantherm Power has received financing from its non-controlling partner in the form of a revolving 

credit facility. The revolving credit facility makes available a revolving facility to Dantherm Power 

of a maximum aggregate amount of DKK 2,977,975 ($433,000) from the non-controlling partner, 

Dantherm  A/S.    Interest  is  accrued  at  6%  and  the  facility  matures  on  December  31,  2016.  At 

December 31, 2015, the total principal and interest outstanding on the revolving credit facility was 

$504,000 (2014 – $529,000). 

19. Employee future benefits:  

Net defined benefit pension plan liability 
Net other post-retirement benefit plan liability 

Employee future benefits 

December 31, 
2015 

December 31, 
2014 

  $ 

5,116 
215 

  $ 

  $ 

5,331 

  $ 

5,701 
260 

5,961 

The Corporation maintains a defined benefit pension plan covering existing and former employees 

in the United States.  The benefits under the pension plan are based on years of service and salary 

levels accrued as of December 31, 2009.  In 2009, amendments were made to the defined benefit 

pension  plan  to  freeze  benefits  accruing  to  employees  at  their  respective  years  of  service  and 

salary levels obtained as of December 31, 2009.  Certain employees in the United States are also 

eligible for post-retirement healthcare, life insurance, and other benefits. 

The  Corporation  accrues the  present value of  its  obligations under  employee  future  benefit plans 

and related costs, net of the present value of plan assets. 

47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014
(Tabular amounts expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts and number of shares) 

19. Employee future benefits (cont’d):  

The  measurement  date  used  to  determine  pension  and  other  post-retirement  benefit  obligations 

and expense is December 31 of each year.  The most recent actuarial valuation of the employee 

future benefit plans for funding purposes was as of January 1, 2015.  The next actuarial valuation 

of  the  employee  future  benefit  plans  for  funding  purposes  is  expected  to  be  performed  as  of 

January 1, 2016.  

The Corporation expects contributions of approximately $750,000 to be paid to its defined benefit 

plans in 2016. 

The  following  tables  reconcile  the  opening  balances  to  the  closing  balances  for  the  net  defined 

benefit  liability  and  its  components  for  the  two  plans.  The  expense  recognized  in  net  income  is 

recorded in finance income (loss) and other. 

Defined benefit pension plan 

2015 

2014 

2015

2014 

2015

2014 

Balance at January 1 

  $  16,167 

  $ 

13,703 

  $  (10,466)   $  (10,667)   

$ 

5,701   

$ 

3,036

Defined benefit obligation 

Fair value of plan assets 

Net defined benefit liability 

Included in profit or loss 

Current service cost 

Interest cost (income) 

Benefits payable 

Included in other comprehensive income 

Remeasurements loss (gain): 

Actuarial loss (gain) arising from: 

Demographic assumptions 

Financial assumptions 

Experience adjustment 

Return on plan assets excluding interest 

income 

Plan expenses 

Other

58 

663 

- 

721 

38 

654 

- 

692 

- 

-   

(438)  

(512)   

- 

-   

(438)  

(512)   

(212)  

830 

(620)  

1,462 

116 

- 

108 

- 

- 

- 

- 

-   

-   

-   

588 

325   

58   

225   

-   

283   

(212) 

(620) 

116   

588   

38

142

-

180

830

1,462

108

325

(40)  

(57)  

(756)  

2,343 

40 

628 

57   

382   

-   

-

(128) 

2,725

Contributions paid by the employer 

Benefits paid 

- 

(553)  

(553)  

- 

(740)  

(240)   

(740) 

(240)

(571)  

(571)  

553 

(187)  

571   

331   

-   

-

(740) 

(240)

Balance at December 31 

  $  15,579 

  $ 

16,167 

  $  (10,463)   $  (10,466)   

$ 

5,116   

$ 

5,701

48 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014
(Tabular amounts expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts and number of shares) 

19. Employee future benefits (cont’d):  

Other post-retirement benefit plan 

2015 

2014 

2015

2014 

2015

2014 

Balance at January 1 

  $ 

260 

  $ 

133 

  $ 

-   

$ 

- 

  $ 

260   

$ 

133

Defined benefit obligation 

Fair value of plan assets 

Net defined benefit liability 

Included in profit or loss 

Interest cost (income) 

Included in other comprehensive income 

Remeasurements loss (gain): 

Actuarial loss (gain) arising from: 

Financial assumptions 

Experience adjustment 

Other

Contributions paid by the employer 

Benefits paid 

8 

8 

2 

2 

(25)  

(15)  

(40)  

- 

(13)  

(13)  

144 

(6)  

138 

- 

(13)  

(13)  

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

(13)  

13   

-   

Balance at December 31 

  $ 

215 

  $ 

260 

  $ 

-   

$ 

Pension plan assets comprise: 

Cash and cash equivalents  

Equity securities 

Debt securities 

Total

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

8   

8   

2

2

(25)   

$ 

144

(15)   

  $ 

(40)   

(13)   

13 

- 

- 

(13) 

-   

(13) 

(6)

138

(13)

-

(13)

$ 

215   

$ 

260

2015 

1% 

62% 

37% 

100% 

2014 

1%

22%

77%

100%

The significant actuarial assumptions adopted in measuring the fair value of benefit obligations at 

December 31 were as follows: 

Discount rate 

Rate of compensation increase 

2015 

2014 

Pension plan  Other benefit plan 

Pension plan   Other benefit plan 

4.44% 

n/a 

3.89% 

n/a 

4.18% 

n/a 

3.53% 

n/a 

The  significant  actuarial  assumptions  adopted  in  determining  net  expense  for  the  years  ended 

December 31 were as follows: 

Discount rate 

Rate of compensation increase 

2015 

2014 

Pension plan  Other benefit plan 

Pension plan   Other benefit plan 

4.18% 

n/a 

3.53% 

n/a 

4.87% 

n/a 

2.03% 

n/a 

49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014
(Tabular amounts expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts and number of shares) 

19. Employee future benefits (cont’d):  

The  assumed  health  care  cost  trend  rates  applicable  to  the  other  benefit  plan  at  December  31 

were as follows: 

Initial medical health care cost trend rate 

Initial dental health care cost trend rate 

Cost trend rate declines to medical and dental 

Year that the medical rate reaches the rate it is assumed to remain at 

Year that the dental rate reaches the rate it is assumed to remain at 

2015   

7.5%   

5.0%   

5.0%   

2020   

2015   

2014 

7.0% 

5.0% 

5.0% 

2018 

2013 

A one-percentage-point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would not have a material 

impact on the Corporation’s financial statements. 

20. Equity:  

(a)  Share capital: 

Authorized and issued: 

Unlimited number of common shares, voting, without par value. 

Unlimited number of preferred shares, issuable in series. 

Offering:

On  July  7,  2015,  the  Corporation  closed  an  underwritten  offering  (“Offering”)  of  9,343,750 

common  shares  at  a  price  of  $1.60  per  share  for  gross  proceeds  of  $14,950,000.  Net  cash 

proceeds  to  Ballard  were  $13,389,000,  after  deducting  underwriting  discounts,  commissions  and 

other offering expenses.  

Gross July Offering proceeds (9,343,750 shares at $1.60 per share) 

Less: Underwriting expenses 

Less: Other financing expenses 

Net July Offering proceeds 

Acquisition: 

$ 

14,950 

(1,047) 

(514) 

$ 

13,389 

On October 1, 2015, the Corporation completed the acquisition of Protonex (note 7).  On closing of 

the  transaction,  the  Corporation  assumed  and  paid  certain  of  Protonex’  debt  obligations  and 

transaction costs of $3,772,000, and issued 11,415,704 shares at fair value of $1.20 per share, or 

$13,699,000.   

Private placement: 

On  November  10,  2015,  the  Corporation  closed  a  private  placement  strategic  equity  investment 

with  Nisshinbo  Holdings  Inc.  (“Nisshinbo”)  of  3,322,479  common  shares  issued  from  treasury  at 

$1.5049 per share for gross proceeds of $5,000,000. 

50 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014
(Tabular amounts expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts and number of shares) 

20. Equity (cont’d):  

Gross Nisshinbo Offering proceeds (3,322,479 shares at $1.5049 per share) 

Less: Legal expenses 

Net Nisshinbo Offering proceeds 

Acquisition of intangible assets: 

$ 

$ 

5,000 

(13) 

4,987 

On April 24, 2014, the Corporation issued 5,121,507 of its common shares valued at $20,306,775 

to UTC as part of the consideration for acquired intellectual property assets (note 12). 

At  December  31,  2015,  156,837,187  common  shares  were  issued  and  outstanding  (2014  – 

132,104,116). 

 (b) Share purchase warrants: 

Warrants Outstanding 

At January 1, 2014 

Warrants exercised in 2014 

At December 31, 2014 

Warrants exercised in 2015 

At December 31, 2015 

Exercise price of 

Exercise price of 

$1.50 

7,275,000   

(7,027,437)  

247,563   

(125,000)  

122,563   

$2.00 

2,587,500   

Total  

Warrants 

9,862,500 

(912,500)  

(7,939,937) 

1,675,000   

1,922,563 

-   

(125,000) 

1,675,000   

1,797,563 

During  2015,  125,000  warrants  were  exercised  for  an  equal  amount  of  common  shares  for  net 

proceeds of $168,000.  During 2014, 7,939,937 warrants were  exercised for  an equal amount of 

common shares for net proceeds of $12,299,000. 

At December 31, 2015, 1,797,563 share purchase warrants were issued and outstanding (2014 – 

1,922,563). 

 (c) Convertible promissory note: 

On  March  28,  2013,  the  Corporation  completed  an  agreement  with  Anglo  American  Platinum 

Limited (“Anglo”), under which Anglo invested $4,000,000 in the Corporation through its Platinum 

Group Metals Development Fund, to support continued development and commercial advancement 

of the Corporation’s fuel cell products in target market applications. The investment took the form 

of a 5-year non-interest bearing convertible promissory note (“Note”).  The Note may be repaid in 

the  form  of  the  Corporation’s  common  shares  at  Anglo’s  option  on  or  before  the  loan  maturity 

date of April 1, 2018.  The conversion, or repayment price, was set at a fixed price of $0.84 per 

share which was equal to a 20% discount to the market price of the shares on the closing date of 

the agreement. 

In March 2014, Anglo exercised its option and converted the Note into 4,761,905 common shares.  

The  conversion  right  and  $4,000,000  proceeds  received  in  2013  were  accounted  for  as  a  single 

equity  instrument  and  originally  recorded  in  contributed  surplus,  which  has  been  reclassified  to 

share capital upon the issuance of the common shares in March 2014. 

51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014
(Tabular amounts expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts and number of shares) 

20. Equity (cont’d):  

(d)  Share options: 

The  Corporation  has  options  outstanding  under  a  consolidated  share  option  plan.    All  directors, 

officers  and  employees  of  the  Corporation,  and  its  subsidiaries,  are  eligible  to  participate  in  the 

share  option  plans  although  as  a  matter  of  policy,  options  are  currently  not  issued  to  directors. 

Option  exercise  prices  are  denominated  in  both  Canadian  and  U.S.  dollars,  depending  on  the 

residency  of  the  recipient.    Canadian  dollar  denominated  options  have  been  converted  to  U.S. 

dollars using the year-end exchange rate for presentation purposes.   

All options have a term of seven to ten years from the date of grant unless otherwise determined 

by the board of directors.  One-third of the options vest and may be exercised, at the beginning of 

each of the second, third, and fourth years after granting. 

As at December 31, options outstanding from the consolidated share option plan were as follows:  

Balance  

At January 1, 2014 

Options granted 

Options exercised  

Options forfeited  

Options expired  

At December 31, 2014 

Options granted 

Options exercised  

Options forfeited  

Options expired  

At December 31, 2015 

Options for 
common shares 

Weighted average 
exercise price 

6,972,102 

1,417,507 

(3,563,782) 

(153,236) 

(356,164) 

4,316,427 

2,306,635 

(322,892) 

(349,336) 

(445,334) 

5,505,500 

$ 

$ 

2.54 

3.25 

1.83 

2.73 

7.42 

2.65 

2.02 

1.13 

2.46 

4.11 

2.10 

The following table summarizes information about the Corporation’s share options outstanding as 

at December 31, 2015: 

Range of exercise price 

Number 
exercisable 

Weighted 
average
exercise price 

5,505,500 

4.4 

  $ 

2.10 

2,293,299 

$ 

2.09 

During 2015, 322,892 options were exercised for an equal amount of common shares for proceeds 

of  $388,000.      During  2014,  3,563,782  options  were  exercised  for  an  equal  amount  of  common 

shares for proceeds of $6,794,000. 

52 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014
(Tabular amounts expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts and number of shares) 

20. Equity (cont’d):  

(d)  Share options (cont’d): 

During  2015,  options  to  purchase  2,306,635  common  shares  were  granted  with  a  weighted 

average fair value of $1.23 (2014 – 1,417,507 options and $1.74 fair value).  The granted options 

vest annually over three years. 

The  fair  values  of  the  options  granted  were  determined  using the  Black-Scholes  valuation  model 

under the following weighted average assumptions: 

Expected life 

Expected dividends 

Expected volatility 

Risk-free interest rate 

2015 

4 years 

Nil 

78% 

1% 

2014 

4 years 

Nil 

69% 

1% 

As at December 31, 2015, options to purchase 5,505,500 common shares were outstanding (2014 

–  4,316,427).    During  2015,  compensation  expense  of  $2,048,000  (2014  –  $1,471,000)  was 

recorded  in  net  income  based  on  the  grant  date  fair  value  of  the  awards  recognized  over  the 

vesting period. 

(e)  Share distribution plan: 

The  Corporation  has  a  consolidated  share  distribution  plan  that  permits  the  issuance  of  common 

shares  for  no  cash  consideration  to  employees  of  the  Corporation  to  recognize  their  past 

contribution  and  to  encourage  future  contribution  to  the  Corporation.    At  December  31,  2015, 

there were 8,748,294 (2014 – 7,334,927) shares available to be issued under this plan. 

No  compensation  expense  was  recorded  against  income  during  the  years  ended  December  31, 

2015 and 2014 for shares distributed, and to be distributed, under the plan. 

 (f)  Deferred share units: 

Deferred  share  units  (“DSUs”)  are  granted  to  the  board  of  directors  and  executives.    Eligible 

directors  may  elect  to  receive  all  or  part  of  their  annual  retainers  and  executives  may  elect  to 

receive  all  or  part  of  their  annual  bonuses  in  DSUs.    Each  DSU  is  redeemable  for  one  common 

share in the capital of the Corporation after the director or executive ceases to provide services to 

the Corporation.  Shares will be issued from the Corporation’s share distribution plan.   

Balance 

At January 1, 2014  

DSUs granted  

At December 31, 2014 

DSUs granted 

DSUs exercised  

At December 31, 2015 

DSUs for common shares 

616,264 

295,579 

911,843 

160,062 

(154,280) 

917,625 

53 

 
 
 
 
 
BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014
(Tabular amounts expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts and number of shares) 

20. Equity (cont’d):  

(f)  Deferred share units (cont’d): 

During 2015, $659,000 of compensation expense was recorded in net income, of which $265,000 

related  to  DSUs  granted  during  the  year.  The  remaining  $394,000  related  to  compensation 

expense expected to be earned for DSUs not yet issued. 

During  2015,  154,280  DSUs  were  exercised  for  83,619  common  shares.    During  2014,  no  DSUs 

were exercised. 

During 2014, 295,579 DSUs were issued and $306,000 of compensation expense was recorded in 

net  income  relating  to  96,269  DSUs  granted  during  the  year.    For  the  remaining  199,310  DSUs 

granted  during  the  year,  estimated  compensation  expense  of  $737,000  was  recorded  in  net 

income  in  2013.    Upon  the  issuance  of  the  199,310  DSUs  in  2014,  an  $18,000  adjustment 

increasing net income was recorded. 

As at December 31, 2015, 917,625 deferred share units were outstanding (2014 – 911,843).   

(g)  Restricted share units: 

Restricted share units (“RSUs”) are granted to employees and executives.  Each RSU is convertible 

into  one  common  share.  The  RSUs  vest  after  a  specified  number  of  years  from  the  date  of 

issuance,  and  under  certain  circumstances,  are  contingent  on  achieving  specified  performance 

criteria. 

The  Corporation  has  two  plans  under  which  RSUs  may  be  granted,  the  consolidated  share 

distribution  plan  and  the  market  purchase  RSU  plan.    Awards  under  the  consolidated  share 

distribution plan (note 20(e)) are satisfied by the issuance of treasury shares on maturity.  Awards 

granted  under  the  market  purchase  RSU  Plan  are  satisfied  by  shares  purchased  on  the  open 

market by a trust established for that purpose.  No common shares were repurchased in 2015 and 

2014.  In March 2014, the Corporation sold its remaining 65,441 treasury shares for proceeds of 

$118,000  as  no  RSUs  remained  outstanding  under  the  market  purchase  RSU  plan.    As  of 

December 31, 2014, the Corporation held no treasury shares. 

Balance  

At January 1, 2014 

RSUs granted 

RSUs exercised 

RSUs forfeited  

At December 31, 2014 

RSUs granted 

RSUs exercised 

RSUs forfeited 

At December 31, 2015 

RSUs for common shares 

Share
Distribution Plan 

2,399,722 

588,372 

(1,022,658) 

(41,453) 

1,923,983 

1,036,417 

(206,333) 

(1,045,441) 

1,708,626 

Market  
Purchase Plan 

23,806 

- 

- 

(23,806) 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

Total RSUs 

2,423,528 

588,372 

(1,022,658) 

(65,259) 

1,923,983 

1,036,417 

(206,333) 

(1,045,441) 

1,708,626 

54 

 
 
BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014
(Tabular amounts expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts and number of shares) 

20. Equity (cont’d):  

(g)  Restricted share units (cont’d):

During  2015,  1,036,417  RSUs  were  issued  (2014  –  588,372).    The  fair  value  of  RSU  grants  is 

measured based on the stock price of the shares underlying the RSU on the date of grant.  During 

2015, compensation expense of $243,000 (2014 - $490,000) was recorded against income. 

During 2015, 206,333 RSUs were exercised for 119,627 common shares.  During 2014, 1,022,658 

RSUs were exercised for 583,084 common shares. 

As at December 31, 2015, 1,708,626 RSUs were outstanding (2014 – 1,923,983). 

21. Operating leases: 

The Corporation leases a facility at its Burnaby, Canada location, which has been assessed as an 

operating  lease.    The  facility  has  a  lease  term  expiring  in  2019,  with  renewal  options  after  that 

date.  During 2015, lease payments of $2,139,000 were expensed (2014 - $2,321,000). 

At  December  31,  2015,  the  Corporation  is  committed  to  payments  under  operating  leases  as 

follows: 

Less than 1 year 
1-3 years 
4-5 years 
Thereafter 

Total minimum lease payments 

22. Commitments and contingencies: 

$ 

2,409 
4,532 
2,616 
1,890 

$ 

11,447 

In  connection  with  the  acquisition  of  intellectual  property  from  UTC  in  April  2014  (note  12),  the 

Corporation  retains  a  royalty  obligation  to  pay  UTC  a  portion  (typically  25%)  of  any  future 

intellectual  property  sale  and  licensing  income  generated  from  our  intellectual  property  portfolio 

for a period of 15 years expiring in April 2029. 

The  Corporation  retains  a  previous  funding  obligation  to  pay  royalties  of  2%  of  revenues,  to  a 

maximum of $4,613,000 (CDN $5,351,000),  on sales of certain fuel cell products for commercial 

distributed utility applications.  As of December 31, 2015, no royalties have been incurred to date 

for this agreement. 

The Corporation also retains a previous funding obligation to pay royalties of 2% of revenues, to a 

maximum of $1,896,000 (CDN $2,200,000),  on sales of certain fuel cell products for commercial 

transit  applications.    As  of  December  31,  2015,  no  royalties  have  been  incurred  to  date  for  this 

agreement.  

55 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014
(Tabular amounts expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts and number of shares) 

22. Commitments and contingencies (cont’d): 

On  December  31,  2008,  the  Corporation  completed  a  restructuring  agreement  (“Arrangement”) 

with  Superior  Plus  Income  Fund  (“Superior  Plus”),  whereby  the  Corporation  caused  its  entire 

business  and  operations,  including  all  assets  and  liabilities,  to  be  transferred  to  a  new  corporate 

entity,  such  that  the  new  corporate  entity  held  all  of  the  same  assets,  liabilities,  directors, 

management  and  employees  as  the  Corporation  formerly  had  under  its  old  corporate  entity, 

except  for  its  tax  attributes.  The  Arrangement  included  an  indemnification  agreement  (the 

"Indemnity Agreement") which set out each party’s continuing obligations to the other including a 

provision for adjustments to be paid by the Corporation, or to the Corporation, depending on the 

final  determination  of  the  amount  of  the  Corporation’s  Canadian  non-capital  losses,  scientific 

research  and  development  expenditures  and  investment  tax  credits  generated  to  December  31, 

2008, to the extent that such amounts are more or less than the  amounts estimated at the time 

the Arrangement was executed. In 2015, an agreement was reached and the Corporation signed 

mutual  releases  with  Superior  Plus  as  to  the  full  and  final  amount  payable  to  the  Corporation  

under the Indemnity Agreement and received additional cash proceeds of $3,347,000 in February 

2016. The cash proceeds receivable have been recorded as a credit to shareholders’ equity as of 

December 31, 2015 consistent with the accounting for the original transaction in 2008.  

At  December  31,  2015,  the  Corporation  has  outstanding  commitments  aggregating  up  to  a 

maximum  of  $432,000  (2014  -  $232,000)  relating  primarily  to  purchases  of  property,  plant  and 

equipment.   

23. Personnel expenses: 

Personnel  expenses  are  included  in  cost  of  product  and  service  revenues,  research  and  product 

development  expense,  general  and  administrative  expense,  sales  and  marketing  expense,  and 

other expense.  

Salaries and employee benefits 
Share-based compensation (note 20)  

24. Other expense: 

Net impairment loss (recovery) on trade receivables  
Restructuring costs (recovery)  
Acquisition costs (note 7) 

December 31, 
2015 

December 31, 
2014 

$ 

$ 

47,762 
2,950 

$ 

50,712 

$ 

47,993 
2,249 

50,242 

December 31, 

December 31, 

$ 

$ 

2015 

(899)  $ 

(13) 
1,542 

630 

$ 

2014 

6,206 
85 
- 

6,291 

56 

 
 
BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014
(Tabular amounts expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts and number of shares) 

24. Other expense (cont’d): 

In 2015, net impairment loss (recovery) on trade receivables of ($899,000) consists of recoveries 

of $1,586,000 as the Corporation collected on certain trade receivables in 2015 principally in Asia 

that were considered impaired and written down in 2014, less new impairment charges in 2015 of 

$687,000  relating  to  the  non-collection  of  certain  trade  receivables  outstanding  from  certain 

customers  primarily  located  in  Asia.  In  the  event  that  the  Corporation  recovers  any  amounts 

previously recorded as impairment losses, the recovered amount will be  recognized as a reversal 

of  the  impairment  loss  in  the  period  of  recovery.    Of  the  new  impairment  charges  in  2015  of 

$687,000, $231,000 relates to cash collected within the year, resulting in net impairment charges 

of $456,000. 

In  2014,  net  impairment  loss  on  trade  receivables  of  $6,206,000  consisted  of  a  $4,415,000 

impairment  charge  as  a  result  of  material  breaches  by  Azure  Hydrogen  Energy  Science  and 

Technology  (“Azure”)  relating  to  the  Azure  Telecom  Backup  Power  Licensing  Agreement  and  the 

Azure Bus Licensing Agreement.  The Corporation also incurred impairment charges of $1,791,000 

relating  to  the  non-collection  of  certain  trade  receivables  outstanding  from  certain  customers 

primarily located in Asia. 

25. Finance income and expense: 

Employee future benefit plan expense (note 19) 
Pension administration expense 

Investment and other income  
Unrealized loss on forward foreign exchange contracts 
Foreign exchange gain 

Finance (loss) and other  

Finance expense 

2015 

(291)  $ 
(103) 

143 
(287) 
233 

(305)  $ 

(794)  $ 

2014 

(183) 
(100) 

139 
- 
31 

(113) 

(942) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

57 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014
(Tabular amounts expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts and number of shares) 

26. Income taxes: 

(a)  Current tax expense:  

The  components  of  income  tax  benefit  /  (expense)  included  in  the  determination  of  the  profit 

(loss) from continuing operations comprise of:  

Current tax expense  
Current period income tax  

Withholding tax  
Adjustment for prior periods 

Total current tax expense 

Deferred tax expense  
Origination and reversal of temporary differences  
Adjustments for prior periods 
Change in unrecognized deductible temporary differences  

Total deferred tax expense 

Total income tax expense  

2015

2014 

$ 

5   

$ 

206   
-   

$ 

211   

$ 

- 

457 
(40) 

417 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

14,144   
2,874   
(17,018)  

(947) 
(536) 
1,483 

-   

$ 

- 

211   

$ 

417 

The  Corporation’s  effective  income  tax  rate  differs  from  the  combined  Canadian  federal  and 

provincial  statutory  income  tax  rate  for  companies.    The  principal  factors  causing  the  difference 

are as follows:  

Net loss before income taxes 

Expected tax recovery at 26.00% (2014 – 26.00%) 
Increase (reduction) in income taxes resulting from: 
  Non-taxable portion of capital gain 
  Non-deductible expenses 
  Expiry of losses and investment tax credits  
  Investment tax credits earned 
  Foreign tax rate differences 
  Change in unrecognized deductible temporary differences 

2015     

2014 

$ 

$ 

(6,363)  

(1,654)  

$ 

$ 

(29,331) 

(7,626) 

(2,213)  
1,875   
1,181   
(2,883)  
(304)  
4,209   

- 

813 
2,800 
(4,084) 
113 
8,401 

Income taxes 

$ 

211   

$ 

417 

(b)  Unrecognized deferred tax liabilities: 

At December 31, 2015, the Corporation did not recognize any deferred tax liabilities resulting from 

taxable temporary differences for financial statement and income tax purposes.  

(c)  Unrecognized deferred tax asset: 

At  December  31,  2015,  the  Corporation  did  not  have  any  deferred  tax  assets  resulting  from  the 

following deductible temporary differences for financial statement and income tax purposes. 

58 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014
(Tabular amounts expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts and number of shares) 

26. Income taxes (cont’d): 

(c)  Unrecognized deferred tax asset (cont’d): 

Scientific research expenditures 

Accrued warranty provision 

Share issuance costs 

Losses from operations carried forward  

Investment tax credits 

2015 
58,385  $ 

$ 

17,079 

2,605 

89,872 

23,757 

2014 
66,943 

25,830 

1,826 

89,176 

26,637 

Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets 

149,892 

189,123 

$ 

341,590  $ 

399,535 

Deferred tax assets have not been recognized in respect of these deductible temporary differences 

because  it  is  not  currently  probable  that  future  taxable  profit  will  be  available  against  which  the 

Corporation can utilize the benefits.  

The Corporation has available to carry forward the following as at December 31: 

Canadian scientific research expenditures 

Canadian losses from operations 

Canadian investment tax credits 

German losses from operations for corporate tax purposes 

U.S. federal losses from operations 

Denmark losses from operations 

2015 

$ 

58,385  $ 

31,990 

23,749 

303 

30,320 

27,259 

2014 
66,943 

39,758 

26,637 

303 

13,023 

35,973 

The Canadian scientific research expenditures may be carried forward indefinitely.  The Canadian 

losses from operations may be used to offset future Canadian taxable income and expire over the 

period from 2030 to 2035.   

The German and Denmark losses from operations may be used to offset future taxable income in 

Germany  and  Denmark  for  corporate  tax  and  trade  tax  purposes  and  may  be  carried  forward 

indefinitely.   

The  U.S.  federal  losses  from  operations  may  be  used  to  offset  future  U.S.  taxable  income  and 

expire over the period from 2019 to 2035.   

59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014
(Tabular amounts expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts and number of shares) 

26. Income taxes (cont’d): 

(c)  Unrecognized deferred tax asset (cont’d): 

The  Canadian  investment  tax  credits  may  be  used  to  offset  future  Canadian  income  taxes 

otherwise payable and expire as follows: 

2019 

2020 

2021 

2022 

2023 

2024 

2025 

2029 

2030 

2031 

2032 

2033 

2034 

2035 

$ 

1,900 

1,384 

1,304 

1,046 

740 

912 

1,447 

3,424 

2,344 

2,180 

1,895 

1,663 

1,571 

1,940 

$ 

23,750 

27. Related party transactions: 

Related parties include shareholders with a significant ownership interest in either the Corporation 

or  Dantherm  Power,  together  with  their  subsidiaries  and  affiliates.  The  revenue  and  costs 

recognized from transactions with such parties reflect the prices and terms of sales and purchase 

transactions  with  related  parties,  which  are  in  accordance  with  normal  trade  practices.  

Transactions between the Corporation and its subsidiaries are eliminated on consolidation.  

Balances with related parties: 

Trade payables 

Interest payable (note 17) 

Revolving credit facility (note 17) 

Transactions during the year with related parties: 

Purchases 

Finance expense  

$ 

$ 

2015 

24 

69 

433 

2015 

172 

30 

$ 

$ 

2014 

70 

45 

484 

2014

175 

34 

The  Corporation  provides  key  management  personnel,  being  board  directors  and  executive 

officers, certain benefits, in addition to their salaries.  Key management personnel also participate 

in the Corporation’s share-based compensation plans (note 20). 

60 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014
(Tabular amounts expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts and number of shares) 

27. Related party transactions (cont’d): 

In addition to cash and equity compensation, the Corporation provides the executive officers with 

certain  personal  benefits,  including  car  allowance,  medical  benefit  program,  long  and  short-term 

disability  coverage,  life  insurance  and  an  annual  medical,  financial  planning  allowance  and 

relocation allowances and services as necessary.   

In  accordance  with  the  employment  agreements  of  the  executive  officers,  the  Corporation  is 

required to provide notice of 12 months plus one month for every year of employment completed 

with the Corporation, to a maximum of 24 months, or payment in lieu of such notice, consisting of 

the  salary, bonus and other  benefits  that  would have  been  earned  during such notice  period.   If 

there  is  a change  of  control,  and if the  executive officer’s  employment is terminated, including  a 

constructive  dismissal,  within  2  years  following  the  date  of  a  change  of  control,  the  executive 

officer is entitled to a payment equivalent to payment in lieu of a 24 month notice period. 

Key management personnel compensation is comprised of: 

Salaries and employee benefits 
Post-employment retirement benefits  
Share-based compensation (note 20) 

$ 

2015 

2,164 
49 
1,006 

$ 

$ 

3,219 

$ 

2014 

2,348 
60 
926 

3,334 

28. Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information: 

Non-cash financing and investing activities: 

Compensatory shares  

Shares issued for acquisition of intangible assets (note 12)  

Shares issued for acquisition of subsidiary (note 20)  

2015 

557  $ 

2014 

866 

-  $ 

20,307 

13,698  $ 

- 

$ 

$ 

$ 

29. Operating segments: 

The  Corporation  operates  in  a single  segment, Fuel  Cell  Products and Services, which consists  of 

the  design,  development,  manufacture,  sale  and  service  of  fuel  cell  products  for  a  variety  of 

applications, focusing on the power product markets of Heavy-Duty Motive (consisting of bus and 

tram  applications),  Portable  Power,  Material  Handling  and  Telecom  Backup  Power,  as  well as  the 

delivery  of  Technology  Solutions  including  engineering  services  and  the  licensing  and  sale  of  the 

Corporation’s extensive intellectual property portfolio and fundamental knowledge for a variety of 

fuel cell applications. 

As  a  result  of  the  disposition  of  the  Material  Products  division  on  January  31,  2013,  the  former 

Material Products segment has been classified as discontinued operations and therefore has been 

removed  from  the  continuing  operating  results  (note  8).    The  former  Material  Products  segment 

sold carbon fiber products primarily for automotive transmissions and gas diffusion layers (“GDL”) 

for fuel cells. 

61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014
(Tabular amounts expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts and number of shares) 

29. Operating segments (cont’d): 

In 2015, revenues included sales to three individual customers of $14,517,000, $12,674,000 and 

$8,605,000, respectively, which each exceeded 10% of total revenue. 

In 2014, revenues included sales to three individual customers of $22,632,000, $13,918,000 and 

$9,082,000, respectively, which each exceeded 10% of total revenue. 

Revenues from continuing operations by geographic area, which are attributed to countries based 

on customer location for the years ended December 31, is as follows: 

Revenues 

Canada 
U.S. 
Germany 
China 
India 
Taiwan 
Japan
Denmark 
Other countries 

Non-current assets by geographic area are as follows:  

Non-current assets  

Canada 
U.S. 
Denmark  
Mexico 

30. Financial instruments: 

(a)  Fair value: 

2015 

$ 

917  $ 

19,643 
15,046 
12,777 
2,195 
1,061 
993 
656 
3,175 

$ 

56,463  $ 

2014 

2,869 
15,989 
17,484 
- 
1,229 
23,495 
2,797 
- 
4,858 

68,721 

December 31, 
2015 

December 31, 
2014 

$ 

57,096  $ 
16,299 
26 
336 

$ 

73,757  $ 

76,447 
350 
50 
453 

77,300 

The  Corporation’s  financial  instruments  consist  of  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  trade  and  other 

receivables, investments, trade and other payables, and finance lease liability.  The fair values of 

cash and cash equivalents, trade and other receivables, and trade and other payables approximate 

their  carrying  values  because  of  the  short-term  nature  of  these  instruments.    The  interest  rates 

applied  to  the  finance  lease  liability  are  not  considered  to  be  materially  different  from  market 

rates, thus the carrying value of the finance lease liability approximates fair value.   

62 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014
(Tabular amounts expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts and number of shares) 

30. Financial instruments (cont’d): 

(a)  Fair value (cont’d): 

Fair value measurements recognized in the statement of financial position must be categorized in 

accordance with the following levels:  

(i)   Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;  

(ii) Level 2: Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset 

or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices);  

(iii) Level  3:  Inputs  for  the  asset  or  liability  that  are  not  based  on  observable  market  data 

(unobservable inputs).  

(b)  Financial risk management:  

The  Corporation  primarily  has  exposure  to  foreign  currency  exchange  rate  risk,  commodity  risk, 

interest rate risk, and credit risk.   

Foreign currency exchange rate risk

Foreign  currency  exchange  rate  risk  is  the  risk  that  the  fair  value  of  deferred  cash  flows  of  a 

financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in foreign exchange rates.  The Corporation 

is  exposed  to  currency  risks  primarily  due  to  its  holdings  of  Canadian  dollar  denominated  cash 

equivalents  and  its  Canadian dollar  denominated  purchases  and  accounts  payable.   Substantially 

all receivables are denominated in U.S. dollars.  

The Corporation limits its exposure to foreign currency risk by holding Canadian denominated cash 

and  cash  equivalents  in  amounts  up  to  100%  of  forecasted  twelve  month  Canadian  dollar  net 

expenditures  and  up  to  50%  of  the  following  twelve  months  of  forecasted  Canadian  dollar  net 

expenditures,  thereby  creating  a  natural  hedge.    Periodically,  the  Corporation  also  enters  into 

forward  foreign  exchange  contracts  to  further  limit  its  exposure.    At  December  31,  2015,  the 

Corporation  held  Canadian  dollar  denominated  cash  and  cash  equivalents  of  CDN  $11,633,000  

and outstanding forward foreign exchange contracts to sell a total of CDN $ 10,750,000 in 2016 at 

an average rate of CDN $1.33 to US $1.00. 

The following exchange rates applied during the year ended December 31, 2015: 

January 1, 2015 Opening rate 

December 31, 2015 Closing rate 

Fiscal 2015 Average rate 

$U.S. to $1.00 CDN  

$CDN to $1.00 U.S. 

$ 0.862 

$ 0.723 

$ 0.783 

$ 1.160 

$ 1.384 

$ 1.279 

Based on cash and cash equivalents held at December 31, 2015, a 10% increase in the Canadian 

dollar against the U.S. dollar, with all other variables held constant, would result in an increase in 

foreign exchange gains of approximately $841,000 recorded against net income. 

63 

 
 
BALLARD POWER SYSTEMS INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Years ended December 31, 2015, and 2014
(Tabular amounts expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts and number of shares) 

30. Financial instruments (cont’d): 

(b)  Financial risk management (cont’d):  

If  the  Canadian  dollar  weakened  10%  against  the  U.S.  dollar,  there  would  be  an  equal,  and 

opposite  impact,  on  net  income.    This  sensitivity  analysis  includes  foreign  currency  denominated 

monetary items, and adjusts their translation  at year-end, for a 10%  change in foreign currency 

rates.

Commodity risk 

Commodity risk is the risk of financial loss due to fluctuations in commodity prices, in particular, 

for  the price of  platinum and palladium,  which are  key  components  of the Corporation’s  fuel  cell 

products.    Platinum  and  palladium  are  scarce  natural  resources  and  therefore  the  Corporation  is 

dependent upon a sufficient supply of these commodities.  To manage its exposure to commodity 

price  fluctuations,  the  Corporation  may  include  platinum  and  or  palladium  pricing  adjustments 

directly  into certain  significant  customer  contracts,  and  may  also  periodically  enter  into platinum 

and  or  palladium  forward  contracts.    At  December  31,  2015,  there  were  no  outstanding  forward 

platinum contracts under the Forward Contract Facility. 

Interest rate risk 

Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value of deferred cash flows of a financial instrument will 

fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates.  The Corporation is exposed to interest rate 

risk  arising  primarily  from  fluctuations  in  interest  rates  on  its  cash  and  cash  equivalents.    The 

Corporation  limits  its  exposure  to  interest  rate  risk  by  continually  monitoring  and  adjusting 

portfolio  duration  to  align  to  forecasted  cash  requirements  and  anticipated  changes  in  interest 

rates.

Based on cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2015, a 0.25% decline in interest rates, with 

all  other  variables  held  constant,  would  result  in  a  decrease  in  investment  income  of  $100,000, 

arising mainly as a result of an increase in the fair value of fixed rate financial assets classified as 

held-for-trading.  If interest rates had been 0.25% higher, there would be an equal and opposite 

impact on net income.  

Credit risk 

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Corporation if a counterparty to a financial instrument 

fails  to  meet  its  contractual  obligations  and  arises  principally  from  the  Corporation’s  cash,  cash 

equivalents, short-term investments and accounts receivable.  The Corporation limits its exposure 

to credit risk on cash and cash equivalents by only investing in liquid, investment grade securities.  

The  Corporation  manages  its  exposure  to  credit  risk  on  accounts  receivable  by  assessing  the 

ability of counterparties to fulfill their obligations under the related contracts prior to entering into 

such contracts, and continuously monitors these exposures. 

64 

 
 
CORPORATE INFORMATION 

  EXECUTIVE MANAGEMENT 

  BOARD OF DIRECTORS 

R. Randall MacEwen 
President & Chief Executive Officer 

Tony Guglielmin 
Vice President & Chief Financial Officer  

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS 

KPMG LLP 
Vancouver, BC Canada 

LEGAL COUNSEL 

Canada: 
Stikeman Elliott, LLP 
Vancouver, BC Canada 

United States: 
Dorsey & Whitney LLP 
Seattle, WA USA 

Intellectual Property: 
Seed Intellectual Property  
Law Group, LLC 
Seattle, WA USA 

Ian A. Bourne 
Corporate Director 
Alberta, Canada 

Douglas P. Hayhurst 
Corporate Director 
British Columbia, Canada 

R. Randall MacEwen 
President &  
Chief Executive Officer 
British Columbia, Canada 

Marty Neese 
Corporate Director 
California, USA 

James Roche 
Corporate Director 
Ontario, Canada 

Carol M. Stephenson 
Corporate Director 
Ontario, Canada 

Ian Sutcliffe 
Corporate Director 
Ontario, Canada 

CORPORATE OFFICES 
Ballard Power Systems Inc. 
Corporate Headquarters 
9000 Glenlyon Parkway 
Burnaby, BC Canada V5J 5J8 
T: 604.454.0900 
F: 604.412.4700 

TRANSFER AGENT 
Computershare Trust  
Company of Canada 
Shareholder Services Department 
510 Burrard Street 
Vancouver, BC Canada V6C 3B9 
T: 1.800.564.6253 
F: 1.866.249.7775 

STOCK LISTING 
Ballard’s common shares are  
listed on the Toronto Stock  
Exchange under the trading  
symbol BLD and on the 
NASDAQ Global Market  
under the trading symbol BLDP. 

INVESTOR RELATIONS 
To obtain additional information, 
please contact: 

Ballard Power Systems 
Investor Relations 
9000 Glenlyon Parkway 
Burnaby, BC Canada V5J 5J8 
T: 604.412.3195 
F: 604.412.3100 
E: investors@ballard.com 
W: www.ballard.com 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
www.ballard.com